<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 23, 1996
REGISTRATION NO. 333-07005
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 5411 95-4356030
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
SUBSIDIARY REGISTRANTS
ALPHA BETA COMPANY CALIFORNIA 95-1456805
BAY AREA WAREHOUSE STORES, INC. CALIFORNIA 93-1087199
BELL MARKETS, INC. CALIFORNIA 94-1569281
CALA CO. DELAWARE 95-4200005
CALA FOODS, INC. CALIFORNIA 94-1342664
CRAWFORD STORES, INC. CALIFORNIA 95-0657410
FALLEY'S, INC. KANSAS 48-0605992
FOOD 4 LESS OF CALIFORNIA, INC. CALIFORNIA 33-0293011
FOOD 4 LESS GM, INC. CALIFORNIA 95-4390407
FOOD 4 LESS MERCHANDISING, INC. CALIFORNIA 33-0483193
FOOD 4 LESS OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC. DELAWARE 33-0483203
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER) OF IDENTIFICATION
INCORPORATION OR NUMBER)
ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
1100 WEST ARTESIA BOULEVARD
COMPTON, CALIFORNIA 90220
(310) 884-9000
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
------------------------
JAN CHARLES GRAY, ESQ.
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
1100 WEST ARTESIA BOULEVARD
COMPTON, CALIFORNIA 90220
(310) 884-9000
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------
COPY TO:
THOMAS C. SADLER, ESQ.
LATHAM & WATKINS
633 WEST FIFTH STREET, SUITE 4000
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90071
(213) 485-1234
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. / /
------------------------
THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 2
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
PURSUANT TO RULE 404(A) AND ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
SHOWING LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF THE INFORMATION
REQUIRED BY PART I OF FORM S-4
<TABLE>
<C> <S> <C>
1. Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside
Front Cover Page of Prospectus................. Outside Front Cover Page; Cross
Reference Sheet; Inside Front Cover
Page
2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
Prospectus..................................... Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back
Cover Page
3. Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
and Other Information.......................... Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors;
Selected Historical Financial Data of
the Company; Selected Historical
Financial Data of Ralphs
4. Terms of the Transaction......................... The Exchange Offer; Certain Federal
Income Tax Consequences; Description
of the Notes
5. Pro Forma Financial Information.................. Prospectus Summary; Unaudited Pro
Forma Combined Statement of
Operations
6. Material Contacts with the Company Being
Acquired....................................... Not Applicable
7. Additional Information Required for Reoffering by
Persons and Parties Deemed to be
Underwriters................................... Not Applicable
8. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel........... Not Applicable
9. Disclosure of Commission Position on
Indemnification for Securities Act
Liabilities.................................... Not Applicable
10. Information with Respect to S-3 Registrants...... Not Applicable
11. Incorporation of Certain Information by
Reference...................................... Not Applicable
12. Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
Registrants.................................... Not Applicable
13. Incorporation of Certain Information by
Reference...................................... Not Applicable
14. Information with Respect to Registrants Other
Than S-3 or S-2 Registrants.................... Prospectus Summary; Capitalization;
Selected Historical Financial Data of
the Company; Selected Historical
Financial Data of Ralphs;
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations; Business; Management;
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions; Description of the New
Credit Facility; Description of the
Notes; Financial Statements
15. Information with Respect to S-3 Companies........ Not Applicable
16. Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
Companies...................................... Not Applicable
17. Information with Respect to Companies Other Than
S-2 or S-3 Companies........................... Not Applicable
18. Information if Proxies, Consents or
Authorizations are to be Solicited............. Not Applicable
19. Information if Proxies, Consents or
Authorizations are not to be Solicited or in an
Exchange Offer................................. Management; The Exchange Offer;
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
PROSPECTUS
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
10.45% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 10.45% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
OF
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME ON FRIDAY,
AUGUST 30, 1996 UNLESS EXTENDED.
Ralphs Grocery Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), is hereby
offering (the "Exchange Offer"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the
"Letter of Transmittal"), to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 10.45%
Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Exchange Notes"), which exchange has been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to
a registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part (the "Registration
Statement"), for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 10.45% Senior
Notes due 2004 (the "Private Notes"), of which $100,000,000 in aggregate
principal amount was issued on June 6, 1996 and is outstanding as of the date
hereof. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and
terms of the Private Notes except that (i) the exchange will have been
registered under the Securities Act, and, therefore, the Exchange Notes will not
bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of the Exchange
Notes will not be entitled to certain rights of holders of the Private Notes
under the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), which rights will
terminate upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Notes will
evidence the same indebtedness as the Private Notes (which they replace) and
will be entitled to the benefits of an indenture dated as of June 6, 1996
governing the Private Notes and the Exchange Notes (the "Indenture"). The
Private Notes and the Exchange Notes are sometimes referred to herein
collectively as the "Notes." See "The Exchange Offer" and "Description of the
Notes."
The Exchange Notes will bear interest at the same rate and on the same terms
as the Private Notes. Consequently, the Exchange Notes will bear interest at the
rate of 10.45% per annum and the interest thereon will be payable semi-annually
on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 1996. The
Exchange Notes will bear interest from the date of the last interest payment on
the Private Notes (June 15, 1996). Holders whose Private Notes are accepted for
exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any interest accrued
on the Private Notes.
The Exchange Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of
the Company, at any time on and after June 15, 2000 at the respective redemption
prices set forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption
date. In addition, on or prior to June 15, 1998, the Company may, at its option,
use the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined) to
redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the Notes originally issued at the
redemption prices set forth herein plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
redemption date. Upon a Change of Control (as defined) each holder of Exchange
Notes has the right to require the Company to repurchase such holder's Exchange
Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of repurchase. In addition, subject to certain conditions,
the Company will be obligated to make an offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes
at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date
of repurchase, with the net cash proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions
of assets. The terms of the Exchange Notes will be substantially identical to
those of the Company's 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "1995 Senior Notes"),
which were issued in a registered offering on June 14, 1995 and of which $520.3
million aggregate principal amount is outstanding.
The Exchange Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company and
will rank pari passu in right of payment with other senior unsecured
indebtedness of the Company. However, the Exchange Notes will be effectively
subordinated to all secured indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries,
including indebtedness under the New Credit Facility (as defined). See "Risk
Factors -- Corporate Structure; Effects of Asset Encumbrances." The Exchange
Notes will rank senior in right of payment to all subordinated indebtedness of
the Company. At April 21, 1996, pro forma for the offering of the Exchange Notes
and the application of proceeds therefrom, the Company and its subsidiaries
would have had outstanding $771.5 million aggregate principal amount of secured
indebtedness (not including obligations with respect to letters of credit issued
under the New Credit Facility, of which $88.2 million were outstanding as of
June 26, 1996), $619.6 million of senior unsecured indebtedness, and $671.2
million of subordinated indebtedness. The Exchange Notes will be unconditionally
guaranteed (the "Guarantees") on a senior unsecured basis by each of the
Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries (the "Subsidiary Guarantors").
The Company will accept for exchange any and all validly tendered Private
Notes not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on Friday, August
30, 1996, unless the Exchange Offer is extended by the Company in its sole
discretion (the "Expiration Date"). Tenders of Private Notes may be withdrawn at
any time prior to the Expiration Date. Private Notes may be tendered only in
integral multiples of $1,000. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary
conditions. See "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions."
------------------------
SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 18 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND AN
INVESTMENT IN THE EXCHANGE NOTES.
------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is July 25, 1996
<PAGE> 4
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") set forth in no-action letters issued to third
parties, the Company believes that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for Private Notes may be offered for resale, resold
and otherwise transferred by a holder thereof (other than (i) a broker-dealer
who purchases such Exchange Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant
to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a
person that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under
the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securities Act; provided that the holder is acquiring
the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business and is not
participating, and had no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes. Holders of Private Notes
wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must represent to the Company, as required
by the Registration Rights Agreement, that such conditions have been met. Each
broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for
Private Notes, where such Private Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge
that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange
Notes. The Company believes that none of the registered holders of the Private
Notes is an affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities
Act) of the Company.
Prior to the Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the Notes.
The Company does not intend to list the Notes on any securities exchange or to
seek approval for quotation through any automated quotation system. There can be
no assurance that an active market for the Notes will develop. To the extent
that a market for the Notes does develop, the market value of the Notes will
depend on market conditions (such as yields on alternative investments), general
economic conditions, the Company's financial condition and certain other
factors. Such conditions might cause the Notes, to the extent that they are
traded, to trade at a significant discount from face value. See "Risk
Factors -- Absence of Public Market."
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of
Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Private Notes where such
Private Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Company has indicated its intention
to make this Prospectus (as it may be amended or supplemented) available to any
broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale for a period of 90 days
after the Expiration Date. See "Plan of Distribution."
The Company will not receive any proceeds from, and has agreed to bear the
expenses of, the Exchange Offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with
this Exchange Offer.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL THE COMPANY ACCEPT
SURRENDERS FOR EXCHANGE FROM, HOLDERS OF PRIVATE NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN
WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE ACCEPTANCE THEREOF WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.
No person is authorized in connection with the Exchange Offer to give any
information or to make any representation not contained in this Prospectus or
the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, and, if given or made, such information
or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the
Company. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus or the accompanying Letter of
Transmittal, nor any exchange made hereunder shall under any circumstances
create any implication that the information contained herein is correct as of
any date subsequent to the date hereof.
Until October 23, 1996 (90 days after the date of this Prospectus), all
dealers offering transactions in the Exchange Notes, whether or not
participating in the Exchange Offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus in
connection therewith. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to
deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.
2
<PAGE> 5
The Exchange Notes will be available initially only in book-entry form. The
Company expects that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer
will be issued in the form of one or more fully registered global notes that
will be deposited with, or on behalf of, the Depository Trust Company ("DTC" or
the "Depositary") and registered in its name or in the name of Cede & Co., as
its nominee. Beneficial interests in the global note representing the Exchange
Notes will be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected only through,
records maintained by the Depositary and its participants. After the initial
issuance of such global note, Exchange Notes in certificated form will be issued
in exchange for the global note only in accordance with the terms and conditions
set forth in the Indenture.
3
<PAGE> 6
SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial data, including
the Financial Statements and notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Food 4 Less" and
"Ralphs," as used herein, refer to Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc. ("Food 4
Less") and Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. ("RSI") and their consolidated
subsidiaries, respectively, prior to the consummation of the merger between them
which occurred on June 14, 1995 (the "Merger"). The "Company" refers to Ralphs
Grocery Company as the surviving and renamed corporation following the
consummation of the Merger and includes, unless the context otherwise requires,
all of its consolidated subsidiaries. As used herein, "Southern California"
means Los Angeles, Orange, Ventura, San Bernardino, Riverside, San Diego, Kern
and Santa Barbara counties. Except as otherwise stated, references in this
Prospectus to numbers of stores are as of April 21, 1996. The statements
contained in this summary with respect to the Company's anticipated cost savings
and future operational strategies or results are forward-looking statements
which are inherently uncertain and subject to a number of factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from the current estimates. See "Risk
Factors -- Ability to Achieve Anticipated Cost Savings."
THE COMPANY
The combination of Ralphs Grocery Company and Food 4 Less Supermarkets,
Inc. on June 14, 1995 created the largest food retailer in Southern California.
The Company operates 345 Southern California stores with an estimated 28% market
share in Los Angeles and Orange Counties. The Company operates the second
largest conventional supermarket chain in the region under the "Ralphs" name and
the largest warehouse supermarket chain under the "Food 4 Less" name. In
addition, the Company operates 26 conventional format stores and 36 warehouse
format stores in Northern California and the Midwest. Management believes the
Merger has provided the Company with the following benefits:
- - TWO LEADING COMPLEMENTARY FORMATS. The Company operates its conventional
supermarkets in Southern California under the "Ralphs" name and all of its
price impact warehouse format stores in Southern California under the "Food 4
Less" name. The Company operates 269 Ralphs conventional format stores and 76
Food 4 Less warehouse format stores in the region. The Ralphs stores emphasize
a broad selection of merchandise, high quality fresh produce, meat and seafood
and service departments, including bakery and delicatessen departments in most
stores. The Company's conventional stores also benefit from Ralphs' strong
private label program and its strengths in merchandising, store operations and
systems. Passing on format-related efficiencies, the price impact warehouse
format stores offer consumers the lowest overall prices while providing
product selections comparable to conventional supermarkets. Management
believes that the Food 4 Less warehouse format has demonstrated its appeal to
a wide range of demographic groups in Southern California and offers a
significant opportunity for future growth. The Company plans to open 16 new
Food 4 Less warehouse stores and 20 new Ralphs stores during fiscal years 1996
and 1997.
- - SUBSTANTIAL COST SAVINGS OPPORTUNITIES. At the time of the Merger, management
estimated that approximately $90 million of net annual cost savings (as
compared to the costs of Ralphs and Food 4 Less for the pro forma combined
fiscal year ended June 25, 1994) could be achieved by the end of the fourth
full year of combined operations following the Merger. Management also
estimated that approximately $117 million in Merger-related capital
expenditures and $50 million of other non-recurring costs would be required to
complete store conversions, integrate operations and expand warehouse
facilities over the same period. Although the Company has experienced delays
in the realization of certain of the cost savings anticipated at the time of
the Merger, the Company believes that the full amount of the $90 million in
estimated cost savings will still be realized within such time frame, as
described in further detail below. Moreover, since the Merger the Company has
invested approximately $70.1 million of the scheduled capital expenditures,
spent approximately $45.0 million of other non-recurring costs in integrating
its operations and expanding its warehouse facilities and has substantially
completed the extensive store conversion program which was undertaken pursuant
to the Merger. See "-- Post-Merger Events."
4
<PAGE> 7
The following anticipated savings are based on estimates and assumptions made by
the Company that are inherently uncertain, though considered reasonable by the
Company, and are subject to significant business, economic and competitive
uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult to predict and many
of which are beyond the control of management. There can be no assurance that
such savings will be achieved. The sum of the components of the estimated annual
cost savings exceeds $90 million; however, management's estimate of $90 million
in net annual cost savings gives effect to an offsetting adjustment to reflect
its expectation that a portion of the savings will be reinvested in the
Company's operations. See "Risk Factors -- Ability to Achieve Anticipated Cost
Savings."
- -- REDUCED ADVERTISING EXPENSES. Consolidating the conventional format stores in
Southern California under the "Ralphs" name has eliminated most of the
separate advertising associated with Food 4 Less' prior Alpha Beta, Boys and
Viva formats. Since Ralphs' former advertising program covered the Southern
California region, the Company was able to advertise for all of its Southern
California stores under the existing Ralphs program. At the time of the
Merger, management estimated that annual advertising cost savings of
approximately $19 million, as compared to such costs for the pro forma
combined fiscal year ended June 25, 1994, could be achieved in the first full
year of combined operations following the Merger. On an annualized basis,
such cost savings have been achieved.
- -- REDUCED STORE OPERATIONS EXPENSE. Management plans to reduce store operations
costs as a result of both reduced labor and benefit costs and reduced
non-labor expenses. Store-level labor savings are expected to be achieved by
applying Ralphs' labor scheduling, computerized record keeping and other
advanced store systems to the Food 4 Less store base. In addition, management
believes that the adoption of Ralphs' store systems in non-labor areas, such
as energy management, safety programs and pooled supply purchasing, will
produce further annual cost savings. At the time of the Merger, management
estimated that annual store operations cost savings of approximately $21
million could be achieved by the fourth full year of combined operations
after certain required capital expenditures are made. Although the Company
has experienced higher-than-anticipated store operations expenses and delays
in realizing these cost savings, the Company continues to believe that such
cost savings will be achieved by the fourth full year of combined operations.
See "-- Post-Merger Events."
- -- INCREASED VOLUME PURCHASING EFFICIENCIES. The combined volume requirements
and leading market position of the Company have allowed the Company to obtain
improved terms from vendors, including suppliers of products carried on an
exclusive or promoted basis, and to convert some less-than-truckload shipping
quantities to full truckload quantities. At the time of the Merger,
management estimated that annual purchasing cost savings of approximately $19
million could be achieved by the second full year of combined operations. The
Company believes that the realization of such cost savings is substantially
on schedule.
- -- WAREHOUSING AND DISTRIBUTION EFFICIENCIES. Consolidating the Company's
warehousing and distribution operations into Ralphs' two primary facilities
located in Compton, California and the Glendale, California vicinity and the
modern distribution center located in Riverside, California (the "Riverside
Facility") which was subleased in December 1995 from Smith's Food & Drug
Centers, Inc. ("Smith's"), will result in lower outside storage,
transportation and labor costs. In addition, occupancy costs have been
reduced as a result of the closure of the Food 4 Less La Habra facility and
certain other facilities. At the time of the Merger, management estimated
that annual warehousing and distribution cost savings of approximately $16
million could be achieved by the third full year of combined operations after
certain capital expenditures on existing facilities were completed. In the
first year of combined operations, the Company experienced
higher-than-expected distribution expenses for the reasons discussed below.
See "-- Post-Merger Events." Moreover, the acquisition of the Riverside
Facility resulted in revisions to the Company's operating plan following the
Merger, necessitating some delay in the achievement of cost savings projected
for the first and second years of combined operations. However, management
believes that the Riverside Facility provides the Company with the
opportunity to obtain substantial additional efficiencies, and that the
annual cost savings of $16 million originally projected for the third year of
combined operations can still be achieved.
5
<PAGE> 8
- -- CONSOLIDATED MANUFACTURING. Ralphs and Food 4 Less operated manufacturing
facilities that produced similar products or had excess capacity. At the time
of the Merger, management believed that consolidating meat, bakery, dairy,
and other manufacturing and processing operations, and discontinuing external
purchases of certain goods that can be manufactured internally, should
achieve annual cost savings of approximately $10 million by the second full
year of combined operations. Due in part to plan revisions relating to the
acquisition of the Riverside Facility, which includes a creamery, management
believes that the realization of such level of cost savings will be deferred
to the third year of combined operations.
- -- CONSOLIDATED ADMINISTRATIVE FUNCTIONS. The Company has begun to achieve
savings from the elimination of redundant administrative staff, the
consolidation of management information systems and a decreased reliance on
certain outside services and consultants. At the time of the Merger,
management estimated that annual savings of approximately $15 million
associated with consolidating administrative functions should be achieved by
the second full year of combined operations. To date, the Company has
achieved annualized savings in administrative expense in excess of $15
million, and management believes that further savings in this area will be
obtained.
- - TECHNOLOGICALLY ADVANCED WAREHOUSING AND DISTRIBUTION. The Company utilizes
technologically advanced warehousing and distribution systems, which include
(i) the Riverside Facility, which is a one million square foot manufacturing
and distribution center consisting of a creamery and an integrated warehouse
for dry grocery, dairy/deli and frozen food storage, (ii) a 17 million cubic
foot high-rise automated storage and retrieval system warehouse in the
Glendale, California vicinity (the "ASRS") for non-perishable items and (iii)
a 5.4 million cubic foot perishable service center in Compton, California (the
"PSC") designed for processing, storing and distributing all perishable items.
These facilities will provide the Company with substantial operating benefits,
including: (i) enhanced turnover to further improve the freshness and quality
of in-store products, (ii) added opportunities in forward buying programs and
(iii) an increased percentage of inventory supplied by the Company's own
warehousing and distribution system. Management believes the utilization of
these facilities will enable the Company to meet the combined inventory
requirements of all stores with fewer employees and lower operating and
occupancy-related expenses.
- - STORE LOCATIONS. As a result of Ralphs' 123-year history and Alpha Beta
Company's ("Alpha Beta") 92-year history in Southern California, the Company
has valuable and well established store locations, many of which are in
densely populated metropolitan areas.
- - RECENTLY REMODELED AND NEW STORE BASE. The Company has a modern,
technologically advanced store base. During the five years ended January 28,
1996, on a combined basis, Ralphs and Food 4 Less opened 81 new stores and
remodeled 173 stores. Approximately 62.3% of the Company's stores have been
opened or remodeled during the last five years.
- - EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. The executive officers of the Company have
extensive experience in the supermarket industry. The Company's management
expertise combines the strengths of the former management teams of both Ralphs
and Food 4 Less, including strong store operations experience, a reputation
for quality and service, and demonstrated effectiveness in cost control and
the acquisition and integration of supermarket companies.
THE MERGER
On June 14, 1995, Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc. ("Food 4 Less") merged
into Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. ("RSI") (the "RSI Merger"). Immediately following
the RSI Merger, Ralphs Grocery Company ("RGC"), which was a wholly-owned
subsidiary of RSI, merged with and into RSI (the "RGC Merger," and together with
the RSI Merger, the "Merger"), and RSI changed its name to Ralphs Grocery
Company. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.
("Holdings"). The purchase price for RSI was approximately $1.5 billion,
including the assumption of debt. The consideration payable to the stockholders
of RSI consisted of $388.1 million in cash, $131.5 million principal amount of
13 5/8% Senior Subordinated Pay-In-Kind Debentures due 2007 (the "Seller
Debentures") issued by Holdings and
6
<PAGE> 9
$18.5 million initial accreted value of the 13 5/8% Senior Discount Debentures
due 2005 (the "New Discount Debentures") issued by Holdings.
POST-MERGER EVENTS
The Company has substantially completed its integration plan to convert and
rationalize the store formats of Ralphs and Food 4 Less. Since the Merger, the
Company has converted 111 former Alpha Beta, Boys and Viva stores to the Ralphs
format, converted 13 former Ralphs stores to the Food 4 Less warehouse store
format, and opened 21 new stores, including nine Southern California stores
acquired from Smith's which became available when Smith's withdrew from the
California market. The Company has sold or closed 56 stores as a result of
divestitures required by the State of California and other steps taken to
improve the average size and quality of its store base. As a result of the
closure and divestiture of smaller stores and the opening of larger stores, the
average square footage per store in Southern California has increased
approximately 9% from 36,100 square feet to 39,400 square feet.
Subsequent to the Merger, the Company experienced lower sales and higher
costs in certain areas of its operations than originally anticipated. The
shortfall in sales primarily resulted from achieving less benefit from the
Company's advertising program and experiencing greater competitive activity than
originally expected. Although the largest impact was experienced by the
Company's Alpha Beta, Boys and Viva stores which were converted to the Ralphs
format, the base Ralphs stores were also affected. In addition, the Company's
operating margins were affected by delays in the implementation of certain
buying and other programs to lower the cost of goods, excessive price markdowns
in stores undergoing conversion and a less advantageous than expected product
mix in certain stores.
The realization of cost savings has been delayed in certain areas. In
particular, store operating expenses were higher than anticipated, due primarily
to lower productivity and higher labor costs than originally anticipated. In
addition, the Company experienced higher than expected costs in introducing
Ralphs merchandising and service standards into the smaller conventional
supermarkets formerly operated by Food 4 Less. Also, as the Company's backstage
facilities were integrated, the Company experienced higher than expected
warehouse and distribution costs resulting from, among other things, higher than
expected inventory levels, delays in the transfer of distribution personnel from
Food 4 Less to Ralphs facilities, and other backstage operational
inefficiencies.
The Company is taking a number of specific steps to improve sales and
margins, eliminate the recurrence of unexpected integration-related costs and
fully realize opportunities for efficiencies afforded by the Merger, including
the following:
- - During the first quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company implemented the first
phase of a new marketing program designed to improve sales at its smaller
stores. The key component of this program involves streamlining and
remerchandising the product and service offerings currently in those stores
which the Company believes are more appropriately reserved for its larger
stores. The Company also intends to implement a revised marketing plan
designed to improve sales at its base Ralphs stores.
- - During the first quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company implemented a labor
productivity and cost reduction program. As part of this program, headcount
reductions of approximately 1,100 at the store level and 200 at the corporate
level have already been made. The earnings benefit of the foregoing reductions
will be realized during the remainder of 1996 and beyond.
- - In addition to the acquisition of the nine stores from Smith's, in December
1995 the Company subleased Smith's one million square foot distribution center
and creamery facility in Riverside, California. The facility allows the
Company to consolidate distribution operations into three modern, efficient
facilities located in Compton, Glendale and Riverside, California. The
elimination of six smaller and less efficient warehouse facilities will reduce
transportation between facilities, management overhead and outside storage
costs. Moreover, the consolidation will enable better inventory management,
which is expected to result in the reduction of inventory levels. The
Riverside Facility is also expected to reduce previously planned capital
expenditures. Although such acquisition has resulted in substantial revisions
to the Company's plan
7
<PAGE> 10
with respect to its storage, distribution and manufacturing functions, and
consequent delays in estimated cost savings, the Company expects that the
consolidation of such functions will be completed by the third quarter of fiscal
1996, resulting in greatly strengthened and streamlined backstage operations.
In March 1996 the Company amended the New Credit Facility to conform the
financial covenants therein to the Company's actual post-Merger results and
revised projections. Following the adoption of these amendments, the Company
believes that the covenant levels contained in the New Credit Facility are
consistent with anticipated operating results for fiscal 1996.
THE YUCAIPA COMPANIES
The Company is controlled by The Yucaipa Companies ("Yucaipa"), a private
investment group which specializes in the supermarket industry. Yucaipa has a
successful track record in acquiring, integrating and improving the cash flow of
supermarket companies. The other supermarket companies presently controlled or
managed by Yucaipa are Dominick's Finer Foods, Inc. and Smith's Food & Drug
Centers, Inc. Such companies, together with the Company, operate a total of
approximately 652 stores with aggregate sales of approximately $11 billion per
year.
8
<PAGE> 11
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
THE EXCHANGE OFFER......The Company is hereby offering to exchange $1,000
principal amount of Exchange Notes for each $1,000
principal amount of Private Notes that are properly
tendered and accepted. The Company will issue Exchange
Notes on or promptly after the Expiration Date. As of
the date hereof, there is $100,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of Private Notes outstanding. See "The
Exchange Offer."
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the
Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to
third parties, the Company believes that the Exchange
Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange
for Private Notes may be offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by a holder thereof (other than
(i) a broker-dealer who purchases such Exchange Notes
directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule
144A or any other available exemption under the
Securities Act or (ii) a person that is an affiliate of
the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act), without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act; provided that the holder is acquiring
Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business
and is not participating, and had no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate, in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes. Each broker-dealer
that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in
exchange for Private Notes, where such Private Notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities,
must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See
"The Exchange Offer -- Resale of the Exchange Notes."
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT.............The Private Notes were sold by the Company on June 6,
1996 to BT Securities Corporation (the "Initial
Purchaser") pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated June
3, 1996, between the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors
and the Initial Purchaser (the "Purchase Agreement").
Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser entered
into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June
6, 1996 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), which
grants the holders of the Private Notes certain exchange
and registration rights. The Exchange Offer is intended
to satisfy such rights, which will terminate upon the
consummation of the Exchange Offer. The holders of the
Exchange Notes will not be entitled to any exchange or
registration rights with respect to the Exchange Notes.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Termination of Certain
Rights."
EXPIRATION DATE.........The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on Friday, August 30, 1996, unless the
Exchange Offer is extended by the Company in its sole
discretion, in which case the term "Expiration Date"
shall mean the latest date and time to which the
Exchange Offer is extended. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments."
ACCRUED INTEREST ON THE
EXCHANGE NOTES AND THE
PRIVATE NOTES.........The Exchange Notes will bear interest from the date of
the last interest payment on the Private Notes (June 15,
1996). Holders whose Private Notes are accepted for
exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to
receive any interest accrued on the Private Notes. See
"The Exchange Offer -- Interest on the Exchange Notes."
9
<PAGE> 12
CONDITIONS TO THE
EXCHANGE OFFER..........The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary
conditions that may be waived by the Company. The
Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum
aggregate principal amount of Private Notes being
tendered for exchange. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Conditions."
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
PRIVATE NOTES.........Each holder of Private Notes wishing to accept the
Exchange Offer must complete, sign and date the Letter
of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, in accordance
with the instructions contained herein and therein, and
mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or
such facsimile, together with such Private Notes and any
other required documentation to Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association, as exchange agent (the "Exchange
Agent"), at the address set forth herein. By executing
the Letter of Transmittal, the holder will represent to
and agree with the Company that, among other things, (i)
the Exchange Notes to be acquired by such holder of
Private Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer are
being acquired by such holder in the ordinary course of
its business, (ii) such holder has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in a
distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) that if such
holder is a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange
Act or is participating in the Exchange Offer for the
purposes of distributing the Exchange Notes, such holder
will comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with a secondary resale transaction of the
Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely
on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth
in no-action letters (see "The Exchange Offer -- Resale
of the Exchange Notes"), (iv) such holder understands
that a secondary resale transaction described in clause
(iii) above and any resales of Exchange Notes obtained
by such holder in exchange for Private Notes acquired by
such holder directly from the Company should be covered
by an effective registration statement containing the
selling securityholder information required by Item 507
or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K of the
Commission and (v) such holder is not an "affiliate," as
defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the
Company. If the holder is a broker-dealer that will
receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange
for Private Notes that were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities,
such holder will be required to acknowledge in the
Letter of Transmittal that such holder will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such
Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by
delivering a prospectus, such holder will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning
of the Securities Act. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."
SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR
BENEFICIAL OWNERS.....Any beneficial owner whose Private Notes are registered
in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust
company or other nominee and who wishes to tender such
Private Notes in the Exchange Offer should contact such
registered holder promptly and instruct such registered
holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If
such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's
own behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and
executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering such
owner's Private Notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the Private Notes
in such owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond
power from the registered holder. The transfer of
registered ownership may take considerable
10
<PAGE> 13
time and may not be able to be completed prior to the
Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures
for Tendering."
GUARANTEED DELIVERY
PROCEDURES............Holders of Private Notes who wish to tender their
Private Notes and whose Private Notes are not
immediately available or who cannot deliver their
Private Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other
documentation required by the Letter of Transmittal to
the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date must
tender their Private Notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth under "The Exchange
Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
ACCEPTANCE OF THE
PRIVATE NOTES AND
DELIVERY OF THE
EXCHANGE NOTES........Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions
to the Exchange Offer, the Company will accept for
exchange any and all Private Notes that are properly
tendered in the Exchange Offer prior to the Expiration
Date. The Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will be delivered on the earliest practicable date
following the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Terms of the Exchange Offer."
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.......Tenders of Private Notes may be withdrawn at any time
prior to the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME
TAX CONSIDERATIONS....The exchange of Private Notes for Exchange Notes will be
treated as a "non-event" for federal income tax purposes
because the Exchange Notes will not be considered to
differ materially from the Private Notes. As a result,
no material federal income tax consequences will result
to holders exchanging Private Notes for Exchange Notes.
See "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations."
EXCHANGE AGENT..........Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association is serving
as the Exchange Agent in connection with the Exchange
Offer.
THE EXCHANGE NOTES
The Exchange Offer applies to $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
the Private Notes. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the
form and terms of the Private Notes except that (i) the exchange will have been
registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Exchange Notes will not
bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of the Exchange
Notes will not be entitled to certain rights of holders of the Private Notes
under the Registration Rights Agreement, which rights will terminate upon
consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same
indebtedness as the Private Notes (which they replace) and will be issued under,
and be entitled to the benefits of, the Indenture. For further information and
for definitions of certain capitalized terms used below, see "Description of the
Notes."
ISSUER..................Ralphs Grocery Company.
NOTES OFFERED...........$100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.45% Senior
Notes due 2004. The terms of the Exchange Notes will be
substantially identical to those of the 1995 Senior
Notes. However, the Exchange Notes will be issued with
original issue discount.
MATURITY DATE...........June 15, 2004.
INTEREST RATE...........The Exchange Notes will bear interest at the rate of
10.45% per annum.
11
<PAGE> 14
INTEREST PAYMENT
DATES...................June 15 and December 15, commencing on December 15,
1996.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.....The Exchange Notes will be redeemable at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or
after June 15, 2000, at the following redemption prices
if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on
June 15 of the year set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REDEMPTION
YEAR PRICE
-------------------------------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
2000.................................................... 105.225%
2001.................................................... 103.483%
2002.................................................... 101.742%
2003 and thereafter..................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
date of redemption.
In addition, on or prior to June 15, 1998, the Company
may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds from one
or more Public Equity Offerings to redeem up to an
aggregate of 35% of the principal amount of the Exchange
Notes originally issued, at a redemption price equal to
110.450% of the principal amount thereof if redeemed
during the 12 months commencing on June 15, 1995,
108.957% of the principal amount thereof if redeemed
during the 12 months commencing on June 15, 1996 and
107.464% of the principal amount thereof if redeemed
during the 12 months commencing on June 15, 1997, in
each case plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
redemption date.
RANKING.................The Exchange Notes will be senior unsecured obligations
of the Company and will rank pari passu in right of
payment with other senior unsecured indebtedness of the
Company. However, the Exchange Notes will be effectively
subordinated to all secured indebtedness of the Company
and its subsidiaries, including indebtedness under the
New Credit Facility. The Exchange Notes will rank senior
in right of payment to all subordinated indebtedness of
the Company. At April 21, 1996, pro forma for the
offering of the Private Notes (the "Offering") and the
application of proceeds therefrom, the Company and its
subsidiaries would have had outstanding $771.5 million
aggregate principal amount of secured indebtedness (not
including obligations with respect to letters of credit
issued under the New Credit Facility, of which $88.2
million were outstanding as of June 26, 1996), $619.6
million of senior unsecured indebtedness, and $671.2
million of subordinated indebtedness.
GUARANTEES..............Each Subsidiary Guarantor will unconditionally
guarantee, jointly and severally, the full and prompt
performance of the Company's obligations under the
indenture governing the Exchange Notes (the "Indenture")
and the Exchange Notes. The Guarantees will be senior
unsecured obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors and
will rank pari passu in right of payment with other
senior unsecured indebtedness of the Subsidiary
Guarantors.
CHANGE OF CONTROL.......Upon a Change of Control (as defined), each holder of
the Exchange Notes has the right to require the Company
to repurchase such holder's Exchange Notes at a price
equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.
CERTAIN COVENANTS.......The Indenture contains certain covenants, including, but
not limited to, covenants with respect to the following:
(i) limitation on restricted payments; (ii) limitation
on incurrences of additional indebtedness; (iii)
limitation on liens; (iv) limitation on asset sales; (v)
limitation on dividend and other payment restrictions
affecting subsidiaries; (vi) guarantees of certain
indebted-
12
<PAGE> 15
ness; (vii) limitation on transactions with affiliates;
(viii) limitation on mergers and certain other
transactions; and (ix) limitations on preferred stock of
subsidiaries.
RISK FACTORS............Holders of Private Notes should carefully consider the
specific factors set forth under "Risk Factors," as well
as other information and data included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
13
<PAGE> 16
SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF THE COMPANY
The following table sets forth summary historical financial data of the
Company and its predecessor Food 4 Less as of and for the 52 weeks ended June
29, 1991, June 27, 1992, June 26, 1993 and June 25, 1994, the 31 weeks ended
January 29, 1995 and the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 which have been derived
from the financial statements of the Company and Food 4 Less audited by Arthur
Andersen LLP, independent public accountants. The summary historical financial
data of the Company presented below as of and for the 12 weeks ended April 23,
1995 and April 21, 1996 have been derived from unaudited financial statements of
the Company which, in the opinion of management, reflect all material
adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a
fair presentation of such data. The following information should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the historical consolidated financial statements
of the Company and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12 WEEKS
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 31 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 12 WEEKS ENDED
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED APRIL
JUNE 29, JUNE 27, JUNE 26, JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28, APRIL 21,
1991(A) 1992 1993 1994(B) 1995(C) 1996(D) 23, 1995 1996(D)
-------- -------- -------- -------- ----------- ----------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT STORE DATA) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Sales............... $1,606.6 $2,913.5 $2,742.0 $2,585.2 $1,556.5 $ 4,335.1 $ 623.6 $1,230.8
Gross profit(e)..... 265.7 520.8 484.2 469.3 262.4 849.1 107.2 248.6
Selling, general,
administrative and
other, net........ 213.1 469.7 434.9 388.8 222.4 785.6 91.4 217.3
Interest
expense(f)........ 50.1 70.2 69.7 68.3 42.2 178.8 16.9 56.1
Net loss(g)......... (9.6) (33.8) (27.4) (2.7) (11.5) (283.2) (2.8) (32.0)
Ratio of earnings to
fixed
charges(h)........ --(h) --(h) --(h) 1.0x --(h) --(h) --(h) --(h)
BALANCE SHEET DATA
(end of period)(i):
Working capital
surplus
(deficit)......... $ 13.7 $ (66.3) $ (19.2) $ (54.9) $ (74.8) $ (178.5) $ (80.4) $ (230.2)
Total assets........ 980.0 998.5 957.8 980.1 1,000.7 3,188.1 971.2 3,144.8
Total debt(j)....... 558.9 525.3 538.1 517.9 533.8 2,082.3 536.3 2,059.7
Stockholder's
equity............ 84.6 50.8 72.9 69.0 57.8 59.1 55.0 27.1
OTHER DATA:
Depreciation and
amortization(k)... $ 31.9 $ 54.9 $ 57.6 $ 57.1 $ 36.6 $ 125.3 $ 14.7 $ 36.7
Capital
expenditures...... 34.7 60.3 53.5 57.5 49.0 122.4 18.2 34.2
Stores open at end
of period......... 259 249 248 258 267 408 268 408
EBITDA (as
defined)(l)....... $ 80.7 $ 101.7 $ 103.8 $ 130.6 $ 76.9 $ 245.1 $ 30.1 $ 70.1
EBITDA margin(m).... 5.0% 3.5% 3.8% 5.1% 4.9% 5.7% 4.8% 5.7%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Operating data for the 52 weeks ended June 29, 1991 include the results of
Alpha Beta only from June 17, 1991, the date of its acquisition. Alpha
Beta's sales for the two weeks ended June 29, 1991 were $59.2 million.
(b) Operating data for the 52 weeks ended June 25, 1994 include the results of
10 Food Barn stores, which were not material, from March 29, 1994, the date
of the Food Barn acquisition.
(c) Food 4 Less Supermarkets changed its fiscal year end from the 52 or 53-week
period which ends on the last Saturday in June to the 52 or 53-week period
which ends on the Sunday closest to January 31, resulting in a 31-week
transition period.
(d) Operating data for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 and the 12 weeks
ended April 21, 1996 reflect the acquisition of Ralphs on June 14, 1995.
(e) Cost of sales has been principally determined using the last-in, first-out
("LIFO") method of valuing inventory. If cost of sales had been determined
using the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method, gross profit would have been
greater by $2.1 million, $3.6 million, $4.4 million, $0.7 million, $2.7
million, $2.2 million, $1.0 million and $1.3 million for the 52 weeks ended
June 29, 1991, June 27, 1992, June 26, 1993, and June 25, 1994, the 31 weeks
ended January 29, 1995, the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 and the 12 weeks
ended April 23, 1995 and April 21, 1996, respectively.
14
<PAGE> 17
(f) Interest expense includes non-cash charges related to the amortization of
deferred financing costs of $5.2 million for the 52 weeks ended June 29,
1991, $6.3 million for the 52 weeks ended June 27, 1992, $4.9 million for
the 52 weeks ended June 26, 1993, $5.5 million for the 52 weeks ended June
25, 1994, $3.4 million for the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, $8.2 million
for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996, $1.4 million for the 12 weeks ended
April 23, 1995 and $3.3 million for the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996.
(g) Net loss includes a pre-tax provision for self insurance, which is
classified in cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses
and interest expense of $15.1 million, $51.1 million, $43.9 million, $25.7
million, $9.8 million, $32.6 million, $5.1 million and $10.6 million for the
52 weeks ended June 29, 1991, June 27, 1992, June 26, 1993, and June 25,
1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, the 52 weeks ended January 28,
1996, the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and the 12 weeks ended April 21,
1996, respectively. Included in the 52 weeks ended June 25, 1994, the 31
weeks ended January 29, 1995, the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 and the 12
weeks ended April 21, 1996 are reduced employer contributions of $8.1
million, $14.3 million, $26.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively,
related to union health and welfare benefit plans.
(h) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, "earnings"
consist of loss before provision for income taxes and extraordinary charges
plus fixed charges. "Fixed charges" consist of interest on all indebtedness,
amortization of deferred debt financing costs and one-third of rental
expense (the portion deemed representative of the interest factor). Earnings
were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the 52 weeks ended June 29,
1991, June 27, 1992 and June 26, 1993, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995,
the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996, the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and
the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996, by approximately $3.4 million, $25.6
million, $25.9 million, $11.5 million, $259.6 million, $2.5 million and
$32.0 million, respectively. However, such earnings included non-cash
charges of $37.0 million for the 52 weeks ended June 29, 1991, $61.2 million
for the 52 weeks ended June 27, 1992, $62.5 million for the 52 weeks ended
June 26, 1993, $40.0 million for the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, $202.6
million for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996, $16.1 million for the 12
weeks ended April 23, 1995 and $40.0 million for the 12 weeks ended April
21, 1996, primarily consisting of depreciation and amortization and the
write-off of property and equipment associated with stores closed as a
result of the Merger, stores closed due to under-performance, stores closed
in connection with the acquisition of the nine stores from Smith's, and
warehouses to be closed as a result of the acquisition of the Riverside
Facility. In addition, earnings for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 were
reduced by cash restructuring charges of $54.1 million.
(i) Balance sheet data as of June 29, 1991, June 27, 1992 and June 26, 1993
relate to Food 4 Less and reflect the Alpha Beta acquisition and the
financings and refinancings associated therewith. Balance sheet data as of
June 25, 1994, January 29, 1995 and April 23, 1995 relate to Food 4 Less and
reflect the acquisition of 10 Food Barn stores. Balance sheet data as of
January 28, 1996 and April 21, 1996 relate to the Company and reflect the
Merger and the financings associated therewith.
(j) Total debt includes long-term debt, current maturities of long-term debt and
capital lease obligations.
(k) For the 52 weeks ended June 29, 1991, June 27, 1992, June 26, 1993 and June
25, 1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, the 52 weeks ended January
28, 1996, the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and the 12 weeks ended April 21,
1996, depreciation and amortization includes amortization of goodwill of
$5.3 million, $7.8 million, $7.6 million, $7.7 million, $4.6 million, $21.8
million, $1.8 million and $7.2 million, respectively.
(l) "EBITDA (as defined)," as presented historically by the Company, represents
income before interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, the
LIFO provision, provision for income taxes, provision for earthquake losses,
provision for restructuring, a one-time charge in the 1995 transition period
for Teamsters Union sick pay benefits, $75.0 million of one-time costs
incurred in connection with the Merger in fiscal year 1995 and $7.6 million
of one-time costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of the
Riverside Facility and nine former Smith's stores in the first quarter of
fiscal year 1996. EBITDA is a widely accepted financial indicator of a
company's ability to service debt. However, EBITDA should not be construed
as an alternative to operating income or to cash flows from operating
activities (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles) and should not be construed as an indication of the Company's
operating performance or as a measure of liquidity. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
(m) EBITDA margin represents EBITDA (as defined) as a percentage of sales.
15
<PAGE> 18
SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF RALPHS
The following table sets forth summary historical financial data of RGC (as
the predecessor of RSI) as of and for the 53 weeks ended February 3, 1991 and
the 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992, and summary historical financial data of
RSI as of and for the 52 weeks ended January 31, 1993, January 30, 1994 and
January 29, 1995, which have been derived from the financial statements of RSI
and RGC audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public
accountants. The following information should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the historical consolidated financial statements of RSI and RGC
and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
53 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
FEBRUARY 3, FEBRUARY 2, JANUARY 31, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT STORE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Sales................................... $ 2,799.1 $ 2,889.2 $ 2,843.8 $ 2,730.2 $ 2,724.6
Gross profit............................ 573.7 614.0 626.6 636.5 623.6
Selling, general and administrative
expenses(a).......................... 438.0 459.2 470.0 471.0 467.0
Interest expense(b)..................... 128.5 130.2 125.6 108.8 112.7
Net earnings (loss)(c).................. (51.4) (41.2) (76.1) 138.4(i) 32.1
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(d)... --(d) --(d) 1.02x 1.24x 1.24x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (end of period):
Working capital surplus (deficit)....... $ (93.9) $ (114.2) $ (122.0) $ (73.0) $ (119.5)
Total assets............................ 1,406.4 1,357.6 1,388.5 1,483.7 1,509.9
Total debt(e)........................... 986.1 941.9 1,029.8 998.9 1,018.5
Redeemable stock........................ 3.0 3.0 -- -- --
Stockholders' equity (deficit).......... (16.0) (57.2) (133.3) 5.1 27.2
OTHER DATA:
Depreciation and amortization(f)........ $ 75.2 $ 76.6 $ 76.9 $ 74.5 $ 76.0
Capital expenditures.................... 87.6 50.4 102.7 62.2 64.0
Stores open at end of period............ 150 158 159 165 173
EBITDA (as defined)(g).................. $ 207.0 $ 225.8 $ 227.3 $ 230.2 $ 230.2
EBITDA margin(h)........................ 7.4% 7.8% 8.0% 8.4% 8.4%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Includes provision for post retirement benefits other than pensions of $2.2
million, $2.6 million, $3.3 million, $3.4 million and $2.6 million for the
53 weeks ended February 3, 1991, the 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992,
January 31, 1993, January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995, respectively.
(b) Interest expense includes non-cash charges related to the amortization of
deferred debt issuance costs of $4.1 million for the 53 weeks ended February
3, 1991, $5.0 million for the 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992, $5.5 million
for the 52 weeks ended January 31, 1993, $6.5 million for the 52 weeks ended
January 30, 1994 and $6.1 million for the 52 weeks ended January 29, 1995,
respectively.
(c) Net earnings (loss) includes expenses relating to provisions for Equity
Appreciation Rights and for tax indemnification payments to Federated,
extraordinary item relating to debt refinancing, loss on disposal of assets,
provisions for postretirement and pension benefits and provision for
earthquake losses. Net earnings (loss) includes a pre-tax provision for self
insurance, which is classified in cost of sales, selling, general and
administrative expenses and interest expense of $29.2 million, $31.2
million, $36.9 million, $36.3 million, and $20.0 million, for the 53 weeks
ended February 3, 1991, the 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992, the 52 weeks
ended January 31, 1993, the 52 weeks ended January 30, 1994 and the 52 weeks
ended January 29, 1995, respectively. Included in the 52 weeks ended January
30, 1994 and the 52 weeks ended January 29, 1995 are reduced employer
contributions of $11.8 million and $12.7 million, respectively, related to
union health and welfare benefit plans.
(d) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, "earnings"
consist of earnings before income taxes, cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles, extraordinary item and fixed charges before
capitalized interest. "Fixed charges" consist of interest expense (including
amortization of self-insurance reserves discount), capitalized interest,
amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and one-third of rental expense
(the portion deemed representative of the interest factor). Earnings were
insufficient to
16
<PAGE> 19
cover fixed charges for the 53 weeks ended February 3, 1991 and the 52 weeks
ended February 2, 1992 by approximately $25.5 million and $27.7 million,
respectively.
(e) Total debt includes long-term debt, current maturities of long-term debt,
short-term debt and capital lease obligations.
(f) For the 53 weeks ended February 3, 1991, the 52 weeks ended February 2,
1992, January 31, 1993, January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995, depreciation
and amortization includes amortization of the excess of cost over net assets
acquired of $11.0 million, $11.0 million, $11.0 million, $11.0 million and
$11.0 million, respectively.
(g) "EBITDA," as defined and presented historically by RGC, represents earnings
before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and
amortization expense, provisions for Equity Appreciation Rights, provision
for tax indemnification payments to Federated, provision for postretirement
benefits, the LIFO charge, extraordinary item relating to debt refinancing,
provision for legal settlement, provision for restructuring, provision for
earthquake losses, a one-time charge for Teamsters Union sick pay benefits,
transition expense and gains and losses on disposal of assets. EBITDA is a
widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to service debt.
However, EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to operating
income or to cash flows from operating activities (as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) and should not be
construed as an indication of Ralphs' operating performance or as a measure
of liquidity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
(h) EBITDA margin represents EBITDA (as defined) as a percentage of sales.
(i) Includes recognition of $109.1 million of deferred income tax benefit and
$1.1 million current income tax expense for the 52 weeks ended January 30,
1994 (see Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Ralphs
Supermarkets, Inc.).
17
<PAGE> 20
RISK FACTORS
Holders of the Private Notes that are considering participation in the
Exchange Offer should carefully consider the following risk factors in addition
to the other information contained in this Prospectus.
LEVERAGE AND DEBT SERVICE
The Company is highly leveraged. At April 21, 1996, after giving effect to
the offering of the Private Notes (the "Offering") and the application of
proceeds therefrom, the Company's total indebtedness (including current
maturities) and stockholder's equity were $2,062.3 million and $25.0 million,
respectively, and the Company had an additional $158.3 million available to be
borrowed under the New Revolving Facility (as defined). In addition, as of
January 28, 1996, scheduled payments under operating leases of the Company and
its subsidiaries for the twelve months following such date were $143.5 million.
For the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996, after giving pro forma effect to the
Merger and the related financings (and certain related assumptions) and the
Offering (and the application of proceeds therefrom), the Company's earnings
before fixed charges were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $289.1 million.
However, such earnings included non-cash charges of $236.1 million primarily
consisting of the write-off of property and equipment associated with stores
closed as a result of the Merger, stores closed due to under-performance, stores
closed in connection with the acquisition of the nine stores from Smith's,
warehouses to be closed as a result of the acquisition of the Riverside Facility
and depreciation and amortization. In addition, pro forma earnings for the 52
weeks ended January 28, 1996 were reduced by cash restructuring charges of $54.1
million. For the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996, the Company's earnings before
fixed charges were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $32.0 million. However,
such earnings included non-cash charges of $40.0 million primarily consisting of
depreciation and amortization. Holdings will be required to make semi-annual
cash payments of interest on the New Discount Debentures and the Seller
Debentures commencing in June 2000 in the amount of approximately $61 million
per annum. The Indenture permits the Company (in the absence of a default or
event of default thereunder) to pay cash dividends to Holdings in an amount
sufficient to allow Holdings to pay interest on such Indebtedness when due. The
Company's ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, or interest
on, or to refinance its Indebtedness (including the Notes) and to make scheduled
payments under its operating leases depends on its future performance, which to
a certain extent is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other
factors beyond its control.
Based upon the current level of operations, anticipated cost savings from
the Merger and future growth, the Company believes that its cash flow from
operations, together with available borrowings under the New Revolving Facility
and its other sources of liquidity (including leases), will be adequate to meet
its anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, interest
payments and scheduled principal payments over the next several years. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources." There can be no assurance,
however, that the Company's business will continue to generate cash flow at or
above current levels or that future cost savings and growth can be achieved. If
the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the
future to service its debt and make necessary capital expenditures, or if its
future earnings growth is insufficient to amortize all required principal
payments out of internally generated funds, the Company may be required to
refinance all or a portion of its existing debt, sell assets or obtain
additional financing. There can be no assurance that any such refinancing or
asset sales would be possible or that any additional financing could be
obtained, particularly in view of the Company's high level of debt and the fact
that substantially all of its assets are pledged to secure the borrowings under
the New Credit Facility and other secured obligations.
The Company's high level of debt will have several important effects on its
future operations, including the following: (a) the Company will have
significant cash requirements to service debt, reducing funds available for
operations and future business opportunities and increasing the Company's
vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions; (b) the
financial covenants and other restrictions contained in the New Credit Facility
and other agreements relating to the Company's indebtedness and in the Indenture
will require the Company to meet certain financial tests and will restrict its
ability to borrow additional funds, to dispose of assets or to pay cash
dividends; and (c) because of the Company's debt service requirements, funds
available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general
corporate purposes, may be limited. The
18
<PAGE> 21
Company's leveraged position may increase its vulnerability to competitive
pressures. The Company's continued growth depends, in part, on its ability to
continue its expansion and store conversion efforts, and, therefore, its
inability to finance capital expenditures through borrowed funds could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's future operations. Moreover, any
default under the documents governing the indebtedness of the Company could have
a significant adverse effect on the market value of the Notes.
ABILITY TO ACHIEVE ANTICIPATED COST SAVINGS
Management of the Company has estimated that approximately $90 million of
annualized net cost savings (as compared to such costs for the pro forma
combined fiscal year ended June 25, 1994) can be achieved over a four year
period as a result of integrating the operations of Ralphs and Food 4 Less. See
"Summary -- Post-Merger Events" and "Business -- The Merger." The cost savings
estimates have been prepared solely by members of the management of the Company.
The estimates necessarily make numerous assumptions as to future sales levels
and other operating results, the availability of funds for capital expenditures
as well as general industry and business conditions and other matters, many of
which are beyond the control of the Company. Several of the cost savings
estimates are premised on the assumption that certain levels of efficiency
formerly maintained by either Food 4 Less or Ralphs can continue to be achieved
by the combined Company for all periods following the Merger. Other estimates
are based on a management consensus as to what levels of purchasing and similar
efficiencies should be achievable by an entity the size of the Company. The
estimates of potential cost savings contained in this Prospectus are forward
looking statements that are inherently uncertain. Except for savings already
realized, actual cost savings, if any, could differ materially from those
projected. All of these forward looking statements are based on estimates and
assumptions made by management of the Company, which although believed to be
reasonable, are inherently uncertain and difficult to predict; therefore, undue
reliance should not be placed upon such estimates. There can be no assurance
that the savings anticipated in these forward looking statements will be
achieved. The following important factors, among others, could cause the Company
not to achieve the cost savings contemplated herein (principally those set forth
in "Summary -- the Company" and "-- Post Merger Events") or otherwise cause the
Company's results of operations to be adversely affected in future periods: (i)
increased competitive pressures from existing competitors and new entrants,
including price-cutting strategies, store openings and remodels; (ii) further
unanticipated costs and difficulties related to the Merger and the integration
strategy; (iii) loss or retirement of key members of management or the
termination of the Company's Consulting Agreement with Yucaipa; (iv) inability
to negotiate more favorable terms with suppliers; (v) increases in interest
rates or the Company's cost of borrowing or a default under any material debt
agreements; (vi) inability to develop new stores in advantageous locations or to
successfully convert or remodel existing stores; (vii) prolonged labor
disruption; (viii) deterioration in general or regional economic conditions;
(ix) adverse state or federal legislation or regulation that increases the costs
of compliance, or adverse findings by a regulator with respect to existing
operations; (x) loss of customers or continuing sales weakness as a result of
the conversion of store formats; (xi) adverse determinations in connection with
pending or future litigations or other material claims against the Company;
(xii) inability to achieve future sales levels or other operating results that
support the cost savings; (xiii) the unavailability of funds for capital
expenditures; (xiv) increases in labor costs; (xv) inability to control
inventory levels; and (xvi) continuing operational inefficiencies in
distribution or other Company systems. Many of such factors are beyond the
control of the Company. In addition, there can be no assurance that unforeseen
costs and expenses or other factors will not offset the estimated cost savings
or other components or the Company's plan in whole or in part. It should be
noted that numerous unanticipated costs, and delays in the realization of
certain projected cost savings, have arisen since the Merger, as described above
under "Summary -- The Company" and "-- Post-Merger Events." There can be no
assurance that such costs and delays will not continue to be ongoing, or that
new or additional unforeseen costs or delays will arise either in connection
with the integration or the Company's operations or the ongoing conduct of its
business.
REGIONAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
A substantial percentage of the Company's business (representing
approximately 90% of sales) is conducted in Southern California. Southern
California began to experience a significant economic downturn
19
<PAGE> 22
in 1991 and has only recently begun a mild recovery. The economy in Southern
California has been affected by substantial job losses in the defense and
aerospace industries and other adverse economic trends. These adverse regional
economic conditions have resulted in declining sales levels in recent periods.
For the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996, the Company experienced a 1.9% decline
in comparable store sales as compared to the comparable period in the prior year
(giving pro forma effect to the combined sales of Food 4 Less and Ralphs for the
period prior to the Merger). Excluding stores scheduled for divestiture or
closing, pro forma comparable store sales declined 1.2%. For the 52 weeks ended
June 25, 1994, and the 52 weeks ended January 29, 1995, Food 4 Less and Ralphs
experienced 6.9% and 3.7% declines, respectively, in comparable store sales as
compared with the corresponding period in the prior year. These declines
primarily reflected the weak economy in Southern California, lower levels of
price inflation in certain food product categories, and increased competitive
store openings in Southern California. Additionally, the decline during the 52
weeks ended January 28, 1996 reflected the impact of the Company's own new store
openings and conversions. The Company's comparable store sales declines have
begun to moderate in the recent fiscal year. For the 12 weeks ended April 21,
1996, the Company experienced a 0.7% decline in comparable store sales as
compared to the corresponding period in the prior year (pro forma for the
Merger). Although data indicate a mild recovery in the Southern California
economy and management believes that overall sales trends in Southern California
should improve along with the economy, there can be no assurance that
improvement will occur or that substantial future declines in same store sales
will not occur. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
COMPETITION
The supermarket industry is highly competitive and characterized by narrow
profit margins. The Company's competitors in each of its operating divisions
include national and regional supermarket chains, independent and specialty
grocers, drug and convenience stores, and the newer "alternative format" food
stores, including warehouse club stores, deep discount drug stores and "super
centers." Supermarket chains generally compete on the basis of location, quality
of products, service, price, product variety and store condition. The Company
regularly monitors its competitors' prices and adjusts its prices and marketing
strategy as management deems appropriate in light of existing conditions. Some
of the Company's competitors have greater financial resources than the Company
and could use these resources to take steps which could adversely affect the
Company's competitive position. See "Business -- Competition."
CORPORATE STRUCTURE; EFFECTS OF ASSET ENCUMBRANCES
A significant portion of the Company's operating income is generated by its
subsidiaries. As a result, the Company will rely on distributions or advances
from its subsidiaries to provide a portion of the funds necessary to meet its
debt service obligations, including the payment of principal and interest on the
Notes. Should the Company fail to satisfy any payment obligation under the
Notes, the holders would have a direct claim therefor against the Subsidiary
Guarantors pursuant to their Guarantees. However, the capital stock of, and
substantially all of the assets of, the Subsidiary Guarantors are pledged to
secure the obligations of the Company and such subsidiaries under the New Credit
Facility and other secured obligations. The Indenture limits, but does not
prohibit, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional
secured indebtedness. In the event of a default under the New Credit Facility
(or any other secured indebtedness), the lenders thereunder would be entitled to
a claim on the assets securing such indebtedness which is prior to any claim of
the holders of the Notes. Accordingly, there may be insufficient assets
remaining after payment of prior secured claims (including claims of lenders
under the New Credit Facility) to pay amounts due on the Notes.
In addition, if a court were to avoid the Guarantees under fraudulent
conveyance laws or other legal principles or, by the terms of such Guarantees,
the obligations thereunder were reduced as necessary to prevent such avoidance,
or the Guarantees were released, the claims of other creditors of the Subsidiary
Guarantors, including trade creditors, would to such extent have priority as to
the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantors over the claims of the holders of the
Notes. The Guarantees of the Notes by any Subsidiary Guarantor will be released
upon the sale of such Subsidiary Guarantor or upon the release by the lenders
20
<PAGE> 23
under the New Credit Facility of such Subsidiary Guarantor's Guarantee of the
Company's obligation under the New Credit Facility. The Indenture limits the
ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and
to enter into agreements that would restrict the ability of any subsidiary to
make distributions, loans or other payments to the Company. However, these
limitations are subject to certain exceptions. See "-- Fraudulent Conveyance
Risks" and "Description of the Notes."
CONTROL OF THE COMPANY
All of the Company's outstanding common stock is held by Holdings.
Affiliates of Yucaipa and Apollo Advisors, L.P. have beneficial ownership of
approximately 42.3% and 30.2%, respectively, of the outstanding capital stock of
Holdings. Pursuant to a stockholders' agreement (the "1995 Stockholders
Agreement") which was entered into by the 1995 Equity Investors (as defined
herein) and certain other stockholders and warrantholders of the Company,
Holdings and the Company have boards consisting of nine and ten members,
respectively, and (i) Yucaipa has the right to elect six directors to the board
of Holdings and seven directors to the board of the Company, (ii) Apollo has the
right to elect two directors to the board of each of Holdings and the Company
and (iii) the other 1995 Equity Investors have the right to elect one director
to the board of each of Holdings and the Company. Under the 1995 Stockholders
Agreement, unless and until Holdings has effected an initial public offering of
its equity securities meeting certain criteria, Holdings and its subsidiaries,
including the Company, may not take certain actions without the approval of the
Holdings directors which the 1995 Equity Investors are entitled to elect,
including but not limited to certain mergers, sale transactions, transactions
with affiliates, issuances of capital stock and payments of dividends on or
repurchases of capital stock. As a result of the ownership structure of the
Company and the contractual rights described above, the voting and management
control of the Company is highly concentrated. Yucaipa, acting with the consent
of the directors elected by the 1995 Equity Investors, has the ability to direct
the actions of the Company with respect to matters such as the payment of
dividends, material acquisitions and dispositions and other extraordinary
corporate transactions. Yucaipa is a party to a consulting agreement with the
Company, pursuant to which Yucaipa renders certain management and advisory
services to the Company, and receives fees for such services. Yucaipa also
received certain fees in connection with the consummation of the Merger,
including an advisory fee of $21.5 million, of which $17.5 million was paid
through the issuance of New Discount Debentures by Holdings. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions," "Principal Stockholders" and
"Description of Capital Stock."
FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE RISKS
Various fraudulent conveyance laws have been enacted for the protection of
creditors and may be utilized by a court to subordinate or avoid the Notes or
any Guarantee in favor of other existing or future creditors of the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor.
If a court in a lawsuit on behalf of any unpaid creditor of the Company or
a representative of the Company's creditors were to find that, at the time the
Company issued the Notes, the Company (x) intended to hinder, delay or defraud
any existing or future creditor or contemplated insolvency with a design to
prefer one or more creditors to the exclusion in whole or in part of others or
(y) did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for
issuing such Notes and the Company (i) was insolvent, (ii) was rendered
insolvent by reason of such distribution, (iii) was engaged or about to engage
in a business or transaction for which its remaining assets constituted
unreasonably small capital to carry on its business, or (iv) intended to incur,
or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as
they matured, such court could void such Notes and void such transactions.
Alternatively, in such event, claims of the holders of such Notes could be
subordinated to claims of the other creditors of the Company.
The Company's obligations under the Notes will be guaranteed by the
Subsidiary Guarantors. To the extent that a court were to find that (x) a
Guarantee was incurred by a Subsidiary Guarantor with intent to hinder, delay or
defraud any present or future creditor or the Subsidiary Guarantor contemplated
insolvency with a design to prefer one or more creditors to the exclusion in
whole or in part of others or (y) such Subsidiary Guarantor did not receive fair
consideration or reasonably equivalent value for issuing its Guarantee and such
Subsidiary Guarantor (i) was insolvent, (ii) was rendered insolvent by reason of
the
21
<PAGE> 24
issuance of such Guarantee, (iii) was engaged or about to engage in a business
or transaction for which the remaining assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor
constituted unreasonably small capital to carry on its business, or (iv)
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to
pay such debts as they matured, the court could void or subordinate such
Guarantee in favor of the Subsidiary Guarantor's creditors. Among other things,
a legal challenge of a Guarantee on fraudulent conveyance grounds may focus on
the benefits, if any, realized by the Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of the
issuance by the Company of the applicable Notes.
To the extent any Guarantees were avoided as a fraudulent conveyance or
held unenforceable for any other reason, holders of the Notes would cease to
have any claim in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantor and would be creditors
solely of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor whose Guarantee was not
avoided or held unenforceable. In such event, the claims of the holders of the
applicable Notes against the issuer of an invalid Guarantee would be subject to
the prior payment of all liabilities and preferred stock claims of such
Subsidiary Guarantor. There can be no assurance that, after providing for all
prior claims and preferred stock interests, if any, there would be sufficient
assets to satisfy the claims of the holders of the applicable Notes relating to
any voided portions of any of the Guarantees.
Based upon financial and other information currently available to it,
management of the Company believes that the Notes and the Guarantees are being
incurred for proper purposes and in good faith and that the Company and each
Subsidiary Guarantor (i) is solvent and will continue to be solvent after
issuing the Notes or its Guarantees, as the case may be, (ii) will have
sufficient capital for carrying on its business after such issuance, and (iii)
will be able to pay its debts as they mature. See "Management's Discussions and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
NET LOSSES
The Company reported net losses of $283.2 million for the 52 weeks ended
January 28, 1996 and $32.0 million for the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996. After
giving pro forma effect to the Merger and the related financings (and certain
related assumptions) and the Offering, as though they had occurred at the
beginning of fiscal year 1995, the Company would have reported a net loss of
approximately $314.3 million for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996. Food 4
Less reported a net loss of $11.5 million for the 31 weeks ended January 29,
1995, $2.7 million for the 52 weeks ended June 25, 1994, $27.4 million for the
52 weeks ended June 26, 1993, $33.8 million for the 52 weeks ended June 27, 1992
and $9.6 million for the 52 weeks ended June 29, 1991. Ralphs has reported net
earnings of $32.1 million for the 52 weeks ended January 29, 1995, $138.4
million for the 52 weeks ended January 30, 1994, a net loss of $76.1 million for
the 52 weeks ended January 31, 1993, a net loss of $41.2 million for the 52
weeks ended February 2, 1992 and a net loss of $51.4 million for the 53 weeks
ended February 3, 1991. There can be no assurance that the Company will not
continue to report net losses in the future.
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET
The Private Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and are
subject to significant restrictions on resale. The Exchange Notes constitute a
new issue of securities with no established trading market. The Company does not
intend to list the Exchange Notes on any national securities exchange or to seek
the admission thereof to trading in the National Association of Securities
Dealers Automated Quotation system. The Company has been advised by the Initial
Purchaser of the Notes in the Offering (the "Initial Purchaser") that it
presently intends to make a market in the Notes. However, the Initial Purchaser
is not obligated to do so and any market-making activities with respect to the
Notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, such market
making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and may be
limited during the Exchange Offer. If a trading market does not develop or is
not maintained, holders of the Notes may experience difficulty in reselling the
Notes or may be unable to sell them at all. If a market for the Notes develops,
any such market may be discontinued at any time. If a public trading market
develops for the Notes, future trading prices of the Notes will depend on many
factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, the Company's
results of operations and the market for similar securities.
22
<PAGE> 25
FAILURE TO EXCHANGE PRIVATE NOTES
Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for Private Notes only after
timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of such Private Notes, a properly completed
and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and all other required documentation.
Therefore, holders of Private Notes desiring to tender such Private Notes in
exchange for Exchange Notes should allow sufficient time to ensure timely
delivery. Neither the Exchange Agent nor the Company is under any duty to give
notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Private
Notes for exchange. Private Notes that are not tendered or are tendered but not
accepted will, following consummation of the Exchange Offer, continue to be
subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer thereof. In addition, any
holder of Private Notes who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes will be required to comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives
Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Private Notes, where such
Private Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or any other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. To
the extent that Private Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer,
the trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted Private Notes
could be adversely affected due to the limited amount, or "float," of the
Private Notes that are expected to remain outstanding following the Exchange
Offer. Generally, a lower "float" of a security could result in less demand to
purchase such security and could, therefore, result in lower prices for such
security. For the same reason, to the extent that a large amount of Private
Notes are not tendered or are tendered and not accepted in the Exchange Offer,
the trading market for the Exchange Notes could be adversely affected. See "Plan
of Distribution" and "The Exchange Offer."
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Private Notes were sold by the Company on June 6, 1996 (the "Closing
Date") to the Initial Purchaser pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial
Purchaser subsequently sold the Private Notes to (i) "qualified institutional
buyers" ("QIBs"), as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule
144A"), in reliance on Rule 144A and (ii) a limited number of institutional
"accredited investors" ("Accredited Institutions"), as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. As a condition to the sale
of the Private Notes, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial
Purchaser entered into the Registration Rights Agreement on June 6, 1996.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed that, unless
the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, it
would (i) file with the Commission a Registration Statement under the Securities
Act with respect to the Exchange Notes within 30 days after the Closing Date,
(ii) use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become
effective under the Securities Act within 150 days after the Closing Date and
(iii) use its best efforts to consummate the Exchange Offer prior to the 60th
day following the date on which the Registration Statement is declared
effective. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement. The Registration Statement is intended to
satisfy certain of the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement and the Purchase Agreement.
RESALE OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
With respect to the Exchange Notes, based upon an interpretation by the
staff of the Commission set forth in certain no-action letters issued to third
parties, the Company believes that a holder (other than (i) a broker-dealer who
purchases such Exchange Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant to
Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) any
such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405
under the Securities Act) who exchanges Private Notes for Exchange Notes in the
ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does not intend to
participate, and has no arrangement with any person to participate, in a
distribution of the Exchange Notes, will be allowed to resell Exchange Notes to
the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without
delivering to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes a prospectus that satisfies
the requirements of
23
<PAGE> 26
Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder acquires Exchange Notes
in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or is a broker-dealer, such holder cannot
rely on the position of the staff of the Commission enumerated in certain
no-action letters issued to third parties and must comply with the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with
any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise
available. Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
in exchange for Private Notes, where such Private Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by
so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities
Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes
received in exchange for Private Notes where such Private Notes were acquired by
such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors have agreed to make this Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, available to broker-dealers and other persons,
if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements for use in connection with
any resale for a period of 90 days after consummation of the Exchange Offer. See
"Plan of Distribution."
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the Letter of Transmittal, the Company will accept any and all Private
Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date. The
Company will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for
each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding Private Notes surrendered pursuant
to the Exchange Offer. Private Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples
of $1,000.
The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the Private Notes except that (i) the exchange will be registered under the
Securities Act and, therefore, the Exchange Notes will not bear legends
restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of the Exchange Notes will not
be entitled to any of the rights of holders of Private Notes under the
Registration Rights Agreement, which rights will terminate upon the consummation
of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same indebtedness as
the Private Notes (which they replace) and will be issued under, and be entitled
to the benefits of, the Indenture, which also authorized the issuance of the
Private Notes, such that both series of Notes will be treated as a single class
of debt securities under the Indenture.
As of the date of this Prospectus, $100,000,000 in aggregate principal
amount of the Private Notes are outstanding and registered in the name of Cede &
Co., as nominee for DTC. Only a registered holder of the Private Notes (or such
holder's legal representative or attorney-in-fact) as reflected on the records
of the Trustee under the Indenture may participate in the Exchange Offer. There
will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of the Private
Notes entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer.
Holders of the Private Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters'
rights under the Indenture in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Company
intends to conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement and the applicable requirements of the Securities
Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and
the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Private Notes
when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering holders
of Private Notes for the purposes of receiving the Exchange Notes from the
Company.
Holders who tender Private Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be required
to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the
Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Private
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all charges and
24
<PAGE> 27
expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below, in connection
with the Exchange Offer. See "-- Fees and Expenses."
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time on
Friday, August 30, 1996, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the
Exchange Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest
date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended.
In order to extend the Exchange Offer, the Company will (i) notify the
Exchange Agent of any extension by oral or written notice, (ii) mail to the
registered holders an announcement thereof and (iii) issue a press release or
other public announcement which shall include disclosure of the approximate
number of Private Notes deposited to date, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration
Date. Without limiting the manner in which the Company may choose to make a
public announcement of any delay, extension, amendment or termination of the
Exchange Offer, the Company shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or
otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a
timely release to an appropriate news agency.
The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to delay
accepting any Private Notes, (ii) to extend the Exchange Offer or (iii) if any
conditions set forth below under "-- Conditions" shall not have been satisfied,
to terminate the Exchange Offer by giving oral or written notice of such delay,
extension or termination to the Exchange Agent. Any such delay in acceptance,
extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable
by oral or written notice thereof to the registered holders. If the Exchange
Offer is amended in a manner determined by the Company to constitute a material
change, the Company will promptly disclose such amendment by means of a
prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders, and
the Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to ten business
days, depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner of
disclosure to the registered holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise
expire during such five to ten business day period.
INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES
The Exchange Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 10.45% per annum.
Interest on the Exchange Notes will be payable semi-annually on each June 15 and
December 15, commencing December 15, 1996. Holders of Exchange Notes will
receive interest on December 15, 1996 from the date of initial issuance of the
Exchange Notes, plus an amount equal to the accrued interest on the Private
Notes from the date of the last interest payment (June 15, 1996) to the date of
exchange thereof for Exchange Notes. Holders of Private Notes that are accepted
for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any interest
accrued on the Private Notes.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
Only a registered holder of Private Notes may tender such Private Notes in
the Exchange Offer. To tender in the Exchange Offer, a holder of Private Notes
must complete, sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof,
have the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by the Letter of Transmittal,
and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile to
the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under "-- Exchange Agent" for
receipt prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, either (i) certificates for
such Private Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter
of Transmittal, (ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a
"Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Private Notes, if such procedure is
available, into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depositary pursuant to the
procedure for book-entry transfer described below, must be received by the
Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) the holder must comply with
the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
The tender by a holder that is not withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date
will constitute an agreement between such holder and the Company in accordance
with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Letter
of Transmittal.
25
<PAGE> 28
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF PRIVATE NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND
ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK
OF THE HOLDER. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE
AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE, PROPERLY INSURED. IN ALL CASES,
SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT
BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR PRIVATE NOTES SHOULD BE
SENT TO THE COMPANY. HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS,
COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS
FOR SUCH HOLDERS.
Any beneficial owner(s) of the Private Notes whose Private Notes are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder
promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial
owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's own
behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of
Transmittal and delivering such owner's Private Notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the Private Notes in such owner's name or
obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer
of registered ownership may take considerable time.
Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal described
below (see "-- Withdrawal of Tenders"), as the case may be, must be guaranteed
by an Eligible Institution (as defined below) unless the Private Notes tendered
pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not completed
the box titled "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or
(ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on
a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are
required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be made by a member firm of a
registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within
the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act which is a member of one of
the recognized signature guarantee programs identified in the Letter of
Transmittal (an "Eligible Institution").
If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder of any Private Notes listed therein, such Private Notes must
be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by such
registered holder as such registered holder's name appears on such Private
Notes.
If the Letter of Transmittal or any Private Notes or bond powers are signed
by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers
of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Company,
evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.
The Exchange Agent and the Depositary have confirmed that any financial
institution that is a participant in the Depositary's system may utilize the
Depositary's Automated Tender Offer Program to tender Private Notes.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Private Notes will be determined
by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Private
Notes not properly tendered or any Private Notes the Company's acceptance of
which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company
also reserves the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of
tender as to particular Private Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms
and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in the Letter
of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any
defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Private Notes must be
cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company
intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders
of Private Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person
shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of
Private Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or
irregularities have been cured or waived.
26
<PAGE> 29
While the Company has no present plan to acquire any Private Notes that are
not tendered in the Exchange Offer or to file a registration statement to permit
resales of any Private Notes that are not tendered pursuant to the Exchange
Offer, the Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to purchase or make
offers for any Private Notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the
Expiration Date or, as set forth below under "--Conditions," to terminate the
Exchange Offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase Private
Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The
terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the
Exchange Offer.
By tendering, each holder of Private Notes will represent to the Company
that, among other things, (i) Exchange Notes to be acquired by such holder of
Private Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer are being acquired by such
holder in the ordinary course of business of such holder, (ii) such holder has
no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) such holder acknowledges and agrees
that any person who is a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act or is
participating in the Exchange Offer for the purposes of distributing the
Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale
transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the
position of the staff of the Commission set forth in certain no-action letters,
(iv) such holder understands that a secondary resale transaction described in
clause (iii) above and any resales of Exchange Notes obtained by such holder in
exchange for Private Notes acquired by such holder directly from the Company
should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling
securityholder information required by Item 507 or Item 508, as applicable, of
Regulation S-K of the Commission and (v) such holder is not an "affiliate," as
defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company. If the holder is a
broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for such holder's own account in
exchange for Private Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, such holder will be required to
acknowledge in the Letter of Transmittal that such holder will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, such holder will not be deemed to
admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
RETURN OF PRIVATE NOTES
If any tendered Private Notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in
the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer or if Private Notes are withdrawn
or are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holders desire to
exchange, such unaccepted, withdrawn or non-exchanged Private Notes will be
returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof (or, in the case of
Private Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account
at the Depositary pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described
below, such Private Notes will be credited to an account maintained with the
Depositary) as promptly as practicable.
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect
to the Private Notes at the Depositary for purposes of the Exchange Offer within
two business days after the date of this Prospectus, and any financial
institution that is a participant in the Depositary's systems may make
book-entry delivery of Private Notes by causing the Depositary to transfer such
Private Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depositary in accordance
with the Depositary's procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of
Private Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the Depositary, the
Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, with any required signature
guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted
to and received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under
"-- Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date or pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
27
<PAGE> 30
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
Holders who wish to tender their Private Notes and (i) whose Private Notes
are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Private Notes,
the Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date, may effect a tender if:
(a) The tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
(b) Prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from
such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the form provided by the Company (by
facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and
address of the holder, the certificate number(s) of such Private Notes and
the principal amount of Private Notes tendered, stating that the tender is
being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock
Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal
(or a facsimile thereof), together with the certificate(s) representing the
Private Notes in proper form for transfer or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as
the case may be, and any other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal, will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the
Exchange Agent; and
(c) Such properly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
thereof), as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered Private
Notes in proper form for transfer and all other documents required by the
Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within five New
York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.
Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be
sent to holders who wish to tender their Private Notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Private Notes may be
withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
To withdraw a tender of Private Notes in the Exchange Offer, a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. Any such
notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having deposited
the Private Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Private
Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and principal
amount of such Private Notes) and (iii) be signed by the holder in the same
manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such
Private Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees). All
questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt)
of such notices will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, whose
determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Private Notes so
withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the
Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless
the Private Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn
Private Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described
above under "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior
to the Expiration Date.
CONDITIONS
Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall not
be required to accept for exchange, or exchange the Exchange Notes for, any
Private Notes, and may terminate the Exchange Offer as provided herein before
the acceptance of such Private Notes, if the Exchange Offer violates applicable
law, rules or regulations or an applicable interpretation of the staff of the
Commission.
If the Company determines in its sole discretion that any of these
conditions are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Private
Notes and return all tendered Private Notes to the tendering holders, (ii)
extend the Exchange Offer and retain all Private Notes tendered prior to the
expiration of the Exchange Offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders to
withdraw such Private Notes (see "-- Withdrawal of Tenders") or (iii) waive such
unsatisfied conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all
properly tendered Private Notes that have not been withdrawn. If such waiver
constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offer, the Company will promptly
disclose such waiver by means of a prospectus supplement
28
<PAGE> 31
that will be distributed to the registered holders of the Private Notes, and the
Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to ten business
days, depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner of disclosure
to the registered holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise expire during
such five to ten business day period.
TERMINATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS
All rights under the Registration Rights Agreement (including registration
rights) of holders of the Private Notes eligible to participate in the Exchange
Offer will terminate upon consummation of the Exchange Offer except with respect
to the Company's continuing obligations (i) to indemnify such holders (including
any broker-dealers) and certain parties related to such holders against certain
liabilities (including liabilities under the Securities Act), (ii) to provide,
upon the request of any holder of a transfer-restricted Private Note, the
information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to
permit resales of such Private Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, (iii) to use its
best efforts to keep the Registration Statement effective to the extent
necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of transfer-restricted
Private Notes by broker-dealers for a period of up to 90 days from the
Expiration Date and (iv) to provide copies of the latest version of the
Prospectus to broker-dealers upon their request for a period of up to 90 days
after the Expiration Date.
SHELF REGISTRATION
In the event that applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission
do not permit the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors to effect the Exchange
Offer, or if for any other reason the Exchange Offer is not consummated within
240 days after the Closing Date, or, under certain circumstances, if the Initial
Purchaser shall so request, each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors,
jointly and severally, will at its cost, (a) as promptly as practicable, file a
shelf registration statement covering resales of the Notes (a "Shelf
Registration Statement"), (b) use its best efforts to cause such Shelf
Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and (c)
use its best efforts to keep effective such Shelf Registration Statement until
the earlier of three years after the Closing Date and such time as all of the
applicable Notes have been sold thereunder. The Company will, in the event of
the filing of a Shelf Registration Statement, provide to each holder of the
Notes copies of the prospectus which is a part of such Shelf Registration
Statement, notify each such holder when such Shelf Registration Statement has
become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit
unrestricted resales of the Notes (and the related guarantees). A holder that
sells its Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement generally will be
required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and
to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil
liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and
will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement which are
applicable to such a holder (including certain indemnification obligations).
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
If the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors fail to fulfill their
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, then the Company shall pay,
as liquidated damages ("Liquidated Damages"), to the holders of the Notes as
follows:
(i) if the Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement is
not filed within 30 days following the Closing Date, Liquidated Damages
shall accrue at a rate of .50% per annum of the principal amount of the
Notes for the first 90 days commencing on the 31st day after the Closing
Date, such Liquidated Damages rate increasing by an additional .25% per
annum of the principal amount of the Notes at the beginning of each
subsequent 90-day period;
(ii) if the Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement is
not declared effective within 120 days following the date on which such
registration statement is required to be filed, then, commencing on the
121st day after the date on which such registration statement is required
to be filed, Liquidated Damages shall accrue at a rate of .50% per annum of
the principal amount of the Notes for the first 90 days immediately
following the 121st day after the date on which such registration statement
29
<PAGE> 32
is required to be filed, such Liquidated Damages rate increasing by an
additional .25% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes at the
beginning of each subsequent 90-day period or;
(iii) if (A) the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have not
exchanged Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the
Exchange Offer on or prior to 60 days after the date on which the
Registration Statement was declared effective or (B) if applicable, the
Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective and such Shelf
Registration Statement ceases to be effective at any time prior to the
third anniversary of the Closing Date (unless all the Notes have been sold
thereunder), then Liquidated Damages shall accrue at a rate of .50% per
annum of the principal amount of the Notes for the first 90 days commencing
on (x) the 61st day after such effective date, in the case of (A) above, or
(y) the day such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective in the
case of (B) above, such Liquidated Damages rate increasing by an additional
.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes at the beginning of
each subsequent 90-day period;
provided, however that the Liquidated Damages rate may not exceed in the
aggregate 1.0% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes; and provided,
further, that (1) upon the filing of the Registration Statement or Shelf
Registration Statement (in the case of clause (i) above), (2) upon the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (in
the case of clause (ii) above), or (3) upon the exchange of Exchange Notes for
all Private Notes tendered (in the case of clause (iii)(A) above), or upon the
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain
effective (in the case of clause (iii)(B) above), Liquidated Damages as a result
of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall
cease to accrue.
Any amounts of Liquidated Damages due pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or
(iii) above will be payable in cash, on the same original interest payment dates
as the Notes. The amount of Liquidated Damages will be determined by multiplying
the applicable Liquidated Damages rate by the principal amount of the Notes
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such
Liquidated Damages rate was applicable during such period (determined on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator
of which is 360.
The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by, all the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy
of which will be available upon request to the Company.
EXCHANGE AGENT
Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association has been appointed as Exchange
Agent of the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for
additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and
requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange
Agent addressed as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
By Registered or Certified Mail: In Person:
Norwest Bank Minnesota, Northstar East Building
National Association 608 2nd Ave South
Corporate Trust Operations 12th Floor
P.O. Box 1517 Corporate Trust Services
Minneapolis, MN 55480-1517 Minneapolis, MN
By Hand or Overnight Courier: By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions
Norwest Bank Minnesota, only):
National Association (612) 667-4927
Corporate Trust Operations Confirm Receipt of Notice of
Norwest Center Guaranteed Delivery by Telephone:
Sixth and Marquette (612) 667-9764
Minneapolis, MN 55479-0113
</TABLE>
DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA A
FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID
DELIVERY.
30
<PAGE> 33
FEES AND EXPENSES
The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by the Company. The
principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation
may be made by telegraph, telephone or in person by officers and regular
employees of the Company and its affiliates.
The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will
be paid by the Company and are estimated in the aggregate to be approximately
$100,000. Such expenses include registration fees, fees and expenses of the
Exchange Agent and the Trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs,
among others.
The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange
of Private Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is
imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the Private Notes pursuant to
the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed
on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering
holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom
is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer
taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
CONSEQUENCE OF FAILURES TO EXCHANGE
Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary. Holders of the Private
Notes are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own
decisions on what action to take.
The Private Notes that are not exchanged for the Exchange Notes pursuant to
the Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such Private
Notes may be resold only (i) to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is
a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (ii) in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (iii)
outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (iv) in accordance with
another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and
based upon an opinion of counsel if the Company so requests), (v) to the Company
or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement and, in each case, in
accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States
or any other applicable jurisdiction.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
For accounting purposes, the Company will recognize no gain or loss as a
result of the Exchange Offer. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be
amortized over the term of the Exchange Notes.
31
<PAGE> 34
THE MERGER AND THE FINANCING
On June 14, 1995, Food 4 Less merged into RSI. Immediately following the
RSI Merger, Ralphs Grocery Company, which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of RSI,
merged with and into RSI pursuant to the RGC Merger, and RSI changed its name to
Ralphs Grocery Company. The purchase price for RSI was approximately $1.5
billion, including the assumption of debt. The consideration payable to the
stockholders of RSI consisted of $388.1 million in cash, $131.5 million
principal amount of the Seller Debentures and $18.5 million initial accreted
value of the New Discount Debentures which were issued by Holdings.
The Merger was financed through the following principal transactions:
- Borrowings of $600 million aggregate principal amount pursuant to term
loans (the "New Term Loans") under a senior bank facility (the "New
Credit Facility") provided by a syndicate of banks led by Bankers Trust.
The New Credit Facility also provides for a $325 million revolving credit
facility (the "New Revolving Facility").
- The issuance by the Company of $350 million of 10.45% Senior Notes due
2004 (the "1995 Senior Notes") and $100 million of 11% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the "1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes").
- The issuance of preferred stock in a private placement by Holdings to a
group of investors (the "1995 Equity Investors") led by Apollo Advisors,
L.P. and Apollo Advisors II, L.P. (on behalf of one or more managed
entities) or their respective affiliates and designees ("Apollo") and
including affiliates of BT Securities Corporation ("BT Securities"), CS
First Boston Corporation ("CS First Boston") and Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ") and other institutional
investors, yielding cash proceeds of $140 million pursuant to the 1995
Equity Investment. Concurrently with the 1995 Equity Investment, the 1995
Equity Investors purchased outstanding shares of Holdings capital stock
from a stockholder of Holdings for a purchase price of $57.8 million.
- The exchange by Food 4 Less of (a) $170.3 million aggregate principal
amount of the 10.45% Senior Notes due 2000 of Food 4 Less (the "1992
Senior Notes") for $170.3 million aggregate principal amount of the 1995
Senior Notes plus $5.00 in cash per $1,000 principal amount exchanged and
(b) $140.2 million aggregate principal amount of the 13.75% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2001 of Food 4 Less (the "1991 Senior Subordinated
Notes") for $140.2 million aggregate principal amount of the 13.75%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 of the Company (the "1995 13.75%
Senior Subordinated Notes") plus $20.00 in cash per $1,000 principal
amount exchanged, together with the solicitation of consents from the
holders of the 1992 Senior Notes and 1991 Senior Subordinated Notes to
certain amendments to the indentures governing such notes.
- The offers by Food 4 Less to (i) exchange up to $450 million aggregate
principal amount of the Old RGC Notes (as defined herein) for up to $450
million aggregate principal amount of the 1995 11% Senior Subordinated
Notes plus $20.00 in cash per $1,000 principal amount of Old RGC Notes
exchanged and (ii) purchase Old RGC Notes for $1,010.00 in cash per
$1,000 principal amount of Old RGC Notes accepted for purchase, together
with the solicitation of consents from holders of Old RGC Notes to
certain amendments to the indenture governing the Old RGC Notes.
- The placement by Holdings pursuant to the New Discount Debenture
Placement of $100 million initial accreted value of New Discount
Debentures to a partnership including Yucaipa, the selling stockholders
of Ralphs, an affiliate of George Soros, Apollo, and an affiliate of each
of BT Securities, CS First Boston and DLJ. The $100 million initial
accreted value of New Discount Debentures included (a) $18.5 million that
was issued to the RSI stockholders, (b) $17.5 million, $2.5 million and
$2.5 million that was issued to Yucaipa, BT Securities and Apollo,
respectively, in satisfaction of fees otherwise payable by the Company
and Holdings in connection with the Merger and the related financing and
(c) $59 million that was issued for cash to the partnership described
above. The $41 million initial accreted value of New Discount Debentures
issued to the RSI stockholders, Apollo, BT Securities and Yucaipa were
contributed to such partnership by the recipients thereof.
32
<PAGE> 35
- The assumption by the Company, pursuant to the Merger, of approximately
$162.9 million of other indebtedness of RGC and Food 4 Less.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Company will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
Exchange Notes offered hereby. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes
as contemplated in this Prospectus, the Company will receive in exchange Private
Notes in like principal amount, the terms of which are identical to the Exchange
Notes. The Private Notes surrendered in exchange for Exchange Notes will not
result in any increase in the indebtedness of the Company.
33
<PAGE> 36
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
April 21, 1996, and as adjusted to give effect to the issuance of the Private
Notes and the application of the proceeds therefrom. The table should be read in
conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company
and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT APRIL 21, 1996
-----------------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED
------------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash................................................................ $ 58.5 $ 58.5
======== ========
Short-term and current portion of long-term debt:
New Term Loans.................................................... $ 27.3 $ 4.6
Other indebtedness................................................ 11.7 11.7
Capital leases.................................................... 23.3 23.3
-------- --------
Total short-term and current portion of long-term debt.... $ 62.3 $ 39.6
======== ========
Long-term debt:
New Term Loans.................................................... $ 562.3 $ 540.6
New Revolving Facility(a)......................................... 110.0 62.4
1996 Senior Notes................................................. -- 94.6
1995 Senior Notes................................................. 520.3 520.3
1992 Senior Notes................................................. 4.7 4.7
Other senior indebtedness......................................... 2.7 2.7
Capital leases.................................................... 126.2 126.2
1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes................................ 524.0 524.0
1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes............................. 140.2 140.2
1991 Senior Subordinated Notes.................................... 7.0 7.0
-------- --------
Total long-term debt...................................... $ 1,997.4 $ 2,022.7
-------- --------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value...................................... -- --
Additional paid-in capital........................................ 466.8 466.8
Notes receivable(b)............................................... (0.6) (0.6)
Retained deficit.................................................. (439.1) (441.2)
-------- --------
Total stockholder's equity..................................... 27.1 25.0
-------- --------
Total capitalization...................................... $ 2,024.5 $ 2,047.7
======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) The New Revolving Facility provides for a $325 million line of credit which
is available for working capital requirements and general corporate
purposes. Up to $150 million of the New Revolving Facility may be used to
support letters of credit. The letters of credit will be used to cover
workers' compensation contingencies and for other purposes permitted under
the New Revolving Facility. As of June 26, 1996, letters of credit for
approximately $88.2 million had been issued under the New Revolving
Facility, primarily to satisfy the State of California's requirements
relating to workers' compensation self-insurance.
(b) Represents notes receivable from shareholders of Holdings with respect to
the purchase of Holdings' common stock.
34
<PAGE> 37
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
The following unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations of the
Company for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 gives effect to the Merger and
the financing thereof (and certain related assumptions set forth below) and the
Offering (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) as if such transactions
occurred on January 30, 1995. Such pro forma information combines the results of
operations of the Company for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 with the
results of operations of Ralphs for the period from January 30, 1995 to June 13,
1995 (unaudited).
The pro forma adjustments are based upon currently available information
and upon certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable. The Merger
was accounted for by the Company as a purchase of Ralphs by Food 4 Less and
Ralphs' assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair market
values at the date of the Merger. The adjustments included in the unaudited pro
forma combined financial statements represent the Company's preliminary
determination of these adjustments based upon available information. There can
be no assurance that the actual adjustments will not differ significantly from
the pro forma adjustments reflected in the pro forma financial information.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements are not necessarily
indicative of either future results of operations or results that might have
been achieved if the foregoing transactions had been consummated as of the
indicated dates. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements should be
read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of the
Company and Ralphs, together with the related notes thereto, included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RALPHS COMPANY
(HISTORICAL) (HISTORICAL)
(UNAUDITED) (AUDITED)
JUNE 13, JANUARY 28, PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
1995 1996 ADJUSTMENTS COMBINED
----------- ----------- ----------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales........................................ $ 1,025.7 $ 4,335.1 $ $5,360.8
Cost of sales................................ 794.4 3,486.0 1.6 (a) 4,282.0
-------- -------- ------ --------
Gross profit............................... 231.3 849.1 (1.6) 1,078.8
Selling, general, administrative and other,
net........................................ 179.1 785.6 3.1 (a) 968.6
0.6 (b)
0.2 (c)
Amortization of goodwill..................... 4.1 21.8 4.9 (d) 30.8
Provision for restructuring.................. 0.0 123.1 123.1
-------- -------- ------ --------
Operating income (loss).................... 48.1 (81.4) (10.4) (43.7)
Other expense
Interest expense........................... 38.9 170.5 26.7 (e) 236.1
Amortization of debt issuance costs........ 2.1 8.2 (0.2)(e) 10.1
Gain on disposal of assets................... (0.3) (0.5) (0.8)
-------- -------- ------ --------
Earnings (loss) before income tax provision
and extraordinary charges............... 7.4 (259.6) (36.9) (289.1)
Income tax expense (benefit)................. 0.0 0.5 (0.5)(f) --
-------- -------- ------ --------
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary
charges................................. 7.4 (260.1) (36.4) (289.1)
Extraordinary charges........................ 0.0 23.1 2.1 (g) 25.2
-------- -------- ------ --------
Net earnings (loss)........................ $ 7.4 $ (283.2) $ (38.5) $ (314.3)
======== ======== ====== ========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(h)...... 1.15x -- --
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
35
<PAGE> 38
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(a) Represents the additional depreciation expense associated with the purchase
price allocation to property, plant and equipment of $160.0 million based
on the current estimate of fair market value. Property, plant and equipment
is being depreciated over an average useful life of 13 years. Depreciation
expense has been allocated among cost of sales and selling, general and
administrative expenses.
(b) Reflects additional Yucaipa management fees ($0.8 million) and the
elimination of an annual guarantee fee ($0.2 million) paid by Ralphs to
EJDC.
(c) Reflects increased compensation resulting from new employment agreements
with certain of the current executive officers of Ralphs.
(d) Reflects the amortization of goodwill acquired in the Merger ($9.0 million)
and elimination of Ralphs' historical amortization ($4.1 million).
Amortization has been calculated on the straight line basis over a period
of 40 years.
(e) The following table presents a reconciliation of pro forma interest expense
and amortization of deferred financing costs:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS ENDED
JANUARY 28, 1996
---------------------
<S> <C>
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
Historical interest expense......................................... $ 209.4
-------
Plus: Interest on borrowings under:
New Credit Facility............................................ 21.0
1996 Senior Notes.............................................. 11.0
1995 Senior Notes.............................................. 14.1
1995 Senior Subordinated Notes................................. 22.2
Less: Interest on borrowings associated with indebtedness retired
at the time of the Merger:
Old bank term loans:
Ralphs....................................................... (10.1)
Food 4 Less.................................................. (6.2)
Old RGC Notes.................................................. (16.9)
Other debt..................................................... (8.4)
-------
Pro forma adjustment.............................................. 26.7
-------
Pro forma interest expense.......................................... $ 236.1
=======
Historical amortization of debt issuance costs...................... $ 10.3
Plus:
Financing and exchange/consent fees............................ 3.8
Less:
Historical financing costs associated with indebtedness retired
at the time of the Merger:
Ralphs....................................................... (2.1)
Food 4 Less.................................................. (1.9)
-------
Pro forma adjustment.............................................. (0.2)
-------
Pro forma amortization of debt issuance costs....................... $ 10.1
=======
</TABLE>
(f) Represents the elimination of the historical Food 4 Less income tax
expense.
(g) Relates to the write-off of debt issuance costs associated with
indebtedness retired in connection with the Offering.
(h) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,
"earnings" consist of earnings before income taxes, extraordinary charges
plus fixed charges. "Fixed charges" consist of interest on all
indebtedness, amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and one-third of
rental expense (the portion deemed representative of the interest factor).
The Company's pro forma earnings were inadequate to cover pro forma fixed
charges by approximately $289.1 million. However, such pro forma earnings
included non-cash charges of $236.1 million primarily consisting of the
write-off of property and equipment associated with stores closed as a
result of the Merger, stores closed in connection with the acquisition of
the nine stores from Smith's, warehouses to be closed as a result of the
acquisition of the Riverside Facility and depreciation and amortization. In
addition, pro forma earnings for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 were
reduced by cash restructuring charges of $54.1 million.
36
<PAGE> 39
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF THE COMPANY
The following table sets forth certain selected consolidated historical
financial data of the Company and its predecessor Food 4 Less. The operating and
balance sheet data of the Company and Food 4 Less set forth in the table below
as of and for the 52 weeks ended June 29, 1991, June 27, 1992, June 26, 1993 and
June 25, 1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995 and the 52 weeks ended
January 28, 1996 have been derived from the financial statements of the Company
and Food 4 Less which have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
public accountants. The summary historical financial data of the Company
presented below as of and for the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and April 21,
1996 have been derived from unaudited financial statements of the Company which,
in the opinion of management, reflect all material adjustments, consisting of
only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such
data. The following information should be read in conjunction with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and related
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
31 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 12 WEEKS
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS ENDED ENDED ENDED 12 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED JANUARY JANUARY APRIL ENDED
JUNE 29, JUNE 27, JUNE 26, JUNE 25, 29, 28, 23, APRIL 21,
1991(A) 1992 1993 1994(B) 1995(C) 1996(D) 1995 1996(D)
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT STORE DATA) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Sales....................... $1,606,559 $2,913,493 $2,742,027 $2,585,160 $1,556,522 $4,335,109 $623,598 $1,230,808
Cost of sales(e)............ 1,340,841 2,392,655 2,257,835 2,115,842 1,294,147 3,485,993 516,430 982,171
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ----------
Gross profit(e)............. 265,718 520,838 484,192 469,318 262,375 849,116 107,168 248,637
Selling, general,
administrative and other,
net....................... 213,083 469,751 434,908 388,836 222,359 785,576 91,352 217,335
Amortization of goodwill.... 5,315 7,795 7,571 7,691 4,615 21,847 1,829 7,202
Restructuring charge........ -- -- -- -- 5,134(f) 123,083(g) -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ----------
Operating income
(loss)(e)................. 47,320 43,292 41,713 72,791 30,267 (81,390) 13,987 24,100
Interest expense(h)......... 50,084 70,211 69,732 68,250 42,222 178,774 16,916 56,084
Loss (gain) on disposal of
assets.................... 623 (1,364) (2,083) 37 (455) (547) (417) (3)
Provision for earthquake
losses.................... -- -- -- 4,504(i) -- -- -- --
Provision for income
taxes..................... 2,505 3,441 1,427 2,700 -- 500 300 --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ----------
Loss before extraordinary
charges................... (5,892) (28,996) (27,363) (2,700) (11,500) (260,117) (2,812) (31,981)
Extraordinary charges....... 3,757(j) 4,818(k) -- -- -- 23,128(l) -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ----------
Net loss(m)................. $ (9,649) $ (33,814) $ (27,363) $ (2,700) $ (11,500) $ (283,245) $ (2,812) $ (31,981)
========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ======== ==========
Ratio of earnings to
fixed..................... --(n) -- (n) --(n) 1.0x --(n) --(n) --(n) --(n)
charges(n)
NON-CASH CHARGES:
Depreciation and
amortization of property
and equipment............. $ 20,399 $ 37,898 $ 37,426 $ 41,380 $ 25,966 $ 92,282 $ 10,010 $ 28,107
Amortization of goodwill and
other assets.............. 11,453 16,979 20,214 15,703 10,657 33,047 4,679 8,575
Amortization of deferred
financing costs........... 5,177 6,304 4,901 5,472 3,413 8,193 1,394 3,336
BALANCE SHEET DATA
(end of period)(o):
Working capital surplus
(deficit)................. $ 13,741 $ (66,254) $ (19,222) $ (54,882) $ (74,776) $ (178,456) $(80,399) $ (230,188)
Total assets................ 979,958 998,451 957,840 980,080 1,000,695 3,188,129 971,240 3,144,775
Total debt(p)............... 558,943 525,340 538,083 517,872 533,804 2,082,304 536,284 2,059,749
Stockholder's equity........ 84,557 50,771 72,863 69,021 57,803 59,119 55,001 27,138
OTHER DATA:
Depreciation and
amortization(q)........... $ 31,852 $ 54,877 $ 57,640 $ 57,083 $ 36,623 $ 125,329 $ 14,689 $ 36,682
Capital expenditures........ 34,652 60,263 53,467 57,741 49,023 122,355 18,238 34,222
Stores open at end of
period.................... 259 249 248 258 267 408 268 408
EBITDA (as defined)(r)...... $ 80,667 $ 101,723 $ 103,794 $ 130,573 $ 76,853 $ 245,146 $ 30,128 $ 70,118
EBITDA margin(s)............ 5.0% 3.5% 3.8% 5.1% 4.9% 5.7% 4.8% 5.7%
</TABLE>
37
<PAGE> 40
(a) Operating data for the 52 weeks ended June 29, 1991 include the results of
Alpha Beta from June 17, 1991, the date of its acquisition only. Alpha
Beta's sales for the two weeks ended June 29, 1991 were $59.2 million.
(b) Operating data for the 52 weeks ended June 25, 1994 include the results of
10 Food Barn stores, which were not material, from March 29, 1994, the date
of the Food Barn acquisition.
(c) Food 4 Less Supermarkets changed its fiscal year end from the 52 or 53-week
period which ends on the last Saturday in June to the 52 or 53-week period
which ends on the Sunday closest to January 31, resulting in a 31-week
transition period.
(d) Operating data for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 and the 12 weeks
ended April 21, 1996 reflect the acquisition of Ralphs on June 14, 1995.
(e) Cost of sales has been principally determined using the last-in, first-out
("LIFO") method of valuing inventory. If cost of sales had been determined
using the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method, gross profit and operating
income would have been greater by $2.1 million, $3.6 million, $4.4 million,
$0.7 million, $2.7 million, $2.2 million, $1.0 million and $1.3 million for
the 52 weeks ended June 29, 1991, June 27, 1992, June 26, 1993, and June 25,
1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, the 52 weeks ended January 28,
1996 and the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and April 21, 1996, respectively.
(f) The Company converted 11 of its conventional supermarkets to warehouse
stores. During the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, the Company recorded a
non-cash restructuring charge for the write-off of property and equipment at
the 11 stores of $5.1 million.
(g) The Company recorded a $75.2 million restructuring charge associated with
the closing of 58 stores and one warehouse facility in the 52 weeks ended
January 28, 1996. Pursuant to the settlement agreement with the State of
California, 24 Food 4 Less stores (as well as 3 Ralphs stores) were required
to be divested and an additional 34 under-performing stores were closed. The
Company also recorded a $47.9 million restructuring charge associated with
the closing of 9 stores and one warehouse facility in the 52 weeks ended
January 28, 1996, in conjunction with the agreement with Smith's to lease
the Riverside warehouse facility and 9 stores.
(h) Interest expense includes non-cash charges related to the amortization of
deferred financing costs.
(i) On January 17, 1994, Southern California was struck by a major earthquake
which resulted in the temporary closing of 31 of the Company's stores. The
closures were caused primarily by loss of electricity, water, inventory, or
damage to the affected stores. All but one of the closed stores reopened
within a week of the earthquake. The final closed store reopened on March
24, 1994. The Company is insured, subject to deductibles, against earthquake
losses (including business interruption). The pre-tax charge to earnings,
net of insurance recoveries, was approximately $4.5 million.
(j) Represents an extraordinary charge of $3.8 million (net of related income
tax benefit of $2.5 million) relating to the refinancing of certain
indebtedness in connection with the Alpha Beta acquisition and the write-off
of related debt issuance costs.
(k) Represents an extraordinary net charge of $4.8 million reflecting the
write-off of $6.7 million (net of related income tax benefit of $2.5
million) of deferred debt issuance costs as a result of the early redemption
of a portion of Food 4 Less' bank term loan, partially offset by a $1.9
million extraordinary gain (net of a related income tax expense of $0.7
million) on the replacement of partially depreciated assets following the
civil unrest in Los Angeles.
(l) Represents an extraordinary charge of $23.1 million relating to the
refinancing of Food 4 Less' old credit facility, 10.45% Senior Notes due
2000 (the "1992 Senior Notes"), 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2001
(the "1991 Senior Subordinated Notes") and Holdings' 15.25% Senior Discount
Notes due 2004 in connection with the Merger and the write-off of their
related debt issuance costs.
(m) Net loss includes a pre-tax provision for self insurance, which is
classified in cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses,
and interest expense of $15.1 million, $51.1 million, $43.9 million, $25.7
million, $9.8 million, $32.6 million, $5.1 million and $10.6 million for the
52 weeks ended June 29, 1991, June 27, 1992, June 26, 1993, and June 25,
1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, the 52 weeks ended January 28,
1996, the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and the 12 weeks ended April 21,
1996, respectively. Included in the 52 weeks ended June 25, 1994, the 31
weeks ended January 29, 1995, the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 and the 12
weeks ended April 21, 1996 are reduced employer contributions of $8.1
million, $14.3 million, $26.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively,
related to union health and welfare benefit plans.
(n) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, "earnings"
consist of loss before provision for income taxes and extraordinary charges
plus fixed charges. "Fixed charges" consist of interest on all indebtedness,
amortization of deferred debt financing costs and one-third of rental
expense (the portion deemed representative of the interest factor). Earnings
were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the 52 weeks ended June 29,
1991, June 27, 1992 and June 26, 1993, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995,
the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996, the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and
the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996, by approximately $3.4 million, $25.6
million, $25.9 million, $11.5 million, $259.6 million, $2.5 million and
$32.0 million, respectively. However, such earnings included non-cash
charges of $37.0 million for the 52 weeks ended June 29, 1991, $61.2 million
for the 52 weeks ended June 27, 1992, $62.5 million for the 52 weeks ended
June 26, 1993, $40.0 million for the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, $202.6
million for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996, $16.1 million for the 12
weeks ended April 23, 1995 and $40.0 million for the 12 weeks ended April
21, 1996, primarily consisting of depreciation and amortization and the
write-off of property and equipment associated with stores closed as a
result of the Merger, stores closed due to under-performance, stores closed
in connection with the acquisition of the nine stores from Smith's, and
warehouses to be closed as a result of the acquisition of the Riverside
Facility. In addition, earnings for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 were
reduced by cash restructuring charges of $54.1 million.
(o) Balance sheet data as of June 29, 1991, June 27, 1992 and June 26, 1993
relate to Food 4 Less and reflect the Alpha Beta acquisition and the
financings and refinancings associated therewith. Balance sheet data as of
June 25, 1994, January 29, 1995 and April 23, 1995 relate to Food 4 Less and
reflect the acquisition of 10 Food Barn stores. Balance sheet data as of
January 28, 1996 and April 21, 1996 relate to the Company and reflect the
Merger and the financings associated therewith.
(p) Total debt includes long-term debt, current maturities of long-term debt and
capital lease obligations.
(q) Depreciation and amortization includes amortization of goodwill.
(r) "EBITDA (as defined)," as presented historically by the Company, represents
income before interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, the
LIFO provision, provision for income taxes, provision for earthquake losses,
provision for restructuring, a
38
<PAGE> 41
one-time charge in the 1995 transition period for Teamsters Union sick pay
benefits, $75.0 million of one-time costs incurred in connection with the
Merger in fiscal year 1995 and $7.6 million of one-time costs incurred in
connection with the acquisition of the Riverside Facility and nine former
Smith's stores in the first quarter of fiscal year 1996. EBITDA is a widely
accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to service debt.
However, EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to operating
income or to cash flows from operating activities (as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) and should not be
construed as an indication of the Company's operating performance or as a
measure of liquidity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
(s) EBITDA margin represents EBITDA (as defined) as a percentage of sales.
39
<PAGE> 42
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF RALPHS
The following table presents selected historical financial data of RGC (as
the predecessor of RSI) as of and for the 53 weeks ended February 3, 1991, and
the 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992, and summary historical financial data of
RSI for the 52 weeks ended January 31, 1993, January 30, 1994 and January 29,
1995, which have been derived from the financial statements of RSI and RGC
audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants. The
following information should be read in conjunction with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the historical consolidated financial statements of RSI and RGC and related
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
53 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
FEBRUARY 3, FEBRUARY 2, JANUARY 31, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT STORE DATA)
OPERATING DATA:
Sales.............................................. $2,799.1 $2,889.2 $2,843.8 $2,730.2 $2,724.6
Cost of sales...................................... 2,225.4 2,275.2 2,217.2 2,093.7 2,101.0
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Gross profit....................................... 573.7 614.0 626.6 636.5 623.6
Selling, general and administrative expenses(a).... 438.0 459.2 470.0 471.0 467.0
Provision for equity appreciation rights........... 15.3 18.3 -- -- --
Amortization of excess of cost over net assets
acquired......................................... 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
Provisions for restructuring and tax indemnification
payments(b)........................................ -- 10.0 7.1 2.4 --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Operating income................................... 109.4 115.5 138.5 152.1 145.6
Interest expense(c).............................. 128.5 130.2 125.6 108.8 112.7
Loss on disposal of assets and provisions for
legal settlement and earthquake losses(d)...... 6.4 13.0 10.1 12.9 0.8
Income tax expense (benefit)....................... 12.8 13.5 8.3 (108.0)(e) --
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for post-
retirement benefits other than pensions.......... (13.1) -- -- -- --
Extraordinary item-debt refinancing, net of tax
benefits......................................... -- -- (70.6) -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net earnings (loss)(f)............................. $ (51.4) $ (41.2) $ (76.1) $ 138.4 $ 32.1
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(g).............. --(g) --(g) 1.02x 1.24x 1.24x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (end of period):
Working capital surplus (deficit).................. $ (93.9) $ (114.2) $ (122.0) $ (73.0) $ (119.5)
Total assets....................................... 1,406.4 1,357.6 1,388.5 1,483.7 1,509.9
Total debt(h)...................................... 986.1 941.9 1,029.8 998.9 1,018.5
Redeemable stock................................... 3.0 3.0 -- -- --
Stockholders' equity (deficit)..................... (16.0) (57.2) (133.3) 5.1 27.2
OTHER DATA:
Depreciation and amortization(i)................... $ 75.2 $ 76.6 $ 76.9 $ 74.5 $ 76.0
Capital expenditures............................... 87.6 50.4 102.7 62.2 64.0
Stores open at end of period....................... 150 158 159 165 173
EBITDA (as defined)(j)............................. $ 207.0 $ 225.8 $ 227.3 $ 230.2 $ 230.2
EBITDA margin(k)................................... 7.4% 7.8% 8.0% 8.4% 8.4%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Includes provision for post retirement benefits other than pensions of $2.2
million, $2.6 million, $3.3 million, $3.4 million and $2.6 million for the
53 weeks ended February 3, 1991, the 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992,
January 31, 1993, January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995, respectively.
(b) Provisions for restructuring are charges for expenses relating to closing
of Ralphs central bakery operation. The charge reflected the complete
write-down of the bakery building, machinery and equipment, leaseholds,
related inventory and supplies, and providing severance pay to terminated
employees. These charges were $7.1 million and $2.4 million for the 52
weeks ended January 31, 1993 and the 52 weeks ended January 30, 1994,
respectively. Provision for tax indemnification payments to Federated were
$10.0 million for the 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992.
(c) Interest expense includes non-cash charges related to the amortization of
deferred debt issuance costs of $4.1 million for the 53 weeks ended
February 3, 1991, $5.0 million for the 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992,
$5.5 million for the 52 weeks ended
40
<PAGE> 43
January 31, 1993, $6.5 million for the 52 weeks ended January 30, 1994 and
$6.1 million for the 52 weeks ended January 29, 1995, respectively.
(d) Loss on disposal of assets was $6.4 million, $13.0 million, $2.6 million,
$1.9 million and $0.8 million for the 53 weeks ended February 3, 1991, the
52 weeks ended February 2, 1992, January 31, 1993, January 30, 1994 and
January 29, 1995, respectively. The 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992
includes approximately $12.2 million representing a reserve against losses
related to the closing of three stores. Provision for legal settlement was
$7.5 million for the 52 weeks ended January 31, 1993. Provision for
earthquake losses was $11.0 million for the 52 weeks ended January 30,
1994. This represents reserve for losses, net of anticipated insurance
recoveries, resulting from the January 17, 1994 Southern California
earthquake.
(e) Includes recognition of $109.1 million of deferred income tax benefit and
$1.1 million current income tax expense for Fiscal 1993 (see Note 11 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc.).
(f) Net earnings (loss) includes a pre-tax provision for self insurance, which
is classified in cost of sales, selling, general and administrative
expenses and interest expense, of $29.2 million, $31.2 million, $36.9
million, $36.3 million, and $20.0 million, for the 53 weeks ended February
3, 1991, the 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992, the 52 weeks ended January
31, 1993, the 52 weeks ended January 30, 1994 and the 52 weeks ended
January 29, 1995, respectively. Included in the 52 weeks ended January 30,
1994 and the 52 weeks ended January 29, 1995 are reduced employer
contributions of $11.8 million and $12.7 million, respectively, related to
union health and welfare benefit plans.
(g) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,
"earnings" consist of earnings before income taxes, cumulative effect of
change in accounting principles, extraordinary items and fixed charges
before capitalized interest. "Fixed charges" consist of interest expense
(including amortization of self-insurance reserves discount), capitalized
interest, amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and one-third of
rental expense (the portion deemed representative of the interest factor).
Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the 53 weeks ended
February 3, 1991 and the 52 weeks ended February 2, 1992 by $25.5 million
and $27.7 million, respectively.
(h) Total debt includes long-term debt, current maturities of long-term debt,
short-term debt and capital lease obligations.
(i) For the 53 weeks ended February 3, 1991, the 52 weeks ended February 2,
1992, January 31, 1993, January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995, depreciation
and amortization includes amortization of the excess of cost over net
assets acquired of $11.0 million, $11.0 million, $11.0 million, $11.0
million and $11.0 million, respectively.
(j) "EBITDA (as defined)" and presented historically by RGC, represents net
earnings before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit),
depreciation and amortization expense, provisions for Equity Appreciation
Rights, provision for tax indemnification payments to Federated, provision
for postretirement benefits, the LIFO charge, extraordinary item relating
to debt refinancing, provision for legal settlement, provision for
restructuring, provision for earthquake losses, a one-time charge for
Teamsters Union sick pay benefits, transition expense and gains and losses
on disposal of assets. EBITDA is a widely accepted financial indicator of a
company's ability to service debt. However, EBITDA should not be construed
as an alternative to operating income or to cash flows from operating
activities (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles) and should not be construed as an indication of Ralphs'
operating performance or as a measure of liquidity. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
(k) EBITDA margin represents EBITDA (as defined) as a percentage of sales.
41
<PAGE> 44
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
On June 14, 1995, Food 4 Less completed its acquisition of RSI and its
wholly owned subsidiary, Ralphs Grocery Company ("RGC" and together with RSI,
"Ralphs"). The acquisition was effected through the merger of Food 4 Less with
and into RSI (the "RSI Merger"), followed by the merger of RGC with and into RSI
(the "RGC Merger" and, together with the RSI Merger, the "Merger"). The
surviving corporation in the Merger was renamed Ralphs Grocery Company (the
"Company"). Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, the Company
received a significant equity investment from its parent, Food 4 Less Holdings,
Inc. ("Holdings") and refinanced a substantial portion of the existing
indebtedness of Food 4 Less and RGC. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources."
The Company's results of operations for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996
include 20 weeks of the operations of Food 4 Less prior to the Merger and 32
weeks of operations of the combined Company. Management believes that the
Company's results of operations for periods ending after the consummation of the
Merger are not directly comparable to its results of operations for periods
ending prior to such date. This lack of comparability as a result of the Merger
is attributable to several factors, including the size of the combined Company
(since the Merger approximately doubled Food 4 Less' annual sales volume), the
addition of 174 conventional stores to the Company's overall store mix and the
material changes in the Company's capital structure.
The Merger is being accounted for as a purchase of Ralphs by Food 4 Less.
As a result, all financial statements for periods subsequent to June 14, 1995,
the date the Merger was consummated, reflect Ralphs' net assets at their
estimated fair market values as of June 14, 1995. The purchase price in excess
of the fair market value of Ralphs' net assets was recorded as goodwill and is
being amortized over a 40-year period. The purchase price allocation reflected
in the Company's balance sheet at January 28, 1996 is based on management's
preliminary estimates. The actual purchase accounting adjustments, including
adjustments to loss contingency accruals, will be determined within one year
following the Merger and may vary from the preliminary estimates at January 28,
1996.
At January 28, 1996, the Company operated 277 conventional supermarkets and
68 Food 4 Less warehouse stores in Southern California. It also operated 63
stores in Northern California and certain areas of the Midwest. Following the
Merger, the Company converted Food 4 Less' Alpha Beta, Boys and Viva stores to
the Ralphs format and converted selected Ralphs stores to the Food 4 Less
warehouse format.
As of January 28, 1996, the Company's bakery, creamery and deli
manufacturing operations and the management of major corporate departments had
been consolidated. The full integration of the Company's administrative
departments is expected to be completed by June 1996. The previously planned
integration and consolidation of the Company's warehousing and distribution
facilities into three primary facilities will be delayed and modified as a
result of the agreement with Smith's to lease its Riverside, California
distribution and creamery facility. See "Southern California
Division -- Purchasing, Manufacturing and Distribution."
Following the consummation of the Merger, sales in the Company's Southern
California Division fell short of anticipated levels for the second half of
fiscal 1995. This shortfall resulted primarily from achieving less benefit from
the Company's advertising program and experiencing greater competitive activity
than originally expected. Although the largest impact was experienced by the
Company's Alpha Beta, Boys and Viva stores which were converted to the Ralphs
format, the base Ralphs stores were also affected. In addition, the Company's
operating margins were affected by delays in the implementation of certain
buying and other programs to lower the cost of goods, excessive price markdowns
in stores undergoing conversion and a less advantageous than expected product
mix in certain stores. Greater than anticipated transition expenses were also
experienced in integrating store operation and inventory distribution functions.
As a result of these various factors, in March 1996, the Company amended the New
Credit Facility to conform the financial covenants contained therein to the
Company's actual post-Merger results. Following the adoption of these
amendments,
42
<PAGE> 45
the Company believes that the covenant levels contained in the New Credit
Facility are consistent with anticipated operating results for fiscal 1996. See
"Summary -- The Company -- Post-Merger Events."
Food 4 Less changed its fiscal year end from the 52 or 53-week period which
ends on the last Saturday in June to the 52 or 53-week period which ends on the
Sunday closest to January 31, resulting in a 31-week transition period ended
January 29, 1995. References to fiscal year 1993, fiscal year 1994, the 1995
transition period and fiscal year 1995 are to the 52-week period ended June 26,
1993, the 52-week period ended June 25, 1994, the 31-week period ended January
29, 1995, and the 52-week period ending January 28, 1996, respectively. The
operating results for the 1995 transition period are not directly comparable to
those of fiscal 1993, fiscal 1994 or fiscal 1995, as these periods include 52
weeks of operations.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY
The following table sets forth the selected unaudited operating results of
the Company for the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and April 21, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12 WEEKS ENDED
---------------------------------------
APRIL 23, 1995 APRIL 21, 1996
---------------- ------------------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales.......................................................................... $623.6 100.0% $1,230.8 100.0%
Gross profit................................................................... 107.2 17.2 248.6 20.2
Selling, general, administrative and other, net................................ 91.4 14.7 217.3 17.7
Amortization of goodwill....................................................... 1.8 0.3 7.2 0.6
Operating income............................................................... 14.0 2.2 24.1 2.0
Interest expense............................................................... 16.9 2.7 56.1 4.6
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets.............................................. (0.4) (0.1) (0.0) (0.0)
Provision for income taxes..................................................... 0.3 0.0 -- --
Net loss....................................................................... (2.8) (0.4) (32.0) (2.6)
</TABLE>
COMPARISON OF THE COMPANY'S RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 12 WEEKS ENDED APRIL
21, 1996 WITH THE COMPANY'S RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 12 WEEKS ENDED APRIL
23, 1995.
Sales
Sales per week increased $50.6 million, or 97.3 percent, from $52.0 million
in the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 to $102.6 million in the 12 weeks ended
April 21, 1996. The increase in sales for the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996 was
primarily attributable to the addition of 174 conventional supermarkets acquired
through the Merger. The sales increase was partially offset by a comparable
store sales decline of 0.7 percent for the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996.
Excluding stores being divested or closed in connection with the Merger, and
excluding the impact from last year's Northern California labor dispute,
comparable store sales decreased 0.2 percent for the 12 weeks ended April 21,
1996. Management believes that the decline in comparable store sales is
partially attributable to additional competitive store openings and remodels in
Southern California, as well as the Company's own new store openings and
conversions. Management believes that, following the consummation of the Merger,
the decline in comparable store sales was also attributable to smaller than
anticipated benefits from the Company's advertising program and greater than
expected competitive pressure. Though the largest impact was experienced by the
Company's Alpha Beta, Boys and Viva stores which were converted to the Ralphs
format, the base Ralphs stores were also affected.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased as a percentage of sales from 17.2 percent in the 12
weeks ended April 23, 1995 to 20.2 percent in the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996.
The increase in gross profit margin was primarily attributable to the addition
of 174 conventional supermarkets which offset the effect of the Company's
warehouse stores (which have lower gross margins than the Company's conventional
supermarkets) on its overall gross margin for the period. Gross profit during
the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996 was also negatively
43
<PAGE> 46
impacted by certain one-time costs associated with the integration of the
Company's operations. See "-- Operating Income" below.
Selling, General, Administrative and Other, Net
Selling, general, administrative and other expenses ("SG&A") were $91.4
million and $217.3 million for the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and April 21,
1996, respectively. SG&A increased as a percentage of sales from 14.7 percent to
17.7 percent for the same periods. The increase in SG&A as a percentage of sales
was due primarily to the addition of 174 conventional supermarkets acquired
through the Merger. The additional conventional supermarkets offset the effect
of the Company's warehouse stores (which have lower SG&A than the Company's
conventional supermarkets) on its SG&A margin for the period. SG&A during the 12
weeks ended April 21, 1996 was also impacted by certain one-time costs
associated with the integration of the Company's operations. See "-- Operating
Income" below.
Operating Income
In addition to the factors discussed above, operating income for the 12
weeks ended April 21, 1996 was impacted by approximately $7.6 million for costs
associated with the consolidation of warehousing and distribution and other
continuing integration of the Company's operations. Management anticipates these
integration costs to continue during the second quarter of 1996 until the
consolidation plans are completed.
Interest Expense
Interest Expense (including amortization of deferred financing costs) was
$16.9 million and $56.1 million for the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and April
21, 1996, respectively. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to
the increased indebtedness incurred in conjunction with the Merger. See
"Liquidity and Capital Resources."
Net Loss
Primarily as a result of the factors discussed above, the Company's net
loss increased from $2.8 million in the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 to $32.0
million in the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996.
The following table sets forth the historical operating results of the
Company for the 52 weeks ended June 26, 1993 and June 25, 1994, the 31 weeks
ended January 29, 1995 and the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR FISCAL YEAR 1995 FISCAL YEAR
1993 1994 TRANSITION PERIOD 1995
------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
Sales................................. $2,742.0 100.0% $2,585.2 100.0% $1,556.5 100.0% $4,335.1 100.0%
Gross profit.......................... 484.2 17.7 469.3 18.1 262.4 16.9 849.1 19.6
Selling, general, administrative and
other, net.......................... 434.9 15.9 388.8 15.0 222.4 14.3 785.6 18.1
Amortization of goodwill.............. 7.6 0.3 7.7 0.3 4.6 0.3 21.8 0.5
Restructuring charge.................. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.1 0.3 123.1 2.8
Operating income (loss)............... 41.7 1.5 72.8 2.8 30.3 1.9 (81.4) (1.9)
Interest expense...................... 69.8 2.5 68.3 2.6 42.2 2.7 178.8 4.1
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets..... (2.1) (0.1) 0.0 0.0 (0.5) (0.0) (0.5) (0.0)
Provision for earthquake losses....... 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Provision for income taxes............ 1.4 0.1 2.7 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0
Loss before extraordinary charge...... (27.4) (1.0) (2.7) (0.1) (11.5) (0.7) (260.1) (6.0)
Extraordinary charge.................. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 23.1 0.5
Net loss.............................. (27.4) (1.0) (2.7) (0.1) (11.5) (0.7) (283.2) (6.5)
</TABLE>
44
<PAGE> 47
COMPARISON OF THE COMPANY'S RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED
JANUARY 28, 1996 WITH THE COMPANY'S RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 31 WEEKS
ENDED JANUARY 29, 1995.
Sales
Sales per week increased $33.2 million, or 66.1 percent, from $50.2 million
in the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995 to $83.4 million in the 52 weeks ended
January 28, 1996. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to the
addition of 174 conventional supermarkets acquired through the Merger. The sales
increase was partially offset by a pro forma comparable store sales (includes
the combined sales of Food 4 Less and RGC for the period prior to the Merger)
decline of 1.9 percent for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 as compared to
the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1995. Excluding stores scheduled for divestiture
or closing, pro forma comparable store sales decreased 1.2 percent. Management
believes the decline in comparable store sales was primarily attributable to
additional competitive store openings and remodels in Southern California, as
well as the Company's own new store openings and conversions.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased as a percentage of sales from 16.9 percent in the 31
weeks ended January 29, 1995 to 19.6 percent in the 52 weeks ended January 28,
1996. The increase in gross profit margin was primarily attributable to the
addition of 174 conventional supermarkets which diluted the effect of the
Company's warehouse stores (which have lower gross margins than the Company's
conventional supermarkets) on its overall gross margin for the period. Gross
profit was also impacted by certain one-time costs associated with the
integration of the Company's operations. See "Operating Income (Loss)."
Selling, General, Administrative and Other, Net
SG&A expenses were $222.4 million and $785.6 million for the 31 weeks ended
January 29, 1995 and the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996, respectively. SG&A
increased as a percentage of sales from 14.3 percent to 18.1 percent for the
same periods. The increase in SG&A as a percentage of sales was due primarily to
the addition of 174 conventional supermarkets acquired through the Merger. The
additional conventional supermarkets diluted the effect of the Company's
warehouse stores (which have lower SG&A than the Company's conventional
supermarkets) on its SG&A margin for the period. The Company participates in
multi-employer health and welfare plans for its store employees who are members
of the United Food and Commercial Workers Union ("UFCW"). As part of the renewal
of the Southern California UFCW contract in October 1993, employers contributing
to UFCW health and welfare plans received a pro rata share of the excess
reserves in the plans through a reduction of current employer contributions. The
Company's share of the excess reserves recognized in fiscal 1995 was $26.1
million, which partially offset the increase in SG&A. SG&A was also impacted by
certain one-time costs associated with the integration of the Company's
operations. See "-- Operating Income (Loss)."
Restructuring Charge
During fiscal 1995, the Company recorded a $75.2 million charge associated
with the closure of 58 stores formerly owned by Food 4 Less and one former Food
4 Less warehouse facility. Twenty-four of these stores were required to be
closed pursuant to a settlement agreement with the State of California in
connection with the Merger. Three RGC stores were also required to be sold.
Thirty-four of the closed stores were under-performing stores formerly owned by
Food 4 Less. The $75.2 million restructuring charge consisted of write-downs of
property and equipment ($52.2 million) less estimated proceeds ($16.0 million);
reserve for closed stores and warehouse facility ($16.1 million); write-off of
the Alpha Beta trademark ($8.3 million); write-off of other assets ($8.0
million); lease termination expenses ($4.0 million); and miscellaneous expenses
($2.6 million). During fiscal year 1995, the Company utilized $34.7 million of
the reserve for restructuring costs ($50.0 million of costs partially offset by
$15.3 million of proceeds from the divestiture of stores). The charges consisted
of write-downs of property and equipment ($33.2 million); write-off of the Alpha
Beta trademark ($8.3 million); and expenditures associated with the closed
stores and the warehouse facility, write-off of other assets, lease termination
expenditures and miscellaneous expenditures ($8.5 million). Future lease
45
<PAGE> 48
payments of approximately $19.1 million will be offset against the remaining
reserve. Management believes that the remaining reserve is adequate to complete
the planned restructuring.
On December 29, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with Smith's to
sublease its one million square foot distribution center and creamery facility
in Riverside, California for approximately 23 years, with renewal options
through 2043, at an annual rent of approximately $8.8 million. Concurrently with
such agreement, the Company also acquired certain operating assets and inventory
at that facility for a purchase price of approximately $20.2 million. In
addition, the Company also acquired nine of Smith's Southern California stores
which became available when Smith's withdrew from the California market. As a
result of the acquisition of the Riverside distribution center and creamery, the
Company closed its La Habra distribution center in the first quarter of fiscal
year 1996. Also, the Company closed nine of its stores which were near the
acquired former Smith's stores. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1995,
the Company recorded an additional $47.9 million restructuring charge to
recognize the cost of closing these facilities, consisting of write-downs of
property and equipment ($16.1 million), closure costs ($2.2 million), and lease
termination expenses ($29.6 million).
Operating Income (Loss)
In addition to the factors discussed above, operating income includes
charges of approximately $75 million for costs associated with the conversion of
stores and integration of the Company's operations. These costs related
primarily to (i) markdowns on clearance inventory at Food 4 Less' Alpha Beta,
Boys and Viva stores converted to the Ralphs format, (ii) an advertising
campaign announcing the Merger, and (iii) incremental labor cost associated with
the training of Company personnel following store conversions. In addition, the
Company has experienced higher than anticipated warehousing and distribution
costs since the Merger, primarily due to the delay in the planned consolidation
of the Company's distribution facilities resulting from the acquisition of the
Smith's Riverside distribution center. The Company has taken steps to reduce
these increased costs in future periods.
Interest Expense
Interest expense (including amortization of deferred financing costs) was
$42.2 million for the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995 and $178.8 million for the
52 weeks ended January 28, 1996. The increase in interest expense was primarily
due to the increased indebtedness incurred in conjunction with the Merger. See
"Liquidity and Capital Resources."
Loss Before Extraordinary Charge
Primarily as a result of the factors discussed above, the Company's loss
before extraordinary charge increased from $11.5 million for the 1995 transition
period to $260.1 million for fiscal year 1995.
Extraordinary Charge
An extraordinary charge of $23.1 million was recorded during fiscal year
1995 relating to retirement of indebtedness of Food 4 Less in connection with
the Merger and the write-off of the related deferred financing costs.
COMPARISON OF THE COMPANY'S RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED JUNE
25, 1994 WITH THE COMPANY'S RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED JUNE
26, 1993.
Sales
Sales decreased $156.8 million or 5.7 percent from $2,742.0 million in the
52 weeks ended June 26, 1993 to $2,585.2 million in the 52 weeks ended June 25,
1994. The decrease in sales resulted primarily from a 6.9 percent decline in
comparable store sales. The decline in comparable store sales primarily
reflected (i) the weak economy in Southern California, (ii) lower levels of
price inflation in certain key food product categories, and (iii) competitive
factors, including new stores, remodeling and promotional activity. This
46
<PAGE> 49
decrease in sales was partially offset by sales from new and remodeled stores
opened or acquired during fiscal 1994.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased as a percent of sales from 17.7 percent in the 52
weeks ended June 26, 1993 to 18.1 percent in the 52 weeks ended June 25, 1994.
The increase in gross profit margin was attributable to improvements in product
procurement and an increase in vendors' participation in the Company's
promotional costs. These improvements were partially offset by an increase in
the number of warehouse format stores (which have lower gross margins) from 45
at June 26, 1993 to 66 at June 25, 1994, and the effect of the fixed cost
component of gross profit as compared to a lower sales base.
Selling, General, Administrative and Other, Net
SG&A expenses were $434.9 million and $388.8 million for fiscal year 1993
and fiscal year 1994, respectively. SG&A decreased as a percent of sales from
15.9 percent to 15.0 percent for the same periods. The Company experienced a
reduction of workers' compensation and general liability self-insurance costs of
$18.2 million due primarily to cost control programs implemented by the Company,
including awards for stores with the best loss experience, specific achievable
goals for each store, and increased monitoring of third-party administrators,
and, to a lesser extent, a lower sales base which reduced the Company's
exposure. In addition, the Company maintained tight control of administrative
expenses and store level expenses, including payroll (due primarily to increased
productivity), advertising, and other controllable store expenses. Because the
Company's warehouse stores have lower SG&A than conventional stores, the
increase in the number of warehouse stores, from 45 at June 26, 1993 to 66 at
June 25, 1994, also contributed to decreased SG&A.
The Company recognized $8.1 million in fiscal 1994 for its share of the
excess UFCW health and welfare plan reserves. Offsetting the reduction in
employer contributions was a $5.5 million contract ratification bonus and
contractual wage increases.
The reduction in SG&A as a percentage of sales was partially offset by the
effect of the fixed cost component of SG&A as compared to a lower sales base.
Interest Expense
Interest expense (including amortization of deferred financing costs)
decreased $1.5 million from $69.8 million to $68.3 million for the 52 weeks
ended June 26, 1993 and June 25, 1994, respectively. The decrease in interest
expense was due primarily to reduced borrowings under the Company's revolving
and term loans.
Provision for Earthquake Losses
On January 17, 1994, Southern California was struck by a major earthquake
which resulted in the temporary closure of 31 of Food 4 Less' stores. The
closures were caused primarily by loss of electricity, water, inventory, or
structural damage. All but one of the closed stores reopened within a week of
the earthquake. The final closed store reopened on March 24, 1994. The Company
is insured against earthquake losses (including business interruption), subject
to certain deductibles. The pre-tax loss, net of insurance recoveries, was
approximately $4.5 million.
Net Loss
Primarily as a result of the factors discussed above, the Company's net
loss decreased from $27.4 million in fiscal 1993 to $2.7 million in fiscal 1994.
47
<PAGE> 50
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF RALPHS
The following table sets forth the historical operating results of Ralphs
for the 52 weeks ended January 31, 1993 ("Fiscal 1992"), January 30, 1994
("Fiscal 1993") and January 29, 1995 ("Fiscal 1994"):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS ENDED
-----------------------------------------------------------
JANUARY 31, 1993 JANUARY 30, 1994 JANUARY 29, 1995
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales................................... $2,843.8 100.0% $2,730.2 100.0% $2,724.6 100.0%
Cost of sales........................... 2,217.2 78.0 2,093.7 76.7 2,101.0 77.1
Selling, general and administrative
expenses.............................. 470.0 16.5 471.0 17.2 467.0 17.2
Operating income(a)..................... 138.5 4.9 152.1 5.6 145.6 5.3
Net interest expense.................... 125.6 4.4 108.8 4.0 112.7 4.1
Provision for earthquake losses(b)...... -- -- 11.0 0.4 -- --
Income tax expense (benefit)............ 8.3 0.3 (108.0) (4.0) -- --
Extraordinary item...................... 70.6 2.5 -- -- -- --
Net earnings (loss)..................... $ (76.1) (2.7) $ 138.4 5.1 $ 32.1 1.2
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Operating income reflects charges of $7.1 million in Fiscal 1992 and $2.4
million in Fiscal 1993, for expenses relating to closing of central bakery
operation. The charges reflected the complete write-down of the bakery
building, machinery and equipment, leaseholds, related inventory and
supplies, and providing severance pay to terminated employees.
(b) Represents reserve for losses, net of expected insurance recoveries,
resulting from the January 17, 1994 Southern California earthquake.
COMPARISON OF RALPHS' RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED JANUARY 29,
1995 WITH RALPHS' RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED JANUARY 30,
1994.
Sales
For the fifty-two weeks ended January 29, 1995, sales were $2,724.6
million, a decrease of $5.6 million or 0.2% from the fifty-two weeks ended
January 30, 1994. During Fiscal 1994, Ralphs opened ten new stores (four in Los
Angeles County, three in Orange County, one in San Diego County and two in
Riverside County), closed two stores (in conjunction with new stores opening in
the same areas), and completed five store remodels. Comparable store sales
decreased 3.7%, which included an increase of 0.3% for replacement store sales,
from $2,707.9 million in Fiscal 1993 to $2,606.4 million in Fiscal 1994. Ralphs
sales continued to be adversely affected by the continuing softness of the
economy in Southern California, continuing competitive new store and remodeling
activity and recent pricing and promotional changes by competitors. Ralphs
continued to take steps to mitigate the impact of the weak retailing environment
in its markets, which included continuing its own new store and remodeling
program and initiating the Ralphs Savings Plan in February 1994, a new marketing
campaign specifically designed to enhance customer value. See "Business --
Advertising and Promotion."
On January 17, 1994, an earthquake in Southern California caused
considerable damage in Los Angeles and surrounding areas. Several Ralphs
supermarkets suffered earthquake damage, with 54 stores closed on the morning of
January 17th. Thirty-four stores reopened within one day and an additional 17
stores reopened within three days. Three stores in the San Fernando Valley area
of Los Angeles suffered major structural damage. All three stores have since
reopened for business, with the last reopening on April 15, 1994. Management
believes that there was some negative impact on sales resulting from the
temporary disruption of business resulting from the earthquake. Ralphs is
partially insured for earthquake losses. The pre-tax financial impact, net of
expected insurance recoveries, is expected to be approximately $11.0 million and
Ralphs reserved for this loss in Fiscal 1993. The gross earthquake loss is
approximately $25.3 million and the expected insurance recovery is approximately
$14.3 million.
48
<PAGE> 51
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales increased $7.3 million or 0.3% from $2,093.7 million in
Fiscal 1993 to $2,101.0 million in Fiscal 1994. As a percentage of sales, cost
of sales increased to 77.1% in Fiscal 1994 from 76.7% in Fiscal 1993. The
increase in cost of sales as a percentage of sales included a one-time charge
for Teamsters Union sick pay benefits pursuant to a new contract ratified in
August 1994 with the Teamsters. The total charge was $2.5 million, of which $2.1
million was included in cost of sales and $0.4 million in selling, general and
administrative expense. Increases in cost of sales were partially offset by
savings in warehousing and distribution costs, reductions in self-insurance
costs, pass-throughs of increased operating costs and increases in relative
margins where allowed by competitive conditions.
Warehousing and distribution cost savings were primarily attributable to
Ralphs' ASRS and PSC facilities along with the ongoing implementation of new
computer-controlled programs and labor standards that improved distribution
productivity. The ASRS facility can hold substantially more inventory and
requires fewer employees to operate than does a conventional warehouse of equal
size. This facility has reduced Ralphs' warehousing costs of non-perishable
items markedly, enabling it to take advantage of advance buying opportunities
and minimize "out-of-stocks." Ralphs engages in forward-buy purchases to take
advantage of special prices or to delay the impact of upcoming price increases
by purchasing and warehousing larger quantities of merchandise than immediately
required. The PSC facility has consolidated the operations of three existing
facilities and holds more inventory than the facilities it replaced, thereby
reducing Ralphs' warehouse distribution costs.
Over the last several years, Ralphs has been implementing modifications in
its workers compensation and general liability insurance programs. Ralphs
believes that these modifications have resulted in a significant reduction in
self-insurance costs for Fiscal 1994. Based on a review of the results of these
modifications by Ralphs and its actuaries, adjustments to the accruals for
self-insurance costs were made during Fiscal 1994 resulting in a reduction of
approximately $18.9 million. Of the total $18.9 million reduction in
self-insurance costs, $7.5 million is included in cost of sales and $11.4
million is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A expenses decreased $4.0 million or 0.8% from $471.0 million in Fiscal
1993 to $467.0 million in Fiscal 1994. As a percentage of sales, SG&A was 17.2%
in Fiscal 1993 and 17.2% in Fiscal 1994. The decrease in SG&A was primarily due
to a reduction in contributions to the United Food and Commercial Workers Union
("UFCW") health care benefit plans, due to an excess reserve in these plans, a
reduction in self-insurance costs, as discussed above, and the results of cost
savings programs instituted by Ralphs. Ralphs is continuing its expense
reduction program. The decrease in SG&A was partially offset by several factors
including increases in union wage rates, a one-time charge for Teamsters Union
sick pay benefits, as discussed above, transition expense relating to the Merger
($1.4 million) and increased rent expense resulting from new stores, including
fixture and equipment financing.
Ralphs participates in multi-employer pension plans and health and welfare
plans administered by various trustees for substantially all union employees.
Contributions to these plans are based upon negotiated contractual rates. In
both Fiscal 1992 and Fiscal 1993 the multi-employer pension plan was deemed to
be overfunded based upon the collective bargaining agreement then currently in
force. During Fiscal 1993 the agreement called for pension benefits which
resulted in additional required expense. The UFCW health and welfare benefit
plans were overfunded and those employers who contributed to these plans
received a pro rata share of excess reserve in these health care benefit plans
through a reduction in current maintenance payments. Ralphs' share of the excess
reserve was approximately $24.5 million of which $11.8 million was recognized in
Fiscal 1993 and the remainder, $12.7 million, was recognized in Fiscal 1994.
Since employers are required to make contributions to the benefit funds at
whatever level is necessary to maintain plan benefits, there can be no assurance
that plan maintenance payments will remain at current levels.
49
<PAGE> 52
Operating Income
Operating income in Fiscal 1994 decreased 4.3% to $145.6 million from
$152.1 million in Fiscal 1993. Operating margin, defined as operating income as
a percentage of sales, was 5.3% in Fiscal 1994 compared to 5.6% in Fiscal 1993.
EBITDA, defined as net earnings before interest expense, income tax expense
(benefit), depreciation and amortization expense, provision for postretirement
benefits, provision for LIFO expense, gain or loss on disposal of assets,
transition expense and a one-time charge for Teamsters Union sick pay benefits,
was 8.4% of sales or $230.2 million in Fiscal 1994 and 8.4% of sales or $230.2
million in Fiscal 1993.
Net Interest Expense
Net interest expense for Fiscal 1994 was $112.7 million versus $108.8
million for Fiscal 1993. Net interest expense increased primarily as a result of
increases in interest rates. Included as interest expense during Fiscal 1994 was
$97.4 million, representing interest expense on existing debt obligations,
capitalized leases and a swap agreement. Comparable interest expense for Fiscal
1993 was $92.8 million. Also included in net interest expense for Fiscal 1994
was $15.3 million representing certain other charges related to amortization of
debt issuance costs, self-insurance discounts, lease valuation reserves and
other miscellaneous charges (categorized by Ralphs as non-cash interest expense)
as compared to $16.0 million for Fiscal 1993. Investment income, which is
immaterial, has been offset against interest expense. The continuation of higher
interest rates subsequent to the end of Fiscal 1994 has continued to increase
interest expense and adversely affect Ralphs' net income.
Net Earnings
For Fiscal 1994, Ralphs reported net earnings of $32.1 million compared to
net earnings of $138.4 million for Fiscal 1993. The decrease in net earnings is
primarily the result of decreased operating income, higher interest expense due
to increased interest rates, the recognition of $109.1 million of deferred
income tax benefit in Fiscal 1993 partially offset by $11.0 million recorded for
earthquake losses in Fiscal 1993.
Other
In February 1994, the Board of Directors of Ralphs authorized a dividend of
$10.0 million to be paid to RSI, and the Board of Directors of RSI authorized
distribution of this dividend to its shareholders subject to certain restrictive
covenants in the instruments governing certain of Ralphs' indebtedness that
impose limitations on the declaration or payment of dividends. Ralphs' credit
agreement, entered into in 1992 (the "1992 Credit Agreement"), was amended to
allow for the payment of the dividend to RSI for distribution to RSI's
shareholders. The fee for the amendment was approximately $500,000, which was
included in interest expense for the period. The dividend was distributed to the
shareholders of RSI in the second quarter of Fiscal 1994.
COMPARISON OF RALPHS' RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED JANUARY 30,
1994 WITH RALPHS' RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED JANUARY 31,
1993.
Sales
Sales in Fiscal 1993 were $2,730.2 million, a decrease of $113.6 million or
4.0% compared to Fiscal 1992. During Fiscal 1993, Ralphs opened eight new
stores, four in Los Angeles County, two in Orange County and two in Riverside
County, and remodeled six stores. Two of the eight new stores replaced the two
stores closed during the fiscal year. Comparable store sales decreased 5.8%,
which included an increase of 0.6% for the replacement stores, from $2,823.4
million to $2,659.3 million in Fiscal 1993. Ralphs' sales continued to be
adversely affected by the significant recession in Southern California,
continuing competitive new store and remodelling activity and pricing and
promotional changes by competitors.
50
<PAGE> 53
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales decreased $123.5 million or 5.6% from $2,217.2 million in
Fiscal 1992 to $2,093.7 million in Fiscal 1993. As a percentage of sales, cost
of sales declined to 76.7% in Fiscal 1993 from 78.0% in Fiscal 1992. The
decrease in cost of sales as a percentage of sales was the result of savings in
warehousing and distribution costs, the pass-through of increased operating
costs and increases in relative margins where allowed by competitive conditions.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A increased $1.0 million or 0.2% from $470.0 million in Fiscal 1992 to
$471.0 million in Fiscal 1993. As a percentage of sales, SG&A increased from
16.5% in Fiscal 1992 to 17.2% in Fiscal 1993. The increase in SG&A as a
percentage of sales was the result of several factors including the soft sales
environment. Increases in expense were partially offset by cost savings programs
instituted by Ralphs.
Ralphs participates in multi-employer pension plans and health and welfare
plans administered by various trustees for substantially all union employees.
Contributions to these plans are based upon negotiated contractual rates. In
both Fiscal 1992 and Fiscal 1993 the UFCW multi-employer pension plan was deemed
to be overfunded based upon the collective bargaining agreement then currently
in force. During Fiscal 1993 the agreement called for pension benefits which
resulted in additional required expense. The UFCW health and welfare benefit
plans were overfunded and those employers who contributed to these plans are to
receive a pro rata share of the excess reserve in these health care benefit
plans through a reduction in current maintenance payments. Ralphs' share of the
excess reserve was approximately $24.5 million of which $11.8 million was
recognized in Fiscal 1993 and the remainder will be recognized in the fiscal
year ending January 29, 1995. The change in health and welfare plan expenses
resulted from the $11.8 million credit associated with the collective bargaining
agreement as well as a reduction in the current year plan expense due to the
overfunded status of the plan. Since employers are required to make
contributions to the benefit funds at whatever level is necessary to maintain
plan benefits, there can be no assurance that plan maintenance payments will
remain at current levels. Partially offsetting the reductions of health and
welfare maintenance payments was a $6.0 million contract ratification bonus paid
by Ralphs at the conclusion of contract negotiations with the UFCW in Fiscal
1993. The $6.0 million contract ratification payment was an item separate from
either of these plans.
Operating Income
Operating income in Fiscal 1993 increased to $152.1 million from $138.5
million in Fiscal 1992, a 9.8% increase. Operating margin increased in Fiscal
1993 to 5.6% from 4.9% in Fiscal 1992. This increase was primarily the result of
the aforementioned improvements in Ralphs' cost of sales percentage. EBITDA,
defined as net earnings before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit),
depreciation and amortization expenses, postretirement benefits, the LIFO
charge, extraordinary item relating to debt refinancing, provision for legal
settlement, provision for restructuring, provision for earthquake losses and
loss on disposal of assets, improved to $230.2 million or 8.4% of sales in
Fiscal 1993 from $227.3 million or 8.0% of sales in Fiscal 1992.
Net Interest Expense
Net interest expense for Fiscal 1993 was $108.8 million, compared to $125.6
million for Fiscal 1992. The reduction in net interest expense was attributable
to the refinancing and defeasance of Ralphs 14% Senior Subordinated Debentures
due 2000 (the "14% Debentures") with the proceeds from the issuance of the Old
RGC 9% Notes (as defined herein) as the final step in a recapitalization plan
initiated on July 30, 1992. Cash interest expense during Fiscal 1993 was $92.8
million compared to $105.5 million in Fiscal 1992. Also included in interest
expense for Fiscal 1993 was $16.0 million representing certain other charges
relating to amortization of debt issuance costs, self-insurance discount, lease
valuation reserves and other miscellaneous charges (categorized by Ralphs as
non-cash interest expense) as compared to $20.1 million for Fiscal 1992.
Investment income, which is immaterial, has been offset against interest
expense.
51
<PAGE> 54
Earthquake Losses
Several Ralphs stores suffered earthquake damage from the January 17, 1994
earthquake in Southern California and 54 stores were completely shutdown on the
morning of January 17th. Management believes that there was some negative impact
on sales resulting from the temporary disruption of business resulting from the
earthquake. Ralphs is partially insured for earthquake losses. The pre-tax
financial impact, net of expected insurance recoveries, is expected to be
approximately $11.0 million and Ralphs reserved for this loss in Fiscal 1993.
The gross earthquake loss is approximately $25.3 million and the expected
insurance recovery is approximately $14.3 million.
Income Taxes
In Fiscal 1993, Ralphs recorded the incremental impact of The Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 on net deductible temporary differences and
Ralphs increased its deferred income tax assets by a net amount of $109.1
million. Income tax expense (benefit) for Fiscal 1993 includes recognition of
$109.1 million of deferred income tax benefit and $1.1 million current income
tax expense for Fiscal 1993. See Note 11 of Notes to Ralphs Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Net Earnings
In Fiscal 1993, Ralphs reported net earnings of $138.4 million compared to
a net loss of $76.1 million for Fiscal 1992. This increase in net earnings was
primarily the result of Ralphs' recognition of $109.1 million of deferred income
tax benefit for Fiscal 1993 and the following items recorded in Fiscal 1992: (1)
an extraordinary charge, net of tax benefit, of $70.6 million relating to
Ralphs' recapitalization plan, (2) a provision of $7.1 million made for expenses
related to the closure of the central bakery operation (an additional charge of
$2.4 million was recorded in Fiscal 1993) and (3) a provision of $7.5 million
made for the maximum loss under a judgment rendered against Ralphs.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company and Holdings utilized new financing proceeds of approximately
$525 million, which were paid to the former RSI stockholders, to consummate the
Merger. The new financing proceeds included the issuance of preferred stock by
Holdings to the 1995 Equity Investors for cash proceeds of approximately $140
million. In addition, the Company entered into the New Credit Facility pursuant
to which, upon the closing of the Merger, it incurred $600 million under the New
Term Loans and approximately $91.6 million of standby letters of credit under
the $325 million New Revolving Facility. The Company also issued $350 million
aggregate principal amount of new 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "1995 Senior
Notes") and $100 million aggregate principal amount of new 11% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the "1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes") pursuant
to public offerings (the "Public Offerings").
The proceeds from the New Credit Facility, Public Offerings and the 1995
Equity Investment and the issuance by Holdings of $59.0 million initial accreted
value of 13 5/8% Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 (the "New Discount
Debentures") for cash, $41.0 million in initial accreted value of additional New
Discount Debentures as consideration for the Merger and for associated fees and
$131.5 million aggregate principal amount of 13 5/8% Senior Subordinated
Pay-In-Kind Debentures due 2007 (the "Seller Debentures"), provided the sources
of financing required to consummate the Merger and to repay outstanding bank
debt of approximately $176.5 million at Food 4 Less and $228.9 million at RGC,
existing mortgage debt of $174.0 million (excluding prepayment fees) at RGC and
$84.4 million to the holders of the Senior Discount Notes due 2004 of Holdings
(the "Discount Notes") (excluding related fees). Proceeds from the New Credit
Facility and the Public Offerings also were used (i) to pay the cash portions of
Food 4 Less' exchange offers and consent solicitations with respect to the
10.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002 of RGC (the "Old RGC 10.25% Notes"),
the 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 of RGC (the "Old RGC 9% Notes," and
together with the old RGC 10.25% Notes, the "Old RGC Notes") (collectively, the
"RGC Exchange Offers"), the 10.45% Senior Notes due 2000 of Food 4 Less (the
"1992 Senior Notes") and the 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2001 of Food 4
Less (the "1991 Senior Subordinated Notes") (collectively,
52
<PAGE> 55
the "F4L Exchange Offers," and together with the RGC Exchange Offers, the
"Exchange Offers"), as well as the Change of Control Offer (as defined below)
and accrued interest on all exchanged debt securities in the amount of $27.8
million, (ii) to pay $17.8 million to the holders of the RGC Equity Appreciation
Rights, (iii) to loan $5.0 million to an affiliate for the benefit of such
holders, (iv) to pay approximately $93.3 million of fees and expenses of the
Merger and the related financing, and (v) to pay $3.5 million to purchase shares
of common stock of Holdings from certain dissenting shareholders. In addition,
Holdings issued $22.5 million of its New Discount Debentures in consideration
for certain Merger-related services. The Company assumed certain existing
indebtedness of Food 4 Less and RGC in connection with the Exchange Offers,
pursuant to which (i) holders of the Old RGC Notes exchanged approximately
$424.0 million aggregate principal amount of Old RGC Notes for an equal
principal amount of 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes, (ii) holders of the 1992
Senior Notes exchanged approximately $170.3 million aggregate principal amount
of 1992 Senior Notes for an equal principal amount of 1995 Senior Notes, and
(iii) holders of the 1991 Senior Subordinated Notes exchanged approximately
$140.2 million aggregate principal amount of 1991 Senior Subordinated Notes for
an equal principal amount of new 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the
"1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes"). In addition, pursuant to the terms of
the indentures governing the Old RGC Notes, the consummation of the Merger
required the Company to make an offer to purchase all of the outstanding Old RGC
Notes that were not exchanged in the RGC Offers (the "Change of Control Offer").
The Change of Control Offer resulted in the purchase of an additional $1.1
million of outstanding Old RGC Notes.
At April 21, 1996, there were borrowings of $110.0 million under the New
Revolving Facility and $104.3 million of letters of credit had been issued.
Under the terms of the New Credit Facility, the Company was required to repay
$1.6 million of the New Term Loans in fiscal 1995. The New Term Loans require
quarterly amortization payments (after giving effect to application of the
proceeds of the Offering) aggregating $2.3 million in fiscal year 1996, $39.2
million in fiscal year 1997 and increasing thereafter. The level of borrowings
under the Company's New Revolving Facility is dependent upon cash flows from
operations, the timing of disbursements, seasonal requirements and capital
expenditure activity. The Company is required to reduce loans outstanding under
the New Revolving Facility to $150.0 million for a period of not less than 30
consecutive days during the period between the first day of the fourth fiscal
quarter of 1996 and the last day of the first fiscal quarter of 1997. The
estimated net proceeds of the Offering were used to prepay $44.4 million in
borrowings under the New Term Loans, including $22.7 million in principal
installments due within the twelve months following the Offering, and to repay
$47.6 million in borrowings under the New Revolving Facility, without any
reduction in amounts available for future borrowing under the New Revolving
Facility. At April 21, 1996, pro forma for the Offering and the application of
proceeds therefrom, the Company had $158.3 million available for borrowing under
the New Revolving Facility.
On October 11, 1995, the Company entered into an interest rate collar which
effectively set interest rate limits on $300 million of the Company's bank term
debt. This interest rate collar, which was effective as of October 19, 1995,
limits the interest rate payable on $300 million of outstanding debt under the
New Credit Facility to a range of 4.5 percent to 8.0 percent for two years, thus
satisfying the interest rate protection requirements under the New Credit
Facility.
Cash flow from operations, amounts available under the New Revolving
Facility and lease financing are the Company's principal sources of liquidity.
The Company believes that these sources will be adequate to meet its anticipated
capital expenditure, working capital and debt service requirements during fiscal
1996.
During fiscal year 1995, cash used by operating activities was
approximately $16.8 million as compared to cash provided by operating activities
of approximately $17.6 million for the 1995 transition period. The decrease in
cash from operating activities is due to changes in operating assets and
liabilities in fiscal year 1995 and a decrease in operating income due primarily
to the impact of certain costs associated with the integration of the Company's
operations subsequent to the Merger. The Company's principal use of cash in its
operating activities is inventory purchases. The Company's high inventory
turnover allows it to finance a substantial portion of its inventory through
trade payables, thereby reducing its short-term borrowing needs. At January 28,
1996, this resulted in a working capital deficit of $178.5 million.
53
<PAGE> 56
Cash used for investing activities was $405.4 million for fiscal year 1995.
Investing activities consisted primarily of $303.3 million of acquisition costs
associated with the Merger and capital expenditures of $122.4 million, partially
offset by $4.1 million of sale/leaseback transactions. The capital expenditures,
net of the proceeds from sale/leaseback transactions, were financed primarily
from cash provided by operating and financing activities.
The capital expenditures discussed above were made to (i) build 20 new
stores (11 of which have been completed), (ii) remodel 11 stores, (iii) convert
111 conventional format stores to the Ralphs banner in conjunction with the
Merger, and (iv) convert 13 Ralphs stores to the Food 4 Less warehouse format.
The Company also acquired three stores in Northern California during fiscal
1995. The Company currently anticipates that its aggregate capital expenditures
for fiscal 1996 will be approximately $105.0 million (or $95.0 million, net of
expected capital leases), of which approximately $96.0 million relate to ongoing
expenditures for new stores, equipment and maintenance (including a project to
repair earthquake damage at the Company's Glendale "picking" warehouse) and
approximately $9.0 million relate to Merger-related and other non-recurring
items. Consistent with past practices, the Company intends to finance these
capital expenditures primarily with cash provided by operations and through
leasing transactions. At April 26, 1996, the Company had approximately $18.0
million of unused equipment leasing facilities. No assurance can be given that
sources of financing for capital expenditures will be available or sufficient to
finance its anticipated capital expenditure requirements; however, management
believes the capital expenditure program has substantial flexibility and is
subject to revision based on various factors, including changes in business
conditions and cash flow requirements. Management believes that if the Company
were to substantially reduce or postpone these programs, there would be no
substantial impact on short-term operating profitability. However, management
also believes that the construction of new stores is an important component of
its future operating strategy. Consequently, management believes if these
programs were substantially reduced, future operating results, and ultimately
its cash flow, would be adversely affected.
The capital expenditures discussed above do not include potential
acquisitions which the Company could make to expand within its existing markets
or to enter other markets. The Company has grown through acquisitions in the
past and from time to time engages in discussions with potential sellers of
individual stores, groups of stores or other retail supermarket chains.
Cash provided by financing activities was $470.7 million for fiscal year
1995. Financing activities consisted primarily of the following; (i) proceeds
from issuance of new debt in the amount of $950.0 million including proceeds of
$600 million under the New Credit Facility, $350 million from the issuance of
1995 Senior Notes and $100 million from the issuance of 1995 11% Senior
Subordinated Notes, net of issuance costs of $100.0 million and (ii) proceeds
from cash capital contributions by Holdings of $12.1 million. These sources were
partially offset by principal payments on long-term debt of $576.7 million
including: $125.7 million to retire borrowings under the old credit agreement,
$228.9 million to extinguish the old RGC term loan; and $174.0 million to repay
certain real estate loans.
The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. Holdings has
outstanding $100 million initial accreted value of New Discount Debentures and
$131.5 million principal amount of Seller Debentures outstanding. Holdings is a
holding company which has no assets other than the capital stock of the Company.
Holdings will be required to commence semi-annual cash payments of interest on
the New Discount Debentures and the Seller Debentures commencing December 15,
2000 in the amount of approximately $61 million per annum. Subject to the
limitations contained in its debt instruments, the Company intends to make
dividend payments to Holdings in amounts which are sufficient to permit Holdings
to service its cash interest requirements. The Company may pay other dividends
to Holdings in connection with certain employee stock repurchases and for
routine administrative expenses.
RSI and Food 4 Less had significant net operating loss carryforwards for
regular federal income tax purposes. As a result of the Merger, the Company's
ability to utilize such loss carryforwards in future periods is limited to
approximately $15.6 million per year with respect to Food 4 Less net operating
loss carryforwards and approximately $15.0 million per year with respect to
RSI's net operating loss carryforwards. Holdings files a consolidated federal
income tax return, under which the federal income tax liability of Holdings and
its subsidiaries is determined on a consolidated basis. Holdings is a party to a
federal income tax sharing
54
<PAGE> 57
agreement with the Company and certain of its subsidiaries (the "Tax Sharing
Agreement"). The Tax Sharing Agreement provides that in any year in which the
Company is included in any consolidated tax liability of Holdings and has
taxable income, the Company will pay to Holdings the amount of the tax liability
that the Company would have had on such due date if it had been filing a
separate return. Conversely, if the Company generates losses or credits which
actually reduce the consolidated tax liability of Holdings and its other
subsidiaries, Holdings will credit to the Company the amount of such reduction
in the consolidated tax liability. These credits are passed between Holdings and
the Company in the form of cash payments. In the event any state and local
income taxes are determinable on a combined or consolidated basis, the Tax
Sharing Agreement provides for a similar allocation between Holdings and the
Company of such state and local taxes. See "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions." The Company will continue to be a party to an indemnification
agreement with Federated Department Stores, Inc. and certain other parties.
Pursuant to the terms of such agreement, the Company made an annual tax payment
of $1.0 million in 1995 and will make an annual tax payment of $1.0 million in
1996, with the final tax payment of $5.0 million in 1997.
The Company is highly leveraged. At April 21, 1996, after giving effect to
the Offering and the application of proceeds therefrom, the Company's total
indebtedness (including current maturities) and stockholder's equity were
$2,062.3 million and $25.0 million, respectively, and the Company had an
additional $158.3 million available to be borrowed under the New Revolving
Facility. Based upon current levels of operations, anticipated cost savings from
the Merger and future growth, the Company believes that its cash flow from
operations, together with available borrowings under the New Revolving Facility
and its other sources of liquidity (including lease financing), will be adequate
to meet its anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures,
interest payments and scheduled principal payments over the next several years.
There can be no assurance, however, that the Company's business will continue to
generate cash flow at or above current levels or that future cost savings and
growth can be achieved.
EFFECTS OF INFLATION AND COMPETITION
The Company's primary costs, inventory and labor, are affected by a number
of factors that are beyond its control, including availability and price of
merchandise, the competitive climate and general and regional economic
conditions. As is typical of the supermarket industry, the Company has generally
been able to maintain margins by adjusting its retail prices, but competitive
conditions may from time to time render it unable to do so while maintaining its
market share.
The supermarket industry is highly competitive and characterized by narrow
profit margins. The Company's competitors in each of its operating divisions
include national and regional supermarket chains, independent and specialty
grocers, drug and convenience stores, and the newer "alternative format" food
stores, including warehouse club stores, deep discount drug stores and "super
centers". Supermarket chains generally compete on the basis of location, quality
of products, service, price, product variety and store condition. The Company
regularly monitors its competitors' prices and adjusts its prices and marketing
strategy as management deems appropriate.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In the first quarter of fiscal year 1996, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of" (SFAS 121). The
adoption of SFAS 121 had no impact on the Company's financial position or on its
results of operations.
55
<PAGE> 58
BUSINESS
Ralphs Grocery Company (the "Company"), formerly known as Food 4 Less
Supermarkets, Inc. ("Food 4 Less"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Food 4 Less
Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"), is a retail supermarket company with a total of 408
stores which are located in Southern California (345), Northern California (27)
and certain areas of the Midwest (36). The Company is the largest supermarket
company in Southern California. The Company operates the second largest
conventional supermarket chain in the region under the "Ralphs" name and the
largest warehouse supermarket chain in the region under the "Food 4 Less" name.
The Company has achieved strong competitive positions in each of its marketing
areas by successfully tailoring its merchandising strategy to the particular
needs of the individual communities it serves. In addition, the Company is a
vertically integrated supermarket company with major manufacturing facilities,
including a bakery and creamery operations, and full-line warehouse and
distribution facilities servicing its Southern California operations.
On June 14, 1995, Holdings acquired all of the common stock of Ralphs
Supermarkets, Inc. ("RSI") in a transaction accounted for as a purchase by Food
4 Less. The consideration for the acquisition consisted of $388.1 million in
cash, $131.5 million principal amount of 13 5/8% Senior Subordinated Pay-In-Kind
Debentures due 2007 of Holdings (the "Seller Debentures") and $18.5 million
initial accreted value of 13 5/8% Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 of
Holdings (the "New Discount Debentures"). Food 4 Less, RSI and RSI's
wholly-owned subsidiary, Ralphs Grocery Company ("RGC"), combined through
mergers (the "Merger") in which RSI remained as the surviving entity and changed
its name to Ralphs Grocery Company.
Food 4 Less was organized by The Yucaipa Companies ("Yucaipa"), a private
investment group, in connection with the June 1989 acquisition of Breco Holding
Company, Inc. ("BHC"), which owned Boys, Viva, and Cala stores. Concurrently
with the acquisition of BHC (the "BHC Acquisition"), Food 4 Less, Inc. ("FFL"),
a corporation controlled by an affiliate of Yucaipa, contributed to Food 4 Less
all of the outstanding capital stock of Falley's, Inc. ("Falley's"), which owned
Food 4 Less' Midwestern stores and its Food 4 Less Southern California stores.
Food 4 Less added six stores to its Northern California Division by acquiring
Bell Markets, Inc. ("Bell") on June 30, 1989, and added seven stores to its
Southern California Division by acquiring certain operating assets of ABC Market
Corp. ("ABC") on January 15, 1990. On June 17, 1991, Food 4 Less acquired all of
the outstanding capital stock of Alpha Beta Company ("Alpha Beta"), which
operated 142 stores in seven Southern California counties (the "Alpha Beta
Acquisition"). On March 29, 1994, Food 4 Less added ten warehouse format stores
(formerly operated under the name "Food Barn") to its Midwestern Division which
it acquired from Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc.
The Company operates both conventional and warehouse format stores under
various names. The following table sets forth by retail format the number of
stores operated by each of the Company's three divisions at January 28, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SOUTHERN NORTHERN
CALIFORNIA CALIFORNIA MIDWESTERN TOTAL
---------- ---------- ---------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Ralphs.............................. 277 -- -- 277
Cala................................ -- 9 -- 9
Bell................................ -- 13 -- 13
Falley's............................ -- -- 5 5
--- -- -- ---
Total Conventional............. 277 22 5 304
Food 4 Less......................... 68 -- 31 99
FoodsCo............................. -- 5 -- 5
--- -- -- ---
Total Warehouse................ 68 5 31 104
--- -- -- ---
Total Stores................... 345 27 36 408
=== == == ===
</TABLE>
56
<PAGE> 59
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA DIVISION
The Southern California Division operates 345 supermarkets in eight
counties under the names "Ralphs" and "Food 4 Less." The Company's Southern
California stores account for approximately 90 percent of the Company's sales.
The combination of RGC and Food 4 Less has created the largest food
retailer in Southern California. Since the Merger, the Company has consolidated
all of its stores in the region under its two leading complementary formats. The
Company operates the second largest conventional supermarket chain in the region
under the "Ralphs" name and the largest price impact warehouse supermarket chain
under the "Food 4 Less" name. Management believes the consolidation of its
formats in Southern California has improved the Company's ability to adapt its
stores' merchandising strategy to the local markets in which they operate while
achieving cost savings and other efficiencies.
Ralphs Conventional Format. The Company operates 277 Ralphs stores in
Southern California. All of the Company's conventional stores in the region use
the "Ralphs" name and are operated under a single format. Each store is
merchandised to appeal to the local community it serves and offers competitive
pricing with emphasis on overall value. Ralphs' substantial supermarket product
selection is a significant aspect of its marketing efforts: Ralphs stocks
between 20,000 and 30,000 merchandise items in its stores, including
approximately 2,800 private label products. Ralphs stores offer name-brand
grocery products; quality and freshness in its produce, meat, seafood,
delicatessen and bakery products; and broad selection in all departments. Most
Ralphs stores offer service delicatessen departments, on-premises bakery
facilities and seafood departments. Ralphs emphasizes store ambiance and
cleanliness, fast and friendly service, the convenience of debit and credit card
payment (including many in-store branch banks) and 24-hour operations in most
stores.
Food 4 Less Warehouse Format. The Company operates 68 stores in Southern
California which target the price-conscious segment of the market in both urban
and suburban areas under the name "Food 4 Less." Food 4 Less is a
warehouse-style, price impact store which is positioned to offer the lowest
overall prices in its marketing areas by passing on to the consumer savings
achieved through labor efficiencies and lower overhead and advertising costs
associated with the warehouse format, while providing the product selection and
variety associated with a conventional format. In-store operations are designed
to allow customers to perform certain labor-intensive services usually offered
in conventional supermarkets; for example, merchandise is presented on warehouse
style racks in full cartons, reducing labor intensive unpacking, and customers
bag their own groceries. Labor costs are also reduced because the stores
generally do not have labor-intensive service departments such as delicatessens,
bakeries and fresh seafood departments, although they do offer a complete line
of fresh meat, fish, produce and baked goods.
The Food 4 Less format generally consists of large facilities constructed
with high ceilings to accommodate warehouse racking with overhead pallet
storage. Wide aisles accommodate forklifts and, compared to conventional
supermarkets, a higher percentage of total store space is devoted to retail
selling because the top of the warehouse-style grocery racks on the sales floor
are used to store inventory, which reduces the need for large backroom storage.
The Food 4 Less warehouse format supermarkets have brightly painted walls and
inexpensive signage in lieu of more expensive graphics. In addition, a "Wall of
Values" located at the entrance of each store presents the customer with a
selection of specially priced merchandise. Management believes that there is a
significant segment of the market, encompassing a wide range of demographic
groups, which prefers to shop in a warehouse format supermarket because of its
lowest overall pricing. The Company plans to continue its rapid growth of the
Food 4 Less format by opening 10 new warehouse format stores in fiscal 1996,
seven of which were acquired from Smith's.
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION
As a result of the consolidation of conventional format stores in Southern
California under the "Ralphs" name, the Company eliminated most of the separate
advertising associated with Food 4 Less' existing Alpha Beta, Boys and Viva
formats. Because Ralphs' current advertising program now covers the Southern
57
<PAGE> 60
California region, the Company will be able to expand the number of Ralphs
stores without significantly increasing advertising costs.
Ralphs' marketing strategy is to provide a combination of wide product
selection, quality and freshness of perishable products, competitive prices and
double coupons supporting Ralphs' advertising theme, "Everything You Need, Every
Time You Shop." The Ralphs Savings Plan, a marketing campaign designed to
enhance customer value, is comprised of six major components: Guaranteed Low
Prices ("GLPs"), Price Breakers, Big Buys, Multi-Buys, Ralphs Brand Products and
Double Coupons. GLPs guarantee low prices on certain high volume items that are
surveyed and updated every four weeks. Price Breakers are weekly advertised
items that offer significant savings. Big Buys are club size items at prices
competitive to club store prices and Multi-Buys offer Ralphs shoppers the
opportunity to purchase club store quantities of regular sized items at prices
competitive to club store prices. In conjunction with this campaign, Ralphs'
private label offering of approximately 2,800 products provides value to the
customer.
Ralphs stores promote sales through the use of product coupons, consisting
of manufacturers' coupons and Ralphs' own promotional coupons. Ralphs offers a
double coupon program in all stores with Ralphs matching the price reduction
offered by the manufacturer. Ralphs also generates store traffic through weekly
advertised specials, special sales promotions such as discounts on recreational
activities, seasonal and holiday promotions, increased private label selection,
club pack items and exclusive product offerings.
The Food 4 Less warehouse stores utilize print and radio advertising which
emphasizes Food 4 Less' low-price leadership, rather than promoting special
prices on individual items. The Food 4 Less warehouse stores also utilize weekly
advertising circulars, customized to local communities, which highlight the
merchandise offered in each store.
WAREHOUSING AND DISTRIBUTION
In March 1996, the Company commenced operations in a state-of-the-art
distribution and creamery facility located in Riverside, California which was
acquired from Smith's (the "Riverside Facility"). The technologically-advanced
90-acre complex is expected to improve the quality, service and productivity of
the Company's distribution and manufacturing operations. The Riverside Facility
has more than one million square feet of warehousing and manufacturing space
consisting of a 675,000 square foot dry grocery service center, 270,000 square
foot refrigerated and frozen food facility and a 115,000 square foot creamery
facility. The Riverside Facility sublease runs for approximately 23 years, with
renewal options through 2043, and provides for annual rent of approximately $8.8
million. The Company also acquired certain operating assets and inventory at the
Riverside Facility when it entered into the sublease for a purchase price of
approximately $20.2 million.
The acquisition of the Riverside Facility allows the Company to consolidate
distribution into three modern, efficient facilities located in Compton,
Glendale and Riverside, California. This consolidation is being accomplished by
closing the Company's La Habra warehouse, Carson warehouse, Long Beach Avenue
warehouse and the Slauson frozen food warehouse, as well as several other
outside frozen food, deli and general merchandise facilities. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation." The
elimination of the smaller and less efficient warehouse facilities will reduce
transportation between facilities, management overhead and outside storage
costs. Moreover, the consolidation will enable better inventory management,
which is expected to result in the reduction of inventory levels. The Riverside
Facility is also expected to reduce previously planned capital expenditures. The
consolidation of the Company's distribution facilities is expected to be
completed by the third quarter of fiscal year 1996, resulting in greatly
strengthened and streamlined backstage operations.
The Riverside Facility also increases distribution capacity of the Company
by increasing storage capacity to 120,000 pallets and increasing the assortment
of items that are internally supported (increasing dry grocery from 10,000 to
14,000 SKUs and perishable and frozen items by 1,500 SKUs).
The Company also operates a 17 million cubic foot high-rise automated
storage and retrieval system ("ASRS") warehouse for non-perishable items, near
Glendale, California. The automated warehouse has a
58
<PAGE> 61
ground floor area of 170,000 square feet and capacity of approximately 50,000
pallets. Guided by computer software, ten-story high cranes move pallets from
the receiving dock to programmed locations in the ASRS warehouse while recording
the location and time of storage. Goods are retrieved and delivered by the
cranes to conveyors leading to an adjacent "picking" warehouse where individual
store orders are filled and shipped. The Company's Glendale "picking" warehouse
was damaged in the Northridge earthquake and is scheduled to undergo renovation
in the current fiscal year. Its operations will be transferred to the Riverside
Facility during the renovation period. The ASRS facility can hold substantially
more inventory and requires fewer employees to operate than a conventional
warehouse of equal size.
The Company's third major Southern California distribution center is its
5.4 million cubic foot facility in Compton, California designed to process and
store all perishable products (the "Perishables Service Center" or "PSC"). This
facility was constructed in 1992 and has enabled the Company to have the ability
to deliver perishable products to its stores on a daily basis, thereby improving
the freshness and quality of these products.
Combined shipments from the Company's Southern California warehouse
facilities accounted for approximately 75 percent of the Southern California
Division's total purchases during the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996.
Additional purchases, consisting of mostly general merchandise, approximating 2
percent of the division's total during this same period, were made through
Certified Grocers of California, Ltd. ("Certified"), a food distribution
cooperative in which the Company is a member.
The Company is party to a joint venture with a subsidiary of Certified
which operates a general merchandise warehouse in Fresno, California. Management
is continuing to evaluate the role of such warehouse in the operation of the
combined Company.
MANUFACTURING
The Riverside Facility's creamery is the production point for all fluid
milk products bound for sale in the Company's Food 4 Less warehouse stores.
Bottled water, fruit juice and ice for the entire Company will also be processed
and packaged at the Riverside creamery. Milk bound for the Company's Ralphs
conventional stores, as well as all ice cream and ice cream products, will
continue to be processed at the Company's existing creamery in Compton,
California. The Compton facility also processes selected delicatessen items,
including packaged salads and cheese, and produces cultured products including
sour cream and yogurt.
In addition to the foregoing facilities, the Company will continue to
operate a 316,000 square foot bakery in La Habra, California to manufacture a
broad line of baked goods.
PRIVATE LABEL PROGRAM
Through its private label program, the Company offers a diverse array of
grocery and general merchandise items under its own brand names which include
"Ralphs," "Private Selection," "Perfect Choice," "Plain Wrap" and "Equality."
The Company has entered into several private label licensing arrangements which
allow it to utilize recognized brand names on an exclusive basis in connection
with certain goods it manufactures or purchases from others, including
"Carnation" and "Sunnyside Farms" (dairy products) and "Van de Kamps" (baked
goods). In addition, the Company has entered into an agreement to distribute
private label dry grocery and frozen products under the "Sunny Select" and
"Grocers Pride" labels. The Company's private label products provide quality
comparable to that of national brands at significantly lower prices, while the
Company's gross margins on private label products are generally higher than on
national brands. The Company believes that its private label program is one of
the most successful in the supermarket industry, and the Company intends to
continue the growth of its private label program in the future.
STORE OPERATIONS AND RETAIL SYSTEMS
The Southern California Division's store equipment and facilities are
generally in excellent condition. The Ralphs stores range in size from
approximately 15,600 square feet to 69,500 square feet and average approximately
35,300 square feet. The Southern California Food 4 Less stores are generally
larger and range
59
<PAGE> 62
in size from approximately 27,400 square feet to 84,300 square feet, and average
approximately 49,700 square feet. The Company believes the Southern California
Division's warehouse and distribution system and the design of its stores permit
the Company to decrease in-store stockroom space and thereby increase available
selling area.
The Southern California Division's management information systems and
optical scanning technology reduce the labor costs attributable to product
pricing and customer check-out, and provide the Company's management with
information that facilitates purchasing and receiving, inventory management,
warehouse reordering and management of accounts payable. All of the Company's
Southern California Division stores currently offer an electronic funds transfer
system which allows customers to make purchases, obtain cash or check approvals
in transactions linked to their bank accounts. In addition, the Company's stores
now offer customers the convenience of making purchases with major credit cards.
EXPANSION AND DEVELOPMENT
As a result of Ralphs' 123-year history and Alpha Beta's 92-year history in
Southern California, the Company has valuable and well-established store
locations, many of which are in densely populated metropolitan areas.
Additionally, the Company has a technologically advanced store base. During
fiscal 1995, the Company acquired 174 stores through the Merger, opened 6 new
Food 4 Less stores and 5 new Ralphs stores in Southern California, converted 124
stores from Alpha Beta, Boys and Viva formats to the Ralphs and Food 4 Less
formats, closed 44 stores and remodeled 11 stores.
The Company plans to expand the Southern California Division by opening new
stores as well as replacing older and smaller stores. The Company intends to
continue to focus its new store construction and store conversion efforts during
fiscal 1996 and future years on the Food 4 Less format, which has proven to have
a strong appeal to value conscious consumers across a wide range of demographic
groups. To this end, the Company plans to continue its store expansion program
in Southern California by opening 25 new stores during fiscal 1996 (including
the nine stores acquired from Smith's, seven of which will be Food 4 Less
stores), and additional stores in subsequent years. During fiscal year 1996, in
Southern California, the Company plans to remodel 21 conventional format stores
and 4 of the warehouse format stores. The Company's merger, expansion, remodel
and conversion efforts have required, and will continue to require, the funding
of significant capital expenditures. See Item 7 -- "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
Remodelings and openings, among other things, are subject to the
availability of developers' financing, agreements with developers and landlords,
local zoning regulations, construction schedules and other factors, including
costs, often beyond the Company's control. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance that the schedule will be met. Further, there is competition for new
store sites, and it is possible that this competition might adversely affect the
timing of its new store program. From time to time, the Company also closes or
sells marginal stores.
NORTHERN CALIFORNIA AND MIDWESTERN DIVISIONS
The Northern California Division of Food 4 Less operates 22 conventional
supermarkets in the greater San Francisco Bay area under the "Cala" and "Bell"
names, and five warehouse format stores under the "FoodsCo" name. Management
believes that the Northern California Division has excellent store locations in
the city of San Francisco that would be very difficult to replicate. The
Midwestern Division of Food 4 Less operates 36 stores, of which 31, including
ten former "Food Barn" stores which Food 4 Less acquired in March 1994, are
warehouse format stores operated under the "Food 4 Less" name, and five of which
are conventional supermarkets operated under the "Falley's" name. Of these 36
stores, 32 are located in Kansas and four are located in Missouri. Management
believes the Food 4 Less warehouse format stores are the low-price leaders in
each of the markets in which they compete. The Northern California Division's
conventional store strategy is to attract customers through its convenient
locations, broad product line and emphasis on quality and service, and its
advertising and promotion strategy highlights the reduced price specials offered
in its stores. In contrast, the Company's warehouse format stores, operated
under the Food 4 Less name in the
60
<PAGE> 63
Midwestern Division and the FoodsCo name in the Northern California Division,
emphasize lowest overall prices rather than promoting special prices on
individual items. The Northern California Division's conventional stores range
in size from approximately 8,500 square feet to 32,500 square feet, and average
approximately 19,500 square feet. The Northern California Division's warehouse
stores range in size from approximately 30,000 square feet to 59,600 square
feet, and average approximately 41,800 square feet. The Midwestern Division's
warehouse format stores range in size from approximately 8,800 square feet to
60,200 square feet and average approximately 37,900 square feet.
The Northern California Division purchases merchandise from a number of
suppliers; however, approximately 36 percent of its purchases are made through
Certified Grocers of California, Ltd. ("Certified"), a food distribution
cooperative, pursuant to supply contracts. The Northern California Division does
not operate its own warehouse facilities, relying instead on direct delivery to
its stores by Certified and other vendors. Food 4 Less' Southern California
warehouse facilities supply a portion of the merchandise sold in the Northern
California Division stores.
The Midwestern Division's primary supplier is Associated Wholesale Grocers
("AWG"), a member-owned wholesale grocery cooperative based in Kansas City. The
Midwestern Division does not operate a central warehouse, but purchases
approximately 70 percent of the merchandise sold in its stores from AWG.
Management believes that, as AWG's largest single customer, the Midwestern
Division has significant buying power, allowing it to provide a broader product
line more economically than it could if it maintained its own full-line
warehouse. The Midwestern Division produces approximately 50 percent of all
case-ready fresh meat items sold in its stores at its central meat plant located
in Topeka, Kansas.
Since the beginning of fiscal 1991, the Northern California Division has
remodeled 13 stores, opened six new stores and, in fiscal 1995, acquired three
stores from Roger Wilco, now operated as Bell stores. The Northern California
Division Food 4 Less warehouse stores were renamed as FoodsCo warehouse stores
in fiscal 1994 following the sale by the Company of the exclusive rights to use
the "Food 4 Less" name in Northern California to Fleming Companies, Inc., which
previously held a non-exclusive license. See "Licensing Operations" for further
discussion of the amendment to the Fleming license.
The acquisition in March 1994 of ten warehouse stores formerly operated as
"Food Barn" stores increased the Midwestern Division's Food 4 Less warehouse
store count from 28 at June 26, 1993 to 38 at January 28, 1996. During the last
five fiscal years, the Midwestern Division has opened two new stores, acquired
ten stores, closed three stores and remodeled eight stores. While the Company
has no definitive plans to construct or acquire new stores in the Midwestern
Division in fiscal 1996, the Company intends to focus future expansion there on
its Food 4 Less operations.
COMPETITION
The supermarket industry is highly competitive and characterized by narrow
profit margins. The Company's competitors in each of its operating divisions
include national and regional supermarket chains, independent and specialty
grocers, drug and convenience stores, and the newer "alternative format" food
stores, including warehouse club stores, deep discount drug stores and "super
centers." Supermarket chains generally compete on the basis of location, quality
of products, service, price, product variety and store condition. The Company
regularly monitors its competitors' prices and adjusts its prices and marketing
strategy as management deems appropriate.
The Southern California Division competes with several large national and
regional chains, principally Albertsons, Hughes, Lucky, Stater Bros., and Vons,
and with smaller independent supermarkets and grocery stores as well as
warehouse clubs and other "alternative format" food stores. The Northern
California Division competes with large national and regional chains,
principally Lucky and Safeway, and with independent supermarket and grocery
store operators and other retailers, including "alternative format" stores. The
Midwestern Division's supermarkets compete with several national and regional
supermarket chains, principally Albertson's and Dillons, as well as independent
grocery and "alternative format" stores such as Hypermarket USA. The Company
positions its warehouse format supermarkets as the overall low-price leaders in
each marketing area in which they operate.
61
<PAGE> 64
EMPLOYEES
The Company believes that its relationship with its employees is excellent.
At January 28, 1996, the Company had a total of 30,101 employees, as shown in
the table below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SOUTHERN NORTHERN
CALIFORNIA CALIFORNIA MIDWESTERN TOTAL
---------- ---------- ---------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Administrative............................ 1,573 64 41 1,678
Warehouse, manufacturing and
transportation.......................... 3,318 -- 61 3,379
Stores.................................... 21,540 2,123 1,381 25,044
------ ----- ----- ------
Total........................... 26,431 2,187 1,483 30,101
====== ===== ===== ======
</TABLE>
Of the Company's 30,101 total employees at January 28, 1996, there were
26,369 employees covered by union contracts, principally with the United Food
and Commercial Workers Union (the "UFCW"). The table below sets forth
information regarding the Company's union contracts which cover more than 100
employees.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DATE(S) OF
UNION NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES COVERED EXPIRATION
<S> <C> <C>
UFCW 15,737 Southern California October 3, 1999
Division clerks and meatcutters
Hospital and Service Employees 606 Southern California January 19, 1997
Division store porters
International Brotherhood of Teamsters 2,802 Southern California September 13, 1998
Division drivers and
warehousemen
UFCW 2,034 Northern California March 7, 1998
Division clerks and meatcutters
UFCW 3,708 Southern California February 26, 2000
Division clerks and meatcutters
Bakery and Confectionery Workers 219 Southern California February 9, 1997
Division bakers
</TABLE>
LICENSING OPERATIONS
The Company owns the "Food 4 Less" trademark and service mark and licenses
the "Food 4 Less" name for use by others. In fiscal 1995, earnings from
licensing operations were approximately $328,000. An exclusive license with the
right to sublicense the "Food 4 Less" name in all areas of the United States
except Arkansas, Iowa, Illinois, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, South
Dakota, Wisconsin, the upper peninsula of Michigan, certain portions of Kansas,
Missouri, and Tennessee has been granted to Fleming Companies, Inc. ("Fleming"),
a major food wholesaler and retailer. In August of 1993, the Company amended its
licensing agreement with Fleming to give Fleming exclusive use of the Food 4
Less name in Northern California and the Company exclusive use in Southern
California (the "Amendment"). With the exception of Northern California, and
subject to the Amendment and certain proximity restrictions, the Company retains
the right to open and operate its own "Food 4 Less" warehouse supermarkets
throughout the United States. As of January 28, 1996, there were 174 Food 4 Less
warehouse supermarkets in 15 states, including the 99 stores owned or leased and
operated by the Company. Of the remaining 75 stores, Fleming operates 15 under
license, 15 are operated under sublicenses from Fleming and 45 are operated by
other licensees.
62
<PAGE> 65
PROPERTIES
At January 28, 1996 the Company operated 408 supermarkets, as set forth in
the table below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
SUPERMARKETS AVERAGE
---------------- TOTAL SQUARE FEET/
DIVISION OWNED LEASED SQUARE FEET FACILITY
------------------------------------------ ----- ------ ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Southern California....................... 60(a) 285 13,151,000 38,100
Northern California....................... -- 27 637,000 23,600
Midwestern................................ 2(b) 34 1,299,000 36,100
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Includes fifteen stores located on real property subject to ground leases.
(b) Includes one store that is partially owned and partially leased.
Most of the Southern California Division's store locations are held
pursuant to long-term leases, many of which, in the opinion of management, have
below-market rental rates or other favorable lease terms. The average remaining
term (including all renewal options) of the Company's supermarket leases is
approximately 30 years.
In addition to the supermarkets, the Company operates three main warehouse
and distribution centers in Southern California. The newly acquired 90 acre
Riverside Facility has more than one million square feet of warehousing and
manufacturing space consisting of a creamery and several warehouses for dry
grocery, dairy/deli and frozen food storage. The Riverside Facility sublease
runs for approximately 23 years, with renewal options through 2043, and provides
for annual rent of approximately $8.8 million. The 170,000 square foot high-rise
automated storage and retrieval system warehouse ("ASRS") located in the Atwater
district of Los Angeles, near Glendale, California (which for ease of reference
is referred to throughout this Prospectus as the Glendale, California
warehouse), opened in 1987, handles non-perishable items, is ten stories high
and has a capacity of approximately 50,000 pallets. The Perishable Service
Center ("PSC") in Compton, opened in 1992, is a 5.4 million cubic foot facility
designed to process and store all perishable products.
The Company also has manufacturing operations located in Compton that
produce a variety of dairy and other products, including fluid milk, ice cream,
yogurt and bottled waters and juices, as well as packaged ice, cheese and salad
preparations. The bakery operation is located at the La Habra complex and
measures 316,000 square feet.
The Company's former central office, manufacturing and warehouse complex in
La Habra, California was leased for a term ending 2001. Due to the increase in
warehouse space, the La Habra distribution center and a number of smaller
warehouses used by the Company have become obsolete and it is expected that by
the third quarter of fiscal year 1996, the Company will have consolidated its
warehousing operations into the three main centers described above. The Company
has recorded a restructuring charge which includes a $29.6 million provision for
lease termination expenses in connection with the closure of the La Habra and
other warehouses (as well as certain other properties). See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation."
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In December 1992, three California state antitrust class action suits were
commenced in Los Angeles Superior Court against the Company and other major
supermarket chains located in Southern California, alleging that they conspired
to refrain from competing in the retail market for fluid milk and to fix the
retail price of fluid milk above competitive prices. Specifically, class actions
were commenced by Diane Barela and Neila Ross, Ron Moliare and Paul C. Pfeifle
on December 7, December 14 and December 23, 1992, respectively. Merits discovery
in these actions has been stayed pending discovery on class certification
issues. Most defendants in the actions, not including the Company, have reached
tentative settlement agreements, and certain of the settlements have been
approved by the trial court, subject to pending appeals. The Company is
continuing to actively defend itself in these class action suits.
63
<PAGE> 66
The Company is subject to regulation by a variety of governmental agencies,
including, but not limited to, the California Department of Alcoholic Beverage
Control, the California Department of Agriculture, the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration, the U.S. Department of Agriculture and state and local health
departments.
In addition, the Company or its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of
other cases currently in litigation or are the subject of potential claims
encountered in the normal course of business which are being vigorously
defended. In the opinion of management, the resolutions of these matters will
not have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of
operations.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
In January 1991, the California Regional Water Quality Control Board for
the Los Angeles Region (the "Regional Board") requested that Ralphs conduct a
subsurface characterization of its ASRS warehouse property located near
Glendale. This request was part of an ongoing effort by the Regional Board, in
connection with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA"), to
identify contributors to groundwater contamination in the San Fernando Valley.
Significant parts of the San Fernando Valley, including the area where the ASRS
grocery warehouse is located, have been designated federal Superfund sites
requiring response actions under the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, because of regional
groundwater contamination. On June 18, 1991, the EPA made its own request for
information concerning Ralphs' grocery warehouse. Since that time, the Regional
Board has requested further investigation by Ralphs. Ralphs conducted the
requested investigations and reported the results to the Regional Board.
Approximately 25 companies have entered into a Consent Order (EPA Docket No.
94-11) with the EPA to investigate and design a remediation system for
contaminated groundwater beneath an area which includes the ASRS grocery
warehouse. The Company is not a party to the Consent Order, but is cooperating
with requests of the subject companies to allow installation of monitoring or
recovery wells on its property. On or about October 12, 1995, the EPA mailed a
Special Notice Letter to 44 parties, including the Company as owner and operator
of the Glendale property, naming them as potentially responsible parties
("PRPs"). The Company and other PRPs have agreed to enter into negotiations over
a consent decree with the EPA to implement a remedial design and reimburse
oversight costs. The PRPs have also agreed to an Alternative Dispute Resolution
Process to allocate the costs among themselves. Based upon available
information, management does not believe this matter will have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
The Company removed underground storage tanks and remediated soil
contamination at the Glendale warehouse property. In some instances, the
removals and the contamination were associated with grocery business operations;
in others, they were associated with prior property users. Although the
possibility of other contamination from prior operations or adjacent properties
exists at the grocery warehouse property, management does not believe that the
costs of remediating such contamination will be material to the Company.
Apart from the ASRS warehouse property, the Company has had environmental
assessments performed on most of its facilities, including warehouse and
distribution facilities. The Company believes that any responsive actions
required at the examined properties as a result of such assessments will not
have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of
operations.
At the time that Food 4 Less acquired Alpha Beta in 1991, it learned that
certain underground storage tanks located on the site of the La Habra facility
may have previously released hydrocarbons. In connection with the acquisition of
Alpha Beta, the seller (who is also the lessor of the La Habra facility) agreed
to retain responsibility, subject to certain limitations, for remediation of the
release.
The Company is subject to a variety of environmental laws, rules,
regulations and investigative or enforcement activities, as are other companies
in the same or similar business. The Company believes it is in substantial
compliance with such laws, rules and regulations. These laws, rules, regulations
and agency activities change from time to time, and such changes may affect the
ongoing business and operations of the Company.
64
<PAGE> 67
MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive
officers and directors of the Company as of April 29, 1996. Directors serve
until the election and qualification of their successors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- --------------------- --- ------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Byron E. Allumbaugh 64 Chairman and Director
George G. Golleher 48 Chief Executive Officer and Director
Alfred A. Marasca 54 President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Joe S. Burkle 73 Chief Executive Officer -- Falley's and Director
Greg Mays 49 Executive Vice President -- Finance and
Administration and Chief Financial Officer
Harley DeLano 58 President -- Cala Foods
Tony Schnug 51 Group Senior Vice President -- Support
Operations
Jan Charles Gray 48 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary
Robert Beyer 36 Director
Ronald W. Burkle 43 Director
Peter Copses 37 Director
Patrick L. Graham 46 Director
John Kissick 54 Director
Mark A. Resnik 48 Director
</TABLE>
Byron E. Allumbaugh has been Chairman of the Board since January 1996 and a
Director since June 1995. He was Chief Executive Officer from June 1995 to
January 1996. He was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of RGC
from 1976 until the Merger. He also is a Director of the Ahmanson Company, El
Paso Natural Gas Company, Automobile Club of Southern California and Ultramar,
Inc.
George G. Golleher has been Chief Executive Officer since January 1996 and
a Director since June 1995. He was Vice Chairman from June 1995 to January 1996.
He was a Director of Food 4 Less from its inception in 1989 and was the
President and Chief Operating Officer of Food 4 Less from January 1990 until the
Merger. From 1986 through 1989, Mr. Golleher served as Senior Vice
President -- Finance and Administration of The Boys Markets, Inc. Mr. Golleher
has served as a Director of Dominick's Finer Foods, Inc., an affiliate of The
Yucaipa Companies, since March 1995.
Alfred A. Marasca has been President, Chief Operating Officer and a
Director since June 1995. He was President and Chief Operating Officer of RGC
from February 1994 until the Merger. He was President of RGC from 1993 to 1994,
Executive Vice President -- Retail from 1991 to 1993, and Executive Vice
President -- Marketing from 1985 to 1991.
Joe S. Burkle has been a Director since June 1995 and Chief Executive
Officer of Falley's, Inc. since 1987. He was a Director and Executive Vice
President of Food 4 Less from its inception in 1989 until the Merger. Mr. Burkle
began his career in the supermarket industry in 1946, and served as President
and Chief Executive Officer of Stater Bros. Markets, a Southern California
supermarket chain. Prior to 1987, Mr. Burkle was a private investor in Southern
California. Mr. Burkle is the father of Ronald W. Burkle.
Greg Mays has been Executive Vice President -- Finance & Administration and
Chief Financial Officer since September 1995. He was Executive Vice
President -- Finance & Administration from June 1995 to September 1995. He was
Executive Vice President -- Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer
of Food 4 Less and of Holdings from December 1992 until the Merger. From 1989 to
1991, Mr. Mays was Chief Financial Officer of Almac's, Inc. and, from 1991 to
December 1992, he was President and Chief Financial Officer of Almac's. From
April 1988 to June 1989, Mr. Mays was Chief Financial Officer of Food 4 Less of
Modesto, Inc. and Cala Foods, Inc.
65
<PAGE> 68
Harley DeLano has been President of Cala Foods, Inc. since 1990. Mr. DeLano
was General Manager of ABC from 1980 to 1990. He serves as a Director of
Certified Grocers.
Tony Schnug has been Group Senior Vice President -- Support Operations
since January 1996. He was Senior Vice President of Manufacturing and
Construction from June 1995 to January 1996. He was Senior Vice
President -- Corporate Operations of Food 4 Less from 1990 until the Merger.
Before joining Food 4 Less, he was Managing Director of SAGE, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Ogilvy & Mather, and Vice President -- Management Information
Systems of The Vons Company.
Jan Charles Gray has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary since June 1995. He was Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of RGC from 1988 until the Merger. He was Senior Vice President and
General Counsel of RGC from 1985 to 1988 and Vice President and General Counsel
from 1978 to 1985.
Robert Beyer has been a Director since June 1995. He has been a Group
Managing Director of Trust Company of the West ("TCW") since 1995. Mr. Beyer was
Co-Chief Executive Officer of Crescent Capital Corporation, a registered
investment advisor, from 1991 until its acquisition by TCW in 1995. From 1986 to
1991, Mr. Beyer was a member of the investment banking department of Drexel
Burnham Lambert, Incorporated. From 1983 to 1986, Mr. Beyer was a member of the
investment banking department of Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc.
Ronald W. Burkle has been a Director since June 1995. He was Chairman of
the Board from June 1995 to January 1996. Mr. Burkle was a Director, Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Food 4 Less from its inception in 1989
until the Merger. Mr. Burkle co-founded The Yucaipa Companies, Inc. in 1986 and
served as Director, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
of FFL from 1987 and of Holdings from 1992 until the Merger, respectively. Mr.
Burkle has been Chairman of the Board of Dominick's Finer Foods, Inc. since
March 1995 and served as Chief Executive Officer from March 1995 until January
1996. Mr. Burkle also served as Chairman of the Board of Smitty's Supermarkets,
Inc. from June 1994 until its merger in May 1996 with Smith's Food & Drug
Center, Inc. ("Smith's"). Mr. Burkle now serves as a Director and the Chief
Executive Officer of Smith's. He has also served as a Director of Kaufman &
Broad Home Corporation, Inc. since March 1995. Mr. Burkle is the son of Joe S.
Burkle.
Peter Copses has been a Director since June 1995. He has been a Principal
since 1990 of Apollo Advisors, L.P. which, together with an affiliate, acts as
managing general partner of Apollo Investment Fund, L.P., AIF II, L.P. and
Apollo Investment Fund III, L.P., private securities investment funds, and of
Lion Advisors, L.P., which acts as financial advisor to and representative for
certain institutional investors with respect to securities investments. Mr.
Copses is a Director of Dominicks Finer Foods, Inc., Family Restaurants, Inc.,
Forum Group, Inc. and Zale Corporation.
Patrick L. Graham has been a Director since June 1995. He joined The
Yucaipa Companies as a general partner in January 1993. Prior to that time, he
was a Managing Director in the Corporate Finance Department of Libra
Investments, Inc. from 1992 to 1993 and Paine Webber, Inc. from 1990 to 1992.
From 1982 to 1990, he was a Managing Director of the Corporate Finance
Department of Drexel Burnham Lambert, Inc. and an Associate Director of the
Corporate Finance Department of Bear Stearns & Co., Inc. Mr. Graham served as a
Director of Smitty's Supermarkets, Inc. from June 1994 until May 1996 and of
Dominick's Finer Foods, Inc. since March 1995.
John Kissick has been a Director since June 1995. He is a principal of
Apollo Advisors, L.P. which, together with an affiliate, acts as managing
general partner of Apollo Investment Fund, L.P., AIF II, L.P. and Apollo
Investment Fund III, L.P., private securities investment funds, and of Lion
Advisors, L.P., which acts as financial advisor to and representative for
certain institutional investors with respect to securities investments. From
1990 to 1991, Mr. Kissick was a consultant with Kissick & Associates, a private
investment advisory firm. He serves as Director of Continental Graphics
Holdings, Inc., Converse, Inc., The Florsheim Shoe Company, Inc. and Furniture
Brands International, Inc.
Mark A. Resnik has been a Director since June 1995. He was a Director, Vice
President and Secretary of Food 4 Less from its inception in 1989 until the
Merger. He co-founded The Yucaipa Companies, Inc. in 1986
66
<PAGE> 69
and served as a Director, Vice President and Secretary of FFL from 1987 until
the Merger. Mr. Resnik has served as a Director of Smitty's Supermarkets, Inc.
from June 1994 until May 1996 and of Dominick's Finer Foods, Inc. since March
1995.
The Company does not currently pay any fees or remuneration to its
directors for service on the board or any board committee, but will reimburse
directors for their ordinary out-of-pocket expenses.
Messrs. R. Burkle, Allumbaugh, Golleher, J. Burkle, Beyer, Copses, Graham,
Kissick and Resnik are directors of Holdings.
67
<PAGE> 70
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of
the Chief Executive Officer and the other four most highly compensated executive
officers of the Company (the "Named Executive Officers"), whose total salary and
bonus for the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 exceeded $100,000 for services
rendered in all capacities to the Company and its subsidiaries for the same time
period.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ANNUAL COMPENSATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSITION NO. OF SHARES
PERIOD/FISCAL UNDERLYING ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR ENDED SALARY BONUS OPTIONS(6) COMPENSATION(7)
- ------------------------------ ---------------- -------- ---------- ------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Byron E. Allumbaugh(1) January 28, 1996 $883,333 $ 547,692 820,227 $ 1,848
Chairman January 29, 1995(8) $ -- $ -- -- $ --
June 25, 1994 $ -- $ -- -- $ --
June 26, 1993 $ -- $ -- -- $ --
George G. Golleher(2) January 28, 1996 $503,205 $1,950,000(9) 200,000 $ 1,783
Chief Executive Officer January 29, 1995(8) $298,100 $ 300,000 -- $ 3,329
June 25, 1994 $500,000 $ 500,000 -- $ 3,937
June 26, 1993 $500,000 $ 500,000 -- --
Alfred A. Marasca(3) January 28, 1996 $466,667 $ 333,846 300,000 $ 3,000
President and January 29, 1995(8) $ -- $ -- -- $ --
Chief Operating Officer June 25, 1994 $ -- $ -- -- $ --
June 26, 1993 $ -- $ -- -- $ --
Greg Mays(4) January 28, 1996 $286,378 $ 355,000(9) -- $ 1,783
Executive Vice President -- January 29, 1995(8) $154,300 $ 85,000 -- $ 2,687
Finance/Administration and June 25, 1994 $250,000 $ 150,000 -- $ --
Chief Financial Officer June 26, 1993 $108,000 $ 75,000 -- $ --
Jan Charles Gray(5) January 28, 1996 $221,667 $ 147,901 204,940 $ 1,198
Senior Vice President, January 29, 1995(8) $ -- $ -- -- $ --
General Counsel and June 25, 1994 $ -- $ -- -- $ --
Secretary June 26, 1993 $ -- $ -- -- $ --
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) During fiscal 1995, Byron E. Allumbaugh became Chairman.
(2) During fiscal 1995, George G. Golleher became Chief Executive Officer.
(3) During fiscal 1995, Alfred A. Marasca became President and Chief Operating
Officer.
(4) During fiscal 1995, Greg Mays became Executive Vice President - Finance &
Administration and Chief Financial Officer.
(5) During fiscal 1995, Jan Charles Gray became Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary.
(6) All options shown were granted in connection with the Merger. Of such
options, 220,227, 100,000 and 174,940 were granted to Messrs. Allumbaugh,
Marasca and Gray, respectively, in exchange for the cancellation of certain
payments to such individuals under RGC equity appreciation rights.
(7) The amounts shown in this column represent annual payments by the Company to
the Employee Profit Sharing and Retirement Program of the Company.
(8) Food 4 Less changed its fiscal year from the 52 or 53-week period which ends
on the last Saturday in June to the 52 to 53-week period which ends on the
Sunday closest to January 31, resulting in a 31-week transition period.
(9) Includes payment of a special bonus upon change of control, in connection
with the Merger, for George Golleher and Greg Mays in the amount of
$1,750,000 and $150,000, respectively.
68
<PAGE> 71
The following table sets forth information concerning options granted in
fiscal 1995 to each of the Named Executive Officers pursuant to Holdings' 1995
Stock Option Plan. All options are exercisable for shares of Holdings' Common
Stock.
OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
VALUE
AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
RATES
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS OF STOCK PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------- APPRECIATION
NO. OF % OF TOTAL OPTIONS EXERCISE OR FOR OPTION TERM
OPTIONS GRANTED TO EMPLOYEES BASE PRICE EXPIRATION ----------------------
GRANTED(1)(2) IN FISCAL YEAR ($/SH) DATE 5% ($) 10%($)
------------- -------------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Byron E. Allumbaugh... 820,227 34.1% 7.32 6/14/05 7,356,572 15,270,514
George G. Golleher.... 200,000 8.3% 10.00 6/14/05 1,257,789 3,187,484
Alfred A. Marasca..... 300,000 12.5% 6.67 6/14/05 2,885,684 5,780,227
Greg Mays............. -- -- -- -- -- --
Jan Charles Gray...... 189,940 7.9% 0.79 6/14/05 2,943,870 4,776,502
15,000 0.6% 10.00 6/14/05 94,334 239,061
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) All options shown were granted in connection with the Merger. Of such
options, 220,227, 100,000 and 174,940 were granted to Messrs. Allumbaugh,
Marasca and Gray, respectively, in exchange for the cancellation of certain
payments of such individuals under RGC equity appreciation rights.
(2) All options are immediately exercisable except for 15,000 options held by
Mr. Gray, which vest over a five-year period commencing June 14, 1996.
The following tables sets forth for each of the Named Executive Officers,
as to outstanding options at January 28, 1996, the number of unexercised options
and the aggregate unrealized appreciation on "in-the-money" unexercised options
held at such date. No options were exercised by any of the Named Executive
Officers during fiscal 1995.
1995 FISCAL YEAR END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
SHARES VALUE OF
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED
UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
OPTIONS AT OPTIONS AT
FISCAL YEAR END FISCAL YEAR END
NAME EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE (#) EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE ($)
- --------------------------------------------- ----------------------------- -----------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Byron E. Allumbaugh.......................... 820,227/0 2,198,208/0
George G. Golleher........................... 200,000/0 0/0
Alfred A. Marasca............................ 300,000/0 999,000/0
Greg Mays.................................... -- --
Jan Charles Gray............................. 189,940/15,000 1,749,347/0
</TABLE>
CONSULTING AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
The employment agreement between the Company and Byron Allumbaugh provides
for a salary of $1 million for the first year following the Merger and $1.25
million for subsequent years. Mr. Allumbaugh is entitled to a bonus equal to his
salary in each year if certain prescribed earnings targets (the "Earnings
Targets") for the year are reached.
In connection with the consummation of the Merger, Food 4 Less' board of
directors authorized the payment of a special bonus to George Golleher in a lump
sum amount equal to the base salary due him under the remaining term of his then
existing employment agreement. As a condition of the payment of such bonus, Mr.
Golleher's existing employment agreement was cancelled, and he entered into a
new agreement which
69
<PAGE> 72
provides for an annual salary currently equal to $750,000 plus a bonus equal to
his salary in each year if the Earnings Targets are reached. Mr. Golleher's new
employment agreement continues in effect certain additional rights, including
the right to be elected to the Company's board of directors and the right to
require the Company to repurchase certain of his shares of New Holdings stock
upon his death, disability or termination without cause.
The employment agreement between the Company and Alfred Marasca provides
for a salary currently equal to $600,000 per annum and an annual bonus equal to
his salary if the Earnings Targets for the year are reached.
The employment agreement between the Company and Greg Mays provides for a
salary currently equal to $300,000 per annum and an annual bonus equal to 60
percent of his salary if the Earnings Targets for the year are reached. Mr. Mays
also received a special bonus of $150,000 in fiscal 1995 upon the change of
control in connection with the Merger.
The employment agreement between the Company and Jan Charles Gray provides
for a salary currently equal to $225,000 per annum and an annual bonus equal to
50 percent of his salary if the Earnings Targets for the year are reached.
The new employment agreements described above are for a term of three years
and provide generally that the Company may terminate the agreement for cause or
upon the failure of the employee to render services to the Company for a
specified period and the employee may terminate the agreement because of the
employee's disability. In addition, the employee's services may be suspended
upon notice by the Company and in such event the employee will continue to be
compensated by the Company during the remainder of the term of the agreement,
subject to certain offsets if the employee becomes engaged in another business.
The Company's consulting agreement with Mr. Joe Burkle provides for
compensation of $3,000 per week. Mr. Burkle provides the management and
consulting services of an executive vice president under the consulting
agreement. The agreement has a five-year term, which is automatically renewed on
January 1 of each year for a five-year term unless sixty days' notice is given
by either party; provided that if the Company terminates for reasons other than
for good cause, the payments due under the agreement continue for the balance of
the term.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The Company does not have a board committee performing the functions of a
compensation committee. Byron E. Allumbaugh, Chairman, and George G. Golleher,
Chief Executive Officer of the Company, together with Al Marasca, President, and
Greg Mays, Executive Vice President, made decisions with regard to the Company's
executive officer compensation for fiscal 1995.
RETIREMENT PLANS
Retirement Plan. The Ralphs Grocery Company Retirement Plan (the
"Retirement Plan") is a defined benefit pension plan for salaried and hourly
nonunion employees with at least one year of credited service (1,000 hours). The
Company makes annual contributions to the Retirement Plan in such amounts as are
actuarially required to fund the benefits payable to participants in accordance
with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").
Non-Qualified Retirement Plans. To allow the Company's retirement program
to provide benefits based upon a participant's total compensation and without
regard to other ERISA or tax code pension plan limitations, eligible executive
employees of the Company participate in the Ralphs Grocery Company Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan (the "SERP") and the Ralphs Grocery Company Retirement
Supplement Plan (the "Supplement Plan"). The SERP and the Supplement Plan also
modify the benefit formula under the Retirement Plan in other respects. The
Company has purchased split dollar life insurance policies for participants
under the SERP. Under certain circumstances, the cash surrender value of certain
split dollar life insurance policies will offset the Company's obligations under
the SERP.
70
<PAGE> 73
The following table sets forth the combined estimated annual benefits
payable in the form of a (single) life annuity under the Retirement Plan, the
SERP and the Supplement Plan (unreduced by the cash surrender value of any life
insurance policies) to a participant in the above plans who is retiring at a
normal retirement date on January 1, 1996 for the specified final average
salaries and years of credited service.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FINAL YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE
AVERAGE ------------------------------------------------------------
SALARY 15 20 25 30 35
- --------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ 100,000 $ 19,348 $ 25,798 $ 32,347 $ 38,697 $ 45,146
200,000 41,848 55,798 69,747 83,697 97,646
300,000 90,000 120,000 150,000 180,000 180,000
400,000 120,000 160,000 200,000 240,000 240,000
600,000 180,000 240,000 300,000 360,000 360,000
800,000 240,000 320,000 400,000 480,000 480,000
1,000,000 300,000 400,000 500,000 600,000 600,000
1,040,000 and above 312,000 416,000 520,000 624,000 624,000
</TABLE>
Messrs. Allumbaugh, Golleher, Marasca, Mays and Gray have completed 38, 11,
39, 8 and 32 years of credited service, respectively. Compensation covered by
the SERP and Supplement Plan includes both salary and bonus. The calculation of
retirement benefits generally is based on average compensation for the highest
three years of the ten years preceding retirement. The benefits earned by a
participant under the SERP and Supplement Plan are reduced by any benefits which
the participant has earned under the Retirement Plan and may be offset under
certain circumstances by the cash surrender value of life insurance policies
maintained by the Company pursuant to the insurance agreements entered into by
the Company and the executive. Benefits are not subject to any deduction for
social security offset.
71
<PAGE> 74
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth the ownership of Common Stock and Series A
Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of Holdings by each person who, to
the knowledge of Holdings, owns 5 percent or more of Holdings' outstanding
voting stock, by each person who is a director or Named Executive Officer of the
Company, and by all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON SERIES A SERIES B
STOCK(1)(2) PREFERRED STOCK(1) PREFERRED STOCK(1)
---------------- ------------------- ------------------- PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER OF TOTAL OF ALL
OF OF OF VOTING OUTSTANDING
BENEFICIAL OWNER(3) SHARES % SHARES % SHARES % POWER STOCK
- ------------------------------------ --------- ---- --------- ---- -------- ----- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Yucaipa and affiliates:
The Yucaipa Companies(4)(5)....... 17,795,939 63.1% -- -- -- -- 39.6% 37.1%
Ronald W. Burkle(4)(6)............ 2,046,392 10.1% -- -- -- -- 5.5% 5.1%
George G. Golleher(2)(6).......... 462,525 2.3% -- -- -- -- 1.3% 1.2%
10000 Santa Monica Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA 90067
---------- ---- ---------- ---- --------- ----- ---- ----
Total....................... 20,304,856 72.0% -- -- -- -- 45.2% 42.3%
Byron E. Allumbaugh(2)(7)........... 600,000 3.0% -- -- -- -- 1.6% 1.5%
Alfred A. Marasca(2)(7)............. 200,000 1.0% -- -- -- -- 0.5% 0.5%
Greg Mays(8)........................ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Jan Charles Gray(7)................. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Apollo Advisors, L.P.
Apollo Advisors II, L.P.(9)
2 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, NY 10577................ 1,285,165 6.4% 10,733,244 64.3% -- -- 32.7% 30.2%
BT Investment Partners, Inc.(10)
130 Liberty Street
New York, NY 10006................ 509,812 2.5% 900,000 5.4% 3,100,000 100.0% 3.8% 11.3%
Other 1995 equity investors as a
group(11)......................... 40,172 0.2% 5,000,000 30.0% -- -- 13.7% 12.6%
All directors and executive officers
as a group (14
persons)(2)(4)(5)(6)(7)........... 21,104,856 74.8% -- -- -- -- 47.0% 44.0%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Gives effect to the assumed exercise of outstanding warrants, held by
certain institutional investors, to acquire 2,008,874 shares of Holdings
common stock.
(2) Gives effect to the exercise of options held by Byron E. Allumbaugh, George
G. Golleher and Alfred A. Marasca under a management stock option plan,
covering 600,000, 200,000 and 200,000 shares, respectively. Does not give
effect to the exercise of additional options to purchase up to 2,000,00
shares of Holdings common stock which have been or may be granted under
such stock option plan.
(3) Except as otherwise indicated, each beneficial owner has the sole power to
vote, as applicable, and to dispose of all shares of Common Stock or Series
A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock owned by such beneficial
owner.
(4) Represents shares owned by The Yucaipa Companies, F4L Equity Partners,
L.P., FFL Partners, Yucaipa Capital Fund, Yucaipa F4L, LLC and Yucaipa/F4L
Partners. These entities are affiliated partnerships which are controlled,
directly or indirectly, by Ronald W. Burkle. The foregoing entities are
parties to a stockholders agreement with other Holdings investors which
gives to Yucaipa the right to elect a majority of the directors of
Holdings.
(5) Share amount and percentages shown for Yucaipa include a warrant to
purchase 8,000,000 shares of Holdings Common Stock held by Yucaipa. Such
warrant will become exercisable only upon the occurrence of an initial
public offering or certain sale transactions involving Holdings.
(6) Certain management stockholders who own in the aggregate 431,096 shares of
Common Stock have entered into a Stockholder Voting Agreement and Proxy
pursuant to which Ronald W. Burkle, George G. Golleher and Yucaipa Capital
Advisors, Inc. have sole voting control over the shares currently owned by
such management stockholders until June 14, 2005. The 431,096 shares have
been
72
<PAGE> 75
included, solely for purposes of the above table, in the share amounts
shown for Mr. Burkle but not for Mr. Golleher. Neither Messrs. Burkle and
Golleher nor Yucaipa Capital Advisors, Inc. have the power to dispose of,
or any other form of investment power with respect to such shares. Messrs.
Burkle and Golleher have sole voting and investment power with respect to
1,194,066 and 462,525 shares of Common Stock they respectively own
(including in the case of Mr. Golleher, 200,000 shares issuable upon the
exercise of options).
(7) Does not include additional options to purchase 220,227 shares, 100,000
shares and 174,940 shares of Holdings Common Stock held by Messrs.
Allumbaugh, Marasca and Gray, respectively, which options were issued at
the time of the Ralphs Merger in exchange for the cancellation of certain
payments due to such individuals under RGC equity appreciation rights.
(8) Mr. Mays owns 8,890 of the 431,096 shares of Common Stock which are subject
to the Stockholder Voting Agreement and Proxy described in note (6) above.
(9) Represents shares owned by one or more entities managed by or affiliated
with Apollo Advisors, L.P. or Apollo Advisors II, L.P. (collectively,
"Apollo"), together with certain affiliates or designees of Apollo.
(10) Represents shares owned by BT Investment Partners, Inc. ("BTIP"), Bankers
Trust New York Corporation and BT Securities Corporation. Bankers Trust New
York Corporation and BT Securities Corporation are affiliated with BTIP.
BTIP expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares owned by
Bankers Trust New York Corporation and BT Securities Corporation.
(11) Includes certain institutional investors, other than Apollo and BTIP, which
purchased Series A Preferred Stock of Holdings in connection with the
Merger. Pursuant to the 1995 Stockholders Agreement, certain corporate
actions by Holdings and its subsidiaries require the consent of the
directors whom the 1995 equity investors, including Apollo and BTIP, are
entitled to elect to the Holdings Board of Directors. Such investors do not
affirm the existence of a "group" within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act, and expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of all
Holdings shares except for those shares held of record by each such
investor or its nominees.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
The Company is a party to a consulting agreement with Yucaipa which
provides for certain management and financial services to be performed by
Yucaipa for the benefit of the Company and its subsidiaries. The services of
Messrs. R. Burkle, Graham and Resnik, acting in their capacities as directors,
and the services of other Yucaipa personnel are provided to the Company pursuant
to this agreement. See "Item 10 -- Directors and Executive Officers of the
Registrant." Messrs. R. Burkle, Graham and Resnik are partners of Yucaipa. The
consulting agreement provides for an annual management fee payable by the
Company to Yucaipa in the amount of $4 million. In addition, the Company may
retain Yucaipa in an advisory capacity in connection with acquisition or sale
transactions, in which case the Company will pay Yucaipa an advisory fee, except
that the retention of Yucaipa in connection with a sale of the entire Company
would require approval by a majority of the disinterested directors. The
agreement has a five-year term, which is automatically renewed on each
anniversary of the Merger for a five-year term unless ninety days' notice is
given by either party. The agreement may be terminated at any time by the
Company, provided that Yucaipa will be entitled to full monthly payments under
the agreement for the remaining term thereof, unless the Company terminates for
cause pursuant to the terms of the agreement. Yucaipa may terminate the
agreement if the Company fails to make a payment due thereunder, or if there
occurs a change of control (as defined in the agreement) of the Company, and
upon any such termination Yucaipa will be entitled to full monthly payments for
the remaining term of the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, Yucaipa earned a
total of $3.6 million in management fees for fiscal 1995.
Pursuant to the Yucaipa consulting agreement, upon closing of the RSI
Merger, Yucaipa received an advisory fee from Ralphs in the amount of $21.5
million, which was paid in cash and New Discount Debentures, plus reimbursement
of expenses in connection with the RSI Merger and the related transactions. Upon
closing of the RSI Merger, Yucaipa paid a cash fee of approximately $3.5 million
to Soros Fund
73
<PAGE> 76
Management in consideration for advisory services which Soros Fund Management
has rendered since 1991. Additionally, upon closing of the RSI Merger, Yucaipa
received a warrant to purchase 8,000,000 shares of Holdings common stock
exercisable under certain conditions. In consideration for its commitment to
purchase preferred stock as part of the 1995 Equity Investment, Apollo received
a fee of $5 million from Holdings upon closing of the RSI Merger, which fee was
paid in cash and notes.
In connection with the execution of the definitive Agreement and Plan of
Merger ("the Merger Agreement") between Food 4 Less, Holdings, FFL and RSI,
Yucaipa entered into the Put Agreement with the majority stockholder of RSI,
pursuant to which such RSI stockholder was entitled to put up to $10 million
aggregate principal amount of 13 5/8% Senior Subordinated Pay-in-Kind Debentures
due 2007 (the "Seller Debentures"), issued as part of the consideration for the
RSI Merger, to Yucaipa on the closing date of the Merger. The Yucaipa consulting
agreement provided that the Company reimburse Yucaipa for any loss and expenses
incurred by Yucaipa upon the resale of such Seller Debentures to any
unaffiliated third party. Pursuant to such agreement, the Company reimbursed an
affiliate of Yucaipa the amount of $3.5 million upon the closing of the Merger.
Holdings files a consolidated federal income tax return, under which the
federal income tax liability of Holdings and its subsidiaries is determined on a
consolidated basis. Holdings is a party to a federal income tax sharing
agreement with the Company and certain of its subsidiaries (the "Tax Sharing
Agreement"). The Tax Sharing Agreement provides that in any year in which the
Company is included in any consolidated tax liability of Holdings and has
taxable income, the Company will pay to Holdings the amount of the tax liability
that the Company would have had on such due date if it had been filing a
separate return. Conversely, if the Company generates losses or credits which
actually reduce the consolidated tax liability of Holdings and its other
subsidiaries, Holdings will credit to the Company the amount of such reduction
in the consolidated tax liability. These credits are passed between Holdings and
the Company in the form of cash payments. In the event any state and local
income taxes are determinable on a combined or consolidated basis, the Tax
Sharing Agreement provides for a similar allocation between Holdings and the
Company of such state and local taxes.
As part of the financing for the RSI Merger, New Holdings issued $100
million initial accreted value of 13 5/8% Senior Discount Debentures due 2005
(the "New Discount Debentures"), which was acquired by a partnership comprised
of an affiliate of Yucaipa and certain other investors. The $17.5 million
initial accreted value of New Discount Debentures contributed to the partnership
by the Yucaipa affiliate consists of New Discount Debentures issued in partial
payment of the Yucaipa consulting fee due upon closing of the RSI Merger, as
described above. New Holdings granted to the partnership certain registration
rights with respect to the New Discount Debentures, and paid substantially all
expenses of the partnership in connection with the resale of the New Discount
Debentures, including underwriting discounts and brokers' commissions (subject
to certain limitations).
On October 20, 1995, the holder of the New Discount Debentures sold all of
such New Discount Debentures at a price equal to 77 percent of the accreted
value thereof. The sale of the New Discount Debentures was effected by BT
Securities Corporation ("BT Securities"). BT Securities received a fee in the
amount of 2 percent ($2.1 million) of the aggregate accreted value of the New
Discount Debentures. Holdings reimbursed the selling holder for such fee and
other expenses of the sale as contemplated by a registration rights agreement
executed concurrently with the consummation of the Merger.
A contribution of $5 million was made to the partnership that purchased and
subsequently sold the New Discount Debentures, by an affiliate of the Company.
This affiliate borrowed the $5 million from the Company to fund its contribution
to the partnership. Holders of RGC equity appreciation rights ("EARs"),
including Messrs. Allumbaugh, Marasca and Gray, agreed to defer the receipt of
$5 million cash otherwise payable by RGC upon settlement of the EARs at the time
of the Merger, pending repayment of the $5 million loan made by the Company as
described above. When the New Discount Debentures were resold by the
partnership, and the proceeds from such resale distributed to the partners, all
of the approximately $2.1 million in total proceeds received by the affiliate
were applied to repayment of the loan, and the portion of the loan not repaid
was forgiven by the Company and the EAR holders.
74
<PAGE> 77
Management believes that the terms of the transactions described above are
or were fair to the Company and are or were on terms at least as favorable to
the Company as those which could be obtained from unaffiliated parties (assuming
that such transactions could be effected with such parties).
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
Following is a description of the authorized and outstanding capital stock
of the Company and Holdings, including the terms of the 1995 Equity Investment
to which was made in Holdings in connection with the Merger.
THE COMPANY
The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 1,600,000 shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, of which 1,513,938 shares are
outstanding. All of such outstanding shares are owned by Holdings. There is no
public trading market for the Common Stock of the Company. The indentures that
govern outstanding debt securities of the Company contain certain restrictions
on the payment of cash dividends with respect to the Company's Common Stock. In
addition, the New Credit Facility also restricts such payments. Subject to the
limitations contained in the New Credit Facility and such indentures, holders of
Common Stock of the Company are entitled to dividends when and as declared by
the Board of Directors from funds legally available therefor, and upon
liquidation, are entitled to share ratably in any distribution to holders of
Common Stock. All holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on
any matter coming before the stockholders for a vote.
HOLDINGS
The authorized capital stock of Holdings consists of 60,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, $.01
par value, 25,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, and
25,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $.01 par value. Of such
authorized shares, (i) 17,207,882 shares of Common Stock, 16,683,244 shares of
Series A Preferred Stock and 3,100,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock are
outstanding and held by approximately 100 holders of record, (ii) 2,008,874
shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of
outstanding warrants held by institutional investors, and (iii) 3,000,000 shares
of Common Stock are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of employee stock
options. An additional 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved for
issuance upon the exercise of a warrant issued to Yucaipa upon closing of the
Merger. See "-- Yucaipa Warrant" below.
There is no public trading market for the capital stock of Holdings.
Holdings does not expect in the foreseeable future to pay any dividends on its
capital stock. Holders of Common Stock of Holdings are entitled to dividends
when and as declared by the Board of Directors of Holdings from funds legally
available therefor, and upon liquidation, are entitled to share ratably in any
distribution to holders of Common Stock. All holders of Holdings Common Stock
are entitled to one vote per share on any matter coming before the stockholders
for a vote.
Upon issuance, the Series A Preferred Stock initially had an aggregate
liquidation preference of $166,832,440, or $10 per share, which accretes as
described below. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock vote (on an
as-converted basis) together with the Common Stock as a single class on all
matters submitted for stockholder vote. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock
initially is convertible at the option of the holder thereof into a number of
shares of Holdings Common Stock equal to the liquidation preference of such
share of Series A Preferred Stock divided by $10. Upon consummation of an
initial public offering of Holdings equity securities which meets certain
criteria, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock will automatically convert into
shares of Common Stock of Holdings at the same rate as applicable to an optional
conversion.
Upon issuance, the Series B Preferred Stock initially had an aggregate
liquidation preference of $31,000,000, or $10 per share, which accretes as
described below. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock
75
<PAGE> 78
generally are not entitled to vote on any matters, except as required by the
Delaware General Corporation Law. Upon the occurrence of a change of control,
each share of Series B Preferred Stock initially will be convertible at the
option of the holder thereof into a number of shares of Holdings Common Stock or
Non-Voting Common Stock equal to the liquidation preference of such share of
Series B Preferred Stock divided by $10. Upon consummation of an initial public
offering of Holdings equity securities which meets certain criteria, shares of
Series B Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of Non-Voting
Common Stock of Holdings at the same rate as applicable to an optional
conversion.
The liquidation preference of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B
Preferred Stock initially accretes daily at the rate of 7% per annum, compounded
quarterly, until the later of the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance or
the date the Company first reports EBITDA (as defined) of at least $500 million
for any twelve-month period. Thereafter, the liquidation preference will remain
constant. The accretion rate of the liquidation preference will increase (a) by
2% per annum if the Company fails to report EBITDA of at least $400 million for
the four fiscal quarters ending closest to the third anniversary of the date of
issuance (or for the rolling four-quarter period ending on any of the three
subsequent quarter-ends), (b) by 2% per annum if the Company fails to report
EBITDA of at least $425 million for the four fiscal quarters ending closest to
the fourth anniversary of the date of issuance (or for the rolling four-quarter
period ending on any of the three subsequent quarter-ends) or (c) by 2% per
annum if the Company fails to report EBITDA of at least $450 million for the
four fiscal quarters ending closest to the fifth anniversary of the date of
issuance, in each case, such increase to take effect on the first day after the
last day of the fiscal quarter with respect to which such failure occurred;
provided that the accretion rate of the liquidation preference will not at any
time exceed 13% per annum. The accretion of the liquidation preference will
result in a proportional increase in the number of shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B
Preferred Stock.
Shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock may be
converted (subject to certain conditions) at the option of the holder into
shares of the other series. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B
Preferred Stock have no rights to any fixed dividends in respect thereof.
Subject to certain exceptions, Holdings is prohibited from declaring dividends
with respect to, or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, shares of its capital
stock without the consent of holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred
Stock. If dividends are declared on the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B
Preferred Stock which are payable in voting securities of Holdings, Holdings
will make available to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B
Preferred Stock, at such holder's request, dividends consisting of non-voting
securities of Holdings which are otherwise identical to the voting securities
and which are convertible into or exchangeable for such voting securities upon a
change of control.
1995 STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
Under the terms of the 1995 Stockholders Agreement (which was entered into
by Holdings, Yucaipa and its affiliates, the 1995 Equity Investors and other
stockholders), the 1995 Equity Investors holding Series A Preferred Stock are
entitled to nominate three directors to the Board of Directors of each of
Holdings and the Company (the "Series A Directors"), of which two directors are
nominees of Apollo and one director is a nominee of the other 1995 Equity
Investors holding Series A Preferred Stock. The 1995 Stockholders Agreement
gives to Yucaipa the right to nominate six directors of Holdings and seven
directors of the Company, and the boards of Holdings and the Company consist of
a total of nine and ten directors, respectively. The numbers of directors which
may be nominated by the foregoing stockholders will be reduced if such
stockholders cease to own certain specified percentages of their initial
holdings. Unless and until Holdings has effected an initial public offering of
its equity securities meeting certain criteria, Holdings and its subsidiaries
may not take certain actions without the approval of the Series A Directors,
including but not limited to certain mergers, sale transactions, transactions
with affiliates, issuances of capital stock and payments of dividends on or
repurchases of capital stock. In addition, under the 1995 Registration Rights
Agreement the 1995 Equity Investors have certain "demand" and "piggyback"
registration rights with respect to their Series A Preferred Stock and Series B
Preferred Stock, as well as the right under the 1995 Stockholders Agreement to
participate, on a pro rata basis, in sales by Yucaipa of the Holdings stock it
holds.
76
<PAGE> 79
In certain circumstances, Yucaipa will have the right to compel the
participation of the 1995 Equity Investors and other stockholders in sales of
all the outstanding shares of Holdings stock.
YUCAIPA WARRANT
Upon closing of the Merger, Holdings issued to Yucaipa a warrant to
purchase up to 8,000,000 shares of Holdings Common Stock. The initial exercise
price of such warrant is such that the warrant will have no value unless and
until the value of the shares representing Holdings' equity on the Closing Date
appreciates to $1.220 billion. Such warrant will be exercisable on a cashless
basis at the election of Yucaipa in the event Holdings completes an initial
public offering of equity securities meeting certain criteria, or in connection
with certain sale transactions involving Holdings, in either case effected on or
prior to the fifth anniversary of the Merger. The expiration date of such
warrant, and the deadline for such triggering transactions, may be extended from
the fifth to the seventh anniversary of the Merger if Holdings meets certain
financial performance goals prior to such fifth anniversary. The cashless
exercise provisions of such warrant allow the holder to exercise it without the
payment of cash consideration, provided that Holdings will withhold from the
shares otherwise issuable upon such exercise a number of shares having a fair
market value as of the exercise date equal to the exercise price.
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
GENERAL
The Private Notes were issued under an indenture (the "Indenture") dated as
of June 6, 1996, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Norwest
Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee"). The form and
terms of the Exchange Notes will be the same as the form and terms of the
Private Notes except that (i) the exchange will have been registered under the
Securities Act, and therefore the Exchange Notes will not bear legends
restricting the transfer thereof, and (ii) holders of the Exchange Notes will
not be entitled to certain rights of holders of the Private Notes under the
Registration Rights Agreement, which rights will terminate upon the consummation
of the Exchange Offer. The terms of the Notes are substantially identical to
those of the Company's 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "1995 Senior Notes"),
which were issued in a registered offering on June 14, 1995, and of which $520.3
million aggregate principal amount is outstanding. However, the Notes were
issued with original issue discount.
The following summary of certain provisions of the Notes and the Indenture
does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
"TIA"), and to all of the provisions of the Notes and the Indenture, including
the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part of the
Indenture by reference to the TIA. The definitions of certain capitalized terms
used in the following summary are set forth below under "-- Certain
Definitions." A copy of the forms of the Indenture may be obtained from the
Company.
The Exchange Notes will be issued in fully registered form only, without
coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Initially,
the Trustee will act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes. The Notes may
be presented for registration or transfer and exchange at the offices of their
respective Registrar, which for the Notes initially will be the Trustee's
corporate trust office. The Company may change any Paying Agent and Registrar
without notice to holders of the Notes (the "Holders"). The Company will pay
principal (and premium, if any) on the Notes at the Trustee's corporate office
located in New York, New York. At the Company's option, interest may be paid at
the Trustee's corporate trust office or by check mailed to the registered
address of the relevant Holders.
As used below in this "Description of the Notes," the "Company" means
Ralphs Grocery Company, but not any of its subsidiaries.
77
<PAGE> 80
PRINCIPAL AND MATURITY OF AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES
The Notes are limited in aggregate principal amount to $100,000,000. The
Notes will mature on June 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes will accrue at the
rate of 10.45% per annum and will be payable semi-annually on each June 15 and
December 15, commencing on June 15, 1996, to the Holders of record on the
immediately preceding June 1 and December 1, provided that with respect to the
interest payment on June 15, 1996, the record date shall be the date of original
issuance. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of
original issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES
The Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole at any
time or in part from time to time, on and after June 15, 2000, at the following
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) if redeemed
during the twelve-month period commencing on June 15 of the year set forth
below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
redemption:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REDEMPTION
YEAR PRICE
------------------------------------------ ----------
<S> <C>
2000...................................... 105.225%
2001...................................... 103.483%
2002...................................... 101.742%
2003 and thereafter....................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
In addition, on or prior to June 15, 1998, the Company may, at its option,
use the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings to redeem up to
an aggregate of 35% of the principal amount of the Notes originally issued, at a
redemption price equal to 108.957% of the principal amount thereof if redeemed
during the 12 months commencing on June 15, 1996 and 107.464% of the principal
amount thereof if redeemed during the 12 months commencing on June 15, 1997, in
each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. In
order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of a Public Equity
Offering, the Company shall send the redemption notice not later than 60 days
after the consummation of such Public Equity Offering.
NOTICES AND SELECTION
In the event of a redemption of less than all of the Notes, Notes will be
selected for redemption by the Trustee pro rata, by lot or by any other method
that such Trustee considers fair and appropriate and, if such Notes are listed
on any securities exchange, by a method that complies with the requirements of
such exchange; provided, however, that any redemption of the Notes pursuant to
the provisions relating to a Public Equity Offering shall be made on a pro rata
basis unless such method is otherwise legally prohibited. Notice of redemption
will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption
date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder's registered address.
On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or
portions thereof called for redemption (unless the Company shall default in the
payment of the redemption price or accrued interest). Notes that are redeemed by
the Company or that are purchased by the Company pursuant to a Net Proceeds
Offer as described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Asset Sales"
below or pursuant to a Change of Control Offer as described under "-- Change of
Control" below or that are otherwise acquired by the Company will be surrendered
to the Trustee for cancellation.
RANKING OF THE NOTES
The Notes rank senior in right of payment to all Subordinated Indebtedness
of the Company, including the 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes, the 1995
13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, the Old RGC Notes and the 1991 Senior
Subordinated Notes. The Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment with all
unsubordinated Indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company, including
borrowings and other obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries under the
Credit Agreement and the 1995 Senior Notes. The borrowings
78
<PAGE> 81
and obligations under the Credit Agreement (and the related guarantees) are
secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
whereas the Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and its
Subsidiaries. As of April 21, 1996, pro forma for the Offering and the
application of proceeds therefrom, the aggregate amount of secured indebtedness
of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding was approximately $771.5 million
(not including obligations with respect to letters of credit issued under the
New Credit Facility, of which $88.2 million were outstanding as of June 26,
1996). In addition, as of April 21, 1996, on the same pro forma basis, the
Company had $619.6 million of senior unsecured indebtedness, $671.2 million of
subordinated indebtedness, and $158.3 million available to be borrowed under the
Credit Agreement.
GUARANTEES
Each Subsidiary Guarantor unconditionally guarantees, jointly and
severally, the full and prompt performance of the Company's obligations under
the Notes and the Indenture (the "Guarantees"). The Guarantees are senior
unsecured obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors and rank pari passu in right
of payment with other senior unsecured indebtedness of the Subsidiary
Guarantors.
Upon (i) the release by the lenders under the Term Loans, related documents
and future refinancings thereof of all guarantees of a Subsidiary Guarantor and
all Liens on the property and assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor relating to
such Indebtedness, or (ii) the sale or disposition (whether by merger, stock
purchase, asset sale or otherwise) of a Subsidiary Guarantor (or substantially
all of its assets) to an entity which is not a subsidiary of the Company, which
is otherwise in compliance with the Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall
be deemed released from all its obligations under its Guarantee; provided,
however, that any such termination shall occur only to the extent that all
obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under all of its guarantees of, and
under all of its pledges of assets or other security interests which secure,
such Indebtedness of the Company shall also terminate upon such release, sale or
transfer.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell its
assets to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor without limitation. The
Indenture will further provide that a Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with
or merge into or sell its assets to a corporation other than the Company or
another Subsidiary Guarantor (whether or not affiliated with the Subsidiary
Guarantor, but subject to the provisions described in the immediately preceding
paragraph), provided that (a) if the surviving corporation is not the Subsidiary
Guarantor, the surviving corporation agrees to assume such Subsidiary
Guarantor's obligations under its Guarantee, and all its obligations under the
Indenture and (b) such transaction does not (i) violate any covenants set forth
in the Indenture or (ii) result in a Default or Event of Default under the
Indenture immediately thereafter that is continuing.
The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee are
limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (other than
liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor under Indebtedness which constitutes
Subordinated Indebtedness with respect to its Guarantee) and after giving effect
to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under
its Guarantee, or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Indenture,
result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under such Guarantee not
constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or
state law. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under
a Guarantee shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Subsidiary
Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets of each
Subsidiary Guarantor.
CHANGE OF CONTROL
The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control,
each Holder of Notes issued thereunder has the right to require the repurchase
of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of
Control Offer"), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.
79
<PAGE> 82
The Indenture provides that within 30 days following the date upon which
the Change of Control occurred, the Company must send, by first class mail, a
notice to each Holder of Notes, with a copy to the Trustee, which notice shall
govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. The Indenture requires that
notice of an event giving rise to a Change of Control shall be given on the same
date and in the same manner to all Holders. Such notice shall state, among other
things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than
40 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by
law (the "Change of Control Payment Date"). Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender
the Note, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the
reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in
the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the
Change of Control Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer is required to
remain open for at least 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be
required by law.
The Company must comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other applicable provisions of the federal securities laws in connection with a
Change of Control Offer.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
Except as otherwise specified below, the Indenture contains, among other
things, the following covenants:
Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Indenture provides that the Company
shall not, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to, directly or
indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if, at the time of such proposed
Restricted Payment, or after giving effect thereto, (a) a Default or an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) the Company could not incur
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to
the covenant described under "-- Limitation on Incurrences of Additional
Indebtedness" below or (c) the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted
Payments, including such proposed Restricted Payment (the amount of any
Restricted Payment, if other than cash, to be the fair market value thereof at
the date of payment as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company), subsequent to June 14, 1995, shall exceed the sum of (i) 50% of the
aggregate Consolidated Net Income (or if such aggregate Consolidated Net Income
is a loss, minus 100% of such loss) of the Company earned subsequent to June 14,
1995 and on or prior to the date of the proposed Restricted Payment (the
"Reference Date") plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Proceeds received by the
Company from any person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) from the
issuance and sale (including upon exchange or conversion for other securities of
the Company) subsequent to June 14, 1995 and on or prior to the Reference Date
of Qualified Capital Stock (excluding (A) Qualified Capital Stock paid as a
dividend on any Capital Stock or as interest on any Indebtedness and (B) any Net
Proceeds from issuances and sales financed directly or indirectly using funds
borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary, until and to the extent such
borrowing is repaid), plus (iii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds
received by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the June
14, 1995, plus (iv) $25 million.
The Indenture provides that if no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing as a consequence thereof, the provisions set forth in
the immediately preceding paragraph will not prevent (1) the payment of any
dividend within 60 days after the date of its declaration if the dividend would
have been permitted on the date of declaration, (2) the acquisition of any
shares of Capital Stock of the Company or the repurchase, redemption or other
repayment of any Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or solely out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of
shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, (3) the repurchase, redemption
or other repayment of any Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or solely
out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a
Subsidiary) of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company with an Average Life
equal to or greater than the then remaining Average Life of the Subordinated
Indebtedness repurchased, redeemed or repaid and (4) Permitted Payments;
provided, however, that the declaration of each dividend paid in accordance with
clause (1) above, each acquisition, repurchase, redemption or other repayment
made in accordance with, or of the type set forth in, clause (2) above, and each
payment described in clause (iii), (iv), (vii) and (viii) of the definition of
the term "Permitted Payments" shall each be counted for purposes of computing
amounts expended pursuant to subclause (c) in the immediately preceding
paragraph, and no amounts expended
80
<PAGE> 83
pursuant to clause (3) above or pursuant to clause (i), (ii), (v), (vi), (ix)
and (x) of the definition of the term "Permitted Payments" shall be so counted;
provided further that to the extent any payments made pursuant to clause (vii)
of the definition of the term "Permitted Payments" are deducted for purposes of
computing the Consolidated Net Income of the Company, such payments shall not be
counted for purposes of computing amounts expended as Restricted Payments
pursuant to subclause (c) in the immediately preceding paragraph.
Limitation on Incurrences of Additional Indebtedness. The Indenture
provides that the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to incur, assume, guarantee, become
liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become
responsible for the payment of (collectively "incur") any Indebtedness other
than Permitted Indebtedness; provided, however, that if no Default with respect
to payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or Event of Default under
the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a
consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Company may incur
Indebtedness if immediately before and immediately after giving effect to the
incurrence of such Indebtedness the Operating Coverage Ratio of the Company
would be greater than 2.0 to 1.0; provided, further, a Subsidiary may incur
Acquired Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness could have been incurred
by the Company pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso.
In addition, the Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary Guarantor will, directly or indirectly, in any event incur any
Indebtedness that by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such
Indebtedness) is subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such
Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by
its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made
expressly subordinate to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Subsidiary
Guarantor, as the case may be, to the same extent and in the same manner as such
Indebtedness is subordinated pursuant to subordination provisions that are most
favorable to the holders of any other Indebtedness of the Company or such
Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.
Limitation on Liens. The Indenture provides that the Company shall not and
shall not permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Liens upon any of their respective assets unless the Notes are equally and
ratably secured by the Liens covering such assets, except for (i) existing and
future Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations of the Company and its
Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement and related documents or any refinancing
or replacement thereof in whole or in part permitted under the Indenture, (ii)
Permitted Liens, (iii) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness; provided that such
Liens (x) are not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of the
acquisition of the property or assets acquired and (y) do not extend to or cover
any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary other than the property
or assets so acquired, (iv) Liens to secure Capitalized Lease Obligations and
certain other Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under the Indenture;
provided that (A) any such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing
such other Indebtedness representing, or incurred to finance, refinance or
refund, the cost (including sales and excise taxes, installation and delivery
charges and other direct costs of, and other direct expenses paid or charged in
connection with, the purchase (whether through stock or asset purchase, merger
or otherwise) or construction) or improvement of the property subject thereto
(whether real or personal, including fixtures and other equipment), (B) the
principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100%
of such costs and (C) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other property
other than such item of property and any improvements on such item; (v) Liens
existing on the Issue Date; (vi) Liens in favor of the Trustee and any
substantially equivalent Lien granted to any trustee or similar institution
under any indenture for Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the
Indenture; and (vii) any replacement, extension or renewal, in whole or in part,
of any Lien described in this or the foregoing clauses including in connection
with any refinancing of the Indebtedness, in whole or in part, secured by any
such Lien; provided that to the extent any such clause limits the amount secured
or the assets subject to such Liens, no extension or renewal shall increase the
amount or the assets subject to such Liens, except to the extent that the Liens
associated with such additional assets are otherwise permitted hereunder.
Limitation on Asset Sales. The Indenture provides that neither the Company
nor any of its Subsidiaries shall consummate an Asset Sale unless (a) the
Company or the applicable Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such
Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold and (b)
upon
81
<PAGE> 84
consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company will within 365 days of the receipt
of the proceeds therefrom, either: (i) apply or cause its Subsidiary to apply
the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale to (A) a Related Business Investment,
(B) an investment in properties and assets that replace the properties and
assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or (C) an investment in
properties and assets that will be used in the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date or in businesses reasonably related
thereto; (ii) in the case of a sale of a store or stores, deem such Net Cash
Proceeds to have been applied to the extent of any capital expenditures made to
acquire or construct a replacement store in the general vicinity of the store
sold within 365 days preceding the date of the Asset Sale; (iii) apply or cause
to be applied such Net Cash Proceeds to the permanent repayment of Pari Passu
Indebtedness; provided, however, that the repayment of any revolving loan (under
the Credit Agreement or otherwise) shall result in a permanent reduction in the
commitment thereunder; (iv) use such Net Cash Proceeds to secure Letter of
Credit Obligations to the extent the related letters of credit have not been
drawn upon or returned undrawn; or (v) after such time as the accumulated Net
Cash Proceeds equals or exceeds $20 million, apply or cause to be applied such
Net Cash Proceeds to the purchase of Notes tendered to the Company for purchase
at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest
to the date of purchase pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company as
set forth below (a "Net Proceeds Offer"); provided, however, that the Company
shall have the right to exclude from the foregoing provisions Asset Sales
subsequent to the Issue Date, the proceeds of which are derived from the sale
and substantially concurrent lease-back of a supermarket and/or related assets
or equipment which are acquired or constructed by the Company or a Subsidiary
subsequent to the date that is six months prior to the Issue Date, provided that
such sale and substantially concurrent lease-back occurs within 270 days
following such acquisition or the completion of such construction, as the case
may be. Pending the utilization of any Net Cash Proceeds in the manner (and
within the time period) described above, the Company may use any such Net Cash
Proceeds to repay revolving loans (under the Credit Agreement or otherwise)
without a permanent reduction of the commitment thereunder.
Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders of Notes as
shown on the register of Holders of such Notes not less than 325 nor more than
365 days after the relevant Asset Sale, with a copy to the Trustee, shall
specify the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than
40 days from the date such notice is mailed) and shall otherwise comply with the
procedures set forth in the Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds
Offer, Holders of Notes may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in
integral multiples of $1,000 in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders
properly tender Notes in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer, Notes of
tendering Holders will be repurchased on a pro rata basis (based on amounts
tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business
Days or such longer period as may be required by law.
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer.
Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries. The Indenture provides that the Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or suffer to exist, or
allow to become effective any consensual Payment Restriction with respect to any
of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) any such restrictions contained in (i) the
Credit Agreement and related documents as in effect on the Issue Date as any
such Payment Restriction may apply to any present or future Subsidiary, (ii) the
Indenture and any agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date,
(iii) Indebtedness of a person existing at the time such person becomes a
Subsidiary (provided that (x) such Indebtedness is not incurred in connection
with, or in contemplation of, such person becoming a Subsidiary, (y) such
restriction is not applicable to any person, or the properties or assets of any
person, other than the person so acquired and (z) such Indebtedness is otherwise
permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described
under "-- Limitation on Incurrences of Additional Indebtedness" above), (iv)
secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the
provisions of the covenants described under "-- Limitation on Incurrences of
Additional Indebtedness" and "-- Limitation on Liens" above that limit the right
of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; (b) customary
non-assignment provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease or
other agreement entered into by a Subsidiary;
82
<PAGE> 85
(c) customary net worth provisions contained in leases and other agreements
entered into by a Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (d) customary
restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been
entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the
Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; (e) customary provisions in joint
venture agreements and other similar agreements; and (f) restrictions contained
in Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend or renew Indebtedness
referred to in clause (a) above; provided that the restrictions contained
therein are not materially more restrictive taken as a whole than those provided
for in such Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, extended or renewed and (g)
Payment Restrictions contained in any other Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant
described under "-- Limitation on Incurrences of Additional Indebtedness" above;
provided that any such Payment Restrictions are ordinary and customary with
respect to the type of Indebtedness being incurred (under the relevant
circumstances) and, in any event, no more restrictive than the most restrictive
Payment Restrictions in effect on the Issue Date.
Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness. The Indenture provides that the Company
shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to (a) incur, guarantee or secure
through the granting of Liens the payment of any Indebtedness under the term
portion of the Credit Agreement or refinancings thereof or (b) pledge any
intercompany notes representing obligations of any of its Subsidiaries, to
secure the payment of any Indebtedness under the term portion of the Credit
Agreement or refinancings thereof, in each case unless (x) such Subsidiary, the
Company and the Trustee execute and deliver a supplemental indenture evidencing
such Subsidiary's Guarantee.
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. The Indenture provides that
neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) sell, lease, transfer
or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets or issue securities
(other than equity securities which do not constitute Disqualified Capital
Stock) to, (ii) purchase any property, assets or securities (other than equity
securities which do not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock) from, (iii) make
any Investment in, or (iv) enter into or suffer to exist any contract or
agreement with or for the benefit of, an Affiliate or Significant Stockholder
(or any Affiliate of such Significant Stockholder) of the Company or any
Subsidiary (an "Affiliate Transaction"), other than (x) Affiliate Transactions
permitted under the following paragraph and (y) Affiliate Transactions in the
ordinary course of business, that are fair to the Company or such Subsidiary, as
the case may be, and on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have
been obtainable at such time from an unaffiliated party; provided that (A) with
respect to Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments in excess of $1
million and less than $5 million, the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case
may be, shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee certifying
that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (y) above (other than the
requirement set forth in such clause (y) that such Affiliate Transaction be in
the ordinary course of business), (B) with respect to Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate payments in excess of $5 million and less than $15 million,
the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have delivered an
Officers' Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Affiliate Transaction
complies with clause (y) above (other than the requirement set forth in such
clause (y) that such Affiliate Transaction be in the ordinary course of
business) and that such Affiliate Transaction has received the approval of a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company
or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, or, in the absence of any such approval
by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the
Subsidiary, as the case may be, that an Independent Financial Advisor has
reasonably and in good faith determined that the financial terms of such
Affiliate Transaction are fair to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case
may be, or that the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are at least as
favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an
unaffiliated party and that such Independent Financial Advisor has provided
written confirmation of such determination to the Board of Directors and (C)
with respect to Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments in excess of
$15 million, the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have
delivered to the Trustee, a written opinion from an Independent Financial
Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such Affiliate Transaction are
fair to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, or that the terms of
such Affiliate Transaction are at least as favorable as those that might
reasonably have been obtained at the time from an unaffiliated party.
83
<PAGE> 86
The provisions of the foregoing paragraph shall not apply to (i) any
Permitted Payment, (ii) any Restricted Payment that is made in compliance with
the provisions of the covenant described under "-- Limitation on Restricted
Payments" above, (iii) reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to,
and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or
consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company or any Subsidiary or the senior management thereof in
good faith, (iv) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any
of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such
wholly-owned Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture, (v) any agreement as in effect as of June 14, 1995
or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including
pursuant to any amendment thereto) so long as any such amendment is not
disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, (vi) the
existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of
its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any
registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it
(or Holdings) is a party as of June 14, 1995 and any similar agreements which it
(or Holdings) may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence
of, or the performance by the Company or any Subsidiaries of obligations under
any future amendment to, any such existing agreement or under any similar
agreement entered into after June 14, 1995 shall only be permitted by this
clause (vi) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement
are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material
respect, (vii) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of
the covenant described under "-- Limitation on Mergers and Certain Other
Transactions" below and (viii) transactions with suppliers or other purchases or
sales of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business
(including, without limitation, pursuant to joint venture agreements) and
otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the
Company, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the
Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable
as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party.
Limitations on Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries. The Indenture provides that
the Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock
(other than to the Company or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary) or permit any person
(other than the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary) to own any Preferred Stock
of any Subsidiary.
Limitation on Mergers and Certain Other Transactions. The Indenture
provides that the Company, in a single transaction or through a series of
related transactions, shall not (i) consolidate with or merge with or into any
other person, or transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise) all or
substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially
as an entirety to another person or group of affiliated persons or (ii) adopt a
Plan of Liquidation, unless, in either case, (1) either the Company shall be the
continuing person, or the person (if other than the Company) formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety are transferred (or, in the case of a Plan of
Liquidation, any person to which assets are transferred) (the Company or such
other person being hereinafter referred to as the "Surviving Person") shall be a
corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by an
indenture supplement, all the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and
the Notes; (2) immediately after and giving effect to such transaction and the
assumption contemplated by clause (1) above and the incurrence or anticipated
incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, (A) the
Surviving Person shall have a Consolidated Net Worth equal to or greater than
the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately preceding the transaction
and (B) the Surviving Person could incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the provisions of
the covenant described under "-- Limitation on Incurrences of Additional
Indebtedness" above; (3) immediately before and immediately after and giving
effect to such transaction and the assumption of the obligations as set forth in
clause (1) above and the incurrence or anticipated incurrence of any
Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (4) each Subsidiary
Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transaction, shall have by
supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee of the obligations of the
Company under the Notes shall apply, without alteration or amendment as such
Guarantee
84
<PAGE> 87
applies on the date it was granted under the Indenture to the obligations of the
Company under the Indenture and the Notes to the obligations of the Company or
such Person, as the case may be, under the Indenture and the Notes, after the
consummation of such transaction.
The Indenture provides that upon any consolidation or merger or any
transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any
adoption of a Plan of Liquidation by the Company in accordance with the
foregoing, the surviving person formed by such consolidation or into which the
Company is merged or to which such transfer is made (or, in the case of a Plan
of Liquidation, to which assets are transferred) shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under
the Indenture with the same effect as if such surviving person had been named as
the Company therein; provided, however, that solely for purposes of computing
amounts described in subclause (c) of the first paragraph of the covenant
described under "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments" above, any such surviving
person shall only be deemed to have succeeded to and be substituted for the
Company with respect to periods subsequent to the effective time of such merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets.
For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or
otherwise) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or
more Subsidiaries, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially
all of the properties and assets of the Company shall be deemed to be the
transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Company.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The following events constitute "Events of Default" under the Indenture:
(i) failure to make any interest payment on the Notes when due and the
continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; (ii) failure to pay
principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes when due, whether at maturity,
upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise; (iii) failure
to comply with any other agreement contained in the Notes or the Indenture, if
such failure continues unremedied for 30 days after written notice given by the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding (except in the case of a default with respect to the covenants
described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments,"
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitations on Asset Sales," "-- Change of Control,"
and "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitations on Mergers and Certain Other
Transactions," which shall constitute Events of Default with notice but without
passage of time); (iv) a default under any Indebtedness of the Company or its
Subsidiaries, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereinafter be
created, if both (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any
such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity or (2) relates to an obligation
other than the obligation to pay such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity
and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such
Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and (B) the principal
amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final
maturity or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $20 million
or more at any one time outstanding; (v) any final judgment or order for payment
of money in excess of $20 million shall be entered against the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary and shall not be discharged for a period of 60 days after
such judgment becomes final and nonappealable; (vi) either the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(a) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; (b) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; (c) consents
to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its
property; or (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
(vii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that: (a) is for relief against the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary, in an involuntary case or proceeding; (b) appoints a Custodian of
the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or for all or any substantial part of
their respective properties; or (c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary, and in each case the order or decree remains unstayed
and in effect for 60 days; (viii) the lenders under the Credit Agreement shall
commence judicial proceedings to foreclose upon any material portion of the
assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries; or (ix) any of the Guarantees issued
under the Indenture shall be declared or adjudged invalid in a final judgment or
order issued by any court of governmental authority. In the event of a
declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in clause (iv)
above has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of
85
<PAGE> 88
acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if either (i) the
holders of the Indebtedness which is the subject of such Event of Default have
waived such failure to pay at maturity or have rescinded the acceleration in
respect of such Indebtedness within 90 days of such maturity or declaration of
acceleration, as the case may be, and no other Event of Default has occurred
during such 90-day period which has not been cured or waived, or (ii) such
Indebtedness shall have been discharged or the maturity thereof shall have been
extended such that it is not then due and payable, or the underlying default has
been cured (and any acceleration based thereon of such other Indebtedness has
been rescinded), within 90 days of such maturity or declaration of acceleration,
as the case may be.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or reorganization of the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee
or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
may declare due and payable all unpaid principal and interest accrued and unpaid
on the then outstanding Notes by notice in writing to the Company, the
administrative agent under the Credit Agreement and the Trustee specifying the
respective Event of Default and that it is a "notice of acceleration" (the
"Acceleration Notice"), and the same (i) shall become immediately due and
payable or (ii) if there are any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement,
shall become due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under
the Credit Agreement, or five business days after receipt by the Company and the
administrative agent under the Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice. If
an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership or reorganization of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is
a Significant Subsidiary shall occur under the Indenture, all unpaid principal
of and accrued interest on all then outstanding Notes shall be immediately due
and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or
any of the Holders of such Notes. After a declaration of acceleration under the
Indenture, subject to certain conditions, the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may rescind such
declaration if all existing Events of Default under the Indenture are remedied.
In certain cases the Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding
Notes may waive a past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except
a default in the payment of or interest on any of the Notes.
For a description of certain risks that Holders may bear in connection with
a Default under or acceleration of the Notes that precedes or results in the
filing of a bankruptcy case involving the Company, see "Risk Factors -- Original
Issue Discount Consequences."
The Indenture provides that if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is
continuing thereunder and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail
to each Holder of Notes notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days
after such Default or Event of Default occurs; provided, however, that, except
in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of
or interest on any Notes, including the failure to make payment on a Change of
Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or payment when due
pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer the Trustee may withhold such notice if it in
good faith determines that withholding such notice is in the interest of the
Holders.
The Indenture provides that no Holder may pursue any remedy thereunder
unless the Trustee (i) shall have failed to act for a period of 60 days after
receiving written notice of a continuing Event of Default by such Holder and a
request to act by Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Notes and (ii)
has received indemnification satisfactory to it; provided, however, that such
provision does not affect the right of any Holder to sue for enforcement of any
overdue payment of Notes.
The Indenture provides that two officers of the Company are required to
certify to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Company whether or not they know of any Default that occurred under the
Indenture during such fiscal year and, if applicable, describe such Default and
the status thereof.
DEFEASANCE OF INDENTURE
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the
obligations of the Company discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes.
Such Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to
86
<PAGE> 89
have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Notes except
for (i) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal
of, premium, if any, and interest on Notes when such payments are due solely
from the funds held by the Trustee in the trust referred to below; (ii) the
Company's obligations to issue temporary Notes, register the transfer or
exchange of Notes, replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and
maintain an office or agency for payments in respect of Notes and money for
security payments held in trust in respect of Notes, (iii) the rights, powers,
trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Company's obligations in
connection therewith; and (iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time elect to have the
obligations of the Company released with respect to certain covenants described
above under "-- Certain Covenants" ("Covenant Defeasance"), and thereafter any
omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event
of Default.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i)
the Company must have irrevocably deposited with the Trustee, in trust, for the
benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations (as
defined in the Indenture), or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
outstanding Notes to redemption or maturity, provided that the Trustee shall
have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such
U.S. Government Obligations to said payments with respect to the Notes on the
maturity date or such redemption date, as the case may be; (ii) in the case of
Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
counsel stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Issue Date,
there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case
to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm
that, the Holders of Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times
as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in
the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee
an opinion of counsel stating that the Holders of Notes will not recognize
income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture on the date of such
deposit or insofar as clauses (vi) and (vii) under the first paragraph under
"-- Events of Default" above are concerned, at any time in the period ending on
the 91st day after the date of deposit; (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest with
respect to the Notes; (vi) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall
not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the
Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound (and in that
connection, the Trustee shall have received a certificate from the Agent under
the Credit Agreement to that effect with respect to such Credit Agreement if
then in effect); (vii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
opinion of counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit
the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally; (viii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent
of preferring the Holders of the Notes over other creditors of the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
defrauding creditors of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or others; and
(ix) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers' certificate
and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided
for relating to the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance have been complied
with.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as
to all outstanding Notes when either (a) all such Notes theretofore
authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have
been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been
deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation; or (b)(i) all such
87
<PAGE> 90
Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due
and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise and
the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee
as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount of money sufficient to pay and
discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to
the date of maturity or redemption; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a
result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation
of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company is
a party or by which it is bound; (iii) the Company has paid all sums payable by
it under the Indenture; and (iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable
instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of
such Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. In addition,
the Company must deliver an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to
the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge
have been complied with.
MODIFICATION OF THE INDENTURE
The Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented (and compliance
with any provision thereof may be waived) by the Company, the Subsidiary
Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of Notes then outstanding, except that (i) without the consent
of each Holder affected, no such amendment, supplement or waiver may (1) change
the principal amount of Notes the Holders of which must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver of any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the
Guarantees, (2) reduce the rate or extend the time for payment of interest on
any Notes, (3) reduce the principal amount of any Notes, (4) change the Maturity
Date of any Notes or alter the redemption provisions in the Indenture or the
Notes in a manner adverse to any Holder, (5) make any changes in the provisions
concerning waivers of Defaults or Events of Default by Holders or the rights of
Holders to recover the principal of, interest on or redemption payment with
respect to any Notes, or (6) make the principal of, or interest on, any Notes
payable with anything or in any manner other than as provided for in the
Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, (ii) without the consent of Holders of
not less than 75% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, no
such amendment, supplement or waiver may change the Change of Control Payment
Date or the purchase price in connection with any repurchase of Notes pursuant
to the covenant described under "-- Change of Control" above in a manner adverse
to any Holder or waive a Default or Event of Default resulting from a failure to
comply with the covenant described under "-- Change of Control" above and (iii)
without the consent of Holders of not less than two thirds in aggregate
principal amount of Notes then outstanding, no such amendment, supplement or
waiver may release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under
its Guarantee or the Indenture other than in accordance with the terms of such
Guarantee and the Indenture.
In addition, the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended by
the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee (a) to cure any
ambiguity, defect or inconsistency therein; provided that such amendment or
supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder thereof or (b) to
make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder
thereunder in any material respect.
THE TRUSTEE
The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee thereunder and appoint a
successor trustee with the Company's consent, by so notifying the trustee to be
so removed and the Company. In addition, the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes have the right, subject to certain limitations,
to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee under the Indenture or of exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee.
The Indenture provides that, in case a Default or an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing thereunder, the Trustee shall exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same degree of care
and skill in the exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use
under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs. Subject to
the latter provision, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its
rights or powers under the Indenture at the request, order or direction of
88
<PAGE> 91
any of the Holders of the Notes, unless they shall have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
which may be incurred thereby. If the Company fails to pay such amounts of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes as shall have become
due and payable upon demand as specified in the Indenture, the Trustee, at the
request of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes at
the time outstanding, and upon being offered such reasonable indemnity as it may
be required against the costs, expenses and liabilities incurred by it, except
as a result of its negligence or bad faith, shall institute any actions or
proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and
unpaid, and collect in the manner provided by law the monies adjudged or decreed
to be payable.
The Indenture contains limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it
become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases
or to be realized on certain property received by it in respect of any such
claims, securities or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other
transactions; however, if the Trustee acquires any "conflicting interest," it
must eliminate such conflict or resign.
REPORTS
The Indenture provides that the Company will deliver to the Trustee
thereunder within 15 days after the filing of the same with the Commission,
copies of the quarterly and annual report and of the information, documents and
other reports, if any, which the Company is required to file with the Commission
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Indenture further
provides that, notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company
will file with the Commission, to the extent permitted, and provide the Trustee
and Holders of the Notes with such annual reports and such information,
documents and other reports specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange
Act. The Company will also comply with the other provisions of TIA Section
314(a).
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
"Acquired Indebtedness" means (i) with respect to any person that becomes a
Subsidiary of the Company (or is merged into the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries) after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such person or any of its
Subsidiaries existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary of the
Company (or is merged into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and which was
not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such person becoming a
Subsidiary of the Company (or being merged into the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries) and (ii) with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
any Indebtedness assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection
with the acquisition of any assets from another person (other than the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries), and which was not incurred by such other person in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition.
"Adjusted Net Assets" means, with respect to the Guarantee of a Subsidiary
Guarantor at any date, the lesser of the amount by which (x) the fair value of
the property of such Subsidiary Guarantor exceeds the total amount of
liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities (after giving
effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such
date (other than liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor under Indebtedness
which constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness with respect to such Guarantee)),
but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, at
such date and (y) the present fair salable value of the assets of such
Subsidiary Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to
pay the probable liability of such Subsidiary Guarantor on its debts (after
giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed
on such date (other than liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor under
Indebtedness which constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness with respect to such
Guarantee) and after giving effect to any collection from any Subsidiary of such
Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such Subsidiary under its
Guarantee), excluding debt in respect of the Guarantee of such Subsidiary
Guarantor, as they become absolute and matured.
"Affiliate" means, with respect to any person, any other person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any person means the power to direct the
management and
89
<PAGE> 92
policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership
of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "affiliated,"
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For
purposes of the Indenture, neither BT Securities Corporation nor any of its
Affiliates shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.
"Asset Sale" means, with respect to any person, any sale, transfer or other
disposition or series of sales, transfers or other dispositions (including,
without limitation, by merger or consolidation or by exchange of assets and
whether by operation of law or otherwise) made by such person or any of its
subsidiaries to any person other than such person or one of its wholly-owned
subsidiaries (or, in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition by a
Subsidiary, to any person other than the Company or a directly or indirectly
wholly-owned Subsidiary) of any assets of such person or any of its subsidiaries
including, without limitation, assets consisting of any Capital Stock or other
securities held by such person or any of its subsidiaries, and any Capital Stock
issued by any subsidiary of such person, in each case, outside of the ordinary
course of business, excluding, however, any sale, transfer or other disposition,
or series of related sales, transfers or other dispositions (i) involving only
Excluded Assets, (ii) resulting in Net Proceeds to the Company and the
Subsidiaries of $500,000 or less, (iii) pursuant to any foreclosure of assets or
other remedy provided by applicable law to a creditor of the Company or any
Subsidiary with a Lien on such assets, which Lien is permitted under the
Indenture, provided that such foreclosure or other remedy is conducted in a
commercially reasonable manner or in accordance with any Bankruptcy Law, (iv)
involving only Cash Equivalents or inventory in the ordinary course of business
or obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practices of the Company; (v) involving only the lease or sub-lease of any real
or personal property in the ordinary course of business; or (vi) the proceeds of
such Asset Sale which are not applied as contemplated in "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Asset Sales" and which, together with all other such
Asset Sale proceeds, do not exceed $20 million.
"Average Life" means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any
debt security, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of
the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each
successive scheduled principal payments of such debt security multiplied by the
amount of each such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal
payments.
"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or
foreign law for the relief of debtors.
"Board of Directors" means, with respect to any person, the Board of
Directors of such person or of a subsidiary of such person or any duly
authorized committee of that Board.
"Board Resolution" means, with respect to any person, a duly adopted
resolution of the Board of Directors of such person.
"Capital Stock" means, with respect to any person, any and all shares,
interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate
stock, including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such person.
"Capitalized Lease Obligation" means obligations under a lease that is
required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with
GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligations shall be
the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Cash Equivalents" means (i) obligations issued or unconditionally
guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof, or obligations
issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and
credit of the United States of America, (ii) commercial paper rated the highest
grade by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Group and
maturing not more than one year from the date of creation thereof, (iii) time
deposits with, and certificates of deposit and banker's acceptances issued by,
any bank having capital surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $500
million and maturing not more than one year from the date of creation thereof,
(iv) repurchase agreements that are secured by a perfected security interest in
an obligation described in clause (i) and are with any bank described in clause
(iii), (v) shares of any money market mutual fund that (a) has at least 95% of
its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in
clauses (i) and (ii) above, (b) has net assets of not less than
90
<PAGE> 93
$500 million, and (c) has the highest rating obtainable from either Standard &
Poor's Ratings Group or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and (vi) readily
marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of
America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest
rating categories obtainable from either Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or
Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.
"Change of Control" means the acquisition after the Issue Date, in one or
more transactions, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act) by (i) any person or entity (other than any Permitted
Holder) or (ii) any group of persons or entities (excluding any Permitted
Holders) who constitute a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange Act), in either case, of any securities of Holdings or the Company such
that, as a result of such acquisition, such person, entity or group beneficially
owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or
indirectly, 40% or more of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to
vote on a regular basis for a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company
(but only to the extent that such beneficial ownership is not shared with any
Permitted Holder who has the power to direct the vote thereof); provided,
however, that no such Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (A)
the Permitted Holders beneficially own, in the aggregate, at such time, a
greater percentage of such voting securities than such other person, entity or
group or (B) at the time of such acquisition, the Permitted Holders (or any of
them) possess the ability (by contract or otherwise) to elect, or cause the
election, of a majority of the members of the Company's Board of Directors.
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Common Stock" means, with respect to any person, any and all shares,
interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated
and whether voting or nonvoting) of, such person's common stock, whether
outstanding at the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes,
without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.
"Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any person, for any
period, the aggregate of the net income (or loss) of such person and its
subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance
with GAAP; provided that (a) the net income of any other person in which such
person or any of its subsidiaries has an interest (which interest does not cause
the net income of such other person to be consolidated with the net income of
such person and its subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP) shall be included only
to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions actually paid to such
person or such subsidiary by such other person in such period; (b) the net
income of any subsidiary of such person that is subject to any Payment
Restriction shall be excluded to the extent such Payment Restriction actually
prevented the payment of an amount that otherwise could have been paid to, or
received by, such person or a subsidiary of such person not subject to any
Payment Restriction; and (c)(i) the net income (or loss) of any other person
acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date
of such acquisition, (ii) all gains and losses realized on any Asset Sale, (iii)
all gains realized upon or in connection with or as a consequence of the
issuance of the Capital Stock of such person or any of its subsidiaries and any
gains on pension reversions received by such person or any of its subsidiaries,
(iv) all gains and losses realized on the purchase or other acquisition by such
person or any of its subsidiaries of any securities of such person or any of its
subsidiaries, (v) all gains and losses resulting from the cumulative effect of
any accounting change pursuant to the application of Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 20, as amended, (vi) all other extraordinary gains and losses, (vii)
(A) all non-cash charges, (B) up to $10 million of severance costs and (C) any
other restructuring reserves or charges (provided, however, that any cash
payments actually made with respect to the liabilities for which such
restructuring reserves or charges were created shall be deducted from
Consolidated Net Income in the period when made), in each case, incurred by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Merger, including,
without limitation, the divestiture of the Excluded Assets, (viii) losses
incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries resulting from earthquakes and (ix)
with respect to the Company, all deferred financing costs written off in
connection with the early extinguishment of any Indebtedness, shall each be
excluded; provided further that solely for the purpose of computing amounts
described in subclause (c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described
under "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments" above, "Consolidated Net Income" of
the Company for any period shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of dividends
paid by the Company or a Subsidiary to Holdings pursuant to clauses (v), (vi)
and (x) of the definition of "Permitted Payments" during such period.
91
<PAGE> 94
"Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any person, the total
stockholders' equity (exclusive of any Disqualified Capital Stock) of such
person and its subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP.
"Consulting Agreement" means that certain Consulting Agreement dated as of
June 14, 1995 and as in effect on the Issue Date, between the Company, Holdings
and The Yucaipa Companies (as such Consulting Agreement may be amended or
replaced, so long as any amounts paid under any amended or replacement agreement
do not exceed the amounts payable under such Consulting Agreement as in effect
on the Issue Date).
"Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 1995,
as amended and in effect on the Issue Date, by and among Food 4 Less as
borrower, certain of its subsidiaries, Holdings as guarantor, the Lenders
referred to therein and Bankers Trust Company, as administrative agent, as the
same may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified (in each case, in whole or in part, and without limitation as to
amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time,
and any agreement governing Indebtedness incurred to refund, replace or
refinance any borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be
outstanding under such Credit Agreement or any such prior agreement as the same
may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified
(in each case, in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms,
conditions, covenants and other provisions). The term "Credit Agreement" shall
include all related or ancillary documents, including, without limitation, any
guarantee agreements and security documents. The Company shall promptly notify
the Trustee of any such refunding or refinancing of the Credit Agreement.
"Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator
or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
"Discount Notes" means the 15.25% Senior Discount Notes due 2004 of
Holdings issued pursuant to the Discount Note Indenture, as the same may be
modified or amended from time to time and future refinancings thereof.
"Discount Note Indenture" means the indenture dated as of December 15, 1992
under which the 15.25% Senior Discount Notes due 2004 of Holdings were issued,
as the same may be modified and amended from time to time and refinancings
thereof.
"Disqualified Capital Stock" means, with respect to any person, any Capital
Stock of such person or its subsidiaries that, by its terms, by the terms of any
agreement related thereto or by the terms of any security, into which it is
convertible, puttable or exchangeable is, or upon the happening of any event or
the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed or repurchased by such
person or its subsidiaries, including at the option of the holder thereof, in
whole or in part, or has, or upon the happening of an event or passage of time
would have, a redemption or similar payment due, on or prior to the Maturity
Date of the Notes, or any other Capital Stock of such person or its subsidiaries
designated as Disqualified Capital Stock by such person at the time of issuance;
provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is either (i) redeemable or
repurchasable solely at the option of such person or (ii) issued to employees of
the Company or its Subsidiaries or to any plan for the benefit of such
employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock
unless so designated.
"EBDIT" means, with respect to any person, for any period, the Consolidated
Net Income of such person for such period, plus, in each case to the extent
deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period
(without duplication)(i) provisions for income taxes or similar charges
recognized by such person and its consolidated subsidiaries accrued during such
period, (ii) depreciation and amortization expense of such person and its
consolidated subsidiaries accrued during such period (but only to the extent not
included in Fixed Charges), (iii) Fixed Charges of such person and its
consolidated subsidiaries for such period, (iv) LIFO charges (credits) of such
person and its consolidated subsidiaries for such period, (v) the amount of any
restructuring reserve or charge recorded during such period in accordance with
GAAP, including any such reserve or charge related to the Merger, and (vi) any
other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period
(excluding any such charge which requires an accrual of or a cash
92
<PAGE> 95
reserve for cash charges for any future period), less, without duplication, (i)
non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period
(excluding any such items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or
cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period) in each case
determined in accordance with GAAP and (ii) the amount of all cash payments made
by such person or its subsidiaries during such period to the extent that such
cash payment has been provided for in a restructuring reserve or charge referred
to in clause (v) above (and were not otherwise deducted in the computation of
Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period).
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and
the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.
"Excluded Assets" means assets of the Company or any Subsidiary required to
be disposed of by applicable regulatory authorities in connection with the
Merger.
"Existing Indebtedness" means the following indebtedness of the Company to
the extent outstanding on the Issue Date: (a) the 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004
issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of June 14, 1995; (b) the 10.45% Senior
Notes due 2000 issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of April 15, 1992; (c)
the 11% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 issued pursuant to an indenture dated
as of June 14, 1995; (d) the 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 issued
pursuant to an indenture dated as of March 30, 1993; (e) the 10 1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2002 issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of July 29,
1992; (f) the 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 issued pursuant to an
indenture dated as of June 14, 1995, and (g) the 13.75% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2001 issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of June 15, 1991.
"Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any person, for any period, the
aggregate amount of (i) interest, whether expensed or capitalized, paid, accrued
or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period (except to the extent
accrued in a prior period) in respect of all Indebtedness of such person and its
consolidated subsidiaries (including (a) original issue discount on any
Indebtedness (including (without duplication), in the case of the Company, any
original issue discount on the Notes but excluding amortization of debt issuance
costs) and (b) the interest portion of all deferred payment obligations,
calculated in accordance with the effective interest method, in each case to the
extent attributable to such period but excluding the amortization of debt
issuance costs), (ii) dividend requirements on Preferred Stock of such person
and its consolidated subsidiaries (whether in cash or otherwise (except
dividends payable in shares of Qualified Capital Stock)) declared or paid or
required to be declared or paid during such period (except to the extent accrued
in a prior period) and excluding items eliminated in consolidation and (iii)
dividends declared or paid or scheduled or required to be declared or paid to
Holdings which are permitted to be paid pursuant to clauses (v) and (vi) of the
definition of "Permitted Payments". For purposes of this definition, (a)
interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an
interest rate reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of such person (as
evidenced by a Board Resolution) to be the rate of interest implicit in such
Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP, (b) interest on
Indebtedness that is determined on a fluctuating basis shall be deemed to have
accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest of such
Indebtedness in effect on the date Fixed Charges are being calculated, (c)
interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate
based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered
rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually
chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company
may designate, and (d) Fixed Charges shall be increased or reduced by the net
cost (including amortization of discount) or benefit associated with Interest
Swap Obligations attributable to such period. For purposes of clauses (ii) and
(iii) above, dividend requirements shall be increased to an amount representing
the pre-tax earnings that would be required to cover such dividend requirements;
accordingly, the increased amount shall be equal to a fraction, the numerator of
which is the amount of such dividend requirements and the denominator of which
is one (1) minus the applicable actual combined federal, state, local and
foreign income tax rate of such person and its subsidiaries (expressed as a
decimal), on a consolidated basis, for the fiscal year immediately preceding the
date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Fixed Charges.
"Food 4 Less" means Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
and its successors, including, without limitation, the Company.
93
<PAGE> 96
"Foreign Exchange Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency
swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect
against fluctuations in currency values.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the
United States of America as of June 14, 1995.
"Holdings" means Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and
its successors.
"Indebtedness" means with respect to any person, without duplication, (i)
all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such person (a) for borrowed money
(whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such
person or only to a portion thereof), (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures,
drafts accepted or similar instruments or letters of credit or representing the
balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (other than
any such balance that represents an account payable or any other monetary
obligation to a trade creditor (whether or not an Affiliate) created, incurred,
assumed or guaranteed by such person in the ordinary course of business of such
person in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services and due within
twelve months (or such longer period for payment as is customarily extended by
such trade creditor) of the incurrence thereof, which account is not overdue by
more than 90 days, according to the original terms of sale, unless such account
payable is being contested in good faith), or (c) for the payment of money
relating to a Capitalized Lease Obligation; (ii) the maximum fixed repurchase
price of all Disqualified Capital Stock of such person; (iii) reimbursement
obligations of such person with respect to letters of credit; (iv) obligations
of such person with respect to Interest Swap Obligations and Foreign Exchange
Agreements; (v) all liabilities of others of the kind described in the preceding
clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) that such person has guaranteed or that is
otherwise its legal liability; and (vi) all obligations of others secured by a
Lien to which any of the properties or assets (including, without limitation,
leasehold interests and any other tangible or intangible property rights) of
such person are subject, whether or not the obligations secured thereby shall
have been assumed by such person or shall otherwise be such person's legal
liability (provided that if the obligations so secured have not been assumed by
such person or are not otherwise such person's legal liability, such obligations
shall be deemed to be in an amount equal to the fair market value of such
properties or assets, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
such person, which determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution). For
purposes of the preceding sentence, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any
Disqualified Capital Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be
calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if
such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness
shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price
is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified
Capital Stock (or any equity security for which it may be exchanged or
converted), such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of such person, which determination shall be evidenced by a
Board Resolution. For purposes of the Indenture, Indebtedness incurred by any
person that is a general partnership (other than non-recourse Indebtedness)
shall be deemed to have been incurred by the general partners of such
partnership pro rata in accordance with their respective interests in the
liabilities of such partnership unless any such general partner shall, in the
reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, be unable to
satisfy its pro rata share of the liabilities of the partnership, in which case
the pro rata share of any Indebtedness attributable to such partner shall be
deemed to be incurred at such time by the remaining general partners on a pro
rata basis in accordance with their interests.
"Independent Financial Advisor" means a reputable accounting, appraisal or
nationally recognized investment banking or consulting firm that is, in the
reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, qualified to
perform the tasks for which such firm has been engaged and disinterested and
independent with respect to the Company and its Affiliates.
"Interest Swap Obligation" means any obligation of any person pursuant to
any arrangement with any other person whereby, directly or indirectly, such
person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by
applying either a fixed or floating rate of interest on a stated notional amount
in exchange for periodic payments made by such person calculated by applying a
fixed or floating rate of interest on the same notional amount; provided that
the term "Interest Swap Obligation" shall also include interest rate exchange,
collar, cap, swap option or similar agreements providing interest rate
protection.
94
<PAGE> 97
"Investment" by any person in any other person means any investment by such
person in such other person, whether by share purchase, capital contribution,
loan, advance (other than reasonable loans and advances to employees for moving
and travel expenses, as salary advances or to permit the purchase of Qualified
Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and other similar customary
expenses incurred, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practice) or similar credit extension constituting Indebtedness of
such other person, and any guarantee of Indebtedness of any other person.
"Issue Date" means the date of original issuance of the Notes under the
Indenture.
"Letter of Credit Obligations" means Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit issued pursuant to the Credit
Agreement, and for purposes of the definition of the term "Permitted
Indebtedness" above, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding
at any time with respect thereto, shall be deemed to consist of (a) the
aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under all such letters of
credit (the determination of such maximum amount to assume compliance with all
conditions for drawing), and (b) the aggregate amount that has then been paid
by, and not reimbursed to, the issuers under such letters of credit.
"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge or adverse
claim affecting title or resulting in an encumbrance against real or personal
property, or a security interest of any kind (including any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or
other agreement to sell which is intended to constitute or create a security
interest, mortgage, pledge or lien, and any filing of or agreement to give any
financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes)
of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be
deemed to constitute a Lien under the Indenture.
"Maturity Date" means June 15, 2004.
"Merger" means (i) the merger of Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc. into Ralphs
Supermarkets, Inc. (with Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. surviving such merger)
pursuant to the Merger Agreement and (ii) immediately following the merger
described in clause (i) of this definition, the merger of Ralphs Grocery Company
into Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. (with Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. surviving such
merger and changing its name to "Ralphs Grocery Company" in connection with such
merger).
"Merger Agreement" means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September
14, 1994, by and among Holdings, Food 4 Less, Inc., Food 4 Less, RSI and the
stockholders of RSI, as such agreement was in effect on June 14, 1995.
"Net Cash Proceeds" means the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale received in
the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.
"Net Proceeds" means (a) in the case of any Asset Sale or any issuance and
sale by any person of Qualified Capital Stock, the aggregate net proceeds
received by such person after payment of expenses, taxes, commissions and the
like incurred in connection therewith (and, in the case of any Asset Sale, net
of the amount of cash applied to repay Indebtedness secured by the asset
involved in such Asset Sale), whether such proceeds are in cash or in property
(valued at the fair market value thereof at the time of receipt as determined
with respect to any Asset Sale resulting in Net Proceeds in excess of $5 million
in good faith by the Board of Directors of such person, which determination
shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution) and (b) in the case of any conversion
or exchange of any outstanding Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of
such person for or into shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, the
sum of (i) the fair market value of the proceeds received by the Company in
connection with the issuance of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock
on the date of such issuance and (ii) any additional amount paid by the Holder
to the Company upon such conversion or exchange.
"New Discount Debenture Indenture" means the indenture dated as of June 14,
1995 under which the 13 5/8% Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 of Holdings
were issued, as the same may be modified and amended from time to time and
refinancings thereof.
95
<PAGE> 98
"New Discount Debentures" means the 13 5/8% Senior Discount Debentures due
2005 of Holdings issued pursuant to the New Discount Debenture Indenture, as the
same may be modified or amended from time to time and future refinancings
thereof.
"Operating Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to any person, the ratio of
(1) EBDIT of such person for the period (the "Pro Forma Period") consisting of
the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which financial information in
respect thereof is available immediately prior to the date of the transaction
giving rise to the need to calculate the Operating Coverage Ratio (the
"Transaction Date") to (2) the aggregate Fixed Charges of such person for the
fiscal quarter in which the Transaction Date occurs and the three fiscal
quarters immediately subsequent to such fiscal quarter (the "Forward Period")
reasonably anticipated by the Board of Directors of such person to become due
from time to time during such period. In addition to, but without duplication
of, the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, "EBDIT" shall be calculated
after giving effect (without duplication), on a pro forma basis for the Pro
Forma Period (but no longer), to (a) any Investment, during the period
commencing on the first day of the Pro Forma Period to and including the
Transaction Date (the "Reference Period"), in any other person that, as a result
of such Investment, becomes a subsidiary of such person, (b) the acquisition,
during the Reference Period (by merger, consolidation or purchase of stock or
assets) of any business or assets, which acquisition is not prohibited by the
Indenture, and (c) any sales or other dispositions of assets (other than sales
of inventory in the ordinary course of business) occurring during the Reference
Period, in each case as if such incurrence, Investment, repayment, acquisition
or asset sale had occurred on the first day of the Reference Period. In
addition, for purposes of this definition, "Fixed Charges" shall be calculated
after giving effect (without duplication), on a pro forma basis for the Forward
Period, to any Indebtedness incurred or repaid on or after the first day of the
Forward Period and prior to the Transaction Date. If such person or any of its
subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees any Indebtedness of a third
person, the Operating Coverage Ratio shall give effect to the incurrence of such
Indebtedness as if such person or subsidiary had directly incurred such
guaranteed Indebtedness.
"operating lease" means any lease the obligations under which do not
constitute Capitalized Lease Obligations.
"Pari Passu Indebtedness" means, with respect to the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, Indebtedness of such person which ranks pari passu in
right of payment to the Notes (whether or not secured by any Lien) or the
Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.
"Payment Restriction" means, with respect to a subsidiary of any person,
any encumbrance, restriction or limitation, whether by operation of the terms of
its charter or by reason of any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or governmental regulation, on the ability of (i) such subsidiary
to (a) pay dividends or make other distributions on its Capital Stock or make
payments on any obligation, liability or Indebtedness owed to such person or any
other subsidiary of such person, (b) make loans or advances to such person or
any other subsidiary of such person or (c) transfer any of its properties or
assets to such person or any other subsidiary of such persons, or (ii) such
person or any other subsidiary of such person to receive or retain any such (a)
dividends, distributions or payments, (b) loans or advances or (c) transfer of
properties or assets.
"Permitted Holder" means (i) Food 4 Less Equity Partners, L.P. and The
Yucaipa Companies, or any entity controlled thereby or any of the partners
thereof, (ii) Apollo Advisors, L.P., Lion Advisors, L.P. or any entity
controlled thereby or any of the partners thereof, (iii) an employee benefit
plan of the Company, or any of its subsidiaries or any participant therein, (iv)
a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (v) any Permitted Transferee of any
of the foregoing persons.
"Permitted Indebtedness" means (a) Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (and the Company and each Subsidiary (to the extent it is not an
obligor) may guarantee such Indebtedness) pursuant to (i) the Term Loans in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $600 million
less the aggregate amount of all principal repayments thereunder pursuant to and
in accordance with the covenant described under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Asset Sales" above subsequent to June 14, 1995, (ii)
the revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement (including the Letter
of Credit
96
<PAGE> 99
Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to
exceed $325 million, less all permanent reductions thereunder pursuant to and in
accordance with the covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Asset Sales" above, and (iii) any Indebtedness incurred under the Credit
Agreement pursuant to and in compliance with (A) clause (m) of this definition
and (B) the covenant described above under the caption "-- Limitation on
Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" above (other than Permitted Indebtedness
that is not incurred pursuant to clause (m) or this clause (a) of this
definition); (b) Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor owed to
and held by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; (c) Indebtedness incurred by
the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the purchase or improvement of
property (real or personal) or equipment or other capital expenditures in the
ordinary course of business (including for the purchase of assets or stock of
any retail grocery store or business) or consisting of Capitalized Lease
Obligations, provided that (i) at the time of the incurrence thereof, such
Indebtedness, together with any other Indebtedness incurred during the most
recently completed four fiscal quarter period in reliance upon this clause (c)
does not exceed, in the aggregate, 3% of net sales of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during the most recently completed four fiscal quarter period on a
consolidated basis and (ii) such Indebtedness, together with all then
outstanding Indebtedness incurred in reliance upon this clause (c) does not
exceed, in the aggregate, 3% of the aggregate net sales of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during the most recently completed twelve fiscal quarter period on
a consolidated basis (calculated on a pro forma basis if the date of incurrence
is prior to the end of the twelfth fiscal quarter following the Merger); (d)
Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with
capital expenditures in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $150 million
(less the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred by the Company
or any Subsidiary on or prior to the Issue Date in reliance on clause (d) of the
definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" under the indenture governing the 1995
Senior Notes), provided that such capital expenditures relate solely to the
integration of the operations of RSI, Food 4 Less and their respective
subsidiaries as described in this Prospectus; (e) Indebtedness of the Company
incurred under certain Foreign Exchange Agreements and Interest Swap
Obligations; (f) guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business by the
Company or a Subsidiary of Indebtedness of any other person in aggregate not to
exceed $25 million at any time outstanding; (g) guarantees by the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness incurred by a wholly-owned Subsidiary
Guarantor so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such
wholly-owned Subsidiary Guarantor is permitted under the terms of the Indenture;
(h) Refinancing Indebtedness; (i) Indebtedness for letters of credit relating to
workers' compensation claims and self-insurance or similar requirements in the
ordinary course of business; (j) Existing Indebtedness and other Indebtedness
outstanding on the Issue Date; (k) Indebtedness arising from guarantees of
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary or other agreements of the Company
or a Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or
similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the
disposition of any business, assets or Subsidiary, other than guarantees of
Indebtedness incurred by any person acquiring all or any portion of such
business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;
provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such
Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the
Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; (l)
obligations in respect of performance bonds and completion guarantees provided
by the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; and (m)
additional Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in an
amount not to exceed $175 million at any time outstanding.
"Permitted Investment" by any person means (i) any Related Business
Investment, (ii) Investments in securities not constituting cash or Cash
Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the
provisions of the covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Asset Sales" above or any other disposition of assets not constituting an
Asset Sale by reason of the $500,000 threshold contained in the definition
thereof, (iii) cash and Cash Equivalents, (iv) Investments existing on the Issue
Date, (v) Investments specifically permitted by and made in accordance with the
provisions of the covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Transactions with Affiliates," (vi) Investments by Subsidiary Guarantors in
other Subsidiary Guarantors or the Company and Investments by the Company in a
Subsidiary Guarantor in the form of Indebtedness owed to the Company by such
Subsidiary Guarantor and Investments by Subsidiaries which are not Subsidiary
Guarantors in other
97
<PAGE> 100
Subsidiaries which are not Subsidiary Guarantors and (vii) additional
Investments in an aggregate amount not exceeding $15 million.
"Permitted Liens" shall mean (i) Liens for taxes, assessments and
governmental charges or claims not yet due or which are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted
and if a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in
conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; (ii) statutory Liens of
landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen,
repairmen or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business,
deposits made to obtain the release of such Liens, and with respect to amounts
not yet delinquent for a period of more than 60 days or being contested in good
faith by an appropriate process of law, and for which a reserve or other
appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been
made; (iii) Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of
business to secure obligations under workers' compensation, unemployment
insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation; (iv) Liens
incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases,
statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts,
performance and return of money bonds and other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the
payment of borrowed money); (v) easements, rights-of-way, zoning or other
restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges
or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(vi) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any
person securing such person's obligations in respect of bankers' acceptances
issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase,
shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of
business; (vii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters
of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters
of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (viii) Liens in favor of
customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of
nondelinquent customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (ix)
judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to a Default or Event of Default;
(x) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material
respect with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary; (xi) Liens
encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens
incurred in the ordinary course of business that are within the general
parameters customary in the industry, in each case securing Indebtedness under
Interest Swap Obligations and Foreign Exchange Agreements and forward contracts,
option futures contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements
designed to protect the Company or any Subsidiary from fluctuations in the price
of commodities; (xii) Liens encumbering deposits made in the ordinary course of
business to secure nondelinquent obligations arising from statutory, regulatory,
contractual or warranty requirements of the Company or its Subsidiaries for
which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by
GAAP shall have been made; (xiii) Liens arising out of consignment or similar
arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary
in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practices; (xiv) any
interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any lease, whether
characterized as capitalized or operating other than any such interest or title
resulting from or arising out of a default by the Company or any Subsidiary of
its obligations under such lease; (xv) Liens arising from filing UCC financing
statements for precautionary purposes in connection with true leases of personal
property that are otherwise permitted under the Indenture and under which the
Company or any Subsidiary is lessee; and (xvi) additional Liens securing
Indebtedness at any one time outstanding not exceeding the sum of (i) $25
million and (ii) 10% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company
earned subsequent to June 14, 1995 and on or prior to such time.
"Permitted Payments" means (i) any payment by the Company or any
Subsidiary, or any dividend by the Company or any Subsidiary to Holdings the
proceeds of which are utilized by Holdings to make payments, to The Yucaipa
Companies or the principals or any Affiliates thereof for consulting,
management, investment banking or similar services, or for reimbursement of
losses, costs and expenses pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, (ii) any
payment by the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to the Second Amended and
Restated Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of June 14, 1995, by and among the
Company, all direct and indirect subsidiaries, and Holdings as such Tax Sharing
Agreement may be amended from time to time, so long as the payment thereunder by
the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed the amount of taxes the
98
<PAGE> 101
Company would be required to pay if it were the filing person for all applicable
taxes, (iii) any payment by the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to the
Transfer and Assumption Agreement, dated as of June 23, 1989, between Food 4
Less and Holdings, as in effect on the Issue Date, (iv) any payment by the
Company or any Subsidiary, or any dividend by the Company or any Subsidiary to
Holdings the proceeds of which are used by Holdings to make payments, (a) in
connection with repurchases of outstanding shares of the Company's or Holdings'
Common Stock following the death, disability or termination of employment of
management stockholders, and (b) of amounts required to be paid by Holdings, the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries to participants or former participants in
employee benefit plans upon termination of employment by such participants, as
provided in the documents related thereto, in an aggregate amount (for both
clauses (a) and (b)) not to exceed $10 million in any Yearly Period (provided
that any unused amounts may be carried over to any subsequent Yearly Period
subject to a maximum amount of $20 million in any Yearly Period), (v) from and
after June 30, 1998, payments of cash dividends or loans to Holdings in an
amount sufficient to enable Holdings to make payments of interest required to be
made in respect of the Discount Notes in an amount not to exceed the amount
payable thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof in effect on June 14,
1995, (vi) from and after June 15, 2000, payments of cash dividends to Holdings
in an amount sufficient to enable Holdings to make payments of interest required
to be made in respect of the Seller Debentures and the New Discount Debentures
in an amount not to exceed the amount payable thereunder in accordance with the
terms thereof in effect on June 14, 1995, (vii) dividends or other payments to
Holdings sufficient to enable Holdings to perform accounting, legal, corporate
reporting and administrative functions in the ordinary course of business or to
pay required fees and expenses in connection with the Merger and the
registration under applicable laws and regulations of its debt or equity
securities, (viii) dividends by the Company to Holdings of the Net Cash Proceeds
of an Asset Sale to the extent that (a) the Company or any of the Subsidiaries
is required pursuant to the Indenture to utilize such Net Cash Proceeds to repay
(or offer to repay) the Notes (and has complied with all such requirements), (b)
such Net Cash Proceeds are not required to be and have not been utilized to
repay outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries and (c)
Holdings is required pursuant to the documents governing any outstanding
Indebtedness of Holdings to utilize such Net Cash Proceeds to repay such
Indebtedness (it being understood that only the amounts not utilized as
described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (viii) shall be permitted to be
distributed to Holdings pursuant to this clause (viii)), (ix) the repurchase by
the Company of up to $10.0 million aggregate principal amount of Old RGC Notes,
at a repurchase price of 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued
interest to the repurchase date, pursuant to the "change of control purchase
offer" provisions set forth in section 1014 of the indentures governing the Old
RGC Notes as in effect on June 14, 1995, and (x) for so long as the sole
business activity of such partnership is to acquire, hold, sell, exchange,
transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the New Discount
Debentures and to manage its investment in the New Discount Debentures, any
payment by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any dividend or loan to Holdings,
the proceeds of which are utilized by Holdings to fund ongoing costs and
expenses of RGC Partners, L.P. pursuant to the Subscription Agreement and the
Registration Rights Agreement.
"Permitted Transferees" means, with respect to any person, (i) any
Affiliate of such person, (ii) the heirs, executors, administrators,
testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of any such person, (iii) a
trust, the beneficiaries of which, or a corporation or partnership, the
stockholders or general or limited partners of which, include only such person
or his or her spouse or lineal descendants, in each case to whom such person has
transferred the beneficial ownership of any securities of the Company, (iv) any
investment account whose investment managers and investment advisors consist
solely of such person and/or Permitted Transferees of such person and (v) any
investment fund or investment entity that is a subsidiary of such person or a
Permitted Transferee of such person.
"Plan of Liquidation" means, with respect to any person, a plan that
provides for, contemplates or the effectuation of which is preceded or
accompanied by (whether or not substantially contemporaneously, in phases or
otherwise) (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of such person otherwise than as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety and (ii) the distribution of all or substantially
all of the proceeds of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition and all
or substantially all of the remaining assets of such person to holders of
Capital Stock of such person.
99
<PAGE> 102
"Preferred Stock" means, with respect to any person, Capital Stock of any
class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of
dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such person, over shares
of Capital Stock of any other class of such person.
"pro forma" means, with respect to any calculation made or required to be
made pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, a calculation in accordance with
Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as
interpreted by the Company's chief financial officer or Board of Directors in
consultation with its independent certified public accountants.
"Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten public offering of Common
Stock of the Company or Holdings pursuant to a registration statement filed with
the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act which public equity
offering results in gross proceeds to the Company or Holdings, as the case may
be, of not less than $20 million; provided, however, that in the case of a
Public Equity Offering by Holdings, Holdings contributes to the capital of the
Company net cash proceeds in an amount sufficient to redeem Notes called for
redemption in accordance with the terms thereof.
"Qualified Capital Stock" means, with respect to any person, any Capital
Stock of such person that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.
"Refinancing Indebtedness" means, with respect to any person, Indebtedness
of such person issued in exchange for, or the proceeds from the issuance and
sale or disbursement of which are used to substantially concurrently repay,
redeem, refund, refinance, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or
in part (collectively, "repay"), or constituting an amendment, modification or
supplement to, or a deferral or renewal of (collectively, an "amendment"), any
Indebtedness of such person existing on the Issue Date or Indebtedness (other
than Permitted Indebtedness, except Permitted Indebtedness incurred pursuant to
clauses (c), (d), (h) and (j) of the definition thereof) incurred in accordance
with the Indenture (a) in a principal amount (or, if such Refinancing
Indebtedness provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be
due and payable upon the acceleration thereof, with an original issue price) not
in excess of (without duplication) (i) the principal amount or the original
issue price, as the case may be, of the Indebtedness so refinanced (or, if such
Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness under a revolving credit
facility or other agreement providing a commitment for subsequent borrowings,
with a maximum commitment not to exceed the maximum commitment under such
revolving credit facility or other agreement) plus (ii) unpaid accrued interest
on such Indebtedness plus (iii) premiums, penalties, fees and expenses actually
incurred by such person in connection with the repayment or amendment thereof
and (b) with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness that repays or constitutes an
amendment to Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness (x) shall
not have any fixed mandatory redemption or sinking fund requirement in an amount
greater than or at a time prior to the amounts and times specified in such
repaid or amended Subordinated Indebtedness, except to the extent that any such
requirement applies on a date after the Maturity Date of the Notes and (y) shall
contain subordination and default provisions no less favorable in any material
respect to Holders of the Notes than those contained in such repaid or amended
Subordinated Indebtedness.
"Registration Rights Agreement" means that certain Registration Rights
Agreement by and between RGC Partners, L.P., Holdings and Food 4 Less, as such
Registration Rights Agreement may be amended or replaced, so long as any amounts
paid by Holdings and the Company under any amended or replacement agreement do
not exceed the amounts payable by Holdings and the Company under such
Registration Rights Agreement as in effect on June 14, 1995.
"Related Business Investment" means (i) any Investment by a person in any
other person a majority of whose revenues are derived from the operation of one
or more retail grocery stores or supermarkets or any other line of business
engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date; (ii)
any Investment by such person in any cooperative or other supplier, including,
without limitation, any joint venture which is intended to supply any product or
service useful to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as it is
conducted as of the Issue Date and as such business may thereafter evolve or
change; and (iii) any
100
<PAGE> 103
capital expenditure or Investment, in each case reasonably related to the
business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as it is conducted as of the Issue
Date and as such business may thereafter evolve or change.
"Restricted Debt Prepayment" means any purchase, redemption, defeasance
(including, but not limited to, in substance or legal defeasance) or other
acquisition or retirement for value, directly or indirectly, by the Company or a
Subsidiary, prior to the scheduled maturity or prior to any scheduled repayment
of principal or sinking fund payment, as the case may be, in respect of
Subordinated Indebtedness.
"Restricted Payment" means any (i) Stock Payment, (ii) Investment (other
than a Permitted Investment) or (iii) Restricted Debt Prepayment.
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
"Seller Debentures" means the 13 5/8% Senior Subordinated Pay-in-Kind
Debentures due 2007 of Holdings issued pursuant to the Seller Debenture
Indenture, including any additional 13 5/8% Senior Subordinated Pay-in-Kind
Debentures due 2007 issued as interest thereon, in each case, as such Seller
Debentures may be modified or amended from time to time and future refinancings
thereof.
"Seller Debenture Indenture" means the indenture between Holdings and
Norwest Minnesota, National Association, as trustee, dated as of June 14, 1995
under which the 13 5/8% Senior Subordinated Pay-in-Kind Debentures due 2007 of
Holdings were issued, as the same may be modified and amended from time to time
and refinancings thereof.
"Significant Stockholder" means, with respect to any person, any other
person who is the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act) of more than 10% of any class of equity securities of such person
that are entitled to vote on a regular basis for the election of directors of
such person.
"Significant Subsidiary" means each subsidiary of the Company that is
either (a) a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Rule 1-02(v) of Regulation
S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act (as such
regulation is in effect on the Issue Date) or (b) material to the financial
condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as
a whole.
"Stock Payment" means, with respect to any person, (a) the declaration or
payment by such person, either in cash or in property, of any dividend on
(except, in the case of the Company, dividends payable solely in Qualified
Capital Stock of the Company), or the making by such person or any of its
subsidiaries of any other distribution in respect of, such person's Qualified
Capital Stock or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire shares
of any class of such Capital Stock (other than exchangeable or convertible
Indebtedness of such person), or (b) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or
other acquisition for value by such person or any of its subsidiaries, directly
or indirectly, of such person's Qualified Capital Stock (and, in the case of a
Subsidiary, Qualified Capital Stock of the Company) or any warrants, rights or
options to purchase or acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock (other
than exchangeable or convertible Indebtedness of such person), other than, in
the case of the Company, through the issuance in exchange therefor solely of
Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; provided, however, that in the case of a
Subsidiary, the term "Stock Payment" shall not include any such payment with
respect to its Capital Stock or warrants, rights or options to purchase or
acquire shares of any class of its Capital Stock that are owned solely by the
Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary.
"Subscription Agreement" means that certain Subscription Agreement, between
RGC Partners, L.P., Holdings, Food 4 Less and the partnership investors listed
on Exhibit A thereto, as such Subscription Agreement may be amended or replaced,
so long as any amounts paid by Holdings and the Company under any amended or
replacement agreement do not exceed the amounts payable by Holdings and the
Company under such Subscription Agreement as in effect on June 14, 1995.
"Subordinated Indebtedness" means, with respect to the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, Indebtedness of such person which is subordinated in right
of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the
case may be.
101
<PAGE> 104
"subsidiary" of any person means (i) a corporation a majority of whose
Capital Stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect
directors is, at the date of determination, directly or indirectly, owned by
such person, by one or more subsidiaries of such person or by such person and
one or more subsidiaries of such person or (ii) a partnership in which such
person or a subsidiary of such person is, at the date of determination, a
general partner of such partnership, but only if such person or its subsidiary
is entitled to receive more than fifty percent of the assets of such partnership
upon its dissolution, or (iii) any other person (other than a corporation or a
partnership) in which such person, a subsidiary of such person or such person
and one or more subsidiaries of such person, directly or indirectly, at the date
of determination, has (x) at least a majority ownership interest or (y) the
power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other
governing body of such person.
"Subsidiary" means any subsidiary of the Company.
"Subsidiary Guarantor" means (i) each of Alpha Beta Company, Bay Area
Warehouse Stores, Inc., Bell Markets, Inc., Cala Co., Cala Foods, Inc., Falley's
Inc., Food 4 Less of California, Inc., Food 4 Less Merchandising, Inc., Food 4
Less GM, Inc., Food 4 Less of Southern California, Inc., and Crawford Stores,
Inc., (ii) each of the Company's Subsidiaries which becomes a guarantor of the
Notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness," and (iii) each of the
Company's Subsidiaries executing a supplemental indenture in which such
Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of the Indenture.
"Term Loans" means the term loan facility under the Credit Agreement and
any agreement governing Indebtedness incurred to refund, replace or refinance
any borrowings outstanding under such facility or under any prior refunding,
replacement or refinancing thereof (in each case, in whole or in part, and
without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other
provisions).
"Yearly Period" means each fiscal year of the Company.
"The Yucaipa Companies" means The Yucaipa Companies, a California general
partnership, or any successor thereto which is an affiliate of Ronald W. Burkle
or his Permitted Transferees and which has been established for the sole purpose
of changing the form of The Yucaipa Companies from that of a partnership to that
of a limited liability company or any other form of entity which is not
materially adverse to the rights of the Holders under the Indenture.
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY
The following is a summary of the material terms and conditions of the New
Credit Facility. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of
the New Credit Facility and is subject to the detailed provisions of the loan
agreement (the "Loan Agreement") and various related documents entered into in
connection with the New Credit Facility. A copy of the Loan Agreement is
available upon request from the Company.
GENERAL
The New Credit Facility was entered into June 14, 1995 and provided for (i)
term loans in the aggregate amount of $600 million, comprised of a $275 million
tranche with a six year term (the "Tranche A Loan"), a $108.3 million tranche
with a seven year term (the "Tranche B Loan"), a $108.3 million tranche with an
eight year term (the "Tranche C Loan"), and a $108.4 million tranche with a nine
year term (the "Tranche D Loan"); and (ii) the $325 million New Revolving
Facility under which working capital loans may be made and commercial or letters
of credit in the maximum aggregate amount of up to $150 million may be issued,
under which approximately $88.2 million of letters of credit were outstanding as
of June 26, 1996. On June 6, 1996, after giving effect to the application of the
proceeds from the Offering, the outstanding principal amount of the Tranche A
Loan, Tranche B Loan, Tranche C Loan and Tranche D Loan was $243.8 million,
$99.6 million, $100.2 million and $100.4 million, respectively.
102
<PAGE> 105
Proceeds of the New Term Loans and loans under the Revolving Credit
Facility, together with proceeds from the other debt and equity financing
transactions completed concurrently, were used to fund the cash requirements for
the acquisition of RSI, refinance existing indebtedness of Ralphs and Food 4
Less, and pay various fees, expenses and other costs associated with the Merger
and the related financing. The New Revolving Facility is used to provide for the
working capital requirements and general corporate purposes of the Company and
to issue commercial and standby letters of credit to support workers'
compensation contingencies and for other corporate purposes.
INTEREST RATE; FEES
Borrowings under (i) the New Revolving Facility and the Tranche A Loan bear
interest at a rate equal to the Base Rate (as defined in the Loan Agreement)
plus 1.50% per annum or the reserve adjusted Euro-Dollar Rate (as defined in the
Loan Agreement) plus 2.75% per annum; (ii) the Tranche B Loan bear interest at
the Base Rate plus 2.00% per annum or the reserve adjusted Euro-Dollar Rate plus
3.25% per annum; (iii) the Tranche C Loan bear interest at the Base Rate plus
2.50% per annum or the reserve adjusted Euro-Dollar Rate plus 3.75% per annum;
and (iv) the Tranche D Loan bear interest at the Base Rate plus 2.75% per annum
or the reserve adjusted Euro-Dollar Rate plus 4.00% per annum, in each case as
selected by the Company. Applicable interest rates on Tranche A Loan and the New
Revolving Facility and the fees payable under the New Revolving Facility on
letters of credit, will be reduced by up to 0.50% per annum after the New Term
Loans have been reduced by certain amounts and if the Company meets certain
financial tests. Up to $30 million of the New Revolving Facility is available as
a swingline facility and loans outstanding under the swingline facility bear
interest at the Base Rate plus 1.00% per annum (subject to adjustment as
described in the preceding sentence). After the occurrence of a default under
the New Credit Facility, interest will accrue at the rate equal to the rate on
loans bearing interest at the rate determined by reference to the Base Rate plus
an additional 2.00% per annum. The Company pays the issuing bank a fee of 0.25%
on each standby letter of credit and each commercial letter of credit and pays
the lenders under the New Credit Facility a fee equal to the margin on
Eurodollar Rate loans under the Revolving Credit Facility (the "Eurodollar
Margin") for standby letters of credit and a fee equal to the Eurodollar Margin
minus 1% for commercial letters of credit. Each of these fees is calculated
based on the amount available to be drawn under a letter of credit. In addition,
the Company will pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on the unused portions
of the New Revolving Facility and for purposes of calculating this fee, loans
under the swingline facility shall not be deemed to be outstanding. The New
Credit Facility required the Company to enter into hedging agreements to limit
its exposure to increases in interest rates for a period of not less than two
years in an aggregate notional amount of not less than $300 million. The New
Credit Facility may be prepaid in whole or in part without premium or penalty.
AMORTIZATION; PREPAYMENTS
The Tranche A Loan will mature on June 14, 2001 and will be subject to
amortization, commencing on September 15, 1996 on a quarterly basis in aggregate
annual amounts (after giving effect to application of proceeds of the Offering)
of $9.5 million in the second year, $53.2 million in the third year, $56.8
million in the fourth year, $60.4 million in the fifth year, and $63.9 million
in the sixth year. The Tranche B Loan will mature on June 14, 2002 and will be
subject to amortization on a quarterly basis in aggregate annual amounts (after
giving effect to application of proceeds of the Offering) of $1.0 million for
the first six years and $94.3 million in the seventh year. The Tranche C Loan
will mature on June 14, 2003 and will be subject to amortization on a quarterly
basis in aggregate annual amounts (after giving effect to application of
proceeds of the Offering) of $1.0 million for the first seven years and $93.9
million in the eighth year. The Tranche D Loan will mature on June 14, 2004 and
will be subject to amortization on a quarterly basis in aggregate annual amounts
(after giving effect to application of proceeds of the Offering) of $1.0 million
for the first eight years and $93.0 million in the ninth year. The New Revolving
Facility will mature on June 14, 2001. The Company is required to reduce loans
outstanding under the New Revolving Facility to (i) $150 million for a period of
not less than 30 consecutive days during the period from the fourth Fiscal
Quarter in Fiscal Year 1996 to the first Fiscal Quarter in Fiscal Year 1997,
(ii) to $110 million for a period of not less than 30 consecutive days during
the period from the fourth Fiscal Quarter in Fiscal Year 1997 to the first
Fiscal Quarter in Fiscal Year
103
<PAGE> 106
1998 and (iii) to $75 million for a period not less than 30 consecutive days
during each subsequent 12-month period. The Company is required to make certain
prepayments, subject to certain exceptions, on the New Credit Facility with 75%
(100% for Fiscal Years 1995, 1996 and 1997) of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow (as
defined in the Loan Agreement) and with the proceeds from certain asset sales,
issuances of debt and equity securities and any pension plan reversion. Such
prepayments will be allocated pro rata between the Tranche A Loans, Tranche B
Loans, Tranche C Loans and the Tranche D Loans and to scheduled amortization
payments of the Tranche A Loans, Tranche B Loans, Tranche C Loans, and Tranche D
Loans pro rata. Mandatory prepayments on the Tranche B Loans, the Tranche C
Loans and the Tranche D Loans will be used to make an offer to repay such Loans
and to the extent not accepted 50% of such amount will be applied to reduce
Tranche A Loans on a pro rata basis and the remaining 50% may be retained by the
Company.
GUARANTEES AND COLLATERAL
Holdings and all active subsidiaries of the Company (including the
Subsidiary Guarantors) have guaranteed the Company's obligations under the New
Credit Facility. The Company's obligations and the guarantees of its
subsidiaries are secured by substantially all personal property of the Company
and its subsidiaries, including a pledge of the stock of all subsidiaries of the
Company (with the exception of the stock of Bell Markets, Inc., which has been
pledged to secure notes payable to the former owners thereof, so long and only
so long as such stock is subject to the liens of such former owners). Holdings'
guarantee is secured by a pledge of the stock of the Company. The Company's
obligations also are secured by first priority liens on certain unencumbered
real property fee interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Company
and its subsidiaries will use their reasonable economic efforts to provide the
lenders with a first priority lien on certain unencumbered leasehold interests
of the Company and its subsidiaries.
COVENANTS
The obligation of the lenders under the New Credit Facility to advance
funds is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions customary in
agreements of this type. In addition, the Company is subject to certain
customary affirmative and negative covenants contained in the New Credit
Facility, including, without limitation, covenants that restrict, subject to
specified exceptions, (i) the incurrence of additional indebtedness and other
obligations, (ii) a merger or acquisition, (iii) asset sales, (iv) the granting
of liens, (v) prepayment or repurchase of other indebtedness, (vi) engaging in
transactions with affiliates, or (vii) cash capital expenditures. Certain of
these covenants are more restrictive than those in favor of holders of the Notes
as described herein and as set forth in the Indenture. In addition, the New
Credit Facility requires that the Company maintain certain specified financial
covenants, including a minimum fixed charge coverage, a minimum EBITDA, a
maximum ratio of total debt to EBITDA and a minimum net worth.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The New Credit Facility also provides for customary events of default. The
occurrence of any of such events of default could result in acceleration of the
Company's obligations under the New Credit Facility and foreclosure on the
collateral securing such obligations, which could have material adverse results
to holders of the Notes.
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER COMPANY INDEBTEDNESS
The 1995 Senior Notes. The 1995 Senior Notes were issued upon consummation
of the Merger in an aggregate principal amount of $520.3 million. The 1995
Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and are guaranteed
on a senior basis by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries. The 1995 Senior
Notes rank senior in right of payment to all subordinated indebtedness of the
Company, including the 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes, the Old RGC Notes,
the 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes and the 1991 Senior Subordinated
Notes. However, the 1995 Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to all
secured indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries, including indebtedness
under the New Credit Facility. The 1995 Senior Notes bear interest at the rate
of 10.45% per annum, payable on each June 15 and December 15.
104
<PAGE> 107
The 1995 Senior Notes will mature on June 15, 2004. The terms of the Notes were
designed to mirror the terms of the 1995 Senior Notes. Accordingly, the
indenture governing the 1995 Senior Notes contains terms, covenants and
conditions which are substantially identical in all material respects to the
terms contained in the Indenture governing the Notes. For further information
regarding those terms, see "Description of the Notes."
A portion of the 1995 Senior Notes were issued in exchange for 1992 Senior
Notes outstanding at the time of the Merger. A total of $4.7 million aggregate
principal amount of 1992 Senior Notes that were not exchanged at the time of the
Merger remain outstanding. The 1992 Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2000. In
connection with the Merger, the indenture governing the 1992 Senior Notes was
amended to eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants contained
therein.
The 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes. The 1995 11% Senior Subordinated
Notes were issued upon consummation of the Merger in an aggregate principal
amount of $524.0 million. The 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes are
subordinated to the prior payment when due of all Senior Indebtedness (as
defined in the indenture (the "1995 11% Senior Subordinated Note Indenture")
governing the 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes) and are guaranteed on a senior
subordinated basis by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries. The 1995 11%
Senior Subordinated Notes bear interest at a rate of 11% per annum, payable on
each June 15 and December 15. The 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes will mature
on June 15, 2005. On or after June 15, 2000, the 1995 11% Senior Subordinated
Notes may be redeemed in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the
option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to the applicable percentage
of the principal amount thereof set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12 months commencing on
June 15 of the years set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REDEMPTION
YEAR PRICE
---------------------------------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
2000...................................................... 104.125 %
2001...................................................... 102.750 %
2002...................................................... 101.375 %
2003 and thereafter....................................... 100.000 %
</TABLE>
In addition, on or prior to June 15, 1998 the Company may, at its option,
use the net cash proceeds from one or more Public Equity Offerings to redeem up
to an aggregate of 35% of the principal amount of the 1995 11% Senior
Subordinated Notes originally issued, at a redemption price equal to 111% of the
principal amount thereof if redeemed during the 12 months commencing on June 15,
1995, 109.625% of the principal amount thereof if redeemed during the 12 months
commencing on June 15, 1996 and 108.25% of the principal amount thereof if
redeemed during the 12 months commencing on June 15, 1997, in each case plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.
The 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that if a Change
of Control (as defined therein) occurs, each holder will have the right to
require the Company to repurchase such holder's 1995 11% Senior Subordinated
Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer (as defined therein) at 101% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of
repurchase.
The 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Note Indenture contains certain covenants,
including, but not limited to, covenants with respect to the following matters:
(i) limitation on dividends and other restricted payments; (ii) limitation on
incurrences of additional indebtedness; (iii) limitation on liens; (iv)
limitation on asset sales; (v) limitation on dividend and other payment
restrictions affecting subsidiaries; (vi) limitation on transactions with
affiliates; (vii) limitation on preferred stock of subsidiaries; (viii)
limitation on mergers and certain other transactions; (ix) limitation on other
senior subordinated indebtedness; and (x) limitation on guarantees of certain
indebtedness.
A portion of the 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes were issued in exchange
for Old RGC Notes outstanding at the time of the Merger. A total of $2.1 million
aggregate principal amount of Old RGC 10 1/4% Notes, and $0.1 million aggregate
principal amount of Old RGC 9% Notes, that were not exchanged at the time of the
Merger remain outstanding. The Old RGC 10 1/4% Notes mature on July 15, 2002 and
the Old
105
<PAGE> 108
RGC 9% Notes mature on April 1, 2003. The Old RGC Notes, like the 1995 11%
Senior Subordinated Notes, are subordinated to the prior payment when due of the
Senior Indebtedness of the Company. In connection with the Merger, the
indentures governing the Old RGC Notes were amended to eliminate substantially
all of the restrictive covenants contained therein.
The 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The 1995 13.75% Senior
Subordinated Notes were issued upon consummation of the Merger in an aggregate
principal amount of $140.2 million. The 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes
are subordinated to the prior payment when due of all Senior Indebtedness (as
defined in the indenture (the "1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Note Indenture")
governing the 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes) and are guaranteed on a
senior subordinated basis by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries. The 1995
13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes bear interest at a rate of 13.75% per annum,
payable on each June 15 and December 15. The 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated
Notes will mature on June 15, 2005. On or after June 15, 1996, the 1995 13.75%
Senior Subordinated Notes may be redeemed in whole at any time or in part from
time to time, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to the
applicable percentage of the principal amount thereof set below, plus accrued
and unpaid interest to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12 months
commencing on June 15 of the years set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REDEMPTION
YEAR PRICE
------ ----------
<S> <C>
1996...................................... 106.111%
1997...................................... 104.583%
1998...................................... 103.056%
1999...................................... 101.528%
</TABLE>
and thereafter at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date.
Upon a Change of Control (as defined), each holder of the 1995 13.75%
Senior Subordinated Notes has the right to require the Company to repurchase
such holder's 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes at a price equal to 101% of
their principal amount, plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of
repurchase.
The 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are subject to certain covenants
as provided in the 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. These
covenants impose certain limitations on the ability of the Company to, among
other things, incur indebtedness, pay dividends or make certain other restricted
payments, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, merge or consolidate
with any other person, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company.
The 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes were issued in exchange for 1991
Senior Subordinated Notes outstanding at the time of the Merger. A total of $4.8
million aggregate principal amount of 1991 Senior Subordinated Notes that were
not exchanged at the time of the Merger remain outstanding. The 1991 Senior
Subordinated Notes mature on June 15, 2001. The 1991 Senior Subordinated Notes,
like the 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, are subordinated to the prior
payment when due of the Senior Indebtedness of the Company. In connection with
the Merger, the indenture governing the 1991 Senior Subordinated Notes was
amended to eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants contained
therein.
DESCRIPTION OF HOLDINGS' INDEBTEDNESS
The New Discount Debentures. The New Discount Debentures were issued upon
consummation of the Merger. The New Discount Debentures will have an aggregate
principal amount of $193,363,570 at maturity and will mature on June 15, 2005.
The New Discount Debentures are senior unsecured obligations of Holdings and
rank senior in right of payment to all subordinated indebtedness of Holdings,
including the Seller Debentures. Until June 15, 2000, no interest will accrue on
the New Discount Debentures, but the Accreted Value (as defined in the indenture
governing the New Discount Debentures (the "New Debenture Indenture")) will
accrete at a rate of 13 5/8% (representing the amortization of the original
issue discount) from the date of original issuance until June 15, 2000, on a
semi-annual bond equivalent basis using a 360 day year comprised of twelve
30-day months, such that the Accreted Value shall be equal to the full principal
106
<PAGE> 109
amount of the New Discount Debentures on June 15, 2000. The initial Accreted
Value per $1,000 principal amount of New Discount Debentures was $519.92
(representing the original purchase price). Beginning on June 15, 2000, cash
interest on the New Discount Debentures will accrue at a rate of 13 5/8% per
annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on each June 15 and December
15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2000, to the holders of record on the
immediately preceding June 1 and December 1.
On or after June 15, 2000, the New Discount Debentures may be redeemed, at
the option of Holdings, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a
redemption price equal to the applicable percentage of the principal amount
thereof set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to the redemption
date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on June 15 in the
years set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR REDEMPTION PRICE
------------------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C>
2000................................. 106.8125%
2001................................. 105.1094%
2002................................. 103.4063%
2003................................. 101.7031%
2004 and thereafter.................. 100.0000%
</TABLE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to June 15, 1998, Holdings may use the
net proceeds of a Public Equity Offering (as defined in the New Debenture
Indenture) of Holdings or the Company to redeem up to 35% of the New Discount
Debentures at a redemption price equal to 110% of the Accreted Value thereof on
the date of redemption.
In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the New Debenture
Indenture), each holder has the right to require the repurchase of such holder's
New Discount Debentures at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value
thereof on the Change of Control Payment Date (as defined in the New Debenture
Indenture) (if such date is prior to June 15, 2000) or 101% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Change of
Control Payment Date (if such date is on or after June 15, 2000).
The New Debenture Indenture contains covenants that, among other things,
limit the ability of Holdings to enter into certain mergers or consolidations or
incur certain liens or of Holdings or its subsidiaries to incur additional
indebtedness, pay dividends or make certain other Restricted Payments (as
defined in the New Debenture Indenture), or engage in certain transactions with
affiliates. Under certain circumstances, Holdings will be required to make an
offer to purchase New Discount Debentures at a price equal to 100% of the
Accreted Value thereof on the date of purchase, if such date is prior to June
15, 2000 or 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the
date of purchase, if such date is on or after June 15, 2000, with the proceeds
of certain Asset Sales (as defined in the New Debenture Indenture). The New
Debenture Indenture contains certain customary events of defaults, which include
the failure to pay interest and principal, the failure to comply with certain
covenants in the New Discount Debentures or the New Debenture Indenture, a
default under certain indebtedness, the imposition of certain final judgments or
warrants of attachment and certain events occurring under bankruptcy laws.
Pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement entered into by
Holdings, Holdings filed a shelf registration statement with the Commission with
respect to the New Discount Debentures, and paid the expenses related thereto.
Pursuant to such registration statement, the initial holder of the New Discount
Debentures sold its entire interest in the New Discount Debentures.
The Seller Debentures. The Seller Debentures were issued to the
stockholders of RSI upon consummation of the Merger. The Seller Debentures were
issued in an aggregate principal amount of $131.5 million and will mature on
June 15, 2007. The Seller Debentures are general unsecured obligations of
Holdings and are subordinated to the prior payment when due of all Senior
Indebtedness (as defined in the indenture governing the Seller Debentures (the
"Debenture Indenture")), including the New Discount Debentures. The Seller
Debentures bear interest at a rate equal to 13 5/8% per annum, payable
semi-annually in arrears on each interest payment date. Holdings has the option,
in its sole discretion, to issue additional securities ("Secondary Securities")
in lieu of a cash payment of any or all of the interest due for the period prior
to the interest payment date five years after the date of issuance of the Seller
Debentures.
107
<PAGE> 110
On or after June 15, 2000, the Seller Debentures may be redeemed, at the
option of Holdings, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a
redemption price equal to the applicable percentage of the principal amount
thereof set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on June
15 in the years set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR REDEMPTION PRICE
------------------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C>
2000................................. 106.8125%
2001................................. 105.1094%
2002................................. 103.4063%
2003................................. 101.7031%
2004 and thereafter.................. 100.0000%
</TABLE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to June 15, 1998, Holdings may use the
net proceeds of an Initial Public Offering (as defined in the Debenture
Indenture) of Holdings or Food 4 Less to redeem up to 35% of the Seller
Debentures at a redemption price equal to 110% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Debenture
Indenture), each holder has the right to require the repurchase of such holder's
Seller Debentures at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.
The Debenture Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other
things, limit the ability of Holdings to enter into certain mergers or
consolidations or incur certain liens or of Holdings or its subsidiaries to
incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make certain other Restricted
Payments (as defined in the Debenture Indenture), or engage in certain
transactions with affiliates. Under certain circumstances, Holdings will be
required to make an offer to purchase Seller Debentures at a price equal to 100%
of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the repurchase date with the proceeds of certain Asset Sales (as defined in the
Debenture Indenture). The Debenture Indenture contains certain customary events
of default, which will include the failure to pay interest and principal, the
failure to comply with certain covenants in the Seller Debentures or the
Debenture Indenture, a default under certain indebtedness, the imposition of
certain final judgments or warrants of attachment and certain events occurring
under bankruptcy laws.
Pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement executed
concurrently with the closing of the Merger, Holdings has filed a shelf
registration statement with the Commission with respect to the Seller
Debentures. Holdings is obligated to use its best efforts to cause such shelf
registration statement to remain effective for up to three years, and pay the
expenses related thereto. If Holdings fails to comply with its obligations to
keep such shelf registration statement effective, Holdings will be obligated to
pay certain liquidated damages.
BOOK ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
Except as described in the next paragraph, the Notes (and the related
guarantees) initially will be represented by a single, permanent global
certificate in definitive, fully registered form (the "Global Note"). The Global
Note will be deposited on the Issue Date with, or on behalf of, The Depository
Trust Company, New York, New York ("DTC") and registered in the name of a
nominee of DTC.
Notes (i) originally purchased by or transferred to "foreign purchasers" or
(ii) held by qualified institutional buyers or Accredited Investors who are not
QIBs who elect to take physical delivery of their certificates instead of
holding their interests through the Global Note (and which are thus ineligible
to trade through DTC) (collectively referred to herein as the "Non-Global
Purchasers") will be issued in registered form (the "Certificated Security").
Upon the transfer to a QIB of any Certificated Security initially issued to a
Non-Global Purchaser, such Certificated Security will, unless the transferee
requests otherwise or the Global Note has previously been exchanged in whole for
Certificated Securities, be exchanged for an interest in the Global Note.
108
<PAGE> 111
The Global Note. The Company expects that pursuant to procedures
established by DTC (i) upon the issuance of the Global Note, DTC or its
custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount of Notes of
the individual beneficial interests represented by such Global Note to the
respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary and (ii)
ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Note will be shown on, and the
transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by
DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records
of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants).
Such accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of the Initial
Purchaser and ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Note will be
limited to persons who have accounts with DTC ("participants") or persons who
hold interests through participants. QIBs may hold their interests in the Global
Note directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or indirectly
through organizations which are participants in such system.
So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the
Notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole
owner or holder of the Notes represented by such Global Note for all purposes
under the Indenture. No beneficial owner of an interest in the Global Note will
be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC's procedures, in
addition to those provided for under the Indenture with respect to the Notes.
Payments of the principal of, premium (if any), interest and Liquidated
Damages (if any) on, the Global Note will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the
case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of the Company, the Trustee
or any Paying Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of
the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interests in the Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.
The Company expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of
principal, premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, in respect
of the Global Note, will credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts
proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount
of the Global Note as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. The Company
also expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in
the Global Note held through such participants will be governed by standing
instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for
the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such
customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.
Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way
through DTC's same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be
settled in same day funds. If a holder requires physical delivery of a
Certificated Security for any reason, including to sell Notes to persons in
states which require physical delivery of the Notes, or to pledge such
securities, such holder must transfer its interest in the Global Note, in
accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and with the procedures set forth
in the Indenture.
DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of Notes (including the presentation of Notes for exchange as
described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose
account the DTC interests in the Global Note are credited and only in respect of
such portion of the aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which such
participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there
is an Event of Default under the Indenture, DTC will exchange the Global Note
for Certificated Securities, which it will distribute to its participants.
DTC has advised the Company as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust
company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the
Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the
Uniform Commercial Code and a "Clearing Agency" registered pursuant to the
provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"). DTC was created to hold securities for its participants
and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between
participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its
participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
companies and clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect
access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers
and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with
a participant, either directly or indirectly ("indirect participants").
109
<PAGE> 112
Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate
transfers of interests in the Global Note among participants of DTC, it is under
no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be
discontinued at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any
responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect
participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures
governing their operations.
Certificated Securities. If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to
continue as a depositary for the Global Note and a successor depositary is not
appointed by the Company within 90 days, Certificated Securities will be issued
in exchange for the Global Note.
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
In the opinion of Latham & Watkins, counsel to the Company, the following
discussion describes the material federal income tax consequences expected to
result to holders whose Private Notes are exchanged for Exchange Notes in the
Exchange Offer. Such opinion is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), applicable Treasury regulations,
judicial authority and administrative rulings and practice. There can be no
assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the "Service") will not take a
contrary view, and no ruling from the Service has been or will be sought with
respect to the Exchange Offer. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes
or interpretations may be forthcoming that could alter or modify the statements
and conclusions set forth herein. Any such changes or interpretations may or may
not be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences to holders. Certain
holders (including insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial
institutions, broker-dealers, foreign corporations and persons who are not
citizens or residents of the United States) may be subject to special rules not
discussed below. EACH HOLDER OF PRIVATE NOTES SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR
AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING PRIVATE NOTES FOR EXCHANGE
NOTES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN
LAWS.
The exchange of Private Notes for Exchange Notes will be treated as a
"non-event" for federal income tax purposes because the Exchange Notes will not
be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the Private Notes. As
a result, no material federal income tax consequences will result to holders
exchanging Private Notes for Exchange Notes.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with the resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Private Notes where such Private Notes were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed
that for a period of up to 90 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this
Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer that
requests such document in the Letter of Transmittal for use in connection with
any such resale.
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes
by broker-dealers or any other persons. Exchange Notes received by
broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold
from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in
negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or
a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time
of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such
Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received
by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or
dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed
to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
110
<PAGE> 113
Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any
commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Company's
performance of, or compliance with, the Registration Rights Agreement and will
indemnify the holders of Private Notes (including any broker-dealers), and
certain parties related to such holders, against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the Exchange Notes offered hereby
will be passed upon for the Company by Latham & Watkins, Los Angeles,
California.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Ralphs Grocery Company (formerly
Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc.) as of January 28, 1996, January 29, 1995 and
June 25, 1994 and for the 52 week period ended January 28, 1996, the 31 week
period ended January 29, 1995 and the 52 week periods ended June 25, 1994 and
June 26, 1993, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Arthur Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants, as stated in their report appearing herein.
The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Ralphs Supermarkets,
Inc. as of January 29, 1995 and January 30, 1994, and for each of the years in
the three-year period ended January 29, 1995, have been included herein and in
the Registration Statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon
the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes offered hereby.
As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission, this Prospectus
omits certain information, exhibits and undertakings contained in the
Registration Statement. For further information with respect to the Company and
the Exchange Notes offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration
Statement, including the exhibits thereto and the financial statements, notes
and schedules filed as a part thereof. The Registration Statement (and the
exhibits and schedules thereto), as well as the periodic reports and other
information filed by the Company with the Commission, may be inspected and
copied at the Public Reference Section of the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary
Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional
offices of the Commission located at Room 1400, 75 Park Place, New York, New
York 10007 and Suite 1400, Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street,
Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials may be obtained from the
Public Reference Section of the Commission, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and its public reference facilities
in New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois at the prescribed rates. Statements
contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other
document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to
the copy of such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such
reference.
The Company is subject to the periodic reporting and other information
requirements of the Exchange Act. The Company has agreed that, whether or not it
is required to do so by the rules and regulations of the Commission, for so long
as any of the Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the holders of the
Notes and, following consummation of the Exchange Offer and to the extent
permitted by applicable law or regulations, file with the Commission (i) all
quarterly and annual financial information that would be required
111
<PAGE> 114
to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the
Company were required to file such Forms, including for each a "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and,
with respect to the annual consolidated financial statements only, a report
thereon by the Company's independent auditors and (ii) all reports that would be
required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were
required to file such reports. The Company will also furnish such other reports
as it may determine or as may be required by law.
The principal address of the Company is 1100 West Artesia Boulevard,
Compton, California 90220 and the Company's telephone number is (310) 884-9000.
112
<PAGE> 115
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY (FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.):
Report of Independent Public Accountants (Arthur Andersen LLP)........................ F-2
Consolidated balance sheets as of June 25, 1994, January 29, 1995, January 28, 1996
and
April 21, 1996 (unaudited).......................................................... F-3
Consolidated statements of operations for the 52 weeks ended June 26, 1993 and June
25, 1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996,
the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 (unaudited) and the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996
(unaudited)......................................................................... F-5
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the 52 weeks ended June 26, 1993 and June
25, 1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996,
the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 (unaudited) and the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1996
(unaudited)......................................................................... F-6
Consolidated statements of stockholder's equity for the 52 weeks ended June 26, 1993
and
June 25, 1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, the 52 weeks ended January 28,
1996
and the 12 weeks ended April 21, 1995............................................... F-7
Notes to consolidated financial statements............................................ F-8
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC. (AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY):
Independent Auditors' Report (KPMG Peat Marwick LLP).................................. F-29
Consolidated balance sheets at January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995.................. F-30
Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended January 31, 1993, January
30, 1994 and January 29, 1995....................................................... F-31
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended January 31, 1993, January
30, 1994 and January 29, 1995....................................................... F-32
Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity for the years ended January 31, 1993,
January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995............................................... F-33
Notes to consolidated financial statements............................................ F-34
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 116
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholder of Ralphs Grocery Company:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ralphs
Grocery Company (a Delaware corporation) (formerly Food 4 Less Supermarkets,
Inc. -- See Note 1 in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements) and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 25, 1994, January 29, 1995
and January 28, 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholder's equity and cash flows for the 52 weeks ended June 26, 1993 and
June 25, 1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995, and the 52 weeks ended
January 28, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ralphs
Grocery Company and subsidiaries as of June 25, 1994, January 29, 1995 and
January 28, 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
the 52 weeks ended June 26, 1993 and June 25, 1994, the 31 weeks ended January
29, 1995, and the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Los Angeles, California
April 19, 1996
F-2
<PAGE> 117
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28, APRIL 21,
1994 1995 1996 1996
-------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents...................... $ 32,996 $ 19,560 $ 67,983 $ 58,542
Trade receivables, less allowances of $1,386,
$1,192, $1,954 and $1,574 at June 25, 1994,
January 29, 1995, January 28, 1996 and April
21, 1996, respectively...................... 25,039 23,377 60,948 65,597
Notes and other receivables.................... 1,312 3,985 6,452 4,689
Inventories.................................... 212,892 224,686 502,669 483,380
Patronage receivables from suppliers........... 2,875 5,173 4,557 1,535
Prepaid expenses and other..................... 6,323 13,051 34,855 31,990
-------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total current assets................... 281,437 289,832 677,464 645,733
INVESTMENTS IN AND NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM SUPPLIER
COOPERATIVES:
Associated Wholesale Grocers................... 6,718 6,718 7,288 7,020
Certified Grocers of California and Other...... 5,984 5,686 4,926 4,926
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Land........................................... 23,488 23,488 183,125 183,125
Buildings...................................... 12,827 24,172 196,551 196,691
Leasehold improvements......................... 97,673 110,020 251,856 252,211
Equipment and fixtures......................... 180,508 190,016 441,760 459,883
Construction in progress....................... 12,641 8,042 61,296 57,204
Leased property under capital leases........... 78,222 82,526 189,061 189,702
Leasehold interests............................ 93,464 96,556 114,475 109,992
-------- ---------- ---------- ----------
498,823 534,820 1,438,124 1,448,808
Less: Accumulated depreciation and
amortization................................ 134,089 154,382 226,451 242,198
-------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net property and equipment..................... 364,734 380,438 1,211,673 1,206,610
OTHER ASSETS:
Deferred financing costs, less accumulated
amortization of $17,083, $20,496, $6,964 and
$10,300 at June 25, 1994, January 29, 1995,
January 28, 1996 and April 21, 1996,
respectively................................ 28,536 25,469 94,100 94,336
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of
$33,945, $38,560, $60,407 and $67,609 at
June 25, 1994, January 29, 1995, January 28,
1996 and April 21, 1996, respectively....... 267,884 263,112 1,173,445 1,166,243
Other, net..................................... 24,787 29,440 19,233 19,907
-------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$980,080 $ 1,000,695 $ 3,188,129 $ 3,144,775
======== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance
sheets.
F-3
<PAGE> 118
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28, APRIL 21,
1994 1995 1996 1996
-------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable............................... $180,708 $ 190,455 $ 385,500 $ 372,731
Accrued payroll and related liabilities........ 42,805 42,007 94,011 93,627
Accrued interest............................... 5,474 10,730 23,870 56,022
Other accrued liabilities...................... 53,910 65,279 276,162 268,664
Income taxes payable........................... 2,000 293 596 596
Current portion of self-insurance
liabilities................................. 29,492 28,616 21,785 22,004
Current portion of senior debt................. 18,314 22,263 31,735 38,979
Current portion of obligations under capital
leases...................................... 3,616 4,965 22,261 23,298
-------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total current liabilities.............. 336,319 364,608 855,920 875,921
SENIOR DEBT, net of current portion.............. 310,944 320,901 1,226,302 1,200,035
OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES................. 39,998 40,675 130,784 126,215
SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT......................... 145,000 145,000 671,222 671,222
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES............................ 14,740 17,534 17,988 17,988
SELF-INSURANCE LIABILITIES....................... 52,212 44,123 127,200 129,856
LEASE VALUATION RESERVE.......................... -- -- 25,182 24,273
OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES.................... 11,846 10,051 74,412 72,127
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES.................... -- -- -- --
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
Cumulative convertible preferred stock, $.01
par value, 200,000 shares authorized and
50,000 shares issued at June 25, 1994 and
January 29, 1995(aggregate liquidation value
of $62.2 million and $67.9 million at June
25, 1994 and January 29, 1995, respectively)
and no shares authorized or issued at
January 28, 1996 or April 21, 1996.......... 58,997 65,136 -- --
Common stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares
authorized: 1,519,632 shares, 1,519,632
shares, 1,513,938 shares and 1,513,938
shares issued at June 25, 1994, January 29,
1995, January 28, 1996 and April 21, 1996,
respectively................................ 15 15 15 15
Additional capital............................. 107,650 107,650 466,783 466,783
Notes receivable from stockholders of parent... (586) (702) (602) (602)
Retained deficit............................... (94,586) (112,225) (407,077) (439,058)
-------- ---------- ---------- ----------
71,490 59,874 59,119 27,138
Treasury stock: 16,732 shares, 12,345 shares,
no shares and no shares of common stock at
June 25, 1994, January 29, 1995, January 28,
1996 and April 21, 1996, respectively....... (2,469) (2,071) -- --
-------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total stockholder's equity............. 69,021 57,803 59,119 27,138
-------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$980,080 $ 1,000,695 $ 3,188,129 $ 3,144,775
======== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance
sheets.
F-4
<PAGE> 119
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 31 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 12 WEEKS 12 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
JUNE 26, JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28, APRIL 23, APRIL 21,
1993 1994 1995 1996 1995 1996
---------- ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
SALES......................................... $2,742,027 $2,585,160 $ 1,556,522 $ 4,335,109 $ 623,598 $1,230,808
COST OF SALES (including purchases from
related parties of $204,028, $175,929,
$104,407, $141,432, $41,770 and $25,789 for
the 52 weeks ended June 26, 1993 and June
25, 1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29,
1995, the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996,
the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 and the 12
weeks ended April 21, 1996, respectively)... 2,257,835 2,115,842 1,294,147 3,485,993 516,430 982,171
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
GROSS PROFIT.................................. 484,192 469,318 262,375 849,116 107,168 248,637
SELLING, GENERAL, ADMINISTRATIVE AND OTHER,
NET......................................... 434,908 388,836 222,359 785,576 91,352 217,335
AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL...................... 7,571 7,691 4,615 21,847 1,829 7,202
RESTRUCTURING CHARGE.......................... -- -- 5,134 123,083 -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)....................... 41,713 72,791 30,267 (81,390) 13,987 24,100
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Interest expense, excluding amortization of
deferred financing costs.................. 64,831 62,778 38,809 170,581 15,522 52,748
Amortization of deferred financing costs.... 4,901 5,472 3,413 8,193 1,394 3,336
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
69,732 68,250 42,222 178,774 16,916 56,084
LOSS (GAIN) ON DISPOSAL OF ASSETS............. (2,083) 37 (455) (547) (417 ) (3 )
PROVISION FOR EARTHQUAKE LOSSES............... -- 4,504 -- -- -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND
EXTRAORDINARY CHARGE........................ (25,936) -- (11,500) (259,617) (2,512 ) (31,981 )
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.................... 1,427 2,700 -- 500 300 --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
LOSS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY CHARGE.............. (27,363) (2,700) (11,500) (260,117) (2,812 ) (31,981 )
EXTRAORDINARY CHARGE.......................... -- -- -- 23,128 -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
NET LOSS...................................... $ (27,363) $ (2,700) $ (11,500) $ (283,245) $ (2,812 ) $ (31,981 )
========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
PREFERRED STOCK ACCRETION..................... 3,882 8,767 6,139 3,960 2,376 --
LOSS APPLICABLE TO COMMON SHARES.............. $ (31,245) $ (11,467) $ (17,639) $ (287,205) $ (5,188 ) $ (31,981 )
========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:
Loss before extraordinary charge............ $ (21.52) $ (7.63) $ (11.72) $ (174.72) $ (3.44 ) $ (21.12 )
Extraordinary charge........................ -- -- -- (15.30) -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net loss.................................... $ (21.52) $ (7.63) $ (11.72) $ (190.02) $ (3.44 ) $ (21.12 )
========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Average Number of Common Shares
Outstanding............................... 1,452,184 1,503,828 1,504,425 1,511,453 1,507,287 1,513,938
========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
F-5
<PAGE> 120
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 31 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 12 WEEKS 12 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
JUNE 26, JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28, APRIL 23, APRIL 21,
1993 1994 1995 1996 1995 1996
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Cash received from customers................. $ 2,742,027 $ 2,585,160 $ 1,556,522 $ 4,335,109 $ 623,598 $1,230,808
Cash paid to suppliers and employees......... (2,711,779) (2,441,353) (1,507,523) (4,197,875) (595,468) (1,156,304 )
Interest paid................................ (58,807) (56,762) (33,553) (157,441) (18,031) (20,596 )
Income taxes refunded (paid)................. 2,971 (247) 1,087 256 (5) --
Interest received............................ 993 903 867 2,562 133 541
Other, net................................... 8,093 121 221 547 299 3
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY OPERATING
ACTIVITIES................................... (16,502) 87,822 17,621 (16,842) 10,526 54,452
CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from sale of property and
equipment.................................. 15,685 11,953 7,199 21,373 5,301 31
Payment for purchase of property and
equipment.................................. (53,467) (57,471) (49,023) (122,355) (18,238) (34,222 )
Payment of acquisition costs, net of cash
acquired................................... -- (11,050) -- (303,301) -- --
Other, net................................... (18) 813 (797) (1,120) (2,694) (973 )
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
NET CASH USED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES......... (37,800) (55,755) (42,621) (405,403) (15,631) (35,164 )
CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt..... 26,557 28 -- 1,050,000 -- --
Net increase (decrease) in revolving loan.... 4,900 (4,900) 27,300 100,100 8,000 (17,400 )
Payments of long-term debt................... (14,319) (14,224) (13,394) (576,727) (4,623) (1,623 )
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock.... 46,348 -- -- -- -- --
Proceeds from issuance of common stock,
net........................................ 3,652 -- 269 -- -- --
Purchase of treasury stock, net.............. (545) (1,192) (57) -- -- --
Payments of capital lease obligation......... (2,840) (3,693) (2,278) (15,314) (925) (6,134 )
Capital contribution from parent............. -- -- -- 12,108 -- --
Dividends.................................... -- -- -- (7,647) -- --
Deferred financing costs and other, net...... (8,839) (179) (276) (91,852) 17 (3,572 )
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY FINANCING
ACTIVITIES................................... 54,914 (24,160) 11,564 470,668 2,469 (28,729 )
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS.................................. 612 7,907 (13,436) 48,423 (2,636) (9,441 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF
PERIOD....................................... 24,477 25,089 32,996 19,560 19,560 67,983
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD.... $ 25,089 $ 32,996 $ 19,560 $ 67,983 $ 16,924 $ 58,542
=========== =========== =========== =========== ========= ===========
RECONCILIATION OF NET LOSS TO NET CASH
PROVIDED (USED) BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss..................................... $ (27,363) $ (2,700) $ (11,500) $ (283,245) $ (2,812) $ (31,981 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
provided (used) by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization................ 62,541 62,555 40,036 133,522 16,083 40,018
Restructuring charge......................... -- -- 5,134 123,083 -- --
Extraordinary charge......................... -- -- -- 23,128 -- --
Loss (gain) on sale of assets................ (4,613) 65 (455) (547) (417) (3 )
Change in assets and liabilities, net of
effects
from acquisition of businesses:
Accounts and notes receivable.............. 17,145 (3,220) (3,398) (74) 9,474 136
Inventories................................ 17,697 (17,125) (11,794) 762 15,838 19,289
Prepaid expenses and other................. (5,956) (5,717) (11,239) (18,291) 1,493 500
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities... (83,286) 55,301 18,715 3,327 (27,775) 23,618
Self-insurance liabilities................. 2,935 (3,790) (8,965) 737 (1,653) 2,875
Deferred income taxes...................... 4,004 2,506 2,794 454 -- --
Income taxes payable....................... 394 (53) (1,707) 302 295 --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
Total adjustments............................ 10,861 90,522 29,121 266,403 13,338 86,433
NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY OPERATING
ACTIVITIES................................... $ (16,502) $ 87,822 $ 17,621 $ (16,842) $ 10,526 $ 54,452
=========== =========== =========== =========== ========= ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property and equipment through
issuance of capital lease obligation....... $ -- $ 2,575 $ 4,304 $ 24,008 $ -- $ --
=========== =========== =========== =========== ========= ===========
Reduction of goodwill and deferred income
taxes...................................... $ -- $ 9,896 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
=========== =========== =========== =========== ========= ===========
Acquisition of stores in fiscal year 1994 and
RSI
in fiscal year 1995
Fair value of assets acquired, including
goodwill................................. $ -- $ 11,241 $ -- $ 2,098,220 $ -- $ --
Net cash paid in acquisition............... -- (11,050) -- (303,301) -- --
Capital contribution from parent........... -- -- -- (262,000) -- --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
Liabilities assumed........................ $ -- $ 191 $ -- $ 1,532,919 $ -- $ --
=========== =========== =========== =========== ========= ===========
Accretion of preferred stock................. $ 3,882 $ 8,767 $ 6,139 $ 3,960 $ 2,376 $ --
=========== =========== =========== =========== ========= ===========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
F-6
<PAGE> 121
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREFERRED STOCK COMMON STOCK TREASURY STOCK
------------------ ------------------ -----------------
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER STOCK- ADD'L STOCK-
OF OF OF HOLDERS' PAID-IN RETAINED HOLDER'S
SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT NOTES CAPITAL DEFICIT EQUITY
------- -------- --------- ------ ------- ------- -------- -------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCES AT JUNE 27,
1992................. -- $ -- 1,398,514 $ 14 (3,637) $ (429) $ (939) $103,999 $ (51,874) $ 50,771
Net loss............. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (27,363) (27,363)
Issuance of Common
Stock.............. -- -- 121,118 1 -- -- -- 3,651 -- 3,652
Purchase of Treasury
Stock.............. -- -- -- -- (9,612) (770) 225 -- -- (545)
Issuance of
Cumulative
Convertible
Preferred Stock.... 50,000 46,348 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 46,348
Accretion of
Preferred Stock.... -- 3,882 -- -- -- -- -- -- (3,882) --
------- -------- --------- --- ------- ------- ----- --------- --------- ---------
BALANCES AT JUNE 26,
1993................. 50,000 50,230 1,519,632 15 (13,249) (1,199) (714) 107,650 (83,119) 72,863
Net loss............. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (2,700) (2,700)
Purchase of Treasury
Stock.............. -- -- -- -- (3,483) (1,270) 78 -- -- (1,192)
Payments of
Stockholders'
Notes.............. -- -- -- -- -- -- 50 -- -- 50
Accretion of
Preferred Stock.... -- 8,767 -- -- -- -- -- -- (8,767) --
------- -------- --------- --- ------- ------- ----- --------- --------- ---------
BALANCES AT JUNE 25,
1994................. 50,000 58,997 1,519,632 15 (16,732) (2,469) (586) 107,650 (94,586) 69,021
Net loss............. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (11,500) (11,500)
Issuance of Treasury
Stock.............. -- -- -- -- 5,504 460 (191) -- -- 269
Purchase of Treasury
Stock.............. -- -- -- -- (1,117) (62) 5 -- -- (57)
Payments of
Stockholders'
Notes.............. -- -- -- -- -- -- 70 -- -- 70
Accretion of
Preferred Stock.... -- 6,139 -- -- -- -- -- -- (6,139) --
------- -------- --------- --- ------- ------- ----- --------- --------- ---------
BALANCES AT JANUARY 29,
1995................. 50,000 65,136 1,519,632 15 (12,345) (2,071) (702) 107,650 (112,225) 57,803
Net Loss............. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (283,245) (283,245)
Payments of
Stockholders'
Notes.............. -- -- -- -- -- -- 100 -- -- 100
Accretion of
Preferred Stock.... -- 3,960 -- -- -- -- -- -- (3,960) --
Cancellation of
Preferred Stock.... (50,000) (69,096) -- -- -- -- -- 69,096 -- --
Cancellation of F4LSI
Common Stock held
as Treasury
Stock.............. -- -- (5,694) -- 5,694 955 -- (955) -- --
Cancellation of F4L
Holdings Common
Stock held as
Treasury Stock..... -- -- -- -- 6,651 1,116 -- (1,116) -- --
Dividend paid to F4L
Holdings, Inc...... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (7,647) (7,647)
Capital Contribution
by F4L Holdings,
Inc................ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 282,108 -- 282,108
Issuance of Stock
Options............ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 10,000 -- 10,000
------- -------- --------- --- ------- ------- ----- --------- --------- ---------
BALANCES AT JANUARY 28,
1996................. -- $ -- 1,513,938 $ 15 -- $ -- $ (602) $466,783 $(407,077) $ 59,119
======= ======== ========= === ======= ======= ===== ========= ========= =========
Net loss
(unaudited)........ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (31,981) (31,981)
------- -------- --------- --- ------- ------- ----- --------- --------- ---------
BALANCES AT APRIL 21,
1996 (UNAUDITED)..... -- $ -- 1,513,938 $ 15 -- $ -- $ (602) $466,783 $(439,058) $ 27,138
======= ======== ========= === ======= ======= ===== ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
F-7
<PAGE> 122
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) ORGANIZATION AND ACQUISITIONS
Ralphs Grocery Company (the "Company"), formerly known as Food 4 Less
Supermarkets, Inc. ("Food 4 Less"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Food 4 Less
Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"), is a multiple format supermarket operator that
tailors its retail strategy to the particular needs of the individual
communities it serves. The Company operates in three geographic areas: Southern
California, Northern California and certain areas of the Midwest. The Company
has four first-tier subsidiaries: Cala Co. ("Cala"), Falley's, Inc.
("Falley's"), Food 4 Less of Southern California, Inc. ("F4L-SoCal"), formerly
known as Breco Holding Company, Inc. ("BHC") and Crawford Stores, Inc. Cala
Foods, Inc. ("Cala Foods") and Bell Markets, Inc. ("Bell") are subsidiaries of
Cala, and Alpha Beta Company ("Alpha Beta") is a subsidiary of F4L-SoCal.
Ralphs Merger
On June 14, 1995, Food 4 Less, Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc., a California
corporation ("Old Holdings"), and Food 4 Less, Inc. ("FFL") (which owned a
majority of the stock of Old Holdings) completed a definitive agreement and plan
of merger (the "Merger Agreement") with Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. ("RSI") and
the stockholders of RSI. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, as
amended, the Company was merged with and into RSI (the "RSI Merger").
Immediately following the RSI Merger, pre-Merger Ralphs Grocery Company ("RGC"),
which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of RSI, merged with and into RSI (the "RGC
Merger," and together with the RSI Merger, the "Merger"), and RSI changed its
name to Ralphs Grocery Company (the "Company"). Prior to the Merger, FFL merged
with and into Old Holdings, which was the surviving corporation (the "FFL
Merger"). Immediately following the FFL Merger, Old Holdings changed its
jurisdiction of incorporation by merging into a newly-formed, wholly-owned
subsidiary ("Holdings"), incorporated in Delaware (the "Reincorporation
Merger"). As a result of the Merger, the FFL Merger and the Reincorporation
Merger, the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.
The purchase price for the outstanding capital stock of RSI was $538.1
million; the Company paid $288.1 million in cash, Holdings paid $100.0 million
in cash, and Holdings issued $131.5 million of its Seller Debentures and $18.5
million of its New Discount Debentures as consideration for the purchase. The
Company also paid fees associated with the acquisition of $47.8 million
(including a prepayment premium on outstanding mortgage debt of RGC of $19.7
million), which was offset by RGC's cash on hand at the Merger date of $32.6
million.
The proceeds from the New Credit Facility, the 1995 Senior Notes and the
1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes (all as defined below) provided the sources
of financing required to pay the Company's portion of the purchase price and to
repay outstanding bank debt of Food 4 Less and RGC of $176.5 million and $228.9
million, respectively, and to repay existing mortgage debt of $174.0 million of
RGC. In addition, the Company exchanged certain of its newly issued senior notes
and senior subordinated notes for outstanding indebtedness of RGC and Food 4
Less. Proceeds from the New Credit Facility also were used to pay certain
exchange and consent solicitation fees associated with the above transactions,
and to pay accrued interest on all exchanged debt securities in the amount of
$27.8 million, to pay $17.8 million to the holders of the RGC Equity
Appreciation Rights and to loan $5.0 million to an affiliate for the benefit of
such holders, to pay approximately $93.3 million of fees and expenses of the
Merger and the related financing and to pay $3.5 million to purchase shares of
common stock of Old Holdings from certain dissenting shareholders. In addition,
Holdings issued $22.5 million of its New Discount Debentures in consideration
for certain Merger-related services.
In connection with the closure of two former RGC warehouse facilities and
nine former RGC stores (including three stores which were part of an antitrust
settlement agreement with the State of California), the Company recorded a
reserve of $24.9 million in the purchase price allocation. This reserve includes
lease
F-8
<PAGE> 123
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
termination costs, write-off of the property and equipment at these locations
and closure costs. These closures are expected to be completed by June 1996.
Also, a reserve of $12.0 million was recorded for administrative cost reductions
mainly associated with duplicative personnel.
The following unaudited pro forma information for the 52 weeks ended
January 29, 1995 and the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996 presents the results of
the Company's operations, adjusted to reflect interest expense and depreciation
and amortization, as though the Merger had been completed on January 31, 1994.
The unaudited pro forma information for the 12 weeks ended April 23, 1995 is
presented as though the Merger was completed on January 30, 1995 (dollars in
thousands, except per share amounts):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE
------------------------------------------
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 12 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28, APRIL 23,
1995 1996 1995
----------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Sales.......................................... $ 5,301,411 $ 5,360,800 $1,261,101
Restructuring charge........................... (128,217) -- (75,187)
Loss before extraordinary charge............... (228,624) (93,244) (119,642)
Net loss....................................... (251,752) (93,244) (142,770)
Loss per share:
Loss before extraordinary charge............. (151.01) (61.59) (79.03)
Net loss..................................... (166.29) (61.59) (94.30)
</TABLE>
Incremental costs of $74.8 million associated with the integration of RGC
into the Company, including advertising the conversion of Food 4 Less stores to
the Ralphs format, combining the Food 4 Less and RGC warehousing and
distribution functions and markdowns recorded at converted stores and stores
closed, were recorded in the actual statement of operations for fiscal year 1995
and are recorded in the pro forma 52 weeks ended January 29, 1995 only. The
unaudited pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the
actual results of operations that would have occurred had the purchases actually
been made on January 31, 1994, or of the results which may occur in the future.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the preliminary
allocation of the RGC purchase price. Certain appraisals and other analyses
needed to determine the fair market value of RGC's net assets as of the Merger
date are not yet completed. The final purchase price allocation will be
completed by June 1996.
On March 29, 1994, the Company purchased certain operating assets formerly
owned by Food Barn Stores, Inc. (the "Food Barn Stores") from Associated
Wholesale Grocers, Inc. ("AWG") (the "Food Barn Acquisition") for $11.2 million.
The effect of the acquisition was not material to the Company's financial
position and results of operations. Falley's has agreed to purchase merchandise
(as defined) for the Food Barn Stores from AWG through March 24, 2001. Falley's
has pledged its patronage dividends and notes receivable from AWG as security
under this supply agreement.
On June 17, 1991, the Company acquired all of the common stock of Alpha
Beta for $270.5 million in a transaction accounted for as a purchase.
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The results of operations of
pre-Merger Ralphs Grocery Company and all previous acquisitions have been
excluded from the consolidated financial statements for periods prior to their
respective acquisition dates. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated
in consolidation.
F-9
<PAGE> 124
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Fiscal Years
Food 4 Less, together with its subsidiaries, changed its fiscal year end
from the 52 or 53-week period which ends on the last Saturday in June to the 52
or 53-week period which ends on the Sunday closest to January 31, resulting in a
31-week transition period ended January 29, 1995. As a result of the fiscal year
end change, the 52-week period ended June 26, 1993 is referred to as fiscal year
1993, the 52-week period ended June 25, 1994 is referred to as fiscal year 1994,
the 31-week period ended January 29, 1995 is referred to as the 1995 transition
period and the 52-week period ended January 28, 1996 is referred to as fiscal
year 1995. In addition, information presented below concerning subsequent fiscal
years starts with fiscal year 1996, which will cover the 53 weeks ended February
2, 1997 and will proceed sequentially forward.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or
less to be cash equivalents.
Inventories
Inventories, which consist of grocery products, are stated at the lower of
cost or market. Cost has been principally determined using the last-in,
first-out ("LIFO") method. If inventories had been valued using the first-in,
first-out ("FIFO") method, inventories would have been higher by $13.8 million,
$16.5 million, $18.7 million and $20.0 million (unaudited) at June 25, 1994,
January 29, 1995, January 28, 1996 and April 21, 1996, respectively, and gross
profit and operating income would have been greater by $4.4 million, $0.7
million, $2.7 million, $2.2 million, $1.0 million (unaudited) and $1.3 million
(unaudited) for fiscal year 1993, fiscal year 1994, the 1995 transition period,
fiscal year 1995, the first quarter of fiscal year 1995 and the first quarter of
fiscal year 1996, respectively.
Pre-opening Costs
The costs associated with opening new stores are deferred and amortized
over one year following the opening of each new store.
Closed Store Reserves
When a store is closed, the Company provides a reserve for the net book
value of its property and equipment, net of salvage value, and the net present
value of the remaining lease obligation, net of sublease income. For fiscal year
1993, fiscal year 1994, the 1995 transition period and fiscal year 1995 (which
includes activity due to the Merger), utilization of this reserve was $2.4
million, $1.1 million, $0.6 million and $23.0 million, respectively.
Investments in Supplier Cooperatives
The investment in Certified is accounted for on the cost method. There are
certain restrictions on the sale of this investment.
F-10
<PAGE> 125
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated principally
using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings and improvements........................... 5-40 years
Equipment and fixtures............................... 3-10 years
Property under capital leases and leasehold
interests.......................................... 3-45 years (lease term)
</TABLE>
Deferred Financing Costs
Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of debt are amortized over
the term of the related debt using the effective interest method.
Goodwill
The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of
businesses acquired is amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years
beginning at the date of acquisition. Current and undiscounted future operating
cash flows are compared to current and undiscounted future goodwill amortization
to determine if an impairment of goodwill has occurred and is continuing. As of
January 28, 1996, no impairment existed.
Income Taxes
On June 27, 1993, the Company prospectively adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109 (SFAS 109), "Accounting for Income Taxes". SFAS 109
is an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax
assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that
have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. In
estimating future tax consequences, SFAS 109 generally considers all expected
future events other than enactments of changes in the tax law or rates.
The implementation of SFAS 109 did not have a material effect on the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Notes Receivable from Stockholders of Parent
Notes receivable from stockholders of parent represent loans to employees
of the Company for purchases of Holdings' common stock. The notes are due over
various periods, bear interest at the prime rate, and are secured by each
stockholder's shares of Holdings' common stock.
Self-Insurance
The Company is self-insured for a portion of its workers' compensation,
general liability and automobile accident claims. The Company establishes
reserves based on an independent actuary's valuation of open claims reported and
an estimate of claims incurred but not yet filed.
Discounts and Promotional Allowances
Promotional allowances and vendor discounts are recorded as a reduction of
cost of sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Allowance proceeds received in advance are deferred and recognized over the
period earned.
F-11
<PAGE> 126
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Provision for Earthquake Losses
On January 17, 1994, Southern California was struck by a major earthquake
which resulted in the temporary closure of 31 of the Company's stores. The
closures were caused primarily by loss of electricity, water, or inventory, or
structural damage. All but one of the closed stores reopened within a week of
the earthquake. The final closed store reopened on March 24, 1994. The Company
is insured against earthquake losses (including business interruption), subject
to certain deductibles. The pre-tax loss, net of insurance recoveries, was
approximately $4.5 million.
Extraordinary Items
For the 52 weeks ended January 28, 1996, the Company recorded an
extraordinary charge relating to the refinancing of Food 4 Less' Old Credit
Facility, 10.45% Senior Notes due 2000 (the "1992 Senior Notes"), 13.75% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2001 (the "1991 Senior Subordinated Notes"), the
repayment of Holdings' 15.25% Senior Discount Notes due 2004 in connection with
the Merger and the write-off of their related debt issuance costs.
Loss Per Common Share
Loss per common share is computed based on the weighted average number of
shares outstanding during the applicable period. Fully diluted loss per share
has been omitted as it is anti-dilutive for all periods presented.
Use of Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of" (SFAS 121) and Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation"
(SFAS 123). The Company will be required to adopt SFAS 121 and SFAS 123 in
fiscal year 1996. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS 121 or
SFAS 123 will have a material effect on its financial position or its results of
operations in fiscal year 1996.
Reclassifications
Certain prior period amounts in the consolidated financial statements have
been reclassified to conform to the fiscal year 1995 presentation.
(3) PREFERRED STOCK
On December 31, 1992, the Company issued 50,000 shares of $.01 par value
Series A cumulative convertible preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock") with a
liquidation value of $1,000 per share and 121,118 shares of its $.01 par value
common stock (the "Common Stock") to its parent company, Holdings, in exchange
for gross proceeds of $50.0 million. The Preferred Stock had a stated dividend
rate of $152.50 per
F-12
<PAGE> 127
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
share, per annum. In order to finance the purchase of the Preferred and Common
Stock from the Company, Holdings issued $103.6 million aggregate principal
amount of 15.25% Senior Discount Notes due 2004 (the "Holdings Notes") and
121,118 Common Stock Purchase Warrants (the "Warrants") for gross proceeds of
$50.0 million.
In connection with the Merger, the Preferred Stock was cancelled. The
accreted amount of the Preferred Stock at the date of the Merger was contributed
to the Company's capital and is reflected in the accompanying 1995 Consolidated
Statement of Stockholder's Equity as a component of additional paid-in capital.
Also, at the time of the Merger, Holdings repaid its borrowings under the
Holdings Notes.
(4) SENIOR DEBT AND SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT
The Company's senior debt is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF
--------------------------------------------
JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28,
1994 1995 1996
------------ ------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
New Term Loans..................................... $ -- $ -- $ 590,426,000
Old Term Loan...................................... 137,064,000 125,732,000 --
10.45% Senior Notes, principal due 2004 with
interest payable semi-annually in arrears........ -- -- 520,326,000
10.45% Senior Notes, principal due 2000 with
interest payable semi-annually in arrears........ 175,000,000 175,000,000 4,674,000
New Revolving Facility............................. -- -- 127,400,000
Old Revolving Loan................................. -- 27,300,000 --
10.0% secured promissory note, collateralized by
the stock of Bell, due June 1996, interest
payable quarterly................................ 8,000,000 8,000,000 8,000,000
Other senior debt.................................. 9,194,000 7,132,000 7,211,000
------------ ------------ --------------
329,258,000 343,164,000 1,258,037,000
Less -- current portion............................ 18,314,000 22,263,000 31,735,000
------------ ------------ --------------
$310,944,000 $320,901,000 $1,226,302,000
============ ============ ==============
</TABLE>
Senior Debt
As part of the Merger financing, the Company entered into a new bank credit
agreement (the "New Credit Facility") comprised of a $600.0 million term loan
facility (the "New Term Loans") and a revolving credit facility of $325.0
million (the "New Revolving Facility") under which working capital loans may be
made and commercial or standby letters of credit in the maximum aggregate amount
of up to $150.0 million may be issued.
At January 28, 1996, $590.4 million was outstanding under the New Term
Loans, $127.4 million was outstanding under the New Revolving Facility, and
$92.7 million of standby letters of credit had been issued on behalf of the
Company. A commitment fee of one-half of one percent per annum is charged on the
average daily unused portion of the New Revolving Facility; such commitment fees
are due quarterly in arrears. Interest on borrowings under the New Term Loans is
due quarterly in arrears and is at the bank's Base Rate (as defined) plus a
margin ranging from 1.50 percent to 2.75 percent or the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate
(as defined) plus a margin ranging from 2.75 percent to 4.00 percent. At January
28, 1996, the weighted average interest rate on the New Term Loans was 9.19
percent. Interest on borrowings under the New Revolving Facility is at the
bank's Base Rate (as defined) plus a margin of 1.50 percent or the Adjusted
Eurodollar Rate
F-13
<PAGE> 128
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(as defined) plus a margin of 2.75 percent; at January 28, 1996, the interest
rate on the New Revolving Facility was 9.05 percent.
On October 11, 1995, the Company entered into an interest rate collar
agreement with the New Credit Facility Administrative Agent which effectively
set interest rate limits on $300.0 million of the Company's New Term Loans. This
interest rate collar, which was effective as of October 19, 1995, limits the
interest rate fluctuation of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate (as defined) to a
range between 4.5 percent and 8.0 percent for two years. This agreement
satisfies the interest rate protection requirements under the New Credit
Facility.
Quarterly principal installments on the New Term Loans continue to December
2003, with amounts payable in each year as follows: $19.3 million in fiscal
1996, $46.0 million in fiscal 1997, $58.5 million in fiscal 1998, $62.0 million
in fiscal 1999, $65.6 million in fiscal 2000, and $339.0 million thereafter. The
principal installments can be accelerated if the Company receives proceeds on
the sale of certain of its assets in the future. To the extent that borrowings
under the New Revolving Facility are not paid earlier, they are due in December
2003. The common stock of the Company and certain of its direct and indirect
subsidiaries has been pledged as security under the New Credit Facility.
The Company issued $350.0 million of 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 (the
"1995 Senior Notes") and exchanged $170.3 million principal amount of 1995
Senior Notes for an equal amount of the 10.45% F4L Senior Notes due 2000 (the
"1992 Senior Notes") (together with the 1995 Senior Notes, the "Senior Notes"),
leaving an outstanding balance of $4.7 million of the 1992 Senior Notes. The
1992 Senior Notes are due in two equal sinking fund payments on April 15, 1999
and 2000. The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and
rank "pari passu" in right of payment with other senior unsecured indebtedness
of the Company. However, the Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to all
secured indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries, including indebtedness
under the New Credit Facility. Interest on the 1995 Senior Notes is payable
semiannually in arrears on each June 15 and December 15. Interest on the 1992
Senior Notes is payable semiannually in arrears on each April 15 and October 15.
The 1995 Senior Notes may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, beginning in fiscal 2000, at a
redemption price of 105.225 percent. The redemption price declines ratably to
100 percent in fiscal 2003. In addition, on or prior to June 15, 1998, the
Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more public
equity offerings to redeem up to an aggregate of 35 percent of the principal
amount of the 1995 Senior Notes originally issued, at a redemption price equal
to 110.450 percent, 108.957 percent, and 107.464 percent of the principal amount
thereof if redeemed during the 12 months commencing on June 15, 1995, June 15,
1996, and June 15, 1997, respectively, in each case plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the redemption date. The 1992 Senior Notes may be redeemed
beginning in fiscal year 1996 at 104.48 percent, declining ratably to 100
percent in fiscal year 1999.
Scheduled maturities of principal of senior debt at January 28, 1996 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
-------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1996................................. $ 31,735,000
1997................................. 46,246,000
1998................................. 58,739,000
1999................................. 62,280,000
2000................................. 65,805,000
Later years.......................... 993,232,000
--------------
$1,258,037,000
==============
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE> 129
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Senior Subordinated Debt
Concurrent with the Merger, the Company issued $100.0 million of 11% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the "1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes") and (i)
exchanged $142.2 million principal amount of the RGC 9% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2003 (the "Old RGC 9% Notes") and $281.8 million principal amount of
the RGC 10.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002 (the "Old RGC 10.25% Notes,"
and together with the Old RGC 9% Notes, the "Old RGC Notes") for an equal amount
of 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes, (ii) purchased $7.5 million principal
amount of Old RGC 9% Notes and $15.2 million principal amount of Old RGC 10.25%
Notes in conjunction with the offers, and (iii) subsequently purchased $0.1
million principal amount of Old RGC 9% Notes and $1.0 million principal amount
of Old RGC 10.25% Notes subject to the change of control provision, leaving an
outstanding balance of $0.1 million on the Old RGC 9% Notes and an outstanding
balance of $2.1 million on the Old RGC 10.25% Notes. The 1995 11% Senior
Subordinated Notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company
and are subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness, including
the Company's obligations under the New Credit Facility and the Senior Notes.
Interest on the 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semiannually in
arrears on each June 15 and December 15.
The 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at the option of the
Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, beginning in fiscal
year 2000, at an initial redemption price of 105.5 percent. The redemption price
declines ratably to 100 percent in fiscal year 2003. In addition, on or prior to
June 15, 1998, the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one
or more public equity offerings to redeem up to an aggregate of 35 percent of
the principal amount of the 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes originally
issued, at a redemption price equal to 111 percent, 109.429 percent, and 107.857
percent of the principal amount thereof if redeemed during the 12 months
commencing on June 15, 1995, June 15, 1996, and June 15, 1997, respectively, in
each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.
The Company exchanged $140.2 million 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2005 (the "1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes") for an equal amount of 13.75%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2001 (the "1991 Senior Subordinated Notes," and
together with the 1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, the "13.75% Senior
Subordinated Notes") of the Company, leaving an outstanding balance of $4.8
million of the 1991 Senior Subordinated Notes. The 13.75% Senior Subordinated
Notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company and are
subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness, including the
Company's obligations under the New Credit Facility and the Senior Notes.
Interest on the 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semiannually in
arrears on each June 15 and December 15 commencing on December 15, 1995. The
1995 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes may be redeemed beginning in fiscal year
1996 at a redemption price of 106.111 percent. The redemption price declines
ratably to 100 percent in fiscal year 2000.
Financial Covenants
The New Credit Facility, among other things, requires the Company to
maintain minimum levels of net worth (as defined), to maintain minimum levels of
earnings, to maintain a hedge agreement to provide interest rate protection, and
to comply with certain ratios related to fixed charges and indebtedness. During
fiscal 1995, certain financial covenants and other terms of the New Credit
Facility were amended to, among other things, provide for the acquisition of
Smith's Food and Drug Centers, Inc. ("Smith's") Riverside distribution and
creamery facility, the acquisition of certain operating assets and inventory at
that facility, the acquisition of nine of the Smith's Southern California stores
and the closure of up to nine stores in conjunction with these acquisitions. In
addition, the New Credit Facility and the indentures governing the Company's
debt securities limit, among other things, additional borrowings, dividends on,
and redemption of, capital stock and the
F-15
<PAGE> 130
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
acquisition and the disposition of assets. At January 28, 1996, the Company was
in compliance with the financial covenants of its debt agreements. At January
28, 1996, dividends and certain other payments are restricted based on terms in
the debt agreements.
(5) LEASES
The Company's operations are conducted primarily in leased properties.
Substantially all leases contain renewal options. Rental expense under operating
leases was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE
-----------------------------------------------------------
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 31 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
JUNE 26, JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28,
1993 1994 1995 1996
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Minimum rents......... $44,504,000 $49,788,000 $33,458,000 $97,752,000
Rents based on
sales............... 5,917,000 3,806,000 1,999,000 3,439,000
</TABLE>
Following is a summary of future minimum lease payments under operating
leases at January 28, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
-----------
<S> <C>
1996................................. $ 123,705,000
1997................................. 116,285,000
1998................................. 105,502,000
1999................................. 102,714,000
2000................................. 98,506,000
Later years.......................... 772,372,000
---------------
$1,319,084,000
===============
</TABLE>
The Company has entered into lease agreements for new supermarket sites and
one warehouse facility which were not in operation at January 28, 1996. Future
minimum lease payments under such operating leases generally begin when such
facilities open and at January 28, 1996 are: 1996 -- $19.8 million; 1997 --
$35.2 million; 1998 -- $35.2 million; 1999 -- $35.3 million; 2000 -- $35.3
million; later years -- $561.0 million.
F-16
<PAGE> 131
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Certain leases qualify as capital leases under the criteria established in
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, "Accounting for Leases", and
are classified on the consolidated balance sheets as leased property under
capital leases. Future minimum lease payments for the property under capital
leases at January 28, 1996 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
-----------
<S> <C>
1996................................................... $ 37,373,000
1997................................................... 34,820,000
1998................................................... 28,818,000
1999................................................... 22,644,000
2000................................................... 17,353,000
Later years............................................ 123,686,000
------------
Total minimum lease payments................. 264,694,000
Less: amounts representing interest.................... 111,649,000
------------
Present value of minimum lease payments................ 153,045,000
Less: current portion.................................. 22,261,000
------------
$130,784,000
============
</TABLE>
Accumulated depreciation related to assets financed under capital leases
was $24.0 million, $27.6 million and $42.7 million at June 25, 1994, January 29,
1995 and January 28, 1996, respectively.
The Company is leasing a distribution facility and four store locations
from the previous owner of Alpha Beta. The agreement contains a purchase option
for the land, buildings and improvements and equipment at a price that equals or
exceeds the estimated fair market value throughout the term of the lease.
(6) INVESTMENT IN A.W.G.
The investment in Associated Wholesale Grocers ("A.W.G.") consists
principally of the cooperative's six percent interest-bearing seven and
eight-year patronage certificates received in payment of certain rebates.
Following is a summary of future maturities based upon current redemption terms:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
-----------
<S> <C>
1996..................................... $ --
1997..................................... 1,060,000
1998..................................... 1,520,000
1999..................................... 1,504,000
2000..................................... 1,478,000
Later years.............................. 1,726,000
----------
$7,288,000
==========
</TABLE>
F-17
<PAGE> 132
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(7) INCOME TAXES
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 31 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
JUNE 26, JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28,
1993 1994 1995 1996
---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current:
Federal............................................... $ -- $ 3,251,000 $(2,894,000) $ --
State and other....................................... 82,000 712,000 100,000 46,000
---------- ----------- ----------- ---------
82,000 3,963,000 (2,794,000) 46,000
---------- ----------- ----------- ---------
Deferred:
Federal............................................... 1,345,000 (70,000) 2,794,000 --
State and other....................................... -- (1,193,000) -- 454,000
---------- ----------- ----------- ---------
1,345,000 (1,263,000) 2,794,000 454,000
---------- ----------- ----------- ---------
$1,427,000 $ 2,700,000 $ -- $ 500,000
========== =========== =========== =========
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes to amounts
computed at the federal statutory rates of 34 percent for fiscal 1993 and 35
percent for fiscal 1994, the 1995 transition period and fiscal 1995 is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 31 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
JUNE 26, JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28,
1993 1994 1995 1996
----------- ---------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Federal income taxes at statutory rate on loss
before provision for income taxes and
extraordinary charges.......................... $(8,818,000) $ -- $(4,025,000) $(98,959,000)
State and other taxes, net of federal tax
benefit........................................ 82,000 (1,000) 65,000 (16,794,000)
Alternative minimum tax.......................... -- -- -- --
Effect of permanent differences resulting
primarily from amortization of goodwill and
debt costs..................................... 2,850,000 2,820,000 1,701,000 (1,665,000)
Tax credits and other............................ -- -- -- 3,769,000
Accounting limitation (recognition) of deferred
tax benefit.................................... 7,313,000 (119,000) 2,259,000 114,149,000
---------- ---------- ---------- ------------
$1,427,000 $2,700,000 $ -- $ 500,000
========== ========== ========== ============
</TABLE>
F-18
<PAGE> 133
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The provision (benefit) for deferred taxes consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 31 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
JUNE 26, JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28,
1993 1994 1995 1996
---------- ----------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Depreciation.......................................... $7,756,000 $ 2,536,000 $(1,513,000) $ (461,000)
Difference between book and tax basis of assets
sold................................................ 3,198,000 (4,223,000) 2,505,000 --
Deferred revenues and allowances...................... 40,000 (2,349,000) 707,000 --
Inventory............................................. -- -- -- (8,479,000)
Pre-opening costs..................................... (512,000) 174,000 784,000 --
Accounts receivable reserves.......................... (270,000) 249,000 80,000 --
Unicap................................................ (5,000) (536,000) (755,000) --
Capital lease obligation.............................. (1,385,000) 2,792,000 527,000 (502,000)
Self-insurance reserves............................... (4,082,000) (535,000) 5,523,000 2,104,000
Inventory shrink reserve.............................. 777,000 (869,000) (569,000) --
LIFO.................................................. (554,000) (1,010,000) (1,303,000) --
Closed store reserve.................................. 1,092,000 440,000 176,000 --
Accrued expense....................................... -- (582,000) 350,000 (26,304,000)
Accrued payroll and related liabilities............... 193,000 1,721,000 (3,879,000) (6,206,000)
Acquisition costs..................................... 2,626,000 1,397,000 (5,444,000) --
Tax intangibles....................................... -- -- -- 6,234,000
Sales tax reserves.................................... (715,000) (418,000) 433,000 --
State taxes........................................... -- -- -- (20,639,000)
Deferred rent subsidy................................. (483,000) (624,000) (29,000) --
Net operating losses.................................. -- -- -- (61,219,000)
Net operating loss usage.............................. -- 5,782,000 (6,963,000) --
Tax credits........................................... -- -- -- 3,601,000
Tax credits benefited................................. (1,392,000) (4,477,000) 1,711,000 --
Accounting limitation (recognition) of deferred tax
benefit............................................. (4,591,000) (1,085,000) 10,494,000 114,149,000
Other, net............................................ (348,000) 354,000 (41,000) (1,824,000)
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
$1,345,000 $(1,263,000) $ 2,794,000 $ 454,000
=========== =========== =========== ============
</TABLE>
F-19
<PAGE> 134
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets
(liabilities) are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28,
1994 1995 1996
------------ ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued payroll and related liabilities....... $ 2,448,000 $ 6,248,000 $ 27,579,000
Other accrued liabilities..................... 13,953,000 12,080,000 71,954,000
Obligations under capital leases.............. -- -- 37,584,000
Property and equipment........................ 2,997,000 -- --
Self-insurance liabilities.................... 27,744,000 25,204,000 49,773,000
Loss carryforwards............................ 20,675,000 27,638,000 154,202,000
Tax credit carryforwards...................... 5,869,000 4,157,000 913,000
State taxes................................... -- -- 30,210,000
Other......................................... 580,000 570,000 18,026,000
------------ ------------ -------------
Gross deferred tax assets.................. 74,266,000 75,897,000 390,241,000
Valuation allowance........................... (31,149,000) (41,643,000) (285,506,000)
------------ ------------ -------------
Net deferred tax assets.................... $ 43,117,000 $ 34,254,000 $ 104,735,000
------------ ------------ -------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Inventories................................... $(16,738,000) $(11,690,000) $ (9,762,000)
Property and equipment........................ (30,516,000) (28,527,000) (106,116,000)
Obligations under capital leases.............. (8,733,000) (9,261,000) --
Tax intangibles............................... -- -- (6,234,000)
Other......................................... (1,870,000) (2,310,000) (611,000)
------------ ------------ -------------
Gross deferred tax liability............... (57,857,000) (51,788,000) (122,723,000)
------------ ------------ -------------
Net deferred tax liability................. $(14,740,000) $(17,534,000) $ (17,988,000)
============ ============ =============
</TABLE>
The Company recorded a valuation allowance to reserve a portion of its
gross deferred tax assets at January 28, 1996 due primarily to financial and tax
losses in recent years. Under SFAS 109, this valuation allowance will be
adjusted in future periods as appropriate. However, the timing and extent of
such future adjustments to the allowance cannot be determined at this time.
At January 28, 1996, approximately $139.0 million of the valuation
allowance for deferred tax assets will reduce goodwill when the allowance is no
longer required.
At January 28, 1996, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for
federal income tax purposes of $440.6 million, which expire from 2007 through
2011. The Company has federal Alternative Minimum Tax ("AMT") credit
carryforwards of approximately $0.9 million which are available to reduce future
regular taxes in excess of AMT. Currently, there is no expiration date for these
credits.
A portion of the loss carryforwards described above are subject to the
provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, specifically Internal Revenue Code
Section 382. The law limits the use of net operating loss carryforwards when
changes of ownership of more than 50 percent occur during a three-year testing
period. Due to the merger, the ownership of Food 4 Less and RSI changed in
excess of 50 percent. As a result, the Company's utilization of approximately
$78.0 million of Food 4 Less' and $187.0 million of RSI's federal net operating
losses will be subject to an annual usage limitation. The Company's annual
limitations under Section 382 for Food 4 Less' and RSI's net operating losses
are approximately $15.6 million and $15.0 million, respectively. Furthermore,
all of the Company's pre-Merger RSI net operating losses and a portion of the
Company's Ralphs post-Merger losses will reduce goodwill when utilized in future
federal income tax returns.
F-20
<PAGE> 135
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Holdings files a consolidated federal income tax return, under which the
federal income tax liability of Holdings and its subsidiaries is determined on a
consolidated basis. Holdings is a party to a federal income tax sharing
agreement with the Company and certain of its subsidiaries (the "Tax Sharing
Agreement"). The Tax Sharing Agreement provides that in any year in which the
Company is included in any consolidated tax liability of Holdings and has
taxable income, the Company will pay to Holdings the amount of the tax liability
that the Company would have had on such due date if it had been filing a
separate return. Conversely, if the Company generates losses or credits which
actually reduce the consolidated tax liability of Holdings and its other
subsidiaries, Holdings will credit to the Company the amount of such reduction
in the consolidated tax liability. These credits are passed between Holdings and
the Company in the form of cash payments. In the event any state and local
income taxes are determinable on a combined or consolidated basis, the Tax
Sharing Agreement provides for a similar allocation between Holdings and the
Company of such state and local taxes.
The Company currently has an Internal Revenue Service examination in
process covering the years 1990 through 1993. Management believes that any
required adjustment to the Company's tax liabilities will not have a material
adverse impact on its financial position or results of operations.
(8) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has a five-year consulting agreement with an affiliated company
effective June 14, 1995 for management, financing, acquisition and other
services. The agreement is automatically renewed on June 14 of each year for the
five-year term unless ninety (90) days' notice is given by either party. The
contract provides for annual management fees equal to $4 million plus advisory
fees for certain acquisition transactions, if the affiliated company is retained
by the Company.
Management services expenses were $2.0 million during fiscal year 1993,
$2.3 million during fiscal year 1994, $1.2 million during the 1995 transition
period and $3.6 million during fiscal year 1995. Advisory fees were $1.8 million
during fiscal year 1993, $0.2 million during fiscal year 1994 and $21.5 million
during fiscal year 1995. There were no such advisory fees for the 1995
transition period. Advisory fees for financing transactions are capitalized and
amortized over the term of the related financing.
(9) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is contingently liable to former stockholders of certain
predecessors for any prorated gains which may be realized within ten years of
the acquisition of the respective companies resulting from the sale of certain
Certified stock. Such gains are only payable if Certified is purchased or
dissolved, or if the Company sells such Certified Stock within the period noted
above.
In connection with the bankruptcy reorganization of Federated Department
Stores, Inc. ("Federated") and its affiliates, Federated agreed to pay certain
potential tax liabilities relating to RGC as a member of the affiliated group of
companies comprising Federated and its subsidiaries. In consideration thereof,
RSI and RGC agreed to pay Federated a total of $10 million, payable $1 million
on each of February 3, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and $5 million on
February 3, 1997. In the event Federated is required to pay certain tax
liabilities, RSI and RGC agreed to reimburse Federated up to an additional $10
million, subject to certain adjustments. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger,
the $5 million payment and the potential $10 million payment will be paid in
cash.
The Company is a partner in a supplier partnership, in which it is
contingently liable for the partnership's long-term debt. The Company's portion
of such debt is approximately $1,505,000.
F-21
<PAGE> 136
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The Company has entered into lease agreements with the developers of
several new sites in which the Company has agreed to provide construction
financing. At January 28, 1996, the Company had capitalized construction costs
of $20.4 million on total commitments of $24.0 million.
In December 1992, three California state antitrust class action suits were
commenced in Los Angeles Superior Court against the Company and other major
supermarket chains located in Southern California, alleging that they conspired
to refrain from competing in and to fix the price of fluid milk above
competitive prices. Specifically, class actions were commenced by Diane Barela
and Neila Ross, Ron Moliare and Paul C. Pfeifle on December 7, December 14 and
December 23, 1992, respectively. To date, the Court has yet to certify any of
these classes, while a demurrer to the complaints was denied. The Company will
vigorously defend itself in these class action suits.
In addition, the Company or its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of
other cases currently in litigation or potential claims encountered in the
normal course of business which are being vigorously defended. In the opinion of
management, the resolutions of these matters will not have a material effect on
the Company's financial position or results of operations.
The Company self-insures its workers' compensation and general liability.
For fiscal year 1993, fiscal year 1994, the 1995 transition period and fiscal
year 1995, the self-insurance loss provisions were $38.0 million, $19.9 million,
$6.3 million and $32.6 million, respectively. During fiscal year 1993 and fiscal
year 1994, the Company discounted its self-insurance liability using a 7.0
percent discount rate. In the 1995 transition period, the Company changed the
discount rate to 7.5 percent. In fiscal 1995, the Company changed the discount
rate to 7.0 percent. Management believes that this rate approximates the time
value of money over the anticipated payout period (approximately 10 years) for
essentially risk-free investments.
The Company's historical self-insurance liability at the end of the three
most recent fiscal years and the 1995 transition period is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF
--------------------------------------------------------
JUNE 26, JUNE 25, JANUARY 29, JANUARY 28,
1993 1994 1995 1996
------------ ----------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Self-insurance liability......... $100,773,000 $90,898,000 $ 84,286,000 $161,391,000
Less: Discount................... (15,279,000) (9,194,000) (11,547,000) (12,406,000)
------------ ----------- ------------ ------------
Net self-insurance liability..... $ 85,494,000 $81,704,000 $ 72,739,000 $148,985,000
============ =========== ============ ============
</TABLE>
The Company expects that cash payments for claims will aggregate
approximately $21.8 million, $35.4 million, $31.6 million, $21.5 million and
$13.1 million for the fiscal year 1996, the fiscal year 1997, the fiscal year
1998, the fiscal year 1999 and the fiscal year 2000, respectively.
Environmental Matters
In January 1991, the California Regional Water Quality Control Board for
the Los Angeles Region (the "Regional Board") requested that RGC conduct a
subsurface characterization of its Glendale warehouse property located in the
Atwater District of Los Angeles. This request was part of an ongoing effort by
the Regional Board, in connection with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(the "EPA"), to identify contributors to groundwater contamination in the San
Fernando Valley. Significant parts of the San Fernando Valley, including the
area where RGC's grocery warehouse is located, have been designated federal
Superfund sites requiring response actions under the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, because of
regional groundwater contamination. On June 18, 1991, the EPA made its own
request for information concerning RGC's grocery warehouse. Since that time, the
Regional Board has requested further investigation by RGC. RGC conducted the
requested investigations and
F-22
<PAGE> 137
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
reported the results to the Regional Board. Approximately 25 companies have
entered into a Consent Order (EPA Docket No. 94-11) with the EPA to investigate
and design a remediation system for contaminated groundwater beneath an area
which includes RGC's grocery warehouse. RGC is not a party to the Consent Order,
but is cooperating with requests of the subject companies to allow installation
of monitoring or recovery wells on RGC's property. On or about October 12, 1995,
the EPA mailed a Special Notice Letter to 44 parties, including Ralphs as owner
and operator of the Glendale property, naming them as potentially responsible
parties ("PRPs"). Ralphs and other PRPs have agreed to enter into negotiations
over a consent decree with the EPA to implement a remedial design and reimburse
oversight costs. The PRPs have also agreed to an Alternative Dispute Resolution
Process to allocate the costs among themselves. Based upon available
information, management does not believe this matter will have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
RGC removed underground storage tanks and remediated soil contamination at
the grocery warehouse property. In some instances, the removals and the
contamination were associated with grocery business operations; in others, they
were associated with prior property users. Although the possibility of other
contamination from prior operations or adjacent properties exists at the grocery
warehouse property, management does not believe that the costs of remediating
such contamination will be material to the Company.
Apart from the grocery warehouse property, RGC had environmental
assessments performed on most of its facilities, including warehouse and
distribution facilities. The Company believes that any responsive actions
required at the examined properties as a result of such assessments will not
have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of
operations.
At the time Food 4 Less acquired Alpha Beta in 1991, it learned that
certain underground storage tanks located on the site of the La Habra facility
may have previously released hydrocarbons. In connection with the acquisition of
Alpha Beta, the seller (who is also the lessor of the La Habra facility) agreed
to retain responsibility, subject to certain limitations, for remediation of the
release.
The Company is subject to a variety of environmental laws, rules,
regulations and investigative or enforcement activities, as are other companies
in the same or similar business. The Company believes it is in substantial
compliance with such laws, rules and regulations. These laws, rules, regulations
and agency activities change from time to time, and such changes may affect the
ongoing business and operations of the Company.
(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
As a result of the Merger, the Company adopted certain employee benefit
plans previously sponsored by RGC. These employee benefit plans include the
Ralphs Grocery Company Retirement Plan (the "Pension Plan"), the Ralphs Grocery
Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "SERP"), and the Ralphs
Grocery Company Retirement Supplement Plan (the "Retirement Supplement Plan").
Pension Plan
The Pension Plan covers substantially all employees not already covered by
collective bargaining agreements with at least one year of credited service
(defined at 1,000 hours). Employees who were employed by Food 4 Less and who are
otherwise eligible to participate in the Pension Plan became eligible to
participate in fiscal year 1995. The Company's policy is to fund pension costs
at or above the minimum annual requirement.
F-23
<PAGE> 138
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
SERP
The SERP covers certain key officers of the Company. The Company has
purchased split dollar life insurance policies for participants under this plan.
Under certain circumstances, the cash surrender value of certain split dollar
life insurance policies will offset the Company's obligations under the SERP.
Retirement Supplement Plan
The Retirement Supplement Plan is a non-qualified retirement plan designed
to provide eligible participants with benefits based on earnings over the
indexed amount of $150,000.
The following actuarially determined components were included in the net
expense for the above plans for fiscal year 1995 (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Service cost............................... $ 2,841
Interest cost on projected benefit
obligation............................... 2,543
Actual return on assets.................... (3,223)
Net amortization and deferral.............. 1,365
-------
Net pension expense...................... $ 3,526
=======
</TABLE>
The funded status of the Pension Plan (based on December 1995 asset values)
is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF
JANUARY 28,
1996
----------------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C>
Assets Exceed Accumulated Benefits:
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation....................... $ 42,446
Accumulated benefit obligation.................. 43,256
Projected benefit obligation.................... 63,913
Plan assets at fair value....................... 44,552
--------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of Plan.... (19,361)
Assets Unrecognized net loss...................... 4,136
Unrecognized prior service cost................... 1,100
--------
Accrued pension cost............................ $(14,125)
========
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE> 139
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The funded status of the SERP and Retirement Supplement Plan (based on
December 1995 asset values) is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF
JANUARY 28,
1996
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
----------------------
<S> <C>
Assets Exceed Accumulated Benefits:
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation....................... $ (4,863)
Accumulated benefit obligation.................. (4,908)
Projected benefit obligation.................... (11,778)
Plan assets at fair value....................... --
--------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of Plan.... (11,778)
Assets Unrecognized net loss...................... 544
Unrecognized prior service cost................... 1,846
--------
Accrued pension cost............................ $ (9,388)
========
</TABLE>
The discount rate used for fiscal year 1995 was 7.5 percent. A long-term
rate of return on assets of 9.0 percent was also used in the actuarial
valuation.
The pension plan assets consist primarily of common stocks, bonds, debt
securities, and a money market fund. Plan benefits are based primarily on years
of service and on average compensation during the last years of employment.
Employee Stock Ownership Plans
The Company implemented Statement of Position No. 93-6 (the "SOP"),
"Employer Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans," effective June 26,
1994. The implementation of the SOP did not have a material effect on the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
The Company and its subsidiaries sponsor several defined contribution
benefit plans. The full-time employees of Falley's who are not members of a
collective bargaining agreement are covered under a 401(k) plan, a portion of
which is invested in Holdings stock (the "Falley's ESOP"). As is required
pursuant to IRS and ERISA requirements, any participant who receives stock from
the Falley's ESOP has the right to put that stock to Falley's or an affiliate of
Falley's. However, as part of the original stock sale agreement among the then
stockholders of Falley's, FFL and the Falley's ESOP, which has been amended from
time to time, a partnership which owns stock of Holdings entered into an
agreement with Falley's and Holdings to assume the obligation to purchase any
Holdings shares as to which terminated plan participants exercise a put option
under the terms of Falley's ESOP. As a result, neither Falley's nor the Company
is required to make cash payments to redeem the shares. As part of that
agreement, the Company may elect, after providing a right of first refusal to
the partnership, to purchase Holdings shares put under the provisions of the
plan. However, the partnership's obligation to purchase such Holdings shares is
unconditional, and any repurchase of shares by the Company is at the Company's
sole election. During fiscal year 1995, the Company did not purchase any of the
Holdings shares. As of November 3, 1995, the fair value of the shares allocated
which are subject to repurchase obligation by the partnership referred to above
was approximately $14.6 million.
In addition, the Company also sponsors two ESOPs for employees of the
Company who are members of certain collective bargaining agreements (the "Union
ESOPs"). The Union ESOPs provide for annual contributions based on hours worked
at a rate specified by the terms of the collective bargaining agreements.
F-25
<PAGE> 140
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The Company contributions are made in the form of Holdings stock or cash for the
purchase of Holdings stock and are to be allocated to participants based on
hours worked. During fiscal year 1995 and the 1995 transition period, the
Company recorded a charge against operations of approximately $0.8 million and
$0.3 million, respectively, for benefits under the Union ESOPs. There were no
shares issued to the Union ESOPs or to the Company's profit sharing plan at
January 28, 1996.
Defined Contribution Plan
The Company sponsors the Ralphs Grocery Company Savings Plan
Plus -- Primary, the Ralphs Grocery Savings Plan Plus -- Basic and the Food 4
Less Supermarkets, Inc. Profit Sharing and Retirement Plan (collectively
referred to as the "401(k) Plan") covering substantially all employees who are
not covered by collective bargaining agreements and who have at least one year
of credited service (defined at 1,000 hours). The 401(k) Plan provides for both
pre-tax and after-tax contributions by participating employees. With certain
limitations, participants may elect to contribute on a pre-tax basis to the
401(k) Plan. The Company has committed to match a minimum of 20 percent of an
employee's contribution to the 401(k) Plan that does not exceed 5 percent of the
employee's compensation. Expenses under the 401(k) Plan for fiscal years 1993,
1994 and 1995 were $0.3 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
Multi-Employer Benefit Plans
The Company contributes to multi-employer benefit plans administered by
various trustees. Contributions to these plans are based upon negotiated wage
contracts. These plans may be deemed to be defined benefit plans. Information
related to accumulated plan benefits and plan net assets as they may be
allocated to the Company at January 28, 1996 is not available. The Company
contributed $69.4 million, $57.2 million, $21.6 million and $102.1 million to
these plans for fiscal year 1993, fiscal year 1994, the 1995 transition period
and fiscal year 1995, respectively. Management is not aware of any plans to
terminate such plans.
The United Food and Commercial Workers health and welfare plans were
over-funded and those employers who contributed to the plans received a pro rata
share of the excess reserves in the plans through reduction of current
contributions. The Company's share of the excess reserve was $24.2 million, of
which $8.1 million, $14.3 million and $1.8 million was recognized in fiscal year
1994, the 1995 transition period, and fiscal year 1995, respectively. Offsetting
the reduction in employer contributions was a $5.5 million union contract
ratification bonus and contractual wage increases in the 1995 transition period.
Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Plan
The Company adopted a postretirement medical benefit plan ("Postretirement
Medical Plan"), previously sponsored by RGC, which covers substantially all
employees who are not members of a collective bargaining agreement and who
retire under certain age and service requirements. The Postretirement Medical
Plan provides outpatient, inpatient and various other covered services. Such
benefits are funded from the Company's general assets. The calendar 1995 year
deductible is $1,000 per individual, indexed to the Medical Consumer Price
Index.
The net periodic cost of the Postretirement Medical Plan include the
following components for fiscal year 1995 (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Service cost................................................. $ 468
Interest cost................................................ 561
Return on plan assets........................................ --
Net amortization and deferral................................ (116)
-----
Net postretirement benefit cost.................... $ 913
=====
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE> 141
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The funded status of the postretirement benefit plan is as follows (dollars
in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
Retirees.................................................. $ 2,208
Fully eligible plan participants.......................... 1,483
Other active plan participants............................ 10,862
Plan assets at fair value................................. --
--------
Accumulated postretirement obligations in
excess of plan assets................................... (14,553)
Unrecognized loss......................................... 562
Unrecognized prior service cost........................... (3,246)
--------
Accrued postretirement benefit obligation................. $(17,237)
========
</TABLE>
Service cost was calculated using a medical cost trend of 10.5 percent and
a decreasing medical cost trend rate of 14 percent and 8 percent for 1993 and
1994, respectively. A medical cost trend rate of 13 percent was used for fiscal
year 1995, and a decreasing rate of 12 percent and 6 percent for future years.
The discount rate was 7.5 percent for the Company expense for the fiscal year.
The long-term rate of return of plan assets is not applicable, as the plan is
not funded.
The effect of a one percent increase in the medical cost trend would
increase the fiscal 1995 service and interest cost to 26 percent. The
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at January 28, 1996 would also
increase by 30 percent.
(11) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate
that value:
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The carrying amount approximates fair value as a result of the short
maturity of these instruments.
Short-Term Notes and Other Receivables
The carrying amount approximates fair value as a result of the short
maturity of these instruments.
Investments In and Notes Receivable From Supplier Cooperatives
The Company maintains a non-current deposit with Certified in the form of
Class B shares of Certified. Certified is not obligated in any fiscal year to
redeem more than a prescribed number of the Class B shares issued. Therefore, it
is not practicable to estimate the fair value of this investment.
The Company maintains non-current notes receivable from A.W.G. There are no
quoted market prices for this investment and a reasonable estimate could not be
made without incurring excessive costs. Additional information pertinent to the
value of this investment is provided in Note 6.
Long-Term Debt
The fair value of the Senior Notes, the 1995 11% Senior Subordinated Notes
and the 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes is based on quoted market prices. The
New Term Loans and the New Revolving Facility are estimated to be recorded at
the fair value of the debt. Market quotes for the fair value of the remainder of
the Company's debt are not available, and a reasonable estimate of the fair
value could not be made without
F-27
<PAGE> 142
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
incurring excessive costs. Additional information pertinent to the value of the
unquoted debt is provided in Note 4.
The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF
JANUARY 28, 1996
-------------------------------
CARRYING FAIR
AMOUNT VALUE
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...................... $ 67,983,000 $ 67,983,000
Short-term notes and other receivables......... 6,452,000 6,452,000
Investments in and notes receivable from
supplier cooperatives (not practicable)...... 12,214,000 --
Long-term debt for which it is:
- Practicable to estimate fair values........ 1,902,341,000 1,878,648,000
- Not practicable............................ 26,918,000 --
</TABLE>
(12) RESTRUCTURING CHARGE
During fiscal 1995, the Company recorded a $75.2 million charge associated
with the closure of 58 former Food 4 Less stores and one former Food 4 Less
warehouse facility. Twenty-four of these stores were required to be closed
pursuant to a settlement agreement with the State of California in connection
with the Merger. Three RGC stores were also required to be sold. Thirty-four of
the closed stores were under-performing former Food 4 Less stores. The $75.2
million restructuring charge consisted of write-downs of property and equipment
($52.2 million) less estimated proceeds ($16.0 million); reserve for closed
stores and warehouse facility ($16.1 million); write-off of the Alpha Beta
trademark ($8.3 million); write-off of other assets ($8.0 million); lease
termination expenses ($4.0 million); and miscellaneous expenses ($2.6 million).
During fiscal year 1995, the Company utilized $34.7 million of the reserve for
restructuring costs ($50.0 million of costs partially offset by $15.3 million of
proceeds from the divestiture of stores). The charges consisted of write-downs
of property and equipment ($33.2 million); write-off of the Alpha Beta trademark
($8.3 million); and expenditures associated with the closed stores and the
warehouse facility, write-off of other assets, lease termination expenditures
and miscellaneous expenditures ($8.5 million). Future lease payments of
approximately $19.1 million will be offset against the remaining reserve. During
the first quarter of fiscal year 1996, the Company utilized $5.5 million of the
reserve for restructuring costs. The charges consisted of write-downs of
property and equipment of $4.8 million (unaudited) and expenditures associated
with the closed stores and the warehouse facility of $0.7 million (unaudited).
Management believes that the remaining reserve is adequate to complete the
planned restructuring.
On December 29, 1995, the Company consummated an agreement with Smith's to
sublease its one million square foot distribution center and creamery facility
in Riverside, California for approximately 23 years, with renewal options
through 2043, and to acquire certain operating assets and inventory at that
facility. In addition, the Company also acquired nine of Smith's Southern
California stores which became available when Smith's withdrew from the
California market. As a result of the acquisition of the Riverside distribution
center and creamery, the Company closed its La Habra distribution center in the
first quarter of fiscal year 1996. Also, the Company closed nine of its stores
which were near the acquired former Smith's stores. During the fourth quarter of
fiscal year 1995, the Company recorded a $47.9 million restructuring charge to
recognize the cost of closing these facilities, consisting of write-downs of
property and equipment ($16.1 million), closure costs ($2.2 million), and lease
termination expenses ($29.6 million). During the first quarter of fiscal year
1996, the Company utilized $9.9 million of this restructuring reserve,
consisting of write-downs of property and equipment of $6.8 million (unaudited),
closure costs of $2.1 million (unaudited), and lease termination expenditures of
$1.0 million (unaudited).
F-28
<PAGE> 143
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc.:
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Ralphs Supermarkets,
Inc. and subsidiary as of January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for
the year ended January 31, 1993, the year ended January 30, 1994 and the year
ended January 29, 1995. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ralphs
Supermarkets, Inc. and subsidiary as of January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year period ended January 29, 1995, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 9, 1995
F-29
<PAGE> 144
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents......................................... $ 55,080 $ 35,125
Accounts receivable............................................... 30,420 43,597
Inventories....................................................... 202,354 221,388
Prepaid expenses and other current assets......................... 18,111 19,793
---------- ----------
Total current assets...................................... 305,965 319,903
Property, plant and equipment, net.................................. 601,897 624,724
Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net........................ 376,414 365,418
Beneficial lease rights, net........................................ 55,553 49,164
Deferred debt issuance costs, net................................... 26,583 23,011
Deferred income taxes............................................... 109,125 112,491
Other assets........................................................ 8,113 15,203
---------- ----------
Total assets.............................................. $ 1,483,650 $ 1,509,914
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt.............................. $ 70,975 $ 83,989
Short-term debt................................................... -- 51,500
Bank overdrafts................................................... 37,716 45,669
Accounts payable.................................................. 138,554 130,889
Accrued expenses.................................................. 101,543 99,804
Current portion of self-insurance reserves........................ 30,138 27,552
---------- ----------
Total current liabilities................................. 378,926 439,403
Long-term debt.................................................... 927,909 883,020
Self-insurance reserves........................................... 49,872 44,954
Lease valuation reserve........................................... 32,575 28,957
Other non-current liabilities..................................... 89,299 86,393
---------- ----------
Total liabilities......................................... 1,478,581 1,482,727
---------- ----------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value per share Authorized 50,000,000
shares; issued and outstanding, 25,587,280 shares at January
30, 1994 and January 29, 1995.................................. 256 256
Additional paid-in capital........................................ 175,292 175,292
Accumulated deficit............................................... (170,479) (148,361)
---------- ----------
Total stockholders' equity................................ 5,069 27,187
---------- ----------
Commitments and contingencies (See Notes 2 and 8)...................
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)...... $ 1,483,650 $ 1,509,914
========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-30
<PAGE> 145
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, 1993 JANUARY 30, 1994 JANUARY 29, 1995
------------------- ------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales............................ $2,843,816 100.0% $2,730,157 100.0% $2,724,604 100.0%
Cost of sales.................... 2,217,197 78.0 2,093,727 76.7 2,101,033 77.1
---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- -----
Gross profit................... 626,619 22.0 636,430 23.3 623,571 22.9
Selling, general and
administrative expenses..... 470,012 16.5 471,000 17.2 467,022 17.2
Amortization of excess cost
over net assets acquired.... 10,997 0.4 10,996 0.4 10,996 0.4
Provision for restructuring.... 7,100 0.2 2,374 0.1 -- --
---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- -----
Operating income............... 138,510 4.9 152,060 5.6 145,553 5.3
Other expenses:
Interest, expense, net......... 125,611 4.4 108,755 4.0 112,651 4.1
Loss on disposal of assets..... 2,607 0.1 1,940 0.1 784 0.0
Provision for legal
settlement.................. 7,500 0.3 -- -- -- --
---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- -----
Provision for earthquake
losses...................... -- -- 11,048 0.4 -- --
---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- -----
Earnings before income taxes and
extraordinary item............. 2,792 0.1 30,317 1.1 32,118 1.2
Income tax expense (benefit)..... 8,346 0.3 (108,049) (4.0) -- --
---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- -----
Earnings (loss) before
extraordinary item............. (5,554) (0.2) 138,366 5.1 32,118 1.2
Extraordinary item-debt
refinancing, net of tax benefit
$4,173......................... (70,538) (2.5) -- -- -- --
---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- -----
Net earnings (loss).............. $ (76,092) (2.7)% $ 138,366 5.1% $ 32,118 1.2%
========== ===== ========== ===== ========== =====
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-31
<PAGE> 146
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings (loss)....................................... $ (76,092) $ 138,366 $ 32,118
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided
by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization.......................... 76,873 74,452 76,043
Amortization of discounts an deferred debt issuance
costs................................................ 20,978 9,768 9,032
LIFO charge (credit)................................... 1,115 (2,054) 2,085
Loss on sale of assets................................. 6,841 4,314 784
Provision for post-retirement benefits................. 3,275 3,370 2,555
Provision for legal settlement......................... 7,500 -- --
Other changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable....................................... 6,376 326 (13,177)
Inventories at replacement cost........................... (13,682) 6,724 (21,120)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets................. 3,703 (1,658) (1,682)
Other assets.............................................. (616) 4,449 (7,287)
Interest payable.......................................... (13,393) (4,822) (2,419)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.................. 23,054 (1,622) (1,047)
Income taxes payable...................................... (527) (1,480) (2,906)
Deferred tax asset........................................ -- (109,125) (3,366)
Business interruption credit.............................. -- (581) --
Earthquake losses......................................... -- (11,048) --
Self insurance reserves................................... 8,456 7,031 (7,503)
Other liabilities......................................... (170) (12,407) (6,692)
--------- --------- ---------
Cash provided by operating activities..................... 53,691 104,003 55,418
--------- --------- ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures...................................... (102,697) (62,181) (64,018)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment....... 219 16,700 13,257
--------- --------- ---------
Cash used in investing activities......................... (102,478) (45,481) (50,761)
--------- --------- ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net borrowings under lines of credit...................... 2,100 (31,100) 51,500
Redemption of preferred stock............................. (3,000) -- --
Capitalized financing and acquisition costs............... (22,426) (5,108) (2,496)
Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts.................... (8,865) 655 7,952
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.................. 668,269 150,000 --
Dividends paid............................................ -- -- (10,000)
Principal payments on long-term debt...................... (577,902) (164,081) (71,568)
--------- --------- ---------
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities........... 58,176 (49,634) (24,612)
--------- --------- ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........ 9,389 8,888 (19,955)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............ 36,803 46,192 55,080
--------- --------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.................. $ 46,192 $ 55,080 $ 35,125
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-32
<PAGE> 147
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RALPHS RALPHS
SUPERMARKETS, INC. GROCERY COMPANY
-------------------- -------------------- ADDITIONAL
OUTSTANDING COMMON OUTSTANDING COMMON PAID-IN- ACCUMULATED
SHARES STOCK SHARES STOCK CAPITAL DEFICIT TOTAL
----------- ------ ----------- ------ ---------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCES AT FEBRUARY 2,
1992....................... -- $ -- 100 $-- $ 175,548 $(232,753) $ (57,205)
Capitalization of Ralphs
Supermarkets, Inc........ 25,587,280 256 (100) -- (256) -- --
Net Loss................... -- -- -- -- -- (76,092) (76,092)
---------- ---- ---- --- --------- --------- ---------
BALANCES AT JANUARY 31,
1993....................... 25,587,280 256 -- -- 175,292 (308,845) (133,297)
Net earnings............... -- -- -- -- -- 138,366 138,366
---------- ---- ---- --- --------- --------- ---------
BALANCES AT JANUARY 30,
1994....................... 25,587,280 256 -- -- 175,292 (170,479) 5,069
Net earnings............... -- -- -- -- -- 32,118 32,118
Dividends Paid............. -- -- -- -- -- (10,000) (10,000)
---------- ---- ---- --- --------- --------- ---------
BALANCES AT JANUARY 29,
1995....................... 25,587,280 $256 -- $-- $ 175,292 $(148,361) $ 27,187
========== ==== ==== === ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-33
<PAGE> 148
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) ORGANIZATION
At February 2, 1992, Ralphs Grocery Company was an indirect wholly owned
subsidiary of Federated Stores, Inc. ("Federated"). Two wholly owned
subsidiaries of Federated, Federated Holdings III, Inc. ("Holdings III") and
Allied Stores Corporation ("Allied") directly owned the common stock of Ralphs
Grocery Company approximately 84% and 16% respectively. In January 1990 Holdings
III and Allied, and certain other subsidiaries of Federated, each filed
petitions for relief under Chapter 11, Title 11 of the United States Code
("Chapter 11"). In March 1990, Federated filed a petition for relief under
Chapter 11. Pursuant to the plans of reorganization for Federated and certain of
its subsidiaries, Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. was formed to hold the outstanding
shares of common stock of Ralphs Grocery Company. On February 3, 1992, Holdings
III and Allied contributed their shares of Ralphs Grocery Company to Ralphs
Supermarkets, Inc. in exchange for the issuance by Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. of
Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. shares in the same proportion in Ralphs Grocery
Company shares were owned ("Internal Reorganization"). For financial reporting
purposes, this transaction was recorded at predecessor cost. For Federal tax
purposes, a new basis was established at Ralphs Supermarket, Inc. as more fully
described in Note 11.
Under the plans of reorganization for Federated, Holdings III and certain
other subsidiaries of Federated (the "FSI Plan"), all Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc.
shares of common stock held by Holdings III were to be distributed to certain
creditors of Federated and Holdings III, including The Edward J. DeBartolo
Corporation ("EJDC"), Bank of Montreal ("BMO"), Banque Paribas ("BP") and Camdev
Properties Inc. ("Camdev"), and Federated. The FSI Plan was confirmed by the
Bankruptcy Court in January 1992 and was consummated on February 3, 1992. Under
the plan of reorganization of Allied and certain affiliates including Federated
Department Stores, Inc. (the "Allied-Federated Plan"), a portion of Allied's
Holding Company shares were to be distributed to BMO and BP. The
Allied-Federated Plan was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court in January 1992 and
was consummated shortly after the FSI Plan.
Thus, following consummation of both the FSI Plan and the Allied-Federated
Plan and the transfer on July 19, 1993 of the shares of common stock in Ralphs
Supermarkets, Inc. held by Federated Stores, Inc. to Camdev, the approximate
ownership of Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APPROXIMATE PERCENT
OWNERSHIP OF RALPHS
SUPERMARKETS, INC.
COMMON STOCK
AS OF JULY 19, 1993
---------------------
<S> <C>
EJDC...................................................... 60.4%
BMO....................................................... 10.1%
BP........................................................ 10.1%
Camdev.................................................... 12.8%
Federated Department Stores, Inc. (as
successor by merger to Allied).......................... 6.6%
</TABLE>
Pursuant to certain agreements entered into contemporaneously with the
effectiveness of the FSI Plan and the Allied-Federated Plan, certain income tax
liabilities of Ralphs Grocery Company, Federated, Allied, Federated Department
Stores, Inc. and other affiliates have been settled with the Internal Revenue
Service. In addition, Ralphs Grocery Company and certain affiliates including
Federated Department Stores, Inc., Allied and Federated (the "Affiliated Group")
entered into an agreement (the "Tax Indemnity Agreement") pursuant to which
Federated Department Stores, Inc. agreed to pay certain tax liabilities, if any,
relating to Ralphs Grocery Company being a member of the Affiliated Group. The
Tax Indemnity Agreement provides a formula to determine the amount of additional
tax liabilities through February 3, 1992 that Ralphs Grocery
F-34
<PAGE> 149
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Company would be obligated to pay the Affiliated Group. However, such additional
liability, if any, is limited to $10 million subject to certain adjustments.
Under the Tax Indemnity agreement, both Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. and
Ralphs Grocery Company have agreed to pay Federated Department Stores, Inc. $1
million annually for each of five years starting on February 3, 1992, and an
additional $5 million on February 3, 1997. These total payments of $10 million
have been recorded in the consolidated financial statements at February 2, 1992.
The five $1 million installments are to be paid by Ralphs Grocery Company and
the $5 million is the joint obligation of both Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. and
Ralphs Grocery Company. Also, in the event Federated Department Stores, Inc. is
required to pay certain tax liabilities on behalf of Ralphs Grocery Company,
both Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. and Ralphs Grocery Company have agreed to
reimburse Federated Department Stores, Inc. up to an additional $10 million,
subject to certain adjustments. This additional obligation is the joint and
several obligation of both Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. and Ralphs Grocery Company.
The $5 million payment and the potential $10 million payment may be paid, at the
option of both Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. and Ralphs Grocery Company, in cash or
newly issued Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. Common Stock.
In connection with the consummation of the FSI Plan and the
Allied-Federated Plan, Ralphs Grocery Company and certain parties entered into
an agreement (the "Comprehensive Settlement Agreement") pursuant to which the
parties thereto, among other things, agreed to deliver releases to the various
parties to the Comprehensive Settlement Agreement as well as certain additional
parties. Under the Comprehensive Settlement Agreement, Ralphs Grocery Company
received general releases from Allied, Federated, Federated Department Stores,
Inc. and certain other affiliates which released it from any and all claims
which could have been asserted by the parties thereto prior to the effective
dates of FSI Plan and the Allied-Federated Plan other than for claims arising
under the Comprehensive Settlement Agreement, the FSI Plan, the Allied-Federated
Plan and the Tax Indemnity Agreement.
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(a) Basis of Presentation
These consolidated financial statements present the statements of financial
position of Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. and subsidiary as of January 31, 1993,
January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995 and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for the three years then ended. Ralphs Grocery Company is
deemed to be the predecessor entity of Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. For purposes of
these consolidated financial statements Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc. and Ralphs
Grocery Company will be collectively referred to as "Ralphs".
(b) Reporting Period
Ralphs' fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to January 31. Fiscal
year-ends are as follows:
January 31, 1993 (Fiscal 1992)
January 30, 1994 (Fiscal 1993)
January 29, 1995 (Fiscal 1994)
(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of the statements of cash flows, Ralphs considers all highly
liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.
F-35
<PAGE> 150
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(d) Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower cost or market. Cost is determined
primarily using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. The replacement cost of
inventories exceeded the LIFO inventory cost by $15.5 million and $17.6 million
at January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995, respectively.
(e) Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Property and equipment
held under capital leases are stated at the present value of the minimum lease
payments at the inception of the lease.
Depreciation of plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of assets. Plant and equipment held under
capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized using the straightline
method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the
asset. Useful lives range from 10 to 40 years for buildings and improvements and
3 to 20 years for fixtures and equipment.
Interest is capitalized in connection with the construction of major
facilities. The capitalized interest is recorded as part of the asset to which
it relates and is amortized over the asset's estimated useful life. Interest
cost capitalized during fiscal 1992, 1993 and 1994 was $1.074 million, $.740
million and $.324 million, respectively.
(f) Deferred Debt Issuance Costs
Direct costs incurred as a result of financing transactions are capitalized
and amortized over the terms of the applicable debt agreements using the
effective interest method.
(g) Pre-opening Costs
Pre-opening costs of new stores are deferred and expensed at the time the
store opens. If a new store is ultimately not opened, the costs are expensed
directly to selling, general and administrative expense at the time it is
determined that the store will not be opened.
(h) Self Insurance Reserves
Ralphs is self-insured for a portion of workers' compensation, general
liability and automobile accident claims. Ralphs establishes reserve provisions
based on an independent actuary's review of claims filed and an estimate of
claims incurred but not yet filed.
(i) Excess of Cost Over Net Assets Acquired
The excess of cost over net assets acquired, resulting from the May 3, 1988
acquisition of Ralphs is being amortized using the straight-line method over 40
years. Ralphs assesses the recoverability of this intangible asset by
determining whether the amortization of the asset balance over its remaining
life can be recovered through projected undiscounted operating income (including
interest, depreciation and all amortization expense except amortization of
excess of cost over net assets acquired) over the remaining amortization period
of the excess of cost over net assets acquired. The amount of excess of cost
over net assets acquired impairment, if any, is measured based on projected
discounted future results using a discount rate reflecting Ralphs' average cost
of funds. Accumulated amortization aggregated $63.4 million and $74.4 million at
January 30, 1994 and January 29, 1995, respectively.
F-36
<PAGE> 151
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(j) Acquired Leases
Beneficial lease rights and lease valuation reserves are recorded as the
net present value of the differences between contractual rents under existing
lease agreements and fair value of entering such lease agreements as of the May
3, 1988 acquisition of Ralphs. All beneficial lease rights and lease valuation
reserves arose solely as a result of the May 3, 1988 acquisition. Adjustments to
the carrying value of these assets would typically occur only through additional
business combinations or in the event of early lease termination. Beneficial
lease rights are amortized using the straight-line method over the terms of the
leases. Lease valuation reserves are amortized using the interest method over
the terms of the leases.
(k) Discounts and Promotional Allowances
Promotional allowances and vendor discounts are recorded as a reduction of
cost of sales in the accompanying statements of operations. Allowance proceeds
received in advance are deferred and recognized over the period earned.
(l) Income Taxes
Through February 2, 1992, Ralphs operated under a tax-sharing agreement
with Federated and was included in the consolidated Federal tax returns of
Federated. Through January 28, 1990, Ralphs was included in the combined state
tax returns of Federated; however, Ralphs filed separate state tax returns
subsequent to January 28, 1990. Under the tax-sharing agreement, tax-sharing
payments were made to Federated based on the amount that Ralphs would be liable
for had Ralphs filed separate tax returns, taking into account applicable
carryback and carryforward provision of the tax laws.
Subsequent to February 2, 1992, Ralphs is responsible for filing tax
returns with the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities. Prior to
February 3, 1992 Ralphs paid alternative minimum tax to Federated under its tax
sharing agreement. As a result of the Internal Reorganization, Ralphs will not
be entitled to offset its future Federal regular tax liability with the payments
made to Federated.
Effective for the fiscal year ended February 2, 1992, Ralphs adopted
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes." At the date of adoption such change had no impact on the
consolidated financial results.
(m) Reclassification
Certain amounts in the accompanying financial statements have been
reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation.
(n) Consolidation Policy
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Ralphs
Supermarkets, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiary, Ralphs Grocery Company, and
its wholly owned subsidiary, collectively referred to as the Company. All
material intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
(o) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate
that value:
(i) Cash and short-term investments: The carrying amount approximates
fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.
F-37
<PAGE> 152
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ii) Long-term debt: The fair value of Ralphs' long-term debt is
estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues
or on the current rates offered to Ralphs for debt of the same remaining
maturities.
(iii) Interest Rate Swap Agreements: The fair value of interest rate
swap agreements is the estimated amount that Ralphs would receive or pay to
terminate the swap agreements at the reporting date, taking into account
current interest rates and the current credit-worthiness of the swap
counterparties.
(p) Advertising
The Company expenses the production costs of advertising the first time the
advertising takes place. Advertising expense was $17.5 million, $16.4 million
and $18.2 million in fiscal 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
(q) Transaction Costs
In connection with the proposed merger, Ralphs has capitalized in other
assets approximately $2.3 million of transaction costs, principally attorney and
accounting fees. Upon completion of the merger these amounts will be
reclassified to excess of cost of net assets acquired and amortized accordingly.
(3) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Land................................................ $ 159,904 $ 161,725
Buildings and improvements.......................... 191,179 199,133
Leasehold improvements.............................. 161,341 170,430
Fixtures and equipment.............................. 354,626 372,077
Capital leases...................................... 86,964 124,861
--------- ----------
954,014 1,028,226
Less: Accumulated depreciation...................... (312,746) (354,539)
Less: Accumulated capital lease amortization........ (39,371) (48,963)
--------- ----------
Property, plant and equipment, net.................. $ 601,897 $ 624,724
========= ==========
</TABLE>
(4) ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accrued expenses are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Accrued wages......................................... $ 34,763 $43,766
Taxes other than income tax........................... 11,084 10,055
Interest.............................................. 11,090 8,670
Other................................................. 44,606 37,313
-------- -------
$101,543 $99,804
======== =======
</TABLE>
F-38
<PAGE> 153
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(5) LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
First mortgage notes payable in monthly installments,
commencing June 1, 1994 of $1.6 million including
interest at an effective rate of 9.651%; interest
only payable monthly prior to June 1, 1994. Final
payment due June 1, 1999. Secured by land and
buildings with a net book value of $188.8 million... $ 178,013 $ 176,634
Notes payable in varying monthly installments
including interest ranging from 11.5% to 18.96%.
Final payment due through November 30, 1996. Secured
by equipment with a net book value of $28.5
million............................................. 9,721 6,291
Capitalized lease obligations at interest rates
ranging from 7.25% to 14% maturing at various dates
through 2019
(note 6)............................................ 61,150 89,084
Note payable to bank.................................. 300,000 245,000
Initial Notes and Exchange Notes, 9% due 2003......... 150,000 150,000
Senior Subordinated Debentures, 10 1/4%, due 2002..... 300,000 300,000
-------- --------
Total long-term debt.................................. 998,884 967,009
Less current maturities............................... (70,975) (83,989)
-------- --------
Long-term debt........................................ $ 927,909 $ 883,020
======== ========
</TABLE>
During the third quarter of 1992, the Company implemented a
recapitalization plan (the "Recapitalization Plan") which was completed during
the first quarter of 1993 by the Company's offering of $150.0 million aggregate
principal amount of its 9% Senior Subordinated notes due 2003 (the "Initial
Notes") in private placement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"). The proceeds of the Initial Notes were used to (i) purchase
for cancellation of $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company's
14% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2000 (the "14% Subordinated Debentures")
from a noteholder who had made an unsolicited offer to sell such 14%
Subordinated Debentures, (ii) defease the remaining $38.1 million aggregate
principal amount of the 14% Subordinated Debentures, (iii) prepay $36.1 million
of borrowings under the Company's $350.0 million 1992 term loan facility entered
into as part of the Recapitalization Plan and (iv) pay fees and expenses
associated with such transactions and for other purposes. As part of a
registration rights agreement entered into with the initial purchasers of the
Initial Notes, the Company agreed to offer to exchange up to $150.0 million
aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes for all of the outstanding
Initial Notes (the "Exchange Offer"). The terms of the Exchange Notes are
substantially identical (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity)
in all respects to the terms of the Initial Notes except that the Exchange Notes
are freely transferable by the holders thereof (with certain exceptions) and are
not subject to any covenant upon the Company regarding registration under the
Securities Act. On June 24, 1993, the Company completed the Exchange Offer
exchanging $149.7 million aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes for
Initial Notes ($.3 million of Initial Notes remain outstanding).
The note payable to bank and working capital line, under the 1992 Credit
Agreement, are secured by first priority liens on Ralphs' inventory and
receivables, servicemarks and registered trademarks, equipment (other than
equipment located at facilities subject to existing liens in favor of equipment
financiers) and after-acquired real property interests and all existing real
property interests (other than those that are subject to prior encumbrances) and
bears interest at the rates, as selected by Ralphs as follows: (i) 1 3/4% over
the prime
F-39
<PAGE> 154
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
rate, or (ii) 2 3/4% over the Eurodollar Rate. Interest calculated pursuant to
(i) above is payable quarterly, otherwise interest is payable quarterly or at
the selected borrowings option maturity. During the 52 weeks ended January 29,
1995, interest rates under these borrowings ranged from 5.9375% to 10.25%.
Ralphs is required to pay an annual administrative fee of $300,000 pursuant to
the 1992 Credit Agreement as well as a commitment fee of 0.5% on the average
daily amounts available for borrowing under the $120.0 million working capital
credit line.
The 1992 Credit Agreement, which includes a $350.0 million term loan and
$120.0 million working capital credit line, also supports up to $60.0 million of
letters of credit which reduce the available borrowings on the credit line. The
1992 Credit Agreement is subject to quarterly principal payment requirements,
which commenced on March 31, 1993, with payment in full on June 30, 1998. As of
January 29, 1995, $52.4 million of letters of credit and $51.5 million in
borrowings were outstanding, with $16.1 million available under the working
capital credit line.
In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1992, Ralphs entered into an interest rate
cap agreement with an effective date of November 6, 1992 and a three-year
maturity. The interest rate cap agreement hedges the interest rate in excess of
6.5% LIBOR on $105.0 million principal amount against increases in short-term
rates. This agreement satisfies interest rate protection requirements under the
1992 Credit Agreement. In addition to the interest rate cap agreement, Ralphs
entered into an interest rate swap agreement on $150.0 million notional
principal amount. Under the interest rate swap agreement, Ralphs is required to
pay interest based on LIBOR at the end of each six month calculation period and
Ralphs will receive interest payments based on LIBOR at the beginning of each
six month calculation period. This interest rate swap agreement has a three-year
term expiring November 6, 1995. Ralphs is exposed to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by the other party to the interest rate swap agreement. However,
Ralphs does not anticipate nonperformance by the counterpart.
The following details the impact of the hedging activity on the weighted
average interest rate for each of the last three fiscal years.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WITH HEDGE WITHOUT HEDGE
---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
1992........................................ 10.52% 10.22%
1993........................................ 8.96% 8.96%
1994........................................ 9.37% 9.18%
</TABLE>
The Initial Notes and Exchange Notes are unsecured obligations of Ralphs
subordinated in right of payment to amounts due on the aforementioned senior
debt. Interest at 9% is payable each April 1 and October 1 through April 1,
2003, when the notes mature.
The 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Debentures are unsecured obligations of
Ralphs subordinated in right of payment to amounts due on the senior debt.
Interest at 10 1/4% is payable each January 15 and July 15 through July 15,
2002, when the debentures mature.
The aforementioned debt agreements contain various restrictive covenants
pertaining to net worth levels, limitations on additional indebtedness and
capital expenditures, financial ratios and dividends. The 1992 Credit Agreement
requires Ralphs to reduce its working capital credit line to zero for 30
consecutive days annually. The current annual period extends from July 1 to June
30. The Company has not yet complied with this annual covenant. The Company
intends to either satisfy this covenant by June 30, 1995 or seek to obtain the
necessary waiver from its lenders, if such event of non-compliance ultimately
occurs but there is no assurance that such waiver will be granted, or, if
granted, will be on terms acceptable to the Company. At January 29, 1995, Ralphs
is in compliance with all its 1992 Credit Agreement restrictive covenants. The
Company currently anticipates that it may be out of compliance with certain
other maintenance covenants at the end of the second quarter of 1995. The
Company intends to seek the necessary waivers from its lenders
F-40
<PAGE> 155
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
should these events of non-compliance ultimately occur, but there is no
assurance that such waivers will be granted, or, if granted, will be on terms
acceptable to the Company.
The aggregate maturities on long-term debt for each of the five years
subsequent to fiscal 1994 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
----------------------
<S> <C>
1995............................... $ 83,989
1996............................... 86,792
1997............................... 84,771
1998............................... 53,605
1999............................... 175,400
2000 and thereafter................ 482,452
--------
$967,009
========
</TABLE>
The estimated fair value of each class of financial instruments (where
practical), all held for non-trading purposes, is as follows in (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Long-term debt............................ $953,883
Interest rate swap agreement.............. $ 1,252
Interest rate cap agreement............... $ (366)
</TABLE>
(6) LEASES
Ralphs has leases for retail store facilities, warehouses and manufacturing
plants for periods up to 30 years. Generally, the lease agreements include
renewal options for five years each. Under most leases, Ralphs is responsible
for property taxes, insurance, maintenance and expense related to the lease
property. Certain store leases require excess rentals based on a percentage of
sales at that location. Certain equipment is leased by Ralphs under agreements
ranging from 3 to 15 years. The agreements usually do not include renewal option
provisions.
Minimum rental payments due under capital leases and operating leases
subsequent to fiscal 1994 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITAL OPERATING
LEASES LEASES TOTAL
-------- --------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1995................................................... $ 21,640 $ 61,324 $ 82,964
1996................................................... 19,093 60,847 79,940
1997................................................... 18,288 58,182 76,470
1998................................................... 15,901 53,321 69,222
1999................................................... 11,784 52,839 64,623
2000 and thereafter.................................... 53,959 373,021 426,980
-------- -------- --------
Total minimum lease payments........................... $140,665 $ 659,534 $800,199
======== ========
Less amounts representing interest..................... (51,581)
--------
Present value of net minimum lease payments............ 89,084
Less current portion of lease obligations.............. (13,151)
--------
Long-term capital lease obligations.................... $ 75,933
========
</TABLE>
F-41
<PAGE> 156
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Total rent expense is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Capital Leases
Contingent rental................................... $ 2,443 $ 2,241 $ 2,256
Rentals from subleases.............................. (2,144) (2,048) (1,734)
Operating Leases
Minimum rentals..................................... 49,001 54,965 55,906
Contingent rentals.................................. 5,058 3,645 3,763
Rentals from subleases.............................. (1,123) (1,150) (1,791)
-------- -------- --------
$ 53,235 $ 57,653 $ 58,400
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
(7) SELF-INSURANCE
Ralphs is a qualified self-insurer in the State of California for worker's
compensation and for automobile liability. For fiscal 1992, 1993 and 1994 self
insurance loss provisions amounted to (in thousands) $25,950, $30,323 and
$14,003, respectively. Ralphs discounts self-insurance liabilities using an 8%
discount rate for all years presented. Management believes that this rate
approximates the time value of money over the anticipated payout period
(approximately 8 years) for essentially risk free investments.
Based on a review of modifications in its workers compensation and general
liability insurance programs, Ralphs adjusted its self-insurance costs during
Fiscal 1994, resulting in a reduction in the loss provision in Fiscal 1994 of
approximately $18.9 million.
Ralphs' historical self-insurance liability for the previous two fiscal
years is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Self-insurance liability........................................ $ 97,864 $ 87,830
Less: Discount.................................................. (17,854) (15,324)
-------- --------
Net self-insurance liability.................................... $ 80,010 $ 72,506
======== ========
</TABLE>
The Company expects that cash payments for claims over the next five years
will aggregate approximately $28 million in fiscal year 1995, $19 million in
fiscal year 1996, $13 million in fiscal year 1997, $8 million in fiscal year
1998 and $7 million in fiscal year 1999.
(8) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
In December 1992, three California state antitrust class action suits were
commenced in Los Angeles Superior Court against Ralphs and other major
supermarket chains located in Southern California, alleging that they conspired
to refrain from competing in the retail market for fluid milk and to fix the
retail price of fluid milk above competitive prices. Specifically, class actions
were commenced by Diane Barela and Neila Ross, Ron Moliare and Paul C. Pfeifle
on December 7, December 14, and December 23, 1992, respectively. The Court has
yet to certify any of these classes. A demurrer to the complaints was denied.
Notwithstanding that it believes there is no merit to these cases, Ralphs had
reached an agreement in principle to settle them.
F-42
<PAGE> 157
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
However, no settlement agreement has been signed. The Company does not
believe that the resolution of these cases will have a material adverse effect
on its future financial condition. Any settlement would be subject to court
approval.
On March 25, 1991, George A. Koteen Associates, Inc. ("Koteen Associates")
commenced an action in San Diego Superior Court alleging that Ralphs breached an
alleged utility rate consulting agreement. In December 1992, a jury returned a
verdict of approximately $4.9 million in favor of Koteen Associates and in March
1993, attorney's fees and certain other costs were awarded to the plaintiff.
Ralphs has appealed the judgment and fully reserved in Fiscal 1992 against an
adverse ruling by the appellate courts.
In April 1994, Ralphs was served with a complaint filed by over 240 former
employees at Ralphs' bakery in the Atwater district of Los Angeles (the "Bakery
Plaintiffs"). The action was commenced in the United States District Court for
the Central District of California, and, among other claims, the Bakery
Plaintiffs alleged that Ralphs breached its collective bargaining agreement and
violated the Workers Adjustment Retraining Notification Act (the "WARN Act")
when it downsized and subsequently closed the bakery. In their complaint, the
Bakery Plaintiffs are seeking damages for lost wages and benefits as well as
punitive damages. The Bakery Plaintiffs also named Ralphs and two of its
management employees in fraud, conspiracy and emotional distress causes of
action. In addition, the Bakery Plaintiffs sued their union local for breach of
its duty of fair representation and other alleged misconduct, including fraud
and conspiracy. The defendants have answered the complaint and discovery is
ongoing. Trial is set for February, 1996, and Ralphs is vigorously defending
this suit. Management believes, based on its assessment of the facts, that the
resolution of this case will not have a material effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.
In addition, Ralphs is a defendant in a number of other cases currently in
litigation or potential claims encountered in the normal course of business
which are being vigorously defended. In the opinion of management, the
resolutions of these matters will not have a material effect on Ralphs'
financial position or results of operations.
Environmental Matters
In January 1991, the California Regional Water Quality Control Board for
the Los Angeles Region (the "Regional Board") requested that Ralphs conduct a
subsurface characterization of Ralphs' Atwater property. This request was part
of an ongoing effort by the Regional Board, in connection with the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA"), to identify contributors to
groundwater contamination in the San Fernando Valley. Significant parts of the
San Fernando Valley, including the area where Ralphs' Atwater property is
located, have been designated federal Superfund sites requiring response actions
under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
of 1980, as amended, because of regional groundwater contamination. On June 18,
1991, the EPA made its own request for information concerning the Atwater
property. Since that time, the Regional Board has requested further
investigation by Ralphs. Ralphs has conducted the requested investigations and
has reported the results to the Regional Board. Approximately 25 companies have
entered into a Consent Order (EPA Docket No. 94-11) with the EPA to investigate
and design a remediation system for contaminated groundwater beneath an area
which includes the Atwater property. Ralphs is not a party to the Consent Order,
but is cooperating with requests of the subject companies to allow installation
of monitoring or recovery wells on Ralphs' property. Based upon available
information, management does not believe this matter will have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
Ralphs has removed underground storage tanks and remediated soil
contamination at the Atwater property. In some instances the removals and the
contamination were associated with grocery business operations, in others they
were associated with prior property users. Although the possibility of other
F-43
<PAGE> 158
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
contamination from prior operations or adjacent properties exists at the Atwater
property, management does not believe that the costs of remediating such
contamination will be material to the Company.
Apart from the Atwater property, the Company has recently had environmental
assessments performed on a significant portion of its facilities, including
warehouse and distribution facilities. The Company believes that any responsive
actions required at the examined properties as a result of such assessments will
not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of
operations.
Ralphs has incurred approximately $4.5 million in non-recurring capital
expenditures for conversion of refrigerants during 1994. Other than these
expenditures, Ralphs has not incurred material capital expenditures for
environmental controls during the previous three years, nor does management
anticipate incurring such expenditures during the current fiscal year or the
succeeding fiscal year.
Ralphs is subject to a variety of environmental laws, rules, regulations
and investigative or enforcement activities, as are other companies in the same
or similar business. The Company believes it is in substantial compliance with
such laws, rules and regulations. These laws, rules, regulations and agency
activities change from time to time, and such changes may affect the ongoing
business and operations of the Company.
(9) REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
Ralphs' non-voting preferred stock consisted of 10,000,000 shares of
authorized $.01 par value preferred stock. At February 3, 1991 and February 2,
1992, 170,000 shares of Class A Preferred Stock and 130,000 shares of Class B
Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of
preferred stock were redeemed by Ralphs during February 1992 at their initial
issuance price of $3.0 million.
(10) EQUITY APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLANS
Effective August 26, 1988, Ralphs adopted an Equity Appreciation Plan
("1988 Plan"), whereby certain officers received equity rights representing, in
aggregate, the right to receive 15% of the increase in the appraised value (as
defined in the 1988 Plan) of the Ralphs' equity over an initial value of $120.0
million. The 1988 Plan was amended in January 1992 by agreement among Ralphs and
the Equity Rights holders ("Amended Plan"). Ralphs accrued for the increase in
equity appreciation rights over the contractually defined vesting period (fully
accrued in fiscal 1991), based upon the maximum allowable contractual amount
which approximated ending appraised value.
Under the Amended Plan, all outstanding Equity Rights vested in full are no
longer subject to forfeiture by the holders, except in the event a holder's
employment is terminated for cause within the meaning of the Amended Plan. The
appraised value of Ralphs' equity is to be determined as of May 1 each year by
an investment banking company engaged for this purpose utilizing the methodology
specified in the Amended Plan (which is unchanged from that specified in the
1988 Plan); however, under the Amended Plan the appraised value of Ralphs'
equity for purposes of the plan may not be less than $400.0 million nor exceed
$517.0 million. The amount of equity rights redeemable at any given time is
defined in each holders' separate agreement. On exercise of an equity right, the
holder will be entitled to receive a pro rata percentage of any such increase in
appraised value. In addition, the Amended Plan provides for the possible
additional further payment to the holder of each exercised Equity Right of an
amount equal to the "Deferred Value" of such Equity Right as defined in the
Amended Plan. Ralphs did not incur any expense under the Equity Appreciation
Rights Plan in fiscal 1992, fiscal 1993 and fiscal 1994.
F-44
<PAGE> 159
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The amount of Equity Rights redeemable for each of the four years
subsequent to fiscal 1994 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN
THOUSANDS)
-----------
<S> <C>
1995...................................... $ 6,669
1996...................................... 12,389
1997...................................... 3,636
1998...................................... 10,150
-------
$32,844
=======
</TABLE>
(11) INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
JANUARY JANUARY JANUARY
31, 30, 29,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current:
Federal......................................... $4,173 $ (2,424) $ 713
State........................................... -- 3,500 2,653
------ --------- -------
$4,173 $ 1,076 $ (3,366)
------ --------- -------
Deferred:
Federal......................................... $ -- $ (109,125) $ (3,366)
State........................................... $ -- $ -- $ --
------ --------- -------
$ -- $ (109,125) $ (3,366)
------ --------- -------
Total income tax expense (benefit).............. $4,173 $ (108,049) $ --
====== ========= =======
</TABLE>
Income tax expense (benefit) has been classified in the accompanying
statements of operations as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992 1993 1994
------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings before extraordinary items.............. $ 8,346 $(108,049) $ --
Extraordinary item............................... (4,173) -- --
------ -------- --------
Net tax expense (benefit)........................ $ 4,173 $(108,049) $ --
====== ======== ========
</TABLE>
F-45
<PAGE> 160
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The differences between income tax expense and income taxes computed using
the top marginal U.S. Federal income tax rate of 34% for fiscal 1992 and of 35%
for fiscal 1993 and fiscal 1994 applied to earnings (loss) before income taxes
(including, in fiscal 1992, the extraordinary loss of $74.8 million) were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
JANUARY JANUARY JANUARY
31, 30, 29,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Amount of expected expense (benefit) computed using
the statutory Federal rate.......................... $(24,450) $ 10,611 $ 11,241
Utilization of financial operating loss............. -- (10,611) (11,241)
Amortization of excess cost over net assets
acquired......................................... 3,356 -- --
State income taxes, net of Federal income tax
benefit.......................................... -- 3,500 2,653
Accounting limitation (recognition) of deferred tax
benefit.......................................... 20,041 (109,125) (3,366)
Alternative minimum tax............................. 4,173 625 --
Other, net.......................................... 1,053 (3,049) 713
-------- --------- ------
Total income tax expense (benefit)............... $ 4,173 $ (108,049) $ --
======== ========= ======
</TABLE>
Ralphs' deferred tax assets, recorded under SFAS 109, were comprised of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Deductible intangible assets................................. $ 56,000 $ 43,000
Net operating loss carryforward and tax credit............... 40,125 55,000
Self insurance accrual....................................... 43,000 25,000
Software basis difference and amortization................... -- --
Fees collected in advance.................................... -- 2,600
Property, plant and equipment basis difference and
depreciation............................................... 21,000 16,000
Equity appreciation rights................................... 16,000 11,000
Favorable lease basis differences............................ 16,000 16,000
State deferred taxes......................................... 17,000 19,000
Other........................................................ 40,000 51,103
--------- ---------
249,125 238,703
Less valuation allowance................................... (140,000) (126,212)
--------- ---------
Total................................................... $ 109,125 $ 112,491
========= =========
</TABLE>
On October 15, 1992, Ralphs filed an election with the Internal Revenue
Service under Section 338(h)(10). Under this Section, Ralphs is required to
restate, for Federal tax purposes, its assets and liabilities to fair market
value as of February 3, 1992. The effect of this transaction is to record a new
Federal tax basis to reflect a change of control for Federal tax purposes
resulting from the Internal Reorganization. No change of control for financial
reporting purposes was affected.
In August, 1993, The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (the "Act")
was enacted. The Act increased the Federal income tax rate from 34 to 35 percent
for filers whose taxable income exceeded $10.0 million. In the current year, the
effect of the Federal income tax rate change was to increase the net
F-46
<PAGE> 161
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
deferred tax assets. In addition, the Act also provided for the deductibility of
certain intangibles, including costs in excess gross assets acquired.
The Act has significantly impacted the aggregate deferred tax asset
position of Ralphs at January 29, 1995. Ralphs elected to retroactively apply
certain provisions of the Act related to the February 3, 1992 change of control
for Federal tax purposes. As such, approximately $610.7 million in excess of
cost over net assets acquired became fully deductible for Federal tax purposes.
This amount is deductible over 15 years. This excess in the tax basis over the
financial statement basis of excess of cost over net assets acquired aggregated
$123.0 million at January 29, 1995.
During the year ended January 30, 1994, Ralphs recorded the incremental
impact of the Act on deductible temporary differences and increased its deferred
income tax assets by a net amount of $109.1 million. The decision to reduce the
valuation allowance was based upon several factors. Specific among them, was the
Company's completion of its restructuring plan which effectively reduced
estimated interest expense by approximately $9.0 as compared to the year ended
January 31, 1993. In addition, the January 31, 1993 operating results were
negatively effected by several charges including provisions for restructuring,
legal settlements and a loss on retirement of debt all aggregating approximately
$90 million on a pre-tax basis.
Although there can be no assurance as to future taxable income, the Company
believes that, based upon the above mentioned events, as well as the Company's
expectation of future taxable income, it is more likely than not that the
recorded deferred tax asset will be realized. In order to realize the net
deferred tax asset currently recorded, Ralphs will need to generate sufficient
future taxable income, assuming current tax rates, of approximately $320.0
million.
At January 29, 1995, the Company has Federal net operating loss (NOL)
carryforwards of approximately $162.0 million and Federal and state Alternative
Minimum Tax Credit carryforwards of approximately $2.1 million which can be used
to offset Federal taxable income and regular taxes payable, respectively. The
NOL carryforwards begin expiring in 2008.
During the past three fiscal years, the Company has generated Federal
taxable losses of approximately $162.0 million versus financial pre-tax earnings
of approximately $65.2 million for the same periods. These differences result
principally from excess tax versus financial amortization on certain intangible
assets (excess of cost over net assets acquired), as well as several other
originating temporary differences.
(12) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Ralphs has a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all
employees not already covered by collective bargaining agreements with at least
one year of credit service (defined at 1,000 hours). Ralphs' policy is to fund
pension costs at or above the minimum annual requirement.
On February 23, 1990, the Company adopted a Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan covering certain key officers of Ralphs. The Company has
purchased split dollar life insurance policies for participants under this plan.
Under certain circumstances, the cash surrender value of certain split dollar
life insurance policies will offset Ralphs obligations under the Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan.
During the second quarter of 1994, the Company approved and adopted a new
non-qualified retirement plan, the Ralphs Grocery Company Retirement
Supplemental Plan ("Retirement Supplement Plan") effective January 1, 1994 and
amended the existing Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective April 9,
1994. These changes to the retirement plans were made pursuant to the enactment
of the 1993 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act.
F-47
<PAGE> 162
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
At January 29, 1995, the Company recorded a $4.0 million additional minimum
liability in offsetting intangible asset to reflect the changes in the new and
amended plans.
Under the provisions of the Retirement Supplement Plan, participants are
entitled to receive benefits based on earnings over the indexed amount of
$150,000.
The following actuarially determined components were included in the net
pension expense:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost...................................... $ 2,076 $ 2,228 $ 2,901
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation..... 2,471 2,838 3,821
Actual return on assets........................... (2,794) (2,695) (1,447)
Net amortization and deferral..................... 237 (46) (1,100)
------- ------- -------
Net pension expense.......................... $ 1,990 $ 2,325 $ 4,175
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The funded status of Ralphs' pension plan, (based on December 31, 1993 and
1994 asset values), is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Assets Exceed Accumulated Benefits:
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation................................... $29,659 $31,621
Accumulated benefit obligation.............................. 29,950 31,856
Projected benefit obligation................................ 42,690 45,246
Plan assets at fair value................................... 32,968 38,179
------- -------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of Plan Assets......... (9,722) (7,067)
Unrecognized net gain......................................... 4,567 3,611
Unrecognized prior service cost............................... (1,778) (1,659)
Unrecognized net asset........................................ -- --
------- -------
Accrued pension cost..................................... $(6,933) $(5,115)
======= =======
Accumulated Benefits Exceed Assets:
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation................................... 2,982
Accumulated benefit obligation.............................. 2,982
Projected benefit obligation................................ 7,102
Plan assets at fair value................................... --
-------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of Plan Assets......... (7,102)
Unrecognized net gain......................................... (229)
Unrecognized prior service cost............................... 8,354
Adjustment required to recognized minimum liability........... (4,005)
-------
Accrued pension cost..................................... $(2,982)
=======
</TABLE>
F-48
<PAGE> 163
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The accrued pension cost for accumulated benefits that exceeded assets at
January 30, 1994 was immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.
Service costs for fiscal 1992 and 1993 were calculated using a discount
rate of 8.5% and a rate of increase in future compensation levels of 6%. The
1994 discount rate and the rate of increase in future compensation levels were
reduced to 7.75% and 5.0%, respectively, to reflect the decline in interest
rates in 1994. The discount rate will be increased to 8.25% in 1995 in order to
reflect the increase in the current long-term interest rate. A long-term rate of
return on assets of 9% was used for fiscal 1992, 1993 and 1994.
The pension plan assets consist primarily of common stocks, bonds, debt
securities, and a money market fund. Plan benefits are based primarily on years
of service and on average compensation during the last years of employment.
Ralphs participates in multi-employer pension plans and health and welfare
plans administered by various trustees for substantially all union employees.
Contributions to these plans are based upon negotiated contractual rates. In
both Fiscal 1992 and Fiscal 1993 the multi-employer pension plan was deemed to
be overfunded based upon the collective bargaining agreement then currently in
force. During Fiscal 1993 the agreement called for pension benefits which
resulted in additional required expense. The UFCW health and welfare benefit
plans were overfunded and those employers who contributed to these plans
received a prorata share of excess reserve in these health care benefit plans
through a reduction in current maintenance payments. Ralphs' share of the excess
reserve was approximately $24.5 million of which $11.8 million was recognized in
Fiscal 1993 and the remainder, $12.7 million, was recognized in Fiscal 1994.
Since employers are required to make contributions to the benefit funds at
whatever level is necessary to maintain plan benefits, there can be no assurance
that plan maintenance payments will remain at current levels.
The expense related to these plans is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Multi-employer pension plans...................... $ 7,973 $17,687 $ 8,897
======= ======= =======
Multi-employer health and welfare................. $71,183 $45,235 $66,351
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
Ralphs maintains the Ralphs Grocery Company Savings Plan Plus -- Prime and
the Ralphs Grocery Savings Plan Plus -- Basic (collectively referred to as the
"401(k) Plan") covering substantially all employees who are not covered by
collective bargaining agreements and who have at least one year of credited
service (defined at 1,000 hours). The 401(k) Plan provided for both pre-tax and
after-tax contributions by participating employees. With certain limitations,
participants may elect to contribute from 1% to 12% of their annual compensation
on a pre-tax basis to the Plan. Ralphs has committed to match a minimum of 20%
of an employee's contribution to the 401(k) Plan that do not exceed 5% of the
employee's compensation. Expenses under the 401(k) Plan for fiscal 1992, 1993
and 1994 were $407,961, $431,774 and $446,826, respectively.
Ralphs has an executive incentive compensation plan which covers
approximately 39 key employees. Benefits to participants are earned based on a
percentage of base compensation upon attainment of a targeted formula of
earnings. Expense under this plan for fiscal 1992, 1993 and 1994 was $2.5
million, $2.6 million and $2.4 million, respectively. Ralphs has also adopted an
incentive plan for certain members of management. Benefits to participants are
earned based on a percentage of base compensation upon attainment of a targeted
formula of earnings. Expense under this plan for fiscal 1992, 1993 and 1994 was
$2.8 million, $3.0 million and $3.1 million, respectively.
F-49
<PAGE> 164
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The aforementioned incentive plans may be cancelled by the Board of
Directors at any time.
Ralphs sponsors a postretirement medical benefit plan (Postretirement
Medical Plan) covering substantially all employees who are not members of a
collective bargaining agreement and who retire under certain age and service
requirements.
The Postretirement Medical Plan is a traditional type medical plan
providing outpatient, inpatient and various other covered services. Such
benefits are funded from Ralphs' general assets. The calendar year deductible is
$1,270 per individual, indexed to the Medical Consumer Price Index.
The net periodic cost of the Postretirement Medical Plan includes the
following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost...................................... $ 1,908 $ 1,767 $ 1,396
Interest cost..................................... 1,367 1,603 1,387
Return on plan assets............................. -- -- --
Net amortization and deferment.................... -- -- (228)
------ ------ -------
Net postretirement benefit cost................. $ 3,275 $ 3,370 $ 2,555
====== ====== =======
</TABLE>
The funded status of the postretirement benefit plan is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
Retirees...................................................... $ 1,237 $ 1,303
Fully eligible plan participants.............................. 357 1,499
Other active plan participants................................ 16,062 10,289
Plan assets at fair value..................................... -- --
Funded status................................................. (17,656) (13,091)
-------- --------
Plan assets in excess of projected obligations................ -- --
Unrecognized gain (loss)...................................... 6,302 13,676
Unrecognized prior service cost............................... -- (358)
-------- --------
Accrued postretirement benefit obligation..................... $ (23,958) $ (26,409)
======== ========
</TABLE>
Service cost was calculated using a medical cost trend of 10.5% for fiscal
1992. Service cost was calculated using a medical cost trend of 10.5% and a
decreasing medical cost trend rate of 14%-8% for 1993 and 1994 respectively. The
discount rate for 1993 was 8.5% and was reduced to 7.75% in 1994 to reflect the
decline in interest rates in 1994. In 1995, the discount rate will increase to
8.25% in order to reflect the increase in the current long-term interest rate.
The long-term rate of return of plan assets is not applicable as the plan is not
funded.
The effect of a one-percent increase in the medical cost trend would
increase the fiscal 1994 service and interest cost to 18%. The accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation at January 29, 1995 would also increase by
27%.
F-50
<PAGE> 165
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(13) QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
Quarterly results for fiscal 1993 and 1994 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROSS OPERATING INCOME NET
SALES PROFIT INCOME TAXES EARNINGS
-------- ------ --------- ------- --------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
FY 1993 Quarters
12 weeks ended 04/25/93................. $ 632.4 $142.4 $ 31.4 $ 1.0 $ 3.9
12 weeks ended 07/18/93................. 629.0 145.2 36.8 (1.0) 12.9
12 weeks ended 10/10/93................. 612.8 141.5 31.7 -- 7.0
16 weeks ended 01/30/94................. 856.0 207.4 52.2 (108.0) 114.6
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------
Total................................ $2,730.2 $636.5 $ 152.1 $(108.0) $138.4
======== ====== ====== ======= ======
FY 1994 Quarters
12 weeks ended 04/24/94................. $ 616.0 $141.7 $ 34.1 $ -- $ 8.4
12 weeks ended 07/17/94................. 625.0 142.9 32.9 -- 7.2
12 weeks ended 10/09/94................. 615.4 138.8 30.8 -- 4.3
16 weeks ended 01/29/95................. 868.2 200.2 47.8 -- 12.2
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------
Total................................ $2,724.6 $623.6 $ 145.6 $ -- $ 32.1
======== ====== ====== ======= ======
</TABLE>
(14) SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS 52 WEEKS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 29,
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized....... $ 118,391 $93,738 $99,067
Income taxes paid............................... $ 7,169 $ 2,423 $ 6,270
Capital lease assets and obligations assumed.... $ -- $15,395 $41,131
</TABLE>
(15) STOCK OPTION PLAN
On February 3, 1992, 3,162,235 options for Common Stock of the Company were
granted under the Ralphs Non-qualified Stock Option Plan. All options were
vested, but not exercisable, on the date of the grant. Options granted to
certain officers become exercisable at the rate of 20% on each September 30 of
calendar years 1992 through 1996. Options granted to other officers become
exercisable as to 10% of the grant on each of September 30, 1992 and 1993, 15%
on each of September 30, 1994 through September 30, 1997, and 20% on September
20, 1998.
F-51
<PAGE> 166
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The following table summarizes the Ralphs Non-qualified Stock Option Plan.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF PRICE
OPTIONS RANGE
--------- ------
<S> <C> <C>
Options Outstanding at January 30, 1994:
Beginning of year............................................. 3,162,235 $20.21
Granted....................................................... -- --
Exercised..................................................... -- --
Cancelled..................................................... -- --
Expired....................................................... -- --
End of year................................................ 3,162,235 $20.21
--------- ------
Exercisable at end of year...................................... 811,760 --
--------- ------
Available for grant at end of year.............................. -- --
--------- ------
Options Outstanding at January 29, 1995:
Beginning of year............................................. 3,162,235 $20.21
Granted....................................................... -- --
Exercisable................................................... -- --
Cancelled..................................................... -- --
Expired....................................................... -- --
End of year................................................ 3,162,235 $20.21
--------- ------
Exercisable at end of year...................................... 1,330,924 --
--------- ------
Available for grant at end of year.............................. -- --
--------- ------
</TABLE>
The option price for outstanding options at January 29, 1995 assumes a
grant date fair market value of Common Stock of the Company equal to $20.21 per
share, which represents the high end of a range of estimated values of the
Common Stock of the Company on February 3, 1992, the date of the grant.
(16) DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class
of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value is
discussed in Note 2.
The estimated fair value of each class of financial instruments (where
practical), all held for non-trading purposes, is as follows in (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 30, 1994 JANUARY 29, 1995
----------------------- ---------------------
CARRYING CARRYING FAIR
AMOUNT FAIR VALUE AMOUNT VALUE
-------- ---------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Long term debt........................ $998,884 $1,014,634 $967,009 $953,883
Interest rate swap agreements......... n/a 1,153 n/a 1,252
Interest rate cap agreements.......... n/a (19) n/a (366)
</TABLE>
In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1992, Ralphs entered into an interest rate
cap agreement with an effective date of November 6, 1992 and a three year
maturity. The interest rate cap agreement hedges the interest rate in excess of
6.5% LIBOR on $105.0 million principal amount against increases in short-term
rates. This agreement satisfies interest rate protection requirements under the
1992 Credit Agreement. In addition to the interest rate cap agreement, Ralphs
entered into an interest rate swap agreement on $150.0 million notional
principal amount. Under the interest rate swap agreement, Ralphs is required to
pay interest based on LIBOR
F-52
<PAGE> 167
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
at the end of each six month calculation period and Ralphs will receive interest
payments based on LIBOR at the beginning of each six month calculation period.
This interest rate swap agreement has a three-year term expiring November 6,
1995. Ralphs is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other party to the interest rate swap agreement. However, Ralphs does not
anticipate nonperformance by the counterpart.
The following details the impact of the hedging activity on the weighted
average rate for each of the last three fiscal years.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WITH HEDGE WITHOUT HEDGE
---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
1992........................................................ 10.52% 10.22%
1993........................................................ 8.96% 8.96%
1994........................................................ 9.37% 9.18%
</TABLE>
(17) THE MERGER (UNAUDITED)
On September 14, 1994, Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc. ("Food 4 Less"), Food
4 Less Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"), and the parent company of Holdings, Food 4
Less, Inc. ("FFL"), entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger (as
amended from time to time, the "Merger Agreement") with Ralphs Supermarkets,
Inc. (the "Holding Company") and its stockholders. Pursuant to the terms of the
Merger Agreement, Food 4 Less will be merged with and into Holding Company (the
"RSI Merger") and Holding Company will continue as the surviving corporation.
Food 4 Less is a multiple format supermarket operator that operates in three
geographic areas: Southern California, Northern California and certain areas of
the Midwest.
Immediately following the RSI Merger, Ralphs Grocery Company ("RGC"), which
is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding Company, will merge with and
into Holding Company (the "RGC Merger," and together with the RSI Merger, the
"Merger"), and Holding Company will change its name to Ralphs Grocery Company
(the "New Company"). Prior to the Merger, FFL will merge with and into Holdings,
which will be the surviving corporation (the "FFL Merger"). Immediately
following the FFL Merger, Holdings will change its jurisdiction of incorporation
by merging with a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary ("Holdings"),
incorporated in Delaware (the "Reincorporation Merger"). As a result of the
Merger, the FFL Merger and the Reincorporation Merger, the New Company will
become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. Agreement has been reached with
each of the California Attorney General and the Federal Trade Commission for
approval of the Merger. Food 4 Less and Ralphs have agreed in a settlement
agreement with the Attorney General to divest 27 specific stores in Southern
California. Under the agreement, the Company must divest 14 stores by June 30,
1995, and the balance of 13 stores by December 31, 1995.
In order to consummate the Merger, Food 4 Less has made an Offer to
Exchange and Offer to Purchase and Solicit Consents with respect to the holders
of the 9% Senior Subordinated Notes (the "Old RGC 9% Notes") due April 1, 2003
of RGC and the 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2002 of RGC (the
"Old RGC 10 1/4% Notes," and together with the Old RGC 9% Notes, the "Old RGC
Notes") (i) to exchange (as so amended and restated, the "Exchange Offers") such
Old RGC Notes for New Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the "Notes") plus a
cash payment of $20.00 in cash for each $1,000 principal amount of Old RGC Notes
tendered for exchange or (ii) to purchase (the "Cash Offers," and together with
the Exchange Offers, the "Offers") Old RGC Notes for $1,010 in cash per $1,000
principal amount of Old RGC Notes accepted for purchase, in each case, plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of exchange of purchase. The Offers are
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an Amended and Restated
Prospectus and Solicitation Statement, filed by Food 4 Less with the Securities
and Exchange Commission and which is subject to further change (the
"Prospectus"), including: (1) satisfaction of a minimum tender amount (i.e., at
least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Old RGC
Notes being validly tendered
F-53
<PAGE> 168
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for exchange for Notes and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offers prior to the
date of expiration); (2) the receipt of the requisite consents to certain
amendments to the indentures (the "Indentures") under which the Old RGC Notes
were issued (i.e., consents from holders of Old RGC Notes representing at least
a majority in aggregate principal amount of each issue of Old RGC Notes held by
persons other than Ralphs and its affiliates) on or prior to the date of
expiration; (3) the satisfaction or waiver, in Food 4 Less' sole discretion, of
all conditions precedent to the Merger; (4) the prior or contemporaneous
consummation of other exchange offers, consent solicitations and public
offerings contemplated by the Prospectus; and (5) the prior or contemporaneous
consummation of the bank financing and the equity investment described in the
Prospectus. As a result of the RSI Merger and the RGC Merger, the Notes and any
outstanding Old RGC Notes not tendered in the Offers will be the obligations of
the New Company.
Conditions to the consummation of the RSI Merger include the receipt of
necessary consents and the completion of financing of the transaction. The
purchase price for Holding Company is approximately $1.5 billion, including the
assumption or repayment of debt. The consideration payable to the stockholders
of Holding Company consists of $375 million in cash, $131.5 million principal
amount of 13 5/8% Senior Subordinated Pay-in-Kind Debentures due 2007 to be
issued to the selling shareholders of Holding Company (the "Seller Debentures")
by Holdings and $18.5 million initial accreted value of 13 5/8% Senior Discount
Debentures due 2005 (the "New Discount Debentures"). Holdings will use $100
million of the cash received from a new equity investment (the "1995 Equity
Investment"), together with the Seller Debentures and the New Discount
Debentures, to acquire approximately 48% of the capital stock of Holding Company
immediately prior to consummation of the RSI Merger. Holdings will then
contribute the $250 million of purchased shares of Holding Company stock to Food
4 Less, and pursuant to the RSI Merger the remaining shares of Holding Company
stock will be acquired for $275 million in cash.
Standard & Poor's has publicly announced that, upon consummation of the
Merger, it intends to assign a new rating to the Old RGC Notes. Such new rating
assignment, if implemented, would constitute a Rating Decline pursuant to the
Indentures. The consummation of the Merger and the resulting change in
composition of the Board of Directors of RGC, together with the anticipated
Rating Decline, would constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event under the
Indentures. Although RGC does not anticipate that there will be a significant
amount of Old RGC Notes outstanding following consummation of the Exchange
Offers, upon such a Change of Control Triggering Event, the New Company would be
obligated to make the Change of Control Offer following the Merger for all
outstanding Old RGC Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued
and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.
Due to the increased size, dual format strategy and integration related
costs, after giving effect to or in connection with the Merger, RGC believes
that its future operating results will not be directly comparable to the
historical operating results of RGC. Upon consummation of the Merger, the
operations and activities of RGC will be significantly impacted due to
conversions of some existing stores to Food 4 Less warehouse stores as well as
the consolidation of various operating functions and departments. This
consolidation is expected to result in a restructuring charge for the New
Company. The restructuring charge may be material in relation to the
stockholders' equity and financial position of RGC and the New Company.
Following the consummation of the Merger, the New Company will be highly
leveraged.
F-54
<PAGE> 169
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER
CONTAINED HEREIN OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE INITIAL PURCHASER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY
OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL,
OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN
WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON
MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO
WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY
SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF
ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary.................... 4
Risk Factors.......................... 18
The Exchange Offer.................... 23
The Merger and the Financing.......... 32
Use of Proceeds....................... 33
Capitalization........................ 34
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement
of Operations....................... 35
Selected Historical Financial Data of
the Company......................... 37
Selected Historical Financial Data of
Ralphs.............................. 40
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations....................... 42
Business.............................. 56
Management............................ 65
Executive Compensation................ 68
Principal Stockholders................ 72
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions........................ 73
Description of Capital Stock.......... 75
Description of the Notes.............. 77
Description of the New Credit
Facility............................ 102
Description of Other Company
Indebtedness........................ 104
Description of Holdings'
Indebtedness........................ 106
Book Entry; Delivery and Form......... 108
Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations...................... 110
Plan of Distribution.................. 110
Legal Matters......................... 111
Experts............................... 111
Available Information................. 111
Index to Financial Statements......... F-1
------------------------
UNTIL OCTOBER 23, 1996, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE EXCHANGE
NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THE
EXCHANGE OFFER, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS.
- --------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
--------------------
PROSPECTUS
--------------------
$100,000,000
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
10.45% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
JULY 25, 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 170
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Ralphs Grocery Company and its subsidiaries Cala Co. and Food 4 Less of
Southern California, Inc., are Delaware corporations and their Certificates of
Incorporation and Bylaws provide for indemnification of their officers and
directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. Section 102(b)(7) of the
Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") eliminates the liability of a
corporation's directors to a corporation or its stockholders, except for
liabilities related to breach of duty of loyalty, actions not in good faith, and
certain other liabilities.
Section 145 of the DGCL provides for the indemnification by a Delaware
corporation of its directors, officers, employees and agents in connection with
actions, suits or proceedings brought against them by a third party or in the
right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that they were or are such
directors, officers, employees or agents, against liabilities and expenses
incurred in any such action, suit or proceeding.
Alpha Beta Company, Bay Area Warehouse Stores, Inc., Bell Markets, Inc.,
Cala Foods, Inc., Crawford Stores, Inc., Food 4 Less of California, Inc., Food 4
Less GM, Inc. and Food 4 Less Merchandising, Inc. are California corporations
and their Certificates of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for indemnification
of their officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. Section
204(10) of the California General Corporation Law (the "CGCL") eliminates the
liability of a corporation's directors for monetary damages to the fullest
extent permissible under California law. Pursuant to Section 204(11) of the
CGCL, a California corporation may indemnify Agents (as defined in Section 317
of the CGCL), subject only to the applicable limits set forth in Section 204 of
the CGCL with respect to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its
shareholders.
As permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL, indemnification may be provided by
a California corporation of its Agents (as defined in Section 317 of the CGCL),
to the maximum extent permitted by the CGCL, in connection with any proceeding
arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was such a director or
officer, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts
actually and reasonably incurred in any such proceeding.
Falley's, Inc. is a Kansas corporation and its Bylaws provide for
indemnification of its officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by
law. Section 17-6305(a) of the Kansas General Corporation Code (the "KGCC")
provides for the indemnification by a Kansas corporation of its directors,
officers, employees and agents in connection with actions, suits or proceedings
brought against them by a third party or in the right of the corporation, by
reason of the fact that they were or are such directors, officers, employees or
agents, against liabilities and expenses incurred in any such action, suit or
proceeding.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits
A list of exhibits filed with this Registration Statement on Form S-4 is
set forth in the Index to Exhibits on page E-1, and is incorporated herein by
reference.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules:
(i) Ralphs Grocery Company
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(ii) Ralphs Supermarkets, Inc.
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
SCHEDULES OMITTED
Schedules not listed above are omitted because of the absence of the
conditions under which they are required or because the information required by
such omitted schedules is set forth in the financial statements or the notes
thereto.
II-1
<PAGE> 171
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
(a) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake that insofar as
indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Act"), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the Registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim of
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or the registrant in the successful defense of
any action, suit paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
(b) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus pursuant to
Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.
(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement; (i) to
include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act
of 1933; (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
Registration Statement; (iii) to include any material information with
respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the
Registration Statement;
(2) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
II-2
<PAGE> 172
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los
Angeles, State of California, on July 23, 1996.
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
By: /s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY
------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
* Chief Executive Officer and July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Director (Principal
George G. Golleher Executive Officer)
* Executive Vice President -- July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Finance/Administrative and
Greg Mays Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
* Director and Chairman of the July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Board
Byron E. Allumbaugh
/s/ ROBERT BEYER Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Robert Beyer
* Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Joe S. Burkle
* Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Ronald W. Burkle
* Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Peter Copses
* Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Patrick L. Graham
* Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
John Kissick
* Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Alfred A. Marasca
* Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Mark A. Resnik
*By: /s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 173
SIGNATURES
(continued)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los
Angeles, State of California, on July 23, 1996.
BAY AREA WAREHOUSE STORES, INC.
BELL MARKETS, INC.
CALA CO.
CALA FOODS, INC.
FOOD 4 LESS OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
FOOD 4 LESS GM, INC.
FOOD 4 LESS MERCHANDISING, INC.
FOOD 4 LESS OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA,
INC.
BY: /s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY
------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
* Chief Executive Officer and July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Director (Principal
George G. Golleher Executive Officer) of each
Registrant
* Executive Vice President -- July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Finance/Administration and
Greg Mays Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer) of each
Registrant
* Director and Chairman of the July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Board of each Registrant
Ronald W. Burkle
*By: /s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE> 174
SIGNATURES
(continued)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los
Angeles, State of California, on July 23, 1996.
CRAWFORD STORES, INC.
By: /s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY
------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
* Chief Executive Officer and July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Director (Principal
Byron E. Allumbaugh Executive Officer)
* President, Chief Operating July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Officer and Director
Alfred A. Marasca (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
/s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
*By: /s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
II-5
<PAGE> 175
SIGNATURES
(continued)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los
Angeles, State of California, on July 23, 1996.
ALPHA BETA COMPANY
By: /s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY
------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
* Chairman of the Board, Chief July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Executive Officer and
Ronald W. Burkle Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
* Executive Vice President -- July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Finance/Administration and
Greg Mays Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
* Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
George G. Golleher
*By: /s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE> 176
SIGNATURES
(continued)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los
Angeles, State of California, on July 23, 1996.
FALLEY'S, INC.
By: /s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY
------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
* Chief Executive Officer July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- (Principal Executive
Joe S. Burkle Officer)
* Executive Vice President -- July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Finance/Administration and
Greg Mays Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
* Director and Chairman of the July 23, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Board
Ronald W. Burkle
* Director July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
George G. Golleher
*By: /s/ JAN CHARLES GRAY July 23, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Jan Charles Gray
Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
II-7
<PAGE> 177
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholder of Ralphs Grocery Company:
We have audited, in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
the consolidated balance sheets of Ralphs Grocery Company (formerly Food 4 Less
Supermarkets, Inc. -- See Note 1 in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements) and subsidiaries as of June 25, 1994, January 29, 1995 and
January 28, 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholder's equity and cash flows for the 52 weeks ended June 26, 1993 and
June 25, 1994, the 31 weeks ended January 29, 1995 and the 52 weeks ended
January 28, 1996, and have issued our report thereon dated April 19, 1996. Our
audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial
statements taken as a whole. The schedule on page S-2 is the responsibility of
the Company's management and is presented for purposes of complying with the
Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of the basic
consolidated financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the
auditing procedures applied in the audits of the basic consolidated financial
statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the
financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Los Angeles, California
April 19, 1996
S-1
<PAGE> 178
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(FORMERLY FOOD 4 LESS SUPERMARKETS, INC.)
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
52 WEEKS ENDED JANUARY 28, 1996, 31 WEEKS ENDED JANUARY 29, 1995,
52 WEEKS ENDED JUNE 25, 1994, AND 52 WEEKS ENDED JUNE 26, 1993
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROVISIONS CHARGED
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO BALANCE
BEGINNING TO INTEREST OTHER AT END
OF PERIOD EXPENSE EXPENSE(A) PAYMENTS CHANGES(B) OF PERIOD
---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Self-insurance liabilities
52 weeks ended January 28, 1996... $ 72,739 $ 32,603 $ 10,287 $42,153 $ 75,509 $ 148,985
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
31 weeks ended January 29, 1995... $ 81,704 $ 6,304 $ 3,453 $18,722 $ -- $ 72,739
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
52 weeks ended June 25, 1994...... $ 85,494 $ 19,880 $ 5,836 $29,506 $ -- $ 81,704
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
52 weeks ended June 26, 1993...... $ 82,559 $ 38,040 $ 5,865 $40,970 $ -- $ 85,494
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Amortization of discount on self-insurance reserves charged to interest
expense.
(b) Reflects self-insurance reserve of Ralphs Grocery Company which was acquired
on June 14, 1995.
S-2
<PAGE> 179
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
The Board of Directors
Ralphs Grocery Company:
The audits referred to in our report dated March 9, 1995, included the financial
statement schedule as of January 29, 1995, and for each of the years in the
three-year period ended January 29, 1995, included in the registration
statement. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this
financial statement schedule based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial
statement schedule, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the
information set forth therein.
We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the headings "Selected Historical Financial Data of Ralphs", "Summary
of Historical Financial Data of Ralphs" and "Experts" in the prospectus.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
Los Angeles, California
July 22, 1996
S-3
<PAGE> 180
RALPHS SUPERMARKETS, INC.
(AS SUCCESSOR TO RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY)
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
52 WEEKS ENDED JANUARY 29, 1995, 52 WEEKS ENDED JANUARY 30, 1994
AND 52 WEEKS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1993
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BALANCE CHARGED TO BALANCE
BEGINNING COSTS AND CHARGED TO DEDUCTIONS AT END
OF PERIOD EXPENSES OTHER ACCOUNTS(B) (PAYMENTS) OF PERIOD
--------- ---------- ----------------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
JANUARY 29, 1995:
Self-Insurance Reserves(a)............. $80,010 $ 14,003 $ 5,976 $(27,483) $ 72,506
Store Closure Reserves................. 9,514 $ -- $ -- $ (764) $ 8,750
JANUARY 30, 1994:
Self-Insurance Reserves(a)............. $72,979 $ 30,323 $ 5,953 $(29,245) $ 80,010
Store Closure Reserves................. $10,277 $ -- $ -- $ (763) $ 9,514
JANUARY 31, 1993:
Self-Insurance Reserves(a)............. $64,523 $ 25,950 $10,902 $(28,396) $ 72,979
Store Closure Reserves................. $14,244 $ 1,838 $ -- $ (5,805) $ 10,277
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Includes short-term portion.
(b) Amortization of discount on self-insurance reserves to interest expense.
S-4
<PAGE> 181
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGES
- ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Ralphs Grocery
Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Ralph's
Grocery Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
July 16, 1995)..........................................................
3.2 Restated Bylaws of Ralphs Grocery Company (formerly known as Ralphs
Supermarkets, Inc.)+....................................................
4.1.1 Credit Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 by and among Food 4 Less
Holdings, Inc., Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc., the Lenders, Co-Agents,
and Co-Arrangers named therein and Bankers Trust Company (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)......
4.1.2 First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of August 18, 1995 among
Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc., Ralphs Grocery Company and the financial
institutions listed on the signature pages thereto (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 4.1.2 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 1996)................
4.1.3 Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 11, 1995 among
Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc., Ralphs Grocery Company and the financial
institutions listed on the signature pages thereto (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 4.1.3 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 1996)................
4.1.4 Third Amendment, Consent and Waiver to Credit Agreement dated as of
March 8, 1996 among Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc., Ralphs Grocery Company
and the financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereto
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1.4 of Ralphs Grocery
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January
28, 1996)...............................................................
4.2.1 Indenture for the 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004, dated as of June 1,
1995, by and among Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc., the subsidiary
guarantors identified therein and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
4.4.1 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended July 16, 1995)........................................
4.2.2 First Supplemental Indenture for the 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004, dated
as of June 14, 1995, by and among Ralphs Grocery Company (as successor
by merger to Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc.), the subsidiary guarantors
identified therein, Crawford Stores, Inc. and Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association, trustee (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 4.4.2 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)...............................
4.3.1 Indenture for the 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005, dated as of
June 1, 1995, by and among Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc., the
subsidiary guarantors identified herein and United States Trust Company
of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
4.5.1 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended July 16, 1995)........................................
4.3.2 First Supplemental Indenture for the 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2005, dated as of June 14, 1995, by and among Ralphs Grocery Company
(as successor by merger to Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc.), the
subsidiary guarantors identified therein, Crawford Stores, Inc. and
United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 4.5.2 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)................
</TABLE>
E-1
<PAGE> 182
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGES
- ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
4.4.1 Indenture for the 11% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005, dated as of
June 1, 1995, by and among Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc., the
subsidiary guarantors identified therein and United States Trust Company
of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
4.6.1 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended July 16, 1995)........................................
4.4.2 First Supplemental Indenture for the 11% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2005, dated as of June 14, 1995, by and among Ralphs Grocery Company (as
successor by merger to Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc.), the subsidiary
guarantors identified therein, Crawford Stores, Inc. and United States
Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 4.6.2 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)..........................
4.5.1 Indenture for the 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002, dated as
of July 29, 1992, by and between Ralphs Grocery Company and United
States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 19, 1992)..........................
4.5.2 First Supplemental Indenture for the 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2002, dated as of May 30, 1995, by and between Ralphs Grocery
Company and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Ralphs Grocery
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 23,
1995)...................................................................
4.5.3 Second Supplemental Indenture for the 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2002, dated as of June 14, 1995, by and between Ralphs Grocery
Company (as successor) and United States Trust Company of New York, as
Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7.3 of Food 4
Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended July 16, 1995)....................................................
4.6.1 Indenture for the 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003, dated as of
March 30, 1993, by and between Ralphs Grocery Company and United States
Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 4.1 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Registration Statement on
Form S-4, No. 33-61812).................................................
4.6.2 First Supplemental Indenture for the 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2003, dated as of June 23, 1993, by and between Ralphs Grocery Company
and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Ralphs Grocery Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 33-61812).......................
4.6.3 Second Supplemental Indenture for the 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2003, dated as of May 30, 1995, by and between Ralphs Grocery Company
and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q, for the quarter ended April 23, 1995)..............
4.6.4 Third Supplemental Indenture for the 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2003, dated as of June 14, 1995, by and between Ralphs Grocery Company
(as successor) and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8.4 of Food 4 Less
Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
July 16, 1995)..........................................................
4.7.1 Senior Note Indenture, dated as of April 15, 1992, by and among Food 4
Less Supermarkets, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors identified therein
and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Food 4 Less
Supermarkets, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1, No.
33-46750)...............................................................
</TABLE>
E-2
<PAGE> 183
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGES
- ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
4.7.2 First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 24, 1992, by and among
Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors identified
therein and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1.1 to Food 4 Less
Supermarkets, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended June 27, 1992)....................................................
4.7.3 Second Supplemental Indenture for the 10.45% Senior Notes due 2000,
dated as of June 14, 1995, by and among Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc.,
the subsidiary guarantors identified therein and Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 4.9.3 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)...............................
4.7.4 Third Supplemental Indenture for the 10.45% Senior Notes due 2000, dated
as of June 14, 1995, by and among Ralphs Grocery Company (as successor
by merger to Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc.), the subsidiary guarantors
identified therein and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9.4 of Food 4
Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter year
ended July 16, 1995)....................................................
4.8.1 Senior Subordinated Note Indenture dated as of June 15, 1991 by and
among Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors
identified therein and United States Trust Company of New York, as
trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Food 4 Less
Supermarkets, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended June 29, 1991)....................................................
4.8.2 First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 8, 1992 by and among Food
4 Less Supermarkets, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors identified therein
and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2.1 to Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc.'s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 1992).....
4.8.3 Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 18, 1992 by and among
Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors identified
therein and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2.2 to Food 4 Less
Supermarkets, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended June 27, 1992)....................................................
4.8.4 Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 24, 1992 by and among
Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors identified
therein and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2.3 to Food 4 Less
Supermarkets, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended June 27, 1992)....................................................
4.8.5 Fourth Supplemental Indenture for the 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2001, dated as of May 30, 1995, by and among Food 4 Less
Supermarkets, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors identified therein and
United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 4.10.5 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)................
4.8.6 Fifth Supplemental Indenture for the 13.75% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2001, dated as of June 14, 1995, by and among Ralphs Grocery Company
(as successor by merger to Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc.), the
subsidiary guarantors identified therein and United States Trust Company
of New York as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
4.10.6 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended July 16, 1995)........................................
4.9 Indenture for the 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004, dated as of June 6,
1996, by and among Ralphs Grocery Company, the subsidiary guarantors
identified therein and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
trustee+................................................................
</TABLE>
E-3
<PAGE> 184
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
5.1 Opinion of Latham & Watkins regarding the validity of the Exchange Notes
and the guarantees of certain of the Subsidiary Guarantors, including
consent.................................................................
5.2 Opinion of Irwin Clutter Severson & Hinkel regarding the guarantee of
Falley's Inc., including consent........................................
8 Opinion of Latham & Watkins regarding certain federal income tax
matters, including consent..............................................
10.1 Second Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of June 14,
1995 by and among Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc., Ralphs Grocery Company and
the subsidiaries of Ralphs Grocery Company (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)................
10.2 Stockholders Agreement of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc. dated as of June
14, 1995 by and among Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc., Ralphs Grocery Company
and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Food for Less Holdings, Inc.'s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)......
10.3 Consulting Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 by and among The Yucaipa
Companies, Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc. and Ralphs Grocery Company
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Food 4 Less
Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
July 16, 1995)..........................................................
10.4 Employment Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 between Food Less
Holdings, Inc., Ralphs Grocery Company and George G. Golleher
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Food 4 Less
Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
July 16, 1995)..........................................................
10.5 Employment Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 between Ralphs Grocery
Company and Byron E. Allumbaugh (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.8 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)....................................
10.6 Employment Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 between Ralphs Grocery
Company and Alfred A. Marasca (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)....................................
10.7 Employment Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 between Ralphs Grocery
Company and Greg Mays (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10
of Ralphs Grocery Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended July 16, 1995)............................................
10.8 Employment Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 between Ralphs Grocery
Company and Harley DeLano (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.8 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended January 28, 1996).....................................
10.9 Employment Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 between Ralphs Grocery
Company and Jan Charles Gray (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.12 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended July 16, 1995)....................................
10.10 Employment Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 between Ralphs Grocery
Company and Tony Schnug (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.10 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended January 28, 1996).....................................
</TABLE>
E-4
<PAGE> 185
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
10.11 Management Stockholders Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 between Food
4 Less Holdings, Inc. and the management employees listed on the
signature pages thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.12 of Food 4 Less Holdings, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended July 16, 1995)........................................
10.12 Consulting Agreement dated as of June 27, 1988 by and between Falley's,
Inc. and Joe S. Burkle (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.38 to Food 4 Less Supermarkets, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form
S-1, No. 33-31152)......................................................
10.13 Letter Agreement dated as of December 10, 1990 amending Consulting
Agreement by and between Falley's, Inc. and Joe S. Burkle (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17.1 to Food 4 Less Supermarkets,
Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 29,
1991)...................................................................
10.14 Distribution Center Transfer Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1995, by
and between Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
and Ralphs Grocery Company, relating to the Riverside, California
property (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Ralphs
Grocery's Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
October 8, 1995)........................................................
10.15.1 Ralphs Grocery Company Retirement Supplement Plan, effective as of
January 1, 1994 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 of
Ralphs Grocery Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 28, 1996).................................................
10.15.2 Amendment to the Retirement Supplement Plan, effective as of January 1,
1995 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15.2 of Ralphs
Grocery Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
January 28, 1996).......................................................
10.15.3 Second Amendment to the Retirement Supplement Plan, effective as of June
14, 1995, by and between Ralphs Grocery Company and Ralphs Grocery
Company Retirement Supplement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.15.3 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended January 28, 1996).............................
10.16.1 Ralphs Grocery Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, amended
and restated as of April 9,1994 (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.16.1 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended January 28, 1996).............................
10.16.2 Amendment to the Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement
Plan, effective as of January 1, 1995 (incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.16.2 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 1996)........................
10.16.3 Second Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, dated as
of June 14, 1995, by and between Ralphs Grocery Company and Ralphs
Grocery Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16.3 of Ralphs Grocery Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28,
1996)...................................................................
10.16.4 Third Amendment to the Ralphs Grocery Company Supplemental Executive
Plan, effective as of July 1, 1995 (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.16.4 of Ralphs Grocery Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended January 28, 1996).............................
10.17 Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1996, by and among Ralphs
Grocery Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and BT Securities
Corporation+............................................................
10.18 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1996, by and among
Ralphs Grocery Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and BT Securities+....
12 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges+......................
</TABLE>
E-5
<PAGE> 186
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
21 Subsidiaries (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21 of Ralphs
Grocery Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
January 28, 1996).......................................................
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants..........
23.2 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public
accountants.............................................................
23.3 Consent of Latham & Watkins (included in the opinions filed as Exhibits
5.1 and 8 to the Registration Statement)................................
23.4 Consent of Irwin, Clutter & Severson (included in the opinion filed as
Exhibit 5.2 to the Registration Statement)..............................
24.1 Power of Attorney of Directors and Officers of Ralphs Grocery Company
(included in the signature pages in Part II of the Registration
Statement)+.............................................................
24.2 Power of Attorney of Directors and Officers of Crawford Stores, Inc.
(included in the signature pages in Part II of the Registration
Statement)+.............................................................
24.3 Power of Attorney of Directors and Officers of Alpha Beta Company
(included in the signature pages in Part II of the Registration
Statement)+.............................................................
24.4 Power of Attorney of Directors and Officers of Falley's, Inc. (included
in the signature pages in Part II of the Registration Statement)+.......
25 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee, under the Indenture........
99.1 Letter of Transmittal with respect to the Exchange Offer................
99.2 Notice of Guaranteed Delivery with respect to the Exchange Offer........
99.3 Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
Substitute Form W-9.....................................................
</TABLE>
- ---------------
+ Previously filed.
E-6
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 5.1
LATHAM & WATKINS
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
633 WEST FIFTH STREET, SUITE 4000
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90071-2007
July 22, 1996
Ralphs Grocery Company
1100 West Artesia Boulevard
Compton, California 90220
Re: RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4 (FILE NO. 333-07005)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
At your request, we have examined the Registration Statement on Form
S-4 (the "Registration Statement") referenced above, which you have filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of $100,000,000 principal amount
of 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Exchange Notes"), to be offered and
issued by Ralphs Grocery Company (the "Company"), together with guarantees of
the Exchange Notes (the "Guarantees") by Alpha Beta Company, Bay Area Warehouse
Stores, Inc., Bell Markets, Inc., Cala Co., Cala Foods, Inc., Crawford Stores,
Inc., Food 4 Less of California, Inc., Food 4 Less GM, Inc., Food 4 Less
Merchandising, Inc. and Food 4 Less of Southern California, Inc.
(collectively, the "Guarantors").
We have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have
considered appropriate for purposes of this opinion. We have examined, among
other things, the terms of the Exchange Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture
pursuant to which the Exchange Notes and Guarantees are to be issued. In our
examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the
authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and the conformity
to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies.
We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transaction only
of the federal laws of the United States, the internal laws of the State of New
York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and we express
no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of
any other laws.
Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, upon issuance
thereof in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Exchange
Notes will be legally valid and binding obligations of the Company and the
Guarantees will be legally valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors, in
each case except as may be limited by the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect
relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors; the effect of
general principles of equity, whether enforcement is considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law, and the discretion of the court before which
any proceeding therefor may be brought;
<PAGE> 2
LATHAM & WATKINS
Ralphs Grocery Company
July 22, 1996
Page 2
and the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court
decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of or contribution to
a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution
is contrary to public policy.
We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.
Very truly yours,
LATHAM & WATKINS
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 5.2
IRWIN, CLUTTER, SEVERSON & HINKEL, LLP
2201 S.W. 29TH STREET
P.O. BOX 5514
TOPEKA, KANSAS 66605-0514
July 22, 1996
Falley's, Inc.
3120 South Kansas Ave.
Topeka, Kansas 66611
Re: RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4 (FILE NO. 333-07005)
--------------------------------------------------------
Gentlemen:
At your request, we have examined the Registration Statement on Form
S-4 (File No. 333-07005) (the "Registration Statement") of Ralphs Grocery
Company ("Ralphs") and the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein), including
Falley's, Inc. ("Falley's"), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, of the guarantee (the "Guarantee") by Falley's, and the other
Subsidiary Guarantors, of $100 million principal amount of 10.45% Senior Notes
due 2004 to be issued in exchange for the issued and outstanding 10.45% Senior
Notes due 2004 of Ralphs Grocery Company.
We have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have
considered appropriate for purposes of this opinion. We have examined, among
other things, the terms of the Guarantee and the indenture pursuant to which the
Guarantee is to be issued. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness
of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as
originals, and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents
submitted to us as copies.
We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transaction only
of the internal laws of the State of Kansas, and we express no opinion with
respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of any other laws.
<PAGE> 2
Falley's, Inc.
July 22, 1996
Page 2
Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, upon issuance
thereof in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Guarantee
will be a legally valid and binding obligation of Falley's, except as may be
limited by the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the
rights or remedies of creditors; the effect of general principles of equity,
whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and the
discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought;
and the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court
decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of or contribution to
a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution
is contrary to public policy.
We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.
Very truly yours,
IRWIN, CLUTTER, SEVERSON & HINKEL, LLP
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 8
LATHAM & WATKINS
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
633 WEST FIFTH STREET, SUITE 4000
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90071-2007
July 22, 1996
Ralphs Grocery Company
1100 West Artesia Boulevard
Compton, California 90220
Re: RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4 (FILE NO. 333-07005)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
You have requested our opinion concerning the material federal income
tax consequences of the exchange of 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 of Ralphs
Grocery Company (the "Company") which have been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, for outstanding 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 of the
Company, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed
herewith (the "Registration Statement").
The facts, as we understand them, and upon which with your permission
we rely in rendering the opinion expressed herein, are set forth in the
Registration Statement. Based on such facts, it is our opinion that the
material federal income tax consequences are accurately set forth under the
heading "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations" in the Registration
Statement. No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed therein.
This opinion is based on various statutory provisions, regulations
promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue
Service and the courts having jurisdiction over such matters, all of which are
subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Also, any variation
or difference in the facts from those set forth in the Registration Statement
may affect the conclusion stated herein.
This opinion is rendered to you solely for use in connection with the
Registration Statement. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the
headings "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations" and "Legal Matters."
Very truly yours,
LATHAM & WATKINS
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports and to all references to our Firm included in or made a part of this
registration statement.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Los Angeles, California
July 22, 1996
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC AUDITORS
The Board of Directors
Ralphs Grocery Company:
The audits referred to in our report dated March 9, 1995, included the
related financial statement schedule as of January 29, 1995, and for each of the
years in the three-year period ended January 29, 1995, included in the
registration statement. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this
financial statement schedule based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial
statement schedule, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the
information set forth therein.
We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference
to our firm under the headings "Selected Historical Financial Data of Ralphs,"
"Summary of Historical Financial Data of Ralphs" and "Experts" in the
prospectus.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
Los Angeles, California
July 22, 1996
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 25
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
-----------------------------
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
-----------------------------
___CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE
PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b) (2)
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
A NATIONAL BANKING ASSOCIATION 41-1592157
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or (I.R.S. Employer
organization if not a U.S. national Identification No.)
bank)
SIXTH STREET AND MARQUETTE AVENUE
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
-----------------------------
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE 95-4356030
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification No.)
1100 WEST ARTESIA BOULEVARD
COMPTON, CA 90220
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
-----------------------------
$100,000,000
10.45% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
(Title of the indenture securities)
<PAGE> 2
Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the
trustee:
(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising
authority to which it is subject.
Comptroller of the Currency
Treasury Department
Washington, D.C.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Washington, D.C.
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
Washington, D.C.
(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust
powers.
The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust
powers.
Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the
trustee, describe each such affiliation.
None with respect to the trustee.
No responses are included for Items 3-15 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is
not in default as provided under Item 13.
Item 16. List of Exhibits. List below all exhibits filed as a part of
this Statement of Eligibility. Norwest Bank
incorporates by reference into this Form T-1
the exhibits attached hereto.
Exhibit 1. a. A copy of Articles of Association of the
trustee now in effect. *
Exhibit 2. a. A copy of the certificate of authority of
the trustee to commence business issued June
28, 1872, by the Comptroller of the Currency
to The Northwestern National Bank of
Minneapolis.*
b. A copy of the certificate of the Comptroller
of the Currency dated January 2, 1934,
approving the consolidation of the
Northwestern National Bank of Minneapolis
and the Minnesota Loan and Trust Company of
Minneapolis.*
c. A copy of the certificate of the Acting
Comptroller of the Currency dated January
12, 1943, as to change of corporate title of
Northwestern National Bank and Trust Company
of Minneapolis to Northwestern National Bank
of Minneapolis.*
d. A copy of the certificate of the Comptroller
of the Currency dated May 1, 1983,
authorizing Norwest Bank Minneapolis,
National Association, to act as fiduciary.*
<PAGE> 3
Exhibit 3. A copy of the authorization of the trustee to
exercise corporate trust powers issued January 2,
1934, by the Federal Reserve Board.*
Exhibit 4. Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.*
Exhibit 5. Not applicable.
Exhibit 6. The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b)
of the Act.
Exhibit 7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the
trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements
of its supervising or examining authority.
Exhibit 8. A copy of the certificate dated May 10, 1983 of name
change from Northwestern National Bank Minneapolis to
Norwest Bank Minneapolis, National Association.*
Exhibit 9. A copy of the certificate dated January 11, 1988, of
name change from Norwest Bank Minneapolis, National
Association to Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association.*
* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number
filed with the registration statement number 33-66086.
<PAGE> 4
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the
trustee, Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, a national banking
association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of
America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of
Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 18th day of July, 1996.
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
/s/ Raymond S. Haverstock
---------------------------
Raymond S. Haverstock
Vice President
<PAGE> 5
EXHIBIT 6
July 18, 1996
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Gentlemen:
In accordance with Section 321 (b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the
undersigned made by Federal or State authorities authorized to make such
examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange
Commission upon its request therefor.
Very truly yours,
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Raymond S. Haverstock
Vice President
<PAGE> 6
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
OMB Number: 7100-0036
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
OMB Number: 3064-0052
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OMB Number: 1557-0081
Expires March 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[LOGO]
Please refer to page i, Table of Contents, for the required disclosure of
estimated burden.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for
A Bank With Domestic and Foreign Offices - FFIEC 031
Report at the close of business March 31, 1996
This report is required by law: 12 U.S.C. (S)324 (State member banks); 12 U.S.C.
(S)1817 (State nonmember banks); and 12 U.S.C. (S)161 (National banks).
(960331)
- -----------
(RCRI 9999)
This report form is to be filed by banks with branches and consolidated
subsidiaries in U.S. territories and possessions, Edge or Agreement
subsidiaries, foreign branches, consolidated foreign subsidiaries, or
International Banking Facilities.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: The Reports of Condition and Income must be signed by an authorized
officer and the Report of Condition must be attested to by not less than two
directors (trustee) for State nonmember banks and three directors for State
member and National banks.
The Reports of Condition and Income are to be prepared in accordance with
Federal regulatory authority instructions. NOTE: These instructions may in some
cases differ from generally accepted accounting principles.
I, Mark P. Wagener, Director of Bank & Service Accounting
------------------------------------------------------
Name and Title of Officer Authorized to Sign Report
of the named bank do hereby declare that these Reports of Condition and Income
(including the supporting schedules) have been prepared in conformance with the
instructions issed by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and are true
to the best of my knowledge and belief.
/s/ Mark P. Wagener
<PAGE> 7
- ----------------------------------
Signature of Officer Authorized to Sign Report
4/26/96
- ----------------------------------
Date of Signature
We, the undersigned directors (trustees), attest to the correctness of this
Report of Condition (including the supporting schedules) and declare that it has
been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been
prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal
regulatory authority and is true and correct.
/s/
- ----------------------------------
Director (Trustee)
/s/
- ----------------------------------
Director (Trustee)
/s/
- ----------------------------------
Director (Trustee)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Banks Submitting Hard Copy Report Forms:
State Member Banks: Return the original and one copy to the appropriate Federal
Reserve District Bank.
State Nonmember Banks: Return the original only in the special return address
envelope provided. If express mail is used in lieu of the special return address
envelope, return the original only to the FDIC, c/o Quality Data Systems, 2127
Espey Court, Suite 204, Crofton, MD 21114.
National Banks: Return the original only in the special return address envelope
provided. If express mail is used in lieu of the special return address
envelope, return the original only to the FDIC, c/o Quality Data Systems, 2127
Espey Court, Suite 204, Crofton, MD 21114.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FDIC Certificate Number 0 5 2 0 8
---------------
(RCRI 9050)
Banks should affix the address label in this space.
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSN.
- --------------------------------------------
Legal Title of Bank (TEXT 9010)
MINNEAPOLIS
- --------------------------------------------
City (TEXT 9130)
MN 55479-0016
- --------------------------------------------
State Abbrev. (TEXT 9200) ZIP Code (TEXT 9220)
<PAGE> 8
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
FFIEC 031
Page i
2
Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for
A Bank with Domestic and Foreign Offices
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table of Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature Page Cover
Report of Income
- ----------------
<S> <C>
Schedule RI - Income Statement ............... R1-1, 2, 3
Schedule RI-A - Changes in Equity Capital .......... RI-4
Schedule RI-B - Charge-offs and Recoveries and
Changes in Allowance for Loan and Lease
Losses ........................................ RI-4, 5
Schedule RI-C - Applicable Income Taxes by
Taxing Authority ................................. RI-5
Schedule RI-D - Income from International
Operations ....................................... RI-6
Schedule RI-E - Explanations .................... RI-7, 8
Report of Condition
- -------------------
Schedule RC - Balance Sheet ..................... RC-1, 2
Schedule RC-A - Cash and Balances Due From
Depository Institutions .......................... RC-3
Schedule RC-B - Securities ................... RC-3, 4, 5
Schedule RC-C - Loans and Lease Financing
Receivables:
Part I. Loans and Leases ................... RC-6, 7
Part II. Loans to Small Businesses and
Small Farms (included in the forms for
June 30 only) ........................... RC-7a, 7b
Schedule RC-D - Trading Assets and Liabilities
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 9
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
(to be completed only by selected banks) ......... RC-8
Schedule RC-E - Deposit Liabilities ........ RC-9, 10, 11
Schedule RC-F - Other Assets ...................... RC-11
Schedule RC-G - Other Liabilities ................. RC-11
Schedule RC-H - Selected Balance Sheet Items
for Domestic Offices ............................ RC-12
Schedule RC-I - Selected Assets and Liabilities of
IBFs ............................................ RC-13
Schedule RC-K - Quarterly Averages ................ RC-13
Schedule RC-L - Off-Balance Sheet
Items ................................... RC-14, 15, 16
Schedule RC-M - Memoranda ..................... RC-17, 18
Schedule RC-N - Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans,
Leases, and Other Assets .................... RC-19, 20
Schedule RC-O - Other Data for Deposit
Insurance Assessments ....................... RC-21, 22
Schedule RC-R - Regulatory Capital ............ RC-23, 24
Optional Narrative Statement Concerning the
Amounts Reported in the Reports of
Condition and Income ............................ RC-25
Special Report (to be completed by all banks)
Schedule RC-J - Repricing Opportunities (sent only to
and to be completed only by savings banks)
</TABLE>
Disclosure of Estimated Burden
The estimated average burden associated with this infomration collection is 32.2
hours per respondent and is estimated to vary from 15 to 230 hours per response,
depending on individual circumstances. Burden estimates include the time for
reviewing instructions, gathering and maintaining data in the required form, and
completing the information collection, but exclude the time for compiling and
maintaining business records in the normal course of a respondent's activities.
Comments concerning the accuracy of this burden estimate and suggestions for
reducing this burden should be directed to the Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, D.C. 20503, and
to one of the following:
Secretary
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
Washington, D.C. 20551
Legislative and Regulatory Analysis Division
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
Washington, D.C. 20219
<PAGE> 10
Assistant Executive Secretary
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Washington, D.C. 20429
For information or assistance, National and State nonmember banks should contact
the FDIC's Call Reports Analysis Unit, 550 17th Street, NW, Washington, D.C.
20429, toll free on (800) 688-FDIC(3342), Monday through Friday between 8:00
a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Eastern time. State member banks should contact their
Federal Reserve District Bank.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RI - 1
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 3
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Consolidated Report of Income
for the period January 1, 1996 - March 31, 1996
All Report of Income schedules are to be reported on a calendar year-to-date
basis in thousands of dollars.
Schedule RI - Income Statement
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
I480 -
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1. Interest income:
a. Interest and fee income on loans:
(1) In domestic offices: RIAD
(a) Loans secured by real estate__________________________________________________________4011.. 79,875 1.a.1a
(b) Loans to depository institutions______________________________________________________4019.. 4,266 1.a.1b
(c) Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers___________________4024.. 286 1.a.1c
(d) Commercial and industrial loans_______________________________________________________4012.. 73,340 1.a.1d
(e) Acceptances of other banks____________________________________________________________4026.. 88 1.a.1e
(f) Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures:
(1) Credit cards and related plans____________________________________________________4054.. 5,750 1.a.1f1
(2) Other_____________________________________________________________________________4055.. 14,502 1.a.1f2
(g) Loans to foreign governments and official institutions________________________________4056.. 0 1.a.1g
(h) Obligations (other than securities and leases) of states and political
subdivisions in the U.S.:
(1) Taxable obligations_______________________________________________________________4503.. 3 1.a.1h1
(2) Tax-exempt obligations____________________________________________________________4504.. 482 1.a.1h2
(i) All other loans in domestic offices___________________________________________________4058.. 282 1.a.1i
(2) In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs______________________________4059.. 2,421 1.a.2
b. Income from lease financing receivables:
(1) Taxable leases____________________________________________________________________4505.. 9,744 1.b.1
(2) Tax-exempt leases_________________________________________________________________4307.. 98 1.b.2
c. Interest income on balances due from depository institutions:(1)
(1) In domestic offices_______________________________________________________________4105.. 49 1.c.1
(2) In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs_____________________4106.. 29 1.c.2
d. Interest and divident income on securities:
(1) U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agency and corporation
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 11
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
obligations_______________________________________________________________________4027.. 17,391 1.d.1
(2) Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S.:
(a) Taxable securities____________________________________________________________4506.. 28 1.d.2a
(b) Tax-exempt securities_________________________________________________________4507.. 1,735 1.d.2b
(3) Other domestic debt securities____________________________________________________3657.. 401 1.d.3
(4) Foreign debt securities___________________________________________________________3658.. 0 1.d.4
(5) Equity securities (including investments in mutual funds)_________________________3659.. 4,542 1.d.5
e. Interest income from trading assets___________________________________________________4069.. 2,107 1.e
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Includes interest income on time certificates of deposit not held for
trading.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RI - 2
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 4
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Schedule RI - Continued
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1. Interest income (continued)
f. Interest income on federal funds sold and securities purchased
under agreements to resell in domestic offices of the bank RIAD Year-to-date
and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs______________________4020. . 64,777 . . . . . . . 1.f
g. Total interest income (sum of items 1.a through 1.f)_________________________4107. . 282,196 . . . . . . . 1.g
2. Interest expense:
a. Interest on deposits:
(1) Interest on deposits in domestic offices:
(a) Transaction accounts (NOW accounts, ATS accounts, and
telephone and preauthorized transfer accounts) ______________________4508. . 2,844 . . . . . . . 2.a.1a
(b) Nontransaction accounts:
(1) Money market deposit accounts (MMDAs)_____________________________4509. . 10,380 . . . . . . . 2.a.1b1
(2) Other savings deposits____________________________________________4511. . 1,696 . . . . . . . 2.a.1b2
(3) Time certificates of deposit of $ 100,000 or more_________________4174. . 2,732 . . . . . . . 2.a.1b3
(4) All other time deposits___________________________________________4512. . 25,437 . . . . . . . 2.a.1b4
(2) Interest on deposits in foreign offices, Edge and
Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs__________________________________________4172. . 7,688 . . . . . . . 2.a.2
b. Expense of federal funds purchased and securities sold under
agreements to repurchase in domestic offices of the bank and
of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs___________________________4180. . 62,237 . . . . . . . 2.b
c. Interest on demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury, trading
liabilities, and other borrowed money_________________________________________4185. . 36,716 . . . . . . . 2.c
d. Interest on mortgage indebtedness and obligations under
capitalized leases____________________________________________________________4072. . 26 . . . . . . . 2.d
e. Interest on subordinated notes and debentures_________________________________4200. . 2,466 . . . . . . . 2.e
f. Total interest expense (sum of items 2.a through 2.e)_________________________4073. . 152,222 . . . . . . . 2.f
3. Net interest income (item 1.g minus 2.f)_________________________________________4074. . . . . . . . 129,974 3.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 12
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
4. Provisions:
a. Provision for loan and lease losses___________________________________________4230. . . . . . . . 4,762 4.a
b. Provision for allocated transfer risk_________________________________________4243. . . . . . . . 0 4.b
5. Noninterest income:
a. Income from fiduciary activities______________________________________________4070. . 43,257 . . . . . . . 5.a
b. Service charges on deposit accounts in domestic offices_______________________4080. . 19,037 . . . . . . . 5.b
c. Trading revenue (must equal Schedule RI, sum of Memorandum
items 8.a through 8.d)________________________________________________________A220. . (20,258) . . . . . . . 5.c
d. Other foreign transaction gain (losses)_______________________________________4076. . 547 . . . . . . . 5.d
e. Not applicable
f. Other noninterest income:
(1) Other fee income__________________________________________________________5407. . 30,637 . . . . . . . 5.f.1
(2) All other noninterest income*_____________________________________________5408. . 16,211 . . . . . . . 5.f.2
g. Total noninterest income (sum of items 5.a through 5.f)_______________________4076. . . . . . . 89,431 5.g
6. a. Realized gains (losses) on held-to-maturity securities________________________3521. . . . . . . 0 6.a
b. Realized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities______________________3196. . . . . . . 6,666 6.b
7. Noninterest expense:
a. Salaries and employee benefits________________________________________________4135. . 76,555 . . . . . . . 7.a
b. Expenses of premises and fixed assets (net of rental income)
(excluding salaries and employee benefits and mortgage
interest)_____________________________________________________________________4217. . 19,505 . . . . . . . 7.b
c. Other noninterest expense*____________________________________________________4092. . 75,737 . . . . . . . 7.c
d. Total noninterest expense (sum of items 7.a through 7.c)______________________4093. . . . . . . 171,797 7.d
8. Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary items and
other adjustments (item 3 plus or minus items 4.a, 4.b, 5.g,
6.a, 6.b, and 7.d)_______________________________________________________________4301. . . . . . . 49,512 8.
9. Applicable income taxes (on item 8)______________________________________________4302. . . . . . . 16,869 9.
10. Income (loss) before extraordinary items and other adjustments
(item 8 minus 9)_________________________________________________________________4300. . . . . . . 32,643 10.
- -----------
</TABLE>
*Describe on Schedule RI-E - Explanations.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RI - 3
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 5
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RI - Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
11. Extraordinary items and other adjustments:
RIAD Year-to-date
a. Extraordinary items and other adjustments, gross of income ----
taxes * ____________________________________________________________4310. . 0 . . . . . . . . . 11.a
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 13
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
b. Applicable income taxes (on item 11.a) * ___________________________4315. . 0 . . . . . . . . . 11.b
c. Extraordinary items and other adjustments, net of
income taxes (item 11.a minus 11.b)_________________________________4320. . . . . . . . 0 11.c
12. Net income (loss) (sum of items 10 and 11.c)____________________________4340. . . . . . . . 32,643 12.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Memoranda
I481 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RIAD Year-to-date
1. Interest expense incurred to carry tax-exempt securities, loans, and leases acquired ----
after August 7, 1986, that is not deductible for federal income tax purposes____________________4513. . 2 M.1
2. Income from the sale and servicing of mutual funds and annuities in domestic
offices (included in Schedule RI, item 8)_______________________________________________________8431. . 496 M.2
3. Not applicable
4. Not applicable
Number
5. Number of full-time equivalent employees on payroll at end of current period (round to ------
nearest whole number)___________________________________________________________________________4150. . 5,607 M.5
6. Not applicable
7. If the reporting bank has restated its balance sheet as a result of applying push down MM DD YY
accounting this calendar year, report the date of the bank's acquisition________________________9106. . N/A M.7
8. Trading revenue (from cash instruments and off-balance sheet derivative instruments)
(Sum of Memorandum items 8.a through 8.d must equal Schedule RI, item 5.c): RIAD Year-to-date
----
a. Interest rate exposures_____________________________________________________________________8757. . ( 23,362) M.8.a
b. Foreign exchange exposures__________________________________________________________________8758. . 2,104 M.8.b
c. Equity security and index exposures_________________________________________________________8759. . 0 M.8.c
d. Commodity and other exposures_______________________________________________________________8760. . 0 M.8.d
9. Impact on income of off-balance sheet derivatives held for purposes other than trading:
a. Net increase (decrease) to interest income__________________________________________________8761. . ( 89) M.9.a
b. Net (increase) decrease to interest income__________________________________________________8762. . ( 4,918) M.9.b
c. Other (noninterest) allocations_____________________________________________________________8763. . 0 M.9.c
10.Credit losses on off-balance sheet derivatives (see instructions)_______________________________A251. . 0 M.10
</TABLE>
- --------
* Describe on Schedule RI-E - Explanations.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RI - 4
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 6.
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Schedule RI - A - Changes in Equity Capital
<S> <C>
Indicate decreases and losses in parentheses. I483 ( -
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 14
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1. Total equity capital originally reported in the December 31, 1995, Reports of RIAD
----
Condition and Income____________________________________________________________________________3215.. 1,125,067 1.
2. Equity capital adjustments from amended Reports of Income, net * _______________________________3216.. 0 2.
3. Amended balance end of previous calendar year (sum of items 1 and 2)____________________________3217.. 1,125,067 3.
4. Net income (loss) (must equal Schedule RI, item 12)_____________________________________________4340.. 32,643 4.
5. Sale, conversion, acquisition, or retirement of capital stock, net______________________________4346.. 0 5.
6. Changes incident to business combinations, net__________________________________________________4356.. 0 6.
7. LESS: Cash dividends declared on preferred stock_______________________________________________4470.. 0 7.
8. LESS: Cash dividends declared on common stock__________________________________________________4460.. 15,000 8.
9. Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles from prior years * (see
instructions for this schedule)_________________________________________________________________4411.. 0 9.
10. Corrections of material accounting errors from prior years * (see instructions for
this schedule)__________________________________________________________________________________4412.. 0 10.
11. Change in net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities________________8433.. ( 7,513) 11.
12. Foreign currency translation adjustments________________________________________________________4414.. 2 12.
13. Other transactions with parent holding company * (not included in items 5, 7, or
8 above)________________________________________________________________________________________4415.. 0 13.
14. Total equity capital end of current period (sum of items 3 through 13) (must equal
Schedule RC, item 28)___________________________________________________________________________3210.. 1,135,199 14.
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Describe on Schedule RI-E - Explanations.
Schedule RI - B - Charge-offs and Recoveries and Changes in Allowance
for Loan and Lease Losses
Part I. Charge-offs and Recoveries on Loans and Leases
Part I excludes charge-offs and recoveries through the allocated transfer risk
reserve.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
I486 ( -
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------calendar year-to-date--------------------
(Column A) (Column B)
Charge-offs Recoveries
--------------------------- -----------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1. Loans secured by real estate: RIAD RIAD
---- ----
a. To U.S. addressees (domicile)_________________________4651.. 380 4661.. 889 1.a
b. To non-U.S. addressees (domicile)_____________________4652.. 0 4662.. 0 1.b
2. Loans to depository institutions and acceptances of
other banks:
a. To U.S. banks and other U.S. depository
institutions__________________________________________4653.. 0 4663.. 0 2.a
b. To foreign banks______________________________________4654.. 0 4664.. 0 2.b
3. Loans to finance agricultural production and other
loans to farmers_________________________________________4655.. 0 4665.. 3 3.
4. Commercial and industrial loans:
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 15
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
a. To U.S. addressees (domicile)_________________________4645.. 4,637 4617.. 1,291 4.a
b. To non-U.S. addressees (domicile)_____________________4646.. 0 4618.. 181 4.b
5. Loans to individuals for household, family, and other
personal expenditures:
a. Credit cards and related plans________________________4656.. 360 4666.. 59 5.a
b. Other (includes single payment, installment, and
all student loans)____________________________________4657.. 1,711 4667.. 587 5.b
6. Loans to foreign governments and official
institutions_____________________________________________4643.. 344 4627.. 63 6.
7. All other loans__________________________________________4644.. 0 4628.. 0 7.
8. Lease financing receivables:
a. Of U.S. addressees (domicile)_________________________4658.. 545 4668.. 229 8.a
b. Of non-U.S. addressees (domicile)_____________________4659.. 0 4669.. 0 8.b
9. Total (sum of items 1 through 8)_________________________4635.. 7,977 4605.. 3,302 9.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RI - 5
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 7
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RI-B - Continued
Part I. Continued
Memoranda
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------calendar year-to-date----------------
(Column A) (Column B)
Charge-offs Recoveries
-------------------- -----------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1.-3. Not applicable.
RIAD RIAD
4. Loans to finance commercial real estate, construction, ---- ----
and land development activities (not secured by real
estate) included in Schedule RI-B, part I,
items 4 and 7, above_____________________________________________________5409. . 0 5410. . 0 M.4
5. Loans secured by real estate in domestic offices
(included in Schedule RI-B, part I, item 1, above):
a. Construction and land development____________________________________3582. . 0 3583. . 0 M.5.a
b. Secured by farmland__________________________________________________3584. . 0 3585. . 0 M.5.b
c. Secured by 1-4 family residential properties:
(1) Revolving, open-end loans secured by 1-4
family residential properties and extended
under lines of credit____________________________________________5411. . 0 5412. . 0 M.5.c1
(2) All other loans secured by 1-4 family
residential properties___________________________________________5413. . 303 5414. . 98 M.5.c2
d. Secured by multifamily (5 or more) residential
properties___________________________________________________________3588. . 0 3589. . 0 M.5.d
e. Secured by nonfarm nonresidential properties_________________________3590. . 77 3591. . 791 M.5.e
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 16
Part II. Changes in Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RIAD
----
1. Balance originally reported in the December 31, 1995, Reports of Condition and Income___________3124. . 187,020 1.
2. Recoveries (must equal part I, item 9, column B above)__________________________________________4605. . 3,302 2.
3. LESS: Charge-offs (must equal part I, item 9, column A above)__________________________________4635. . 7,977 3.
4. Provision for loan and lease losses (must equal Schedule RI, item 4.a)__________________________4230. . 4,762 4.
5. Adjustments * (see instructions for this schedule)______________________________________________4815. . ( 2) 5.
6. Balance end of current period (sum of items 1 through 5) (must equal Schedule RC,
item 4.b)_______________________________________________________________________________________3123. . 187,105 6.
</TABLE>
- --------
* Describe on Schedule RI-E - Explanations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Schedule RI-C - Applicable Income Taxes by Taxing Authority
I489 (-
Schedule RI-C is to be reported with the December Report of Income. Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RIAD
----
1. Federal_________________________________________________________________________________________4780. . N/A 1.
2. State and local_________________________________________________________________________________4790. . N/A 2.
3. Foreign_________________________________________________________________________________________4795. . N/A 3.
4. Total (sum of items 1 through 3) (must equal sum of Schedule RI, items 9 and 11.b)______________4770. . N/A 4.
RIAD
----
5. Deferred portion of item 4_____________________________4772 N/A . . . . . . . 5.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RI - 6
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 8
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RI-D - Income from International Operations
For all banks with foreign offices, Edge or Agreement subsidiaries, or IBFs
where international operations account for more than 10 percent of total
revenues, total assets, or net income.
Part I. Estimated Income from International Operations
<PAGE> 17
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
I492 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1. Interest income and expense booked at foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, RIAD Year-to-date
and IBFs: ----
a. Interest income booked________________________________________________________________________4837.. N/A 1.a
b. Interest expense booked_______________________________________________________________________4838.. N/A 1.b
c. Net interest income booked at foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries,
and IBFs (item 1.a minus 1.b)_________________________________________________________________4839.. N/A 1.c
2. Adjustments for booking location of international operations:
a. Net interest income attributable to international operations booked at domestic offices_______4840.. N/A 2.a
b. Net interest income attributable to domestic business booked at foreign
offices_______________________________________________________________________________________4841.. N/A 2.b
c. Net booking location adjustment (item 2.a minus 2.b)__________________________________________4842.. N/A 2.c
3. Noninterest income and expense attributable to international operations:
a. Noninterest income attributable to international operations___________________________________4097.. N/A 3.a
b. Provision for loan and lease losses attributable to international operations__________________4235.. N/A 3.b
c. Other noninterest expense attributable to international operations____________________________4239.. N/A 3.c
d. Net noninterest income (expense) attributable to international operations
(item 3.a minus 3.b and 3.c)__________________________________________________________________4843.. N/A 3.d
4. Estimated pretax income attributable to international operations before capital allocation
adjustment (sum of items 1.c, 2.c, and 3.d)______________________________________________________4844.. N/A 4.
5. Adjustment to pretax income for internal allocations to international operations to
reflect the effects of equity capital on overall bank funding costs______________________________4845.. N/A 5.
6. Estimated pretax income attributable to international operations after capital allocation
adjustment (sum of items 4 and 5)________________________________________________________________4846.. N/A 6.
7. Income taxes attributable to income from international operations as estimated in item 6_________4797.. N/A 7.
8. Estimated net income attributable to international operations (item 6 minus 7)___________________4341.. N/A 8.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Memoranda
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1. Intracompany interest income included in item 1.a above__________________________________________4847.. N/A M.1
2. Intracompany interest expense included in item 1.b above_________________________________________4848.. N/A M.2
</TABLE>
Part II. Supplementary Details on Income from International Operations Required
by the Departments of Commerce and Treasury for Purposes of the U.S.
International Accounts and the U.S. National Income and Product Accounts
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RIAD Year-to-date
----
1. Interest income booked at IBFs___________________________________________________________________4849.. N/A 1.
2. Interest expense booked at IBFs__________________________________________________________________4850.. N/A 2.
3. Noninterest income attributable to international operations booked at domestic offices
(excluding IBFs):
a. Gains (losses) and extraordinary items________________________________________________________5491.. N/A 3.a
b. Fees and other noninterest income_____________________________________________________________5492.. N/A 3.b
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 18
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
4. Provision for loan and lease losses attributable to international operations booked at
domestic offices (excluding IBFs)________________________________________________________________4852.. N/A 4.
5. Other noninterest expense attributable to international operations booked at domestic
offices (excluding IBFs)_________________________________________________________________________4853.. N/A 5.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RI - 7
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 9
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RI-E - Explanations
Schedule RI-E is to be completed each quarter on a calendar year-to-date basis.
Detail all adjustments in Schedules RI-A and RI-B, all extraordinary items and
other adjustments in Schedule RI, and all significant items of other noninterest
income and other noninterest expense in Schedule RI. (See instructions for
details.)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
I495 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1. All other noninterest income (from Schedule RI, item 5.f.(2))
Report amounts that exceed 10% of Schedule RI, item 5.f.(2): RIAD Year-to-date
------
a. Net gains on other real estate owned__________________________________________________________5415.. N/A 1.a
b. Net gains on sales of loans___________________________________________________________________5416.. N/A 1.b
c. Net gains on sales of premises and fixed assets_______________________________________________5417.. N/A 1.c
Itemize and describe the three largest other amounts that exceed 10% of
Schedule RI, item 5.f.(2):
TEXT RIAD
---- ------
d. 4461: Gain on Sales of Loan Servicing Rights______________________________________________4461.. 6,754 1.d
e. 4462: Processing Fees_____________________________________________________________________4462.. 4,761 1.e
f. 4463: Rental Income_______________________________________________________________________4463.. 2,016 1.f
2. Other noninterest expense (from Schedule RI, item 7.c):
a. Amortization expense of intangible assets_____________________________________________________4531.. 1,579 2.a
Report amounts that exceed 10% of Schedule RI, item 7.c:
b. Net losses on other real estate owned_________________________________________________________5418.. N/A 2.b
c. Net losses on sales of loans__________________________________________________________________5419.. N/A 2.c
a. Net losses on sales of premises and fixed assets______________________________________________5420.. N/A 2.d
Itemize and describe the three largest other amounts that exceed 10% of
Schedule RI, item 7.c:
TEXT RIAD
---- ------
e. 4464: Processing Fees_____________________________________________________________________4464.. 22,195 2.e
f. 4467: ____________________________________________________________________________________4467.. N/A 2.f
f. 4468: ____________________________________________________________________________________4468.. N/A 2.g
3. Extraordinary items and other adjustments (from Schedule RI, item 11.a) and
applicable income tax effect (from Schedule RI, item 11.b) (itemize and
describe all extraordinary
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 19
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
items and other adjustments):
TEXT RIAD
---- ------
a. (1) 4469: _______________________________________ ................................. 4469.. 0 3.a.1
(2) Applicable income tax effect__________________4486 .. 0 .......... 3.a.2
b. (1) 4487: _______________________________________ ................................. 4487.. 0 3.b.1
(2) Applicable income tax effect__________________4488 .. 0 .......... 3.b.2
c. (1) 4489: _______________________________________ ................................. 4489.. 0 3.c.1
(2) Applicable income tax effect__________________4491 .. 0 .......... 3.c.2
4. Equity capital adjustments from amended Reports of Income (from Schedule RI-A,
item 2) (itemize and describe all adjustments):
TEXT RIAD
---- ------
a. 4492: ______________________________________________________________________________________4492.. N/A 4.a
b. 4493: ______________________________________________________________________________________4493.. N/A 4.b
5. Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles from prior years (from Schedule
RI-A, item 9) (itemize and describe all changes in accounting principles):
TEXT RIAD
---- ------
a. 4494: ______________________________________________________________________________________4494.. N/A 5.a
b. 4495: ______________________________________________________________________________________4495.. N/A 5.b
6. Corrections of material accounting errors from prior years (from Schedule
RI-A, item 10) (itemize and describe all corrections):
TEXT RIAD
---- ------
a. 4496: ______________________________________________________________________________________4496.. N/A 6.a
b. 4497: ______________________________________________________________________________________4497.. N/A 6.b
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RI - 8
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 10
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RI-E - Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
7. Other transactions with parent holding company (from Schedule RI-A, item 13) (itemize
and describe all such transactions):
TEXT RIAD Year-to-date
a. 4498: ____________________________________________________________________________________ 4498.. N/A 7.a
b. 4499: ____________________________________________________________________________________ 4499.. N/A 7.b
8. Adjustments to allowance for loan and lease losses (from Schedule RI-B, part II,
item 5) (itemize and describe all adjustments):
TEXT
a. 4521: Sale of Loans_______________________________________________________________________ 4521.. ( 2) 8.a
b. 4522: ____________________________________________________________________________________ 4522.. N/A 8.b
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 20
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
I498 I499 (-
</TABLE>
9. Other explanations (the space below is provided for the bank to briefly
describe, at its option, any other significant items affecting the Report of
Income):
No comment: X (RIAD 4769)
Other explanations (please type or print clearly):
(TEXT 4769)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 1
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 11
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial and
State-Chartered Savings Banks for March 31, 1996
All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars. Unless otherwise
indicated, report the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the
quarter.
Schedule RC - Balance Sheet
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C400 (-)
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
1. Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A): RCFD
a. Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin (1)______________________________________0081. . 799,948 1.a
b. Interest-bearing balances (2)_______________________________________________________________0071. . 8,680 1.b
2. Securities:
a. Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A)__________________________________1754. . 0 2.a
b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)________________________________1773. . 1,248,762 2.b
3. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in
domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and
in 1BFs:
a. Federal funds sold__________________________________________________________________________0276. . 4,849,904 3.a
b. Securities purchased under agreements to resell_____________________________________________0277. . 166,612 3.b
4. Loans and lease financing receivables:
a. Loans and leases, net of unearned income RCFD
(from Schedule RC-C)________________________2122. . 9,047,263 . . . . . . . 4.a
b. LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses___3123. . 187,105 . . . . . . . 4.b
c. LESS: Allocated transfer risk reserve_______3128. . 0 . . . . . . . 4.c
d. Loans and leases, net of unearned income,
allowance, and reserve (item 4.a minus 4.b and 4.c)_________________________________________2125. . 8,860,158 4.d
5. Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D)_____________________________________________________________3545. . 218,920 5.
6. Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)________________________________________2145. . 109,833 6.
7. Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M)____________________________________________________2150. . 3,507 7.
8. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies (from
Schedule RC-M)__________________________________________________________________________________2130. . 0 8.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 21
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
9. Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding____________________________________2155. . 26,494 9.
10. Intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M)__________________________________________________________2143. . 12,617 10.
11. Other assets (from Schedule RC-F)_______________________________________________________________2160. . 241,962 11.
12. Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)________________________________________________________2170. . 16,547,397 12.
- ------------
1) Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.
2) Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 2
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 12
Transit Number: 91000019
Schedule RC - Continued
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
LIABILITIES
13. Deposits: RCON
----
a. In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E, part I)___________2200.. 7,689,048 13.a
RCON
----
(1) Noninterest-bearing (1)________________________________________6631.. 2,511,465 ............ 13.a.1
(2) Interest-bearing_______________________________________________6636.. 5,177,583 ............ 13.a.2
RCFN
----
b. In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs (from Schedule RC-E, part II)_2200 1,153,638 13.b
RCFN
----
(1) Noninterest-bearing ___________________________________________6631.. 14,651 ............ 13.b.1
(2) Interest-bearing_______________________________________________6636.. 1,138,987 ............ 13.b.2
14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in domestic
offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs: RCFD
----
a. Federal funds purchased_____________________________________________________________________0278.. 2,757,413 14.a
b. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase______________________________________________0279.. 604,944 14.b
RCON
----
15. a. Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury____________________________________________________2840.. 166,014 15.a
RCFD
----
b. Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)____________________________________________________3548.. 15,346 15.b
16. Other borrowed money:
a. With a remaining maturity of one year or less_______________________________________________2332.. 80,846 16.a
b. With a remaining maturity of more than one year_____________________________________________2333.. 2,288,426 16.b
17. Mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases__________________________________2910.. 1,171 17.
18. Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding________________________________________2920.. 26,494 18.
19. Subordinated notes and debentures_______________________________________________________________3200.. 161,695 19.
20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)__________________________________________________________2930.. 467,163 20.
21. Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20)__________________________________________________2948.. 15,412,198 21.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 22
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
22. Limited-life preferred stock and related surplus________________________________________________3282.. 0 22.
EQUITY CAPITAL
RCFD
----
23. Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus___________________________________________________3838.. 0 23.
24. Common stock____________________________________________________________________________________3230.. 100,000 24.
25. Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock_________________________________________3839.. 594,981 25.
26. a. Undivided profits and capital reserves______________________________________________________3632.. 431,558 26.a
b. Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities______________________8434.. 9,005 26.b
27. Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments_____________________________________________3284.. (345) 27.
28. Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27)_______________________________________________3210.. 1.135,199 28.
29. Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital
(sum of items 21, 22, and 28)___________________________________________________________________3300.. 16,547,397 29.
MEMORANDUM
To be reported only with the March Report of Condition.
RCFD Number
---- ------
1. Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes the most
comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by independent external auditors as
of any date during 1995_________________________________________________________________________6724.. 2 M.1
</TABLE>
1 = Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which
submits a report on the bank
2 = Independent audit of the bank's parent holding company conducted in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified
public accounting firm which submits a report on the consolidated holding
company (but not on the bank separately)
3 = Directors' examination of the bank conducted in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm (may be
required by state chartering authority)
4 = Directors' examination of the bank performed by other external auditors
(may be required by state chartering authority)
5 = Review of the bank's financial statements by external auditors
6 = Compilation of the bank's financial statements by external auditors
7 = Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)
8 = No external audit work
- --------
(1) Includes total demand deposits and noninterest-bearing time and savings
deposits.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 3
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 13
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC - A - Cash and Balances Due From Depository Institutions
<PAGE> 23
Exclude assets held for trading.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C405 ( -
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(Column A) (Column B)
Consolidated Bank Domestic Offices
-------------------------- -------------------------
RCFD RCON
1. Cash items in process of collection, unposted ---- ------
debits, and currency and coin_____________________________0022.. 661,057 ............ 1.
a. Cash items in process of collection and unposted
debits_________________________________________________ ............ 0020.. 569,258 1.a
b. Currency and coin______________________________________ ............ 0080.. 91,778 1.b
2. Balances due from depository institutions in the U.S._____ ............ 0082.. 81,946 2.
a. U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks
(including their IBFs)_________________________________0083.. 0 ............ 2.a
b. Other commercial banks in the U.S. and other
depository institutions in the U.S. (including
their IBFs)____________________________________________0085.. 90,620 ............ 2.b
3. Balances due from banks in foreign countries and
foreign central banks_____________________________________ ............ 0070.. 7,549 3.
a. Foreign branches of other U.S. banks___________________0073.. 7,549 ............ 3.a
b. Other banks in foreign countries and foreign
central banks__________________________________________0074.. 2,714 ............ 3.b
4. Balances due from Federal Reserve Banks___________________0090.. 46,688 0090.. 46,451 4.
5. Total (sum of items 1 through 4) (total of column A
must equal Schedule RC, sum of items 1.a and 1.b)_________0010.. 808,628 0010.. 796,982 5.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Memorandum
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCON
------
1. Noninterest-bearing balances due from commercial banks in the U.S.
(included in item 2, column B above)_________________________________________________________0050.. 74,367 M.1
Schedule RC-B - Securities
Exclude assets held for trading.
<CAPTION>
C410 ( -
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Held-to-Maturity Available-for-sale
(Column A) (Column B) (Column C) (Column D)
Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value (1)
---------------- -------------------- ------------------------ -----------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
RCFD RCFD RCFD RCFD
1. U.S. Treasury ------ ------ ------ ------
securities_____________0211.. 0 0213.. 0 1286.. 285,450 1287.. 286,976 1.
2. U.S. Government
agency and
corporation
obligations (exclude
mortgage-backed
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 24
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
securities):
a. Issued by U.S. RCFD RCFD RCFD RCFD
Government ------ ------ ------ ------
agencies (2)________1289.. 0 1290.. 0 1291.. 0 1293.. 0 2.a
b. Issued by U.S.
Government-
sponsored
agencies (3)________1294.. 0 1295.. 0 1297.. 11,725 1298.. 11,678 2.b
- ------------
(1) Includes equity securities without readily determinable fair values at historical cost in item 6.c, column D.
(2) Includes Small Business Administration "Guaranteed Loan Pool Certificates," U.S. Maritime Administration obligations, and
Export-Import Bank participation certificates.
(3) Includes obligations (other than mortgage-backed securities) issued by the Farm Credit System, the Federal Home Loan Bank
System, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Financing Corporation,
Resolution Funding Corporation, the Student Loan Marketing Association, and the Tennessee Valley Authority.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 4
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 14
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Schedule RC-B - Continued
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Held-to-maturity Available-for-sale
(Column A) (Column B) (Column C) (Column D)
Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value (1)
---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
3. Securities issued by
states and political
subdivisions in the U.S.:
a. General RCFD RCFD RCFD RCFD
obligations_____1676.. 0 1677.. 0 1678.. 21,741 1679.. 22,097 3.a
b. Revenue
obligations_____1681.. 0 1686.. 0 1690.. 78,332 1691.. 81,852 3.b
c. Industrial
development
and similar
obligations_____1694.. 0 1695.. 0 1696.. 4,500 1697.. 5,170 3.c
4. Mortgage-backed
securities (MBS):
a. Pass-through
securities:
(1) Guaranteed
by GNMA_____1698.. 0 1699.. 0 1701.. 82,072 1702.. 83,608 4a1
(2) Issued by
FNMA and
FHLMC_______1703.. 0 1705.. 0 1706.. 430,355 1707.. 437,175 4a2
(3) Other pass-
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 25
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
through
securities__1709.. 0 1710.. 0 1711.. 0 1713.. 0 4a3
b. Other mortgage-
backed securities
(include CMOs,
REMICs, and
stripped MBS):
(1) Issued or
guaranteed
by FNMA, or RCFD RCFD RCFD RCFD
GNMA____________1714.. 0 1715.. 0 1716.. 26,261 1717.. 26,300 4b1
(2) Collateralized
by MBS issued
or guaranteed
by FNMA,
FHLMC, RCFD RCFD RCFD RCFD
or GNMA_____1718.. 0 1719.. 0 1731.. 41 1732.. 41 4b2
(3) All other
mortgage-
backed
securities_1733.. 0 1734.. 0 1735.. 108 1736.. 108 4b3
5. Other debt securities:
a. Other domestic
debt RCFD RCFD RCFD RCFD
securities______1737.. 0 1738.. 0 1739.. 2,149 1741.. 2,207 5.a
b. Foreign debt
securities______1742.. 0 1743.. 0 1744.. 0 1746.. 0 5.b
6. Equity securities:
a. Investments
in mutual RCFD RCFD RCFD RCFD
funds__________ .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1747.. 143 1748.. 143 6.a
b. Other equity
securities
with readily
determinable
fair values____ .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1749.. 0 1751.. 0 6.b
c. All other
equity
securities(1)__ .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1752.. 291,407 1753.. 291,407 6.c
7. Total (sum of items
1 through 6) (total
of column A must
equal Schedule RC,
item 2.a)(total
of column D must
equal Schedule RC,
item 2.b)__________1754.. 0 1771.. 0 1772.. 1,234,284 1773.. 1,248,762 7.
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Includes equity securities without readily determinable fair values at
historical cost in item 6.c, column D.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 5
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 15
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 26
Schedule RC-B - Continued
Memoranda
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C412 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCFD
1. Pledged securities (2)__________________________________________________________________________0416.. 120,386 M.1
2. Maturity and repricing data for debt securities (2,3,4)(excluding those in nonaccrual status):
a. Fixed rate debt securities with a remaining maturity of:
(1) Three months or less____________________________________________________________________0343.. 173,710 M.2.a1
(2) Over three months through 12 months_____________________________________________________0344.. 123,524 M.2.a2
(3) Over one year through five years________________________________________________________0345.. 15,063 M.2.a3
(4) Over five years_________________________________________________________________________0346.. 457,854 M.2.a4
(5) Total fixed rate debt securities (sum of Memorandum items 2.a.(1) through 2.a(4))_______0347.. 770,151 M.2.a5
b. Floating rate debt securities with a repricing frequency of:
(1) Quarterly or more frequently____________________________________________________________4544.. 106,107 M.2.b1
(2) Annually or more frequently, but less frequently than quarterly_________________________4545.. 80,954 M.2.b2
(3) Every five years or more frequently, but less frequently than annually__________________4551.. 0 M.2.b3
(4) Less frequently than every five years___________________________________________________4552.. 0 M.2.b4
(5) Total floating rate debt securities (sum of Memorandum items 2.b(1) through 2.b(4))_____4553.. 187,061 M.2.b5
c. Total debt securities (sum of Memorandum items 2.a.(5) and 2.b.(5))
(must equal total debt securities from Schedule RC-8, sum of items 1
through 5, columns A and D, minus nonaccrual debt securities included in
Schedule RC-N, item 9, column C)____________________________________________________________0393.. 957,212 M.2.c
3. Not applicable__________________________________________________________________________________ ......
4. Held to maturity debt securities restructured and in compliance with modified terms (included
in Schedule RC-B, items 3 through 5, column A above)____________________________________________5365.. 0 M.4
5. Not applicable__________________________________________________________________________________ ......
6. Floating rate debt securities with a remaining maturity of one year or less (2,4) (included in
Memorandum items 2.b.(1) through 2.b.(4) above)_________________________________________________5519.. 901 M.6
7. Amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities sold or transferred to available-for-sale or
trading securities during the calendar year-to-date (report the amortized cost at date of sale
or transfer)____________________________________________________________________________________1778.. 0 M.7
8. High-risk mortgage securities (included in the held-to-maturity and available-for-sale accounts
in Schedule RC-B, item 4.b):
a. Amortized cost______________________________________________________________________________8780.. 115 M.8.a
b. Fair value__________________________________________________________________________________8781.. 109 M.8.b
9. Structured notes (included in the held-to-maturity and available-for-sale accounts in Schedule
RC-B, items 2,3, and 5):
a. Amortized cost______________________________________________________________________________8782.. 3,502 M.9.a
b. Fair value__________________________________________________________________________________8783.. 3,456 M.9.b
- ---------
</TABLE>
(2) Includes held-to-maturity securities at amortized cost and available-for-
sale securities at fair value.
(3) Excludes equity securities, e.g., investments in mutual funds, Federal
Reserve stock, common stock, and preferred stock.
(4) Memorandum items 2 and 6 are not applicable to savings banks that must
complete supplemental Schedule RC-J.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 27
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 6
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 16
</TABLE>
Transit Number: 91000019
Schedule RC-C - Loans and Lease Financing Receivables
Part I. Loans and Leases
Do not deduct the allowance for loan and lease losses from amounts reported in
this schedule. Report total loans and leases, net of unearned income. Exclude
assets held for trading.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C415 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Column A) (Column B)
RCFD Consolidated Bank RCON Domestic Offices
---- ----------------- ---- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1. Loans secured by real estate___________________________________________1410.. 3,520,733 .......... 1.
a. Construction and land development__________________________________ .......... 1415.. 34,868 1.a
b. Secured by farmland (including farm residential and other
improvements)____________________________________________________ .......... 1420.. 1,640 1.b
c. Secured by 1-4 family residential properties:
(1) Revolving, open-end loans secured by 1-4 family
residential properties and extended under lines
of credit______________________________________________________ .......... 1797.. 103,321 1.c1
(2) All other loans secured by 1-4 family
residential properties:
(a) Secured by first liens_____________________________________ .......... 5367.. 2,637,682 1.c2a
(b) Secured by junior liens____________________________________ .......... 5368.. 301,422 1.c2b
d. Secured by multifamily (5 or more) residential properties__________ .......... 1460.. 57,978 1.d
e. Secured by nonfarm nonresidential properties_______________________ .......... 1480.. 383,822 1.e
2. Loans to depository institutions:
a. To commercial banks in the U.S.____________________________________ .......... 1505.. 35,153 2.a
(1) To U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks_________________1506.. 0 .......... 2.a1
(2) To other commercial banks in the U.S.__________________________1507.. 40,935 .......... 2.a2
b. To other depository institutions in the U.S._______________________1517.. 0 1517.. 0 2.b
c. To banks in foreign countries______________________________________ .......... 1510.. 466 2.c
(1) To foreign branches of other U.S. banks________________________1513.. 265 .......... 2.c1
(2) To other banks in foreign countries____________________________1516.. 73,193 .......... 2.c2
3. Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans
to farmers___________________________________________________________1590.. 19,942 1590.. 19,942 3.
4. Commercial and industrial loans:
a. To U.S. addressees (domicile)______________________________________1763.. 3,117,994 1763.. 3,081,820 4.a
b. To non-U.S. addressees (domicile)__________________________________1764.. 45,174 1764.. 1,259 4.b
5. Acceptances of other banks:
a. Of U.S. banks______________________________________________________1756.. 0 1756.. 0 5.a
b. Of foreign banks___________________________________________________1757.. 2,351 1757.. 2,351 5.b
6. Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
expenditures (i.e., consumer loans) (includes purchased
paper)_______________________________________________________________ .......... 1975.. 1,001,690 6.
a. Credit cards and related plans (includes check credit and other
revolving credit plans___________________________________________2008.. 194,157 .......... 6.a
b. Other (includes single payment, installment, and all student
loans)___________________________________________________________2011.. 807,803 .......... 6.b
7. Loans to foreign governments and official institutions (including
foreign central banks)_______________________________________________2081.. 5,000 2081.. 5,000 7.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 28
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
8. Obligations (other than securities and leases) of states and
political subdivisions in the U.S. (includes nonrated
industrial development obligations)__________________________________2107.. 22,612 2107.. 22,612 8.
9. Other loans____________________________________________________________1563.. 549,365 .......... 9.
a. Loans for purchasing or carrying securities (secured and
unsecured)_______________________________________________________ .......... 1545.. 32,160 9.a
b. All other loans (exclude consumer loans)___________________________ .......... 1564.. 517,205 9.b
10. Lease financing receivables (net of unearned income)___________________ .......... 2165.. 650,824 10.
a. Of U.S. addressess (domicile)_______________________________________2182.. 650,824 .......... 10.a
b. Of non-U.S. addressees (domicile)___________________________________2183.. 0 .......... 10.b
11. LESS: Any unearned income on loans reflected in items 1-9 above________2123.. 3,085 2123.. 2,062 11.
12. Total loans and leases, net of unearned income (sum of items 1
through 10 minus item 11) (total of column A must equal Schedule RC,
item 4.a)______________________________________________________________2122.. 9,047,263 2122.. 8,889,153 12.
</TABLE>
- --------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 7
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 17
</TABLE>
Transit Number: 91000019
Schedule RC - C - Continued
Part I. Continued
Memoranda
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Column A) (Column B)
Consolidated Bank Domestic Offices
--------------------------- -----------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCFD RCON
---- ----
1. Commercial paper included in Schedule RC-C, part I,
above____________________________________________________1496.. 0 1496.. 0 M.1
2. Loans and leases restructured and in compliance with
modified terms (included in Schedule RC-C, part I,
above, and not reported as past due or nonaccrual
in Schedule RC-N, Memorandum item 1):
a. Loans secured by real estate:
(1) To U.S. addressees (domicile)_____________________1687.. 0 M.2.a1
(2) To non-U.S. addressees (domicile)_________________1689.. 0 M.2.a2
b. All other loans and all lease financing receivables
(exclude loans to individuals for household, family,
and other personal expenditures)______________________8691.. 0 M.2.b
c. Commercial and industrial loans to and lease
financing receivables of non-U.S. addressees
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 29
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(domicile) included in Memorandum item 2.b above______8692.. 0 M.2.c
3. Maturity and repricing data for loans and leases (1)
(excluding those in nonaccrual status):
a. Fixed rate loans and leases with a remaining maturity
of:
(1) Three months or less______________________________0348.. 3,492,538 M.3.a1
(2) Over three months through 12 months_______________0349.. 583,439 M.3.a2
(3) Over one year through five years__________________0356.. 1,710,367 M.3.a3
(4) Over five years___________________________________0357.. 934,727 M.3.a4
(5) Total fixed rate loans and leases (sum of
Memorandum items 3.a.(1) through 3.a.(4))_________0358.. 6,721,071 M.3.a5
b. Floating rate loans with a repricing frequency of:
(1) Quarterly or more frequently______________________4554.. 1,986,188 M.3.b1
(2) Annually or more frequently, but less frequently
than quarterly____________________________________4555.. 273,537 M.3.b2
(3) Every five years or more frequently, but less
frequently than annually__________________________4561.. 20,782 M.3.b3
(4) Less frequently than every five years_____________4564.. 0 M.3.b4
(5) Total floating rate loans (sum of Memorandum
items 3.b.(1) through 3.b.(4))____________________4567.. 2,280,507 M.3.b5
c. Total loans and leases (sum of Memorandum items
3.a.(5) and 3.b.(5)) (must equal the sum of total
loans and leases, net, from Schedule RC-C, part I,
item 12, plus unearned income from Schedule RC-C,
part item I, item 11, minus total nonaccrual loans and
leases from Schedule RC-N, sum of items 1 through 8,
column C)_____________________________________________1479.. 9,001,578 M.3.c
d. Floating rate loans with a remaining maturity of
one year or less (included in Memorandum items 3.b.(1)
through 3.b.(4) above)________________________________A246.. 658,691 M.3.d
4. Loans to finance commercial real estate, construction,
and land development activities (not secured by real
estate) included in Schedule RC-C, part I, items 4 and
9, column A, page RC-6 (2)_______________________________2746.. 0 M.4
5. Loans and leases held for sale (included in
Schedule RC-C, part I, above)____________________________5369.. 1,701,670 M.5
6. Adjustable rate closed-end loans secured by first liens
on 1-4 family residential properties (included in
Schedule RC-C, part I, item 1.c.(2)(a), column B,
page RC-6)________________________________________________ ............ 5370.. 397,465 M.6
- -----------------
(1) Memorandum item 3 is not applicable to savings banks that must complete
supplemental Schedule RC-J.
(2) Exclude loans secured by real estate that are
included in Schedule RC-C, part I, item 1, column A.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 8
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 18
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC-D - Trading Assets and Liabilities
Schedule RC-D is to be completed only by banks with $1 billion or more in total
assets or with $2 billion or more in par/notional amount of off-balance sheet
derivative contracts (as reported in Schedule RC-L, items 14.a through 14.e,
columns A through D).
<PAGE> 30
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C420 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCON
----
1. U.S. Treasury securities in domestic offices____________________________________________________3531. . 188,479 1.
2. U.S. Government agency and corporation obligations in domestic offices (exclude
mortgage-backed securities)_____________________________________________________________________3532. . N/A 2.
3. Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S. in domestic
offices_________________________________________________________________________________________3533. . N/A 3.
4. Mortgage-backed securities (MBS) in domestic offices:
a. Pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA_________________________3534. . 19,490 4.a
b. Other mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or
GNMA (include CMOs, REMICs, and stripped MBS)________________________________________________3535. . N/A 4.b
c. All other mortgage-backed securities_________________________________________________________3536. . N/A 4.c
5. Other debt securities in domestic offices_______________________________________________________3537. . N/A 5.
6. Certificates of deposit in domestic offices_____________________________________________________3538. . N/A 6.
7. Commercial paper in domestic offices____________________________________________________________3539. . N/A 7.
8. Bankers acceptances in domestic offices_________________________________________________________3540. . N/A 8.
9. Other trading assets in domestic offices________________________________________________________3541. . N/A 9.
RCFN
----
10. Trading assets in foreign offices_______________________________________________________________3542. . N/A 10.
11. Revaluation gains on interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and other commodity and
equity contracts: RCON
----
a. In domestic offices__________________________________________________________________________3543. . 10,951 11.a
RCFN
----
b. In foreign offices___________________________________________________________________________3544. . N/A 11.b
RCFD
----
12. Total trading assets (sum of items 1 through 11)
(must equal Schedule RC, item 5)________________________________________________________________3545. . 218,920 12.
LIABILITIES
13. Liability for short positions___________________________________________________________________3546. . 4,745 13.
14. Revaluation losses on interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and other commodity and
equity contracts________________________________________________________________________________3547. . 10,601 14.
15. Total trading liabilities (sum of items 13 and 14) (must equal Schedule RC,
item 15.b)______________________________________________________________________________________3548. . 15,346 15.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC: 9
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 19
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC-E - Deposit Liabilities
<PAGE> 31
Part I. Deposits in Domestic Offices
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C425 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------Transaction Accounts-------------- --Nontransaction Accounts--
(Column A) (Column B) (Column C)
Total transaction Memo: Total demand
accounts (including total deposits (included in Total nontransaction
demand deposits) column A) accounts (including MMDAs)
- ---------------------------------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------- ---------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Deposits of: RCON RCON RCON
---- ---- ----
1. Individuals, partnerships and corporations__________2201.. 3,168,529 2240.. 2,127,218 2346.. 4,120,216 1.
2. U.S. Government_____________________________________2202.. 23,933 2280.. 23,933 2520.. 0 2.
3. States and political subdivisions in the U.S._______2203.. 29,811 2290.. 24,414 2530.. 10,559 3.
4. Commercial banks in the U.S.________________________2206.. 284,025 2310.. 284,025 2550.. 100 4.
5. Other depository institutions in the U.S.___________2207.. 6,857 2312.. 6,857 2349.. 0 5.
6. Banks in foreign countries__________________________2213.. 14,291 2320.. 14,291 2236.. 0 6.
7. Foreign governments and official institutions
(including foreign central banks)___________________2216.. 0 2300.. 0 2377.. 0 7.
8. Certified and official checks_______________________2330.. 30,727 2330.. 30,727 ........... 8.
9. Total (sum of items 1 through 8) (sum of
columns A and C must equal Schedule RC,
item 13.a)__________________________________________2215.. 3,558,173 2210.. 2,511,465 2385.. 4,130,875 9.
</TABLE>
Memoranda
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCON
1. Selected components of total deposits (i.e., sum of item 9, column A and C): ----
a. Total Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) and Keogh Plan accounts___________________________6835.. 553,583 M.1.a
b. Total brokered deposits_______________________________________________________________________2365.. 0 M.1.b
c. Fully insured brokered deposits (included in Memorandum item 1.b above):
(1) Issued in denominations lf less than $100,000_____________________________________________2343.. 0 M.1.c1
(2) Issued either in denominations of $100,000 or in denominations greater than
$100,000 and participated out by the broker in shares of $100,000 or less_________________2344.. 0 M.1.c2
d. Maturity data for brokered deposits:
(1) Brokered deposits issued in denominations of less than $100,000 with a remaining
maturity of one year or less (included in Memorandum item 1.c.(1) above)__________________A243.. 0 M.1.d1
(2) Brokered deposits issued in denominations of $100,000 or more with a remaining
maturity of one year or less (included in Memorandum item 1.b above)______________________A244.. 0 M.1.d2
e. Preferred deposits (uninsured deposits of states and political subdivisions in the U.S.
reported in item 3 above which are secured or collateralized as required under state law)_____5590.. 34,792 M.1.e
2. Components of total nontransaction accounts (sum of Memorandum items 2.a through 2.d
must equal item 9, column C above):
a. Savings deposits:
(1) Money market deposit accounts (MMDAs)_____________________________________________________6810.. 1,715,121 M.2.a1
(2) Other savings deposits (excludes MMDAs)___________________________________________________0352.. 428,864 M.2.a2
b. Total time deposits of less than $100,000_____________________________________________________6648.. 1,736,275 M.2.b
c. Time certificates of deposit of $100,000______________________________________________________6645.. 170,411 M.2.c
d. Open-account time deposits of $100,000 or more________________________________________________6646.. 80,204 M.2.d
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 32
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
3. All NOW accounts (included in column A above)____________________________________________________2398.. 1,046,708 M.3
4. Not applicable
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 10
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 20
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC - E - Continued
Part I. Continued
Memoranda (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
5. Maturity and repricing data for time deposits of less than $100,000 (sum of Memorandum
items 5.a.(1) through 5.b.(3) must equal Memorandum item 2.b above): (1)
a. Fixed rate time deposits of less than $100,000 with a remaining maturity of: RCON
(1) Three months or less_________________________________________________________________A225. . 194,917 M.5.a1
(2) Over three months through 12 months__________________________________________________A226. . 749,354 M.5.a2
(3) Over one year________________________________________________________________________A227. . 792,004 M.5.a3
b. Floating rate time deposits of less than $100,000 with a repricing frequency of:
(1) Quarterly or more frequently_________________________________________________________A228. . 0 M.5.b1
(2) Annually or more frequently, but less frequently than quarterly______________________A229. . 0 M.5.b2
(3) Less frequently than annually________________________________________________________A230. . 0 M.5.b3
c. Floating rate time deposits of less than $100,000 with a remaining maturity of
one year or less (included in Memorandum items 5.b.(1) through 5.b.(3) above)____________A231. . 0 M.5.c
6. Maturity and repricing data for time deposits of $100,000 or more (i.e., time
certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more and open-account time deposits
of $100,000 or more) (sum of Memorandum items 6.a.(1) through 6.b.(4) must
equal the sum of Memorandum items 2.c and 2.d above): (1) a. Fixed rate
time deposits of $100,000 or more with a remaining maturity of:
(1) Three months or less_________________________________________________________________A232. . 104,590 M.6.a1
(2) Over three months through 12 months__________________________________________________A233. . 75,660 M.6.a2
(3) Over one year through five years_____________________________________________________A234. . 64,039 M.6.a3
(4) Over five years______________________________________________________________________A235. . 6,326 M.6.a4
b. Floating rate time deposits of $100,000 or more with a repricing frequency of:
(1) Quarterly or more frequently_________________________________________________________A236. . 0 M.6.b1
(2) Annually or more frequently, but less frequently than quarterly______________________A237. . 0 M.6.b2
(3) Every five years or more frequently, but less frequently annually____________________A238. . 0 M.6.b3
(4) Less frequently than every five years________________________________________________A239. . 0 M.6.b4
c. Floating rate time deposits of $100,000 or more with a remaining maturity of
one year or less (included in Memorandum items 6.b.(1) through 6.b.(4) above)____________A240. . 0 M.6.c
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Memorandum items 5 and 6 are not applicable to savings banks that must
complete supplemental Schedule RC-J.
<PAGE> 33
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 1
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 21
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC-E - Continued
Part II. Deposits in Foreign Offices (including Edge and
Agreement subsidiaries and IBFs)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deposits of : RCFN
----
1. Individuals, partnerships, and corporations______________________________________________________2621. . 354,003 1.
2. U.S. banks (including IBFs and foreign branches of U.S. banks)___________________________________2623. . 767,632 2.
3. Foreign banks (including U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks,
including their IBFs)____________________________________________________________________________2625. . 31,449 3.
4. Foreign governments and official institutions (including foreign central banks)__________________2650. . 0 4.
5. Certified and official checks____________________________________________________________________2330. . 82 5.
6. All other deposits_______________________________________________________________________________2668. . 472 6.
7. Total (sum of items 1 through 6) (must equal Schedule RC, item 13.b)_____________________________2200. . 1,153,638 7.
</TABLE>
Memorandum
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCFN
----
1. Time deposits with a remaining maturity of one year or less (included in Part II,
item 7 above)___________________________________________________________________________________A245. . 1,096,600 M.1
</TABLE>
Schedule RC-F - Other Assets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C430 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCFD
----
1. Income earned, not collected on loans___________________________________________________________2164. . 52,572 1.
2. Net deferred tax assets (1)_____________________________________________________________________2148. . 0 2.
3. Excess residential mortgage servicing fees receivable___________________________________________5371. . 0 3.
4. Other (itemize and describe amounts that exceed 25% of this item)_______________________________2168. . 189,390 4.
TEXT RCFD
---- ----
a. 3549: ____________________________________________ 3549 . . N/A . . . . . . 4.a
b. 3550: ____________________________________________ 3550 . . N/A . . . . . . 4.b
c. 3551: ____________________________________________ 3551 . . N/A . . . . . . 4.c
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 34
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
5. Total (sum of items 1 through 4) (must equal Schedule RC, item 11)______________________________2160. . 241,962 5.
</TABLE>
Memorandum
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCFD
----
1. Deferred tax assets disallowed for regulatory capital purposes__________________________________5610. . 0 M.1
</TABLE>
Schedule RC-G - Other Liabilities
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C435 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCON
----
1. a. Interest accrued and unpaid on deposits in domestic offices (2)_____________________________3645. . 29,080 1.a
RCFD
----
1. b. Other expenses accrued and unpaid (includes accrued
income taxes payable)_______________________________________________________________________3646. . 292,093 1.b
2. Net deferred tax liabilities (1)________________________________________________________________3049. . 124,500 2.
3. Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries__________________________________________________3000. . 1,049 3.
4. Other (itemize and describe amounts that exceed 25% of this item)_______________________________2938. . 20,441 4.
TEXT RCFD
---- ----
a. 3552: Unearned Income
___________________________________________ 3552. . 12,645 . . . . . . 4.a
b. 3553: ___________________________________________ 3553. . N/A . . . . . . 4.b
c. 3554: ___________________________________________ 3554. . N/A . . . . . . 4.c
5. Total (sum of items 1 through 4) (must equal Schedule RC, item 20)______________________________2930. . 467,163 5.
- ---------------
</TABLE>
(1) See discussion of deferred income taxes in Glossary entry on "income taxes."
(2) For savings banks, include "dividends" accrued and unpaid on deposits.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 12
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 22
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC-H - Selected Balance Sheet Items for Domestic Offices
C440 (-
<PAGE> 35
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Domestic Offices
--------------------
RCON
----
1. Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding____________________________________2155.. 13,761 1.
2. Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding________________________________________2920.. 13,761 2.
3. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell__________________________1350.. 5,016,516 3.
4. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase______________________2800.. 3,362,357 4.
5. Other borrowed money____________________________________________________________________________3190.. 2,369,272 5.
EITHER
6. Net due from own foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs_____________________2163.. N/A 6.
OR
7. Net due to own foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs_______________________2941.. 972,744 7.
8. Total assets (excludes net due from foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and
IBFs)___________________________________________________________________________________________2192.. 16,387,885 8.
9. Total liabilities (excludes net due to foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and
IBFs)___________________________________________________________________________________________3129.. 14,279,942 9.
Items 10-17 include held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities in
domestic offices.
10. U.S. Treasury securities________________________________________________________________________1779.. 286,976 10.
11. U.S. Government agency and corporation obligations (excludes mortgage-backed securities)________1785.. 11,678 11.
12. Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S.______________________________1786.. 109,119 12.
13. Mortgage-backed securities (MBS):
a. Pass-through securities:
(1) Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA____________________________________________1787.. 520,783 13.a.1
(2) Other pass-through securities___________________________________________________________1869.. 0 13.a.2
b. Other mortgage-backed securities (including CMOs, REMICs, and stripped MBS):
(1) Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA____________________________________________1877.. 26,341 13.b.1
(2) Other pass-through securities___________________________________________________________2253.. 108 13.b.2
14. Other domestic debt securities__________________________________________________________________3159.. 2,207 14.
15. Foreign debt securities_________________________________________________________________________3160.. 0 15.
16. Equity securities:
a. Investments in mutual funds_________________________________________________________________3161.. 143 16.a
b. Other equity securities with readily determinable fair values_______________________________3162.. 0 16.b
c. All other equity securities_________________________________________________________________3169.. 291,407 16.c
17. Total held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities (sum of items 10 through 16)___________3170.. 1,248,762 17.
Memorandum (to be completed only by banks with IBFs and other "foreign" offices)
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EITHER
1. Net due from the IBF of the domestic offices of the reporting bank______________________________3051.. N/A M.1
OR
2. Net due to the IBF of the domestic offices of the reporting bank________________________________3059.. 0 M.2
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC- 13
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 23
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 36
Schedule RC-I - Selected Assets and Liabilities of IBFs
To be completed only by banks with IBFs and other "foreign" offices.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C 445 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCFN
----
1. Total IBF assets of the consolidated bank (component of Schedule RC, item 12)___________________2133.. N/A 1.
2. Total IBF loans and lease financing receivables (component of Schedule RC-C, part 1,
item 12, column A)______________________________________________________________________________2076.. N/A 2.
3. IBF commercial and industrial loans (component of Schedule RC-C, part I, item 4,
column A)_______________________________________________________________________________________2077.. N/A 3.
4. Total IBF liabilities (component of Schedule RC, item 21)_______________________________________2898.. N/A 4.
5. IBF deposit liabilities due to banks, including other IBFs (component of Schedule
RC-E, part II, items 2 and 3)___________________________________________________________________2379.. N/A 5.
6. Other IBF deposit liabilities (component of Schedule RC-E, part II, items 1, 4, 5,
and 6)__________________________________________________________________________________________2381.. N/A 6.
Schedule RC-K - Quarterly Averages (1)
C455 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS RCFD
----
1. Interest-bearing balances due from depository institutions_______________________________________3381.. 5,998 1.
2. U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agency and corporation obligations(2)_______________3382.. 1,001,802 2.
3. Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S.(2)____________________________3383.. 103,328 3.
4. a. Other debt securities(2)______________________________________________________________________3647.. 17,456 4.a
b. Equity securities (3) (includes investments in mutual funds and Federal Reserve stock)________3648.. 272,439 4.b
5. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in domestic
offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs______________________3365.. 4,677,186 5.
6. Loans:
a. Loans in domestic offices: RCON
----
(1) Total loans_______________________________________________________________________________3360.. 9,994,223 6.a.1
(2) Loans secured by real estate______________________________________________________________3385.. 4,398,072 6.a.2
(3) Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers_______________________3386.. 18,110 6.a.3
(4) Commercial and industrial loans___________________________________________________________3387.. 3,607,561 6.a.4
(5) Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures_______________3388.. 1,024,361 6.a.5
RCFN
b. Total loans in foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, ----
and IBFs_______________________________________________________________________________________3360.. 130,108 6.b
RCFD
7. Trading ----
assets___________________________________________________________________________________________3401.. 134,219 7.
8. Lease financing receivables (net of unearned income)_____________________________________________3484.. 651,401 8.
9. Total assets(4)__________________________________________________________________________________3468.. 17,547,871 9.
LIABILITIES
10. Interest-bearing transaction accounts in domestic offices (NOW accounts, ATS RCON
accounts, and telephone and preauthorized transfer accounts) (exclude demand ----
deposits)_______________________________________________________________________________________3485.. 1,004,412 10.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 37
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
11. Nontransaction accounts in domestic offices:
a. Money market deposit accounts (MMDAs)________________________________________________________3486.. 1,697,619 11.a
b. Other savings deposits_______________________________________________________________________3487.. 418,939 11.b
c. Time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more_____________________________________________3345.. 172,740 11.c
d. All other time deposits______________________________________________________________________3469.. 1,917,949 11.d
RCFN
12. Interest-bearing deposits in foreign offices, Edge and Agreement ----
subsidiaries, and IBFs__________________________________________________________________________3404.. 619,999 12.
RCFD
13. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in ----
domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs____________3353.. 4,694,049 13.
14. Other borrowed money____________________________________________________________________________3355.. 2,498,775 14.
</TABLE>
- --------------
(1) For all items, banks have the option of reporting either (1) an average of
daily figures for the quarter, or (2) an average of weekly figures (i.e.,
the Wednesday of each week of the quarter).
(2) Quarterly averages for all debt securities should be based on amortized
cost.
(3) Quarterly averages for all equity securities should be based on historical
cost.
(4) The quarterly average for total assets should reflect all debt securities
(not held for trading) at amortized cost, equity securities with readily
determinable fair values at the lower of cost or fair value, and equity
securities without readily determinable fair values at historical cost.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RI - 14
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 24
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC-L - Off-Balance Sheet Items
Please read carefully the instructions for the preparation of Schedule RC-L.
Some of the amounts reported in Schedule RC-L are regarded as volume indicators
and not necessarily as measures of risk.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C460 ( -
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCFD
----
1. Unused commitments:
a. Revolving, open-end lines secured by 1-4 family residential properties,
e.g., home equity lines_______________________________________________________3814. . 158,989 1.a
b. Credit card lines_____________________________________________________________3815. . 0 1.b
c. Commercial real estate, construction, and land development:
(1) Commitments to fund loans secured by real estate__________________________3816. . 43,972 1.c.1
(2) Commitments to fund loans not secured by real estate______________________6550. . 38 1.c.2
d. Securities underwriting_______________________________________________________3817. . 0 1.d
e. Other unused commitments______________________________________________________3818. . 3,576,381 1.e
2. Financial standby letters of credit and foreign office guarantees________________3819. . 723,895 2.
a. Amount of financial standby letter of credit RCFD
----
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 38
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
conveyed to others________________________________3820. . 286,936 . . . . . . . 2.a
3. Performance standby letters of credit and foreign office guarantees______________3821. . 67,278 3.
a. Amount of performance standby letters of credit RCFD
----
conveyed to others________________________________3822. . 18,113 . . . . . . . 3.a
4. Commercial and similar letters of credit_________________________________________3411. . 404,317 4.
5. Participations in acceptances (as described in the instructions) conveyed to others
by the reporting bank____________________________________________________________3428. . 0 5.
6. Participations in acceptances (as described in the instructions) acquired by the
(nonaccepting) bank______________________________________________________________3429. . 0 6.
7. Securities borrowed______________________________________________________________3432. . 3,027,443 7.
8. Securities lent (including customers' securities lent where the customer is
indemnified against loss by the reporting bank)__________________________________3433. . 207,795 8.
9. Loans transferred (i.e., sold or swapped) with recourse that have been treated
as sold for Call Report purposes:
a. FNMA and FHLMC residential mortgage loan pools:
(1) Outstanding principal balance of mortgages transferred as of the
report date_______________________________________________________________3650. . 25,817 9.a.1
(2) Amount of recourse exposure on these mortgages as of the report date______3651. . 25,817 9.a.2
b. Private (nongoverment-issued or -guaranteed) residential mortgage loan pools:
(1) Outstanding principal balance of mortgages transferred as of the report
date______________________________________________________________________3652. . 0 9.b.1
(2) Amount of recourse exposure on these mortgages as of the report date______3653. . 0 9.b.2
c. Farmer Mac agricultural mortgage loan pools:
(1) Outstanding principal balance of mortgages transferred as of the report
date______________________________________________________________________3654. . 0 9.c.1
(2) Amount of recourse exposure on these mortgages as of the report date______3655. . 0 9.c.2
d. Small business obligations transferred with recourse under Section 208 of the
Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994:
(1) Outstanding principal balance of small business obligations transferred as
of the report date________________________________________________________A249. . 0 9.d.1
(2) Amount of retained recourse on these obligations as of the report date____A250. . 0 9.d.2
10. When-issued securities:
a. Gross commitments to purchase_________________________________________________3434. . 0 10.a
b. Gross commitments to sell_____________________________________________________3435. . 0 10.b
11. Spot foreign exchange contracts__________________________________________________8765. . 320,819 11.
12. All other off-balance sheet liabilities (exclude off-balance sheet derivatives)
(itemize and describe each component of this item over 25% of Schedule RC,
item 28, "Total equity capital")_________________________________________________3430. . 0 12.
TEXT RCFD
---- ----
a. 3555:______________________________________________3555. . N/A . . . . . . . . . 12.a
b. 3556:______________________________________________3556. . N/A . . . . . . . . . 12.b
c. 3557:______________________________________________3557. . N/A . . . . . . . . . 12.c
d. 3558:______________________________________________3558. . N/A . . . . . . . . . 12.d
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 15
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 25
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 39
Schedule RC-L - Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
13. All other off-balance sheet assets (exclude off-balance sheet derivatives)
(itemize and describe each component of this item over 25% of Schedule RC,
item 28, "Total equity capital")________________________________________________5591. . 0 13.
TEXT RCON
---- ----
a. 5592: _______________________________________________5592. . N/A . . . . . . 13.a
b. 5593: _______________________________________________5593. . N/A . . . . . . 13.b
c. 5594: _______________________________________________5594. . N/A . . . . . . 13.c
d. 5595: _______________________________________________5595. . N/A . . . . . . 13.d
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C461 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Column A) (Column B) (Column C) (Column D)
Off-balance Sheet Equity Commodity
Derivatives Interest Rate Foreign Exchange Derivative And Other
Position Indicators Contracts Contracts Contracts Contracts
- ------------------------------------------------------ -------------------- -------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
14. Gross amounts (e.g.,
notional amounts)(for each column, sum of items 14.a through 14.e must equal
sum of items 15, 16.a, and 16.b):
a. Futures contracts__ 249,100 1,000 0 0 14.a
RCFD 8693 RCFD 8694 RCFD 8695 RCFD 8696
b. Forward contracts__ 0 358,121 0 0 14.b
RCFD 8697 RCFD 8698 RCFD 8699 RCFD 8700
c. Exchange-traded
option contracts:
(1) Written
options________ 0 0 0 0 14.c1
RCFD 8701 RCFD 8702 RCFD 8703 RCFD 8704
(2) Purchased
options________ 0 0 0 0
RCFD 8705 RCFD 8706 RCFD 8707 RCFD 8708 14.c2
d. Over-the-counter
option contracts:
(1) Written
options________ 1,017,628 50,131 0 0 14.d1
RCFD 8709 RCFD 8710 RCFD 8711 RCFD 8712
(2) Purchased
options________ 598,342 25,617 0 0 14.d2
RCFD 8713 RCFD 8714 RCFD 8715 RCFD 8716
e. Swaps______________ 4,323,376 55,108 0 0 14.e
RCFD 3450 RCFD 3826 RCFD 8719 RCFD 8720
15. Total gross notional
amount of derivative
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 40
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
contracts held for
trading_______________ 3,315,446 485,758 0 0 15.
RCFD A126 RCFD A127 RCFD 8723 RCFD 8724
16. Total gross notional
amount of derivative
contracts held for
purposes other than
trading:
a. Contracts marked
to market__________ 0 4,219 0 0 16.a
RCFD 8725 RCFD 8726 RCFD 8727 RCFD 8728
b. Contracts not
marked to market___ 2,918,000 0 0 0 16.b
RCFD 8729 RCFD 8730 RCFD 8731 RCFD 8732
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 16
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 26
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC-L - Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Column A) (Column B) (Column C) (Column D)
Off Balance Sheet Equity Commodity
Derivatives Position Interest Rate Foreign Exchange Derivative And Other
Indicators Contracts Contracts Contracts Contracts
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
X. Gross fair
values of
derivative
contracts:
a. Contracts
held for
trading: RCFD RCFD RCFD RCFD
---- ---- ---- ----
(1) Gross
positive
fair
value___________8733.. 7,124 8734.. 3,826 8735.. 0 8736.. 0 17.a1
(2) Gross
negative
fair
value___________8737.. 6,287 8738.. 4,312 8739.. 0 8740.. 0 17.a2
b. Contracts
held for
purposes
other than
trading that
are marked to
market:
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 41
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(1) Gross
positive
fair
value___________8741.. 0 8742.. 0 8743.. 0 8744.. 0 17.b1
(2) Gross
negative
fair
value___________8745.. 0 8746.. 0 8747.. 0 8748.. 0 17.b2
c. Contracts
held for
purposes
other than
trading that
are not
marked
to market:
(1) Gross
positive
fair
value___________8749.. 11,495 8750.. 0 8751.. 0 8752.. 0 17.c1
(2) Gross
negative
fair
value___________8753.. 34,370 8754.. 0 8755.. 0 8756.. 0 17.c2
</TABLE>
Memoranda
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCFD
----
1.-2. Not applicable_______________________________________________________________________________ . . . . . . .
3. Unused commitments with an original maturity exceeding one year that are reported
in Schedule RC-L, items 1.a through 1.e above (report only the unused portions of
commitments that are fee paid or otherwise legally binding)_____________________________________3833. . 3,336,356 M.3
RCFD
a. Participations in commitments with an original ----
maturity exceeding one year conveyed to others______3834. . 58,699 . . . . . . . M.3a
4. To be completed only by banks with $1 billion or more in total assets:
Standby letters of credit and foreign office guarantees (both financial and
performance) issued to non-U.S. addressees (domicile) included in Schedule RC-L,
items 2 and 3, above____________________________________________________________________________3377. . 150 M.4
5. Installment loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
expenditures that have been securitized and sold without recourse (with servicing
retained), amounts outstanding by type of loan:
a. Loans to purchase private passenger automobiles (to be completed for the September
report only)_________________________________________________________________________________2741. . N/A M.5.a
b. Credit cards and related plans (TO BE COMPLETED QUARTERLY)___________________________________2742. . 0 M.5.b
c. All other consumer installment credit (including mobile home loans) (to be completed
for the September report only)_______________________________________________________________2743. . N/A M.5.c
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 17
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 42
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 27
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC - M - Memoranda
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C465
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1. Extensions of credit by the reporting bank to its executive officers, directors,
principal shareholders, and their related interests as of the report date:
a. Aggregate amount of all extensions of credit to all executive officers, directors, RCFD
----
principal shareholders, and their related interests_________________________________________6164. . 35,324 1.a
b. Number of executive officers, directors, and principal
shareholders to whom the amount of all extensions of credit by the
reporting bank (including extensions of credit to related interest)
equals or exceeds the
lesser of $500,000 or 5 percent of total capital RCFD Number
---- ------
as defined for this purpose in agency regulations____6165 6 . . . . . 1.b
2. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell with U.S.
branches and agencies of foreign banks (1) (included in Schedule RC,
items 3.a and 3.b)______________________________________________________________________________3405. . 0 2.
3. Not applicable.
4. Outstanding principal balance of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans
serviced for others (include both retained servicing and purchased
servicing):
a. Mortgages serviced under a GNMA contract____________________________________________________5500. . 0 4.a
b. Mortgage serviced under a FHLMC contract:
(1) Serviced with recourse to servicer______________________________________________________5501. . 0 4.b.1
(2) Serviced without recourse to servicer___________________________________________________5502. . 0 4.b.2
c. Mortgage serviced under a FNMA contract:
(1) Serviced under a regular option contract________________________________________________5503. . 0 4.c.1
(2) Serviced under a special option contract________________________________________________5504. . 0 4.c.2
d. Mortgage serviced under other servicing contracts___________________________________________5505. . 0 4.d
5. To be completed only by banks with $1 billion or more in total assets:
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding (sum of items 5.a and 5.b
must equal Schedule RC, item 9):
a. U.S. addressees (domicile)__________________________________________________________________2103. . 19,935 5.a
b. Non-U.S. addressees (domicile)______________________________________________________________2104. . 6,559 5.b
6. Intangible assets:
a. Mortgage servicing rights___________________________________________________________________3164. . 0 6.a
b. Other identifiable intangible assets:
(1) Purchased credit card relationships_____________________________________________________5506. . 0 6.b.1
(2) All other identifiable intangible assets________________________________________________5507. . 491 6.b.2
c. Goodwill____________________________________________________________________________________3163. . 12,126 6.c
d. Total (sum of items 6.a through 6.c) (must equal Schedule RC, item 10)______________________2143. . 12,617 6.d
e. Amount of intangible assets (included in item 6.b.(2) above) that have been
grandfathered or are otherwise qualifying for regulatory capital purposes___________________6442. . 0 6.e
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 43
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
7. Mandatory convertible debt, net of common or perpetual preferred stock dedicated to
redeem the debt_________________________________________________________________________________3295. . 0 7.
</TABLE>
--------------
(1) Do not report federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements
to resell with other commercial banks in the U.S. in this item.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC- 18
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 28
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC-M - Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RCFD
8. a. Other real estate owned: ----
(1) Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures_________________________________5372. . 0 8.a.1
RCON
(2) All other real estate owned: ----
(a) Construction and land development in domestic offices_______________________________5508. . 0 8.a.2a
(b) Farmland in domestic offices________________________________________________________5509. . 0 8.a.2b
(c) 1-4 family residential properties in domestic offices_______________________________5510. . 3,327 8.a.2c
(d) Multifamily (5 or more) residential properties in domestic offices__________________5511. . 0 8.a.2d
(e) Nonfarm nonresidential properties in domestic offices_______________________________5512. . 180 8.a.2e
RCFN
(f) In foreign ----
offices_____________________________________________________________________________5513. . 0 8.a.2f
RCFD
(3) Total (sum of items 8.a.(1) and 8.a.(2)) ----
(must equal Schedule RC, item 7)________________________________________________________2150. . 3,507 8.a.3
b. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:
(1) Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures_________________________________5374. . 0 8.b.1
(2) All other investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies___________5375. . 0 8.b.2
(3) Total (sum of items 8.b.(1) and 8.b.(2)) (must equal Schedule RC, item 8)_______________2130. . 0 8.b.3
c. Total assets of unconsolidated subsidiaries and associate companies_________________________5376. . 0 8.c
9. Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus included in Schedule RC,
item 23, "Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus"________________________________________3778. . 0 9.
10. Mutual fund and annuity sale in domestic offices during the quarter (include
proprietary, private label, and third party mutual funds):
RCON
----
a. Money market funds__________________________________________________________________________6441. . 3,324,154 10.a
b. Equity securities funds_____________________________________________________________________8427. . 0 10.b
c. Debt securities funds_______________________________________________________________________8428. . 0 10.c
d. Other mutual funds__________________________________________________________________________8429. . 31,178 10.d
e. Annuities___________________________________________________________________________________8430. . 12,612 10.e
f. Sales of proprietary mutual funds and annuities (included in items 10.a through
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 44
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
10.e above)_________________________________________________________________________________ 8784. . 2,933,010 10.f
</TABLE>
Memorandum
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1. Interbank holdings of capital instruments (to be completed for the December report only):
RCFD
----
a. Reciprocal holdings of banking organizations' capital instruments__________________________ 3836. . N/A M.1.a
b. Nonreciprocal holdings of banking organizations' capital instruments_______________________ 3837. . N/A M.1.b
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 19
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 29
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
Schedule RC-N - Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans, Leases, and Other Assets
The FFIEC regards the information reported in all of Memorandum item 1, in items
1 through 10, column A, and in Memorandum items 2 through 4, column A, as
confidential.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C470 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
--------(Column A)-------- -------(Column B)------- --(Column C)---
Past due 30 through 89 Past due 90 days or more Nonaccrual
days and still accruing and still accruing
-------------------------- ------------------------ ---------------
RCFD RCFD RCFD
---- ---- ----
1. Loans secured by real estate:
a. To U.S. addressees (domicile)_____________ 1245.. 14,529 1246.. 2,904 1247.. 10,623 1.a
b. To non-U.S. addressees (domicile)_________ 1248.. 0 1249.. 0 1250.. 0 1.b
2. Loans to depository institutions and
acceptances of other banks:
a. To U.S. banks and other U.S.
depository institutions___________________ 5377.. 0 5378.. 0 5379.. 0 2.a
b. To foreign banks__________________________ 5380.. 0 5381.. 0 5382.. 0 2.b
3. Loans to finance agricultural production
and other loans to farmers___________________ 1594.. 0 1597.. 2 1583.. 0 3.
4. Commercial and industrial loans:
a. To U.S. addressees (domicile)_____________ 1251.. 51,906 1252.. 0 1253.. 15,562 4.a
b. To non-U.S. addressees (domicile)_________ 1254.. 0 1255.. 0 1256.. 0 4.b
5. Loans to individuals for household,
family, and other personal expenditures:
a. Credit cards and related plans____________ 5383.. 288 5384.. 895 5385.. 0 5.a
b. Other (includes single payment,
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 45
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
installment, and all student loans)_______ 5386.. 7,182 5387.. 1,193 5388.. 98 5.b
6. Loans to foreign governments and
official institutions________________________ 5389.. 0 5390.. 0 5391.. 0 6.
7. All other loans______________________________ 5459.. 387 5460.. 38 5461.. 7,911 7.
8. Lease financing receivables:
a. Of U.S. addressees (domicile)_____________ 1257.. 0 1258.. 0 1259.. 14,576 8.a
b. Of non-U.S. addressees (domicile)_________ 1271.. 0 1272.. 0 1791.. 0 8.b
9. Debt securities and other assets (exclude
other real estate owned and other
repossessed assets)__________________________ 3505.. 0 3506.. 0 3507.. 0 9.
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
Amounts reported in items 1 through 8 above include guaranteed portions of past
due and nonaccrual loans and leases. Report in item 10 below certain guaranteed
loans and leases that have already been included in the amounts reported in
items 1 through 8.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
10. Loans and leases reported in items 1
through 8 above which are wholly or RCFD RCFD RCFD
partially guaranteed by the U.S. ---- ---- ----
Government___________________________________ 5612.. 683 5613.. 50 5614.. 507 10.
a. Guaranteed portion of loans and leases
included in item 10 above_________________ 5615.. 559 5616.. 48 5617.. 328 10.a
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 20
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 30
</TABLE>
Transit Number: 91000019
Schedule RC-N - Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Memoranda C473 (-
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------(Column A)-------- --------(Column B)-------- --------(Column C)-------
Past due 30 through 89 Past due 90 days or more Nonaccrual
days and still accruing and still accruing
------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1. Restructured Loans and Leases included in
Schedule RC-N, items 1 through 8, above RCFD RCFD RCFD
(and not reported in Schedule RC-C, ---- ---- ----
Part I, Memorandum item 2)_______________________1658.. 0 1659.. 0 1661.. 0 M.1
2. Loans to finance commercial real estate,
construction, and land development
activities (not secured by real estate)
included in Schedule RC-N, items 4 and
7, above_________________________________________6558.. 0 6559.. 0 6560.. 0 M.2
3. Loans secured by real estate in domestic
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 46
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
offices (included in Schedule RC-N, item RCON RCON RCON
1, above): ---- ---- ----
a. Construction and land development_____________2759.. 0 2769.. 0 3492.. 145 M.3a
b. Secured by farmland___________________________3493.. 89 3494.. 0 3495.. 0 M.3b
c. Secured by 1-4 family residential
properties:
(1) Revolving, open-end loans secured
by 1-4 family residential properties
and extended under lines of credit________5398.. 0 5399.. 146 5400.. 0 M.3c1
(2) All other loans secured by 1-4
family residential properties_____________5401.. 12,476 5402.. 2,758 5403.. 7,161 M.3c2
d. Secured by multifamily (5 or more)
residential properties________________________3499.. 0 3500.. 0 3501.. 1,168 M.3d
e. Secured by nonfarm nonresidential
properties____________________________________3502.. 1,964 3503.. 0 3504.. 2,149 M.3e
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------(Column A)-------- --------(Column B)--------
Past due 30 through 89 Past due 90 days or more
days
-------------------------- --------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
4. Interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and
other commodity and equity contracts: RCFD RCFD
a. Book value of amounts carried as ---- ----
assets________________________________________3522.. 0 3528.. 0 M.4.a
e. Replacement cost of contracts with a
positive replacement cost_____________________3529.. 0 3530.. 0 M.4.b
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC- 21
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 31
Transit Number: 91000019
Schedule RC-O - Other Data for Deposit Insurance Assessments
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
C475 (-)
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1. Unposted debits (see instructions): RCON
----
a. Actual amount of all unposted debits____________________________________________0030.. N/A 1.a
OR
b. Separate amount of unposted debits:
(1) Actual amount of unposted debits to demand deposits_________________________0031.. 0 1.b1
(2) Actual amount of unposted debits to time and savings deposits (1)___________0032.. 0 1.b2
2. Unposted credits (see instructions):
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 47
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
a. Actual amount of all unposted credits___________________________________________3510.. N/A 2.a
OR
b. Separate amount of unposted credits:
(1) Actual amount of unposted credits to demand deposits________________________3512.. 0 2.b1
(2) Actual amount of unposted credits to time and savings deposits (1)__________3514.. 0 1.b2
3. Uninvested trust funds (cash) held in bank's own trust department (not included in
total deposits in domestic offices)________________________________________________3520.. 0 3.
4. Deposits of consolidated subsidiaries in domestic offices and in insured branches in
Puerto Rico and U.S. territories and possessions (not included in total deposits):
a. Demand deposits of consolidated subsidiaries____________________________________2211.. 17,265 4.a
b. Time and savings deposits (1) of consolidated subsidiaries______________________2351.. 0 4.b
c. Interest accrued and unpaid on deposits of consolidated subsidiaries____________5514.. 0 4.c
5. Deposits in insured branches in Puerto Rico and U.S. territories and possessions:
a. Demand deposits in insured branches (included in Schedule RC-E, part II)________2229.. 0 5.a
b. Time and savings deposits (1) in insured branches (included in Schedule RC-E,
part II)________________________________________________________________________2383.. 0 5.a
c. Interest accrued and unpaid on deposits in insured branches (included in
Schedule RC-G, item 1.b)________________________________________________________5515.. 0 5.c
Item 6 is not applicable to state nonmember banks that have not been authorized
by the Federal Reserve to act as pass-through correspondents.
6. Reserve balances actually passed through to the Federal Reserve by the
reporting bank on behalf of its respondent depository institutions that are
also reflected as deposit liabilities of the reporting bank: RCON
a. Amount reflected in demand deposits (included in Schedule RC-E, Part I, ----
Memorandum item 4.a)____________________________________________________________2314.. 341 6.a
b. Amount reflected in time and savings deposits (1) (included in Schedule RC-E,
Part I, Memorandum item 4.b)____________________________________________________2315.. 0 6.b
7. Unamortized premiums and discounts on time and savings deposits:(1)
a. Unamortized premiums____________________________________________________________5516.. 59 7.a
b. Unamortized discounts___________________________________________________________5517.. 28,532 7.b
8. To be completed by banks with "Oakar deposits."
Total "Adjusted Attributable Deposits" of all institutions acquired under
Section 5(d)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (from most recent FDIC Oakar
Transaction Worksheet(s))__________________________________________________________5518.. 2,403,177 8.
9. Deposits in lifeline accounts______________________________________________________ ......................... 9.
10.Benefit-responsive "Depository Institution Investment Contracts" (included in
total deposits in domestic offices)________________________________________________8432.. 0 10.
- -------------------
(1) For FDIC insurance assessment purposes, "time and savings deposits" consists
of nontransaction accounts and all transaction accounts other than demand deposits.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 22
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 32
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 48
Schedule RC-O - Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
11. Adjustments to demand deposits reported in Schedule RC-E for certain reciprocal
demand balances:
a. Amount by which demand deposits would be reduced if reciprocal demand balances RCON
between the reporting bank and savings associations were reported on a net basis ----
rather than a gross basis in Schedule RC-E__________________________________________________8785 0 11.a
b. Amount by which demand deposits would be increased if reciprocal demand balances
between the reporting bank and U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks were
reported on a gross basis rather than a net basis in Schedule RC-E__________________________A181 0 11.b
c. Amount by which demand deposits would be reduced if cash items in process of
collection were included in the calculation of net reciprocal demand balances
between the reporting bank and the domestic offices of U.S. banks and savings
associations in Schedule RC-E_______________________________________________________________A182 0 11.c
</TABLE>
Memoranda
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(to be completed each quarter except as noted) Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1. Total deposits in domestic offices of the bank
(sum of Memorandum items 1.a.(1) and 1.b.(1) must equal Schedule RC, item 13.a):
a. Deposit accounts of $100,000 or less___________________________________________RCON
----
(1) Amount of deposit accounts of $100,000 or less_____________________________2702. . 4,942,185 M.1a1
(2) Number of deposit accounts of $100,000 or less RCON Number
---- ------
(to be completed for the June report only)______3779. . N/A . . . . . M.1a2
b. Deposit accounts of more than $100,000:
(1) Amount of deposit accounts of more than $100,000___________________________2710. . 2,746,863 M.1b1
(2) Number of deposit accounts of more than RCON Number
---- ------
$100,000________________________________________2722. . 5,998 . . . . . M.1b2
2. Estimated amount of uninsured deposits in domestic offices of the bank:
a. An estimate of your bank's uninsured deposits can be determined by
multiplying the number of deposit accounts of more than $100,000 reported
in Memorandum item 1.b.(2) above by $100,000 and subtracting the result
from the amount of deposit accounts of more than $100,000 reported in
Memorandum item 1.b.(1) above.
Indicate in the appropriate box at the right whether your bank has a RCON YES NO
method or procedure for determining a better estimate of uninsured ----
deposits than the estimate described above_____________________________________6861. . X M.2.a
b. If the box marked YES has been checked, report the estimate of uninsured
deposits determined by using your bank's method or procedure___________________5597. . N/A M.2.b
C477
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Person to whom questions about the Reports of Condition and Income should be
directed:
<PAGE> 49
612 667 9895
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Chris Hupp, SUPERVISOR REG REPORTING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name and Title (TEXT) 8901) Area code/phone number/extension (TEXT 8902)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 23
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 33
Transit Number: 91000019
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE RC-R - REGULATORY CAPITAL
This schedule must be completed by all banks as follows: Banks that reported
total assets of $1 billion or more in Schedule RC, item 12, for June 30, 1995,
must complete items 2 through 9 and memoranda items 1 and 2. Banks with assets
of less than $1 billion must complete items 1 through 3 below or Schedule RC-R
in its entirety, depending on their response to item 1 below.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1. Test for determining the extent to which Schedule RC-R must be completed. To C480
be completed only by banks with total assets of less than $1 billion. RCFD YES No
Indicate in the appropriate box at the right whether the bank has total ---- --- --
capital greater than or equal to eight percent of adjusted total assets________6056 N/A N/A 1.
</TABLE>
For purposes of this test, adjusted total assets equals total assets less
cash, U.S. Treasuries, U.S. Government agency obligations, and 80 percent of
U.S. Government-sponsored agency obligations plus the allowance for loan and
lease losses and selected off-balance sheet items as reported on Schedule
RC-L (see instructions).
If the box marked YES has been checked, then the bank only has to complete
items 2 and 3 below. If the box marked No has been checked, the bank must
complete the remainder of this schedule.
A NO response to item 1 does not necessarily mean that the bank's actual
risk-based capital ratio is less than eight percent or that the bank is not
in compliance with the risk-based capital guidelines.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Column A) (Column B)
Subordinated Debt (1) and
Items 2 and 3 are to be completed by all banks. Intermediated Term Other Limited-Life
Preferred Stock Capital Instruments
------------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
2. Subordinated debt (1) and other Limited-Life capital
instruments (original weighted average maturity of at
least five years) with a remaining maturity of: RCFD RCFD
---- ----
a. One year or less______________________________________3780. . 1,508 3786. . 0 2.a
b. Over one year through two years_______________________3781. . 8 3787. . 0 2.b
c. Over two years through three years____________________3782. . 8 3788. . 0 2.c
d. Over three years through four years___________________3783. . 8 3789. . 0 2.d
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 50
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
e. Over four years through five years____________________3784. . 8 3790. . 0 2.e
f. Over five years_______________________________________3785. . 160,155 3791. . 0 2.f
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
3. Amounts used in calculating regulatory capital ratios
(report amounts determined by the bank for its own
internal regulatory capital analyses): RCFD
----
a. Tier 1 capital________________________________________8274. . 1,114,626 3.a
b. Tier 2 capital________________________________________8275. . 301,688 3.b
c. Total rick-based capital______________________________3792. . 1,416,314 3.c
d. Excess allowance for loan and lease losses____________A222. . 45,590 3.d
e. Risk-weighted assets__________________________________A223. . 11,275,633 3.e
f. "Average total assets"________________________________A224. . 17,534,721 3.f
</TABLE>
Items 4-9 and Memoranda items 1 and 2 are to be completed by banks that answered
NO to item 1 above and by banks with total assets of $1 billion or more.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Column A) (Column B)
Assets Recorded on the Credit Equivalent Amount
Balance Sheet of Off-Balance Sheet Items(2)
---------------------- -----------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
4. Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance
sheet items assigned to the Zero percent risk category:
a. Assets recorded on the balance sheet:
(1) Securities issued by, other claims on, and
claims unconditionally guaranteed by, the U.S.
Government and its agencies and other DECD RCFD RCFD
central governments______________________________ ---- ----
3794. . 556,001 . . . . . . . 4.a.1
(2) All other__________________________________________3795. . 182,772 . . . . . . . 4.a.2
b. Credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet items____ . . . . . 3796. . 0 4.b
</TABLE>
- -------------
(1) Exclude mandatory convertible debt reported in Schedule RC-M, item 7.
(2) Do not report in column B the risk-weighted amount assets reported in column
A.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. Call Date: 03/31/96 ST-BK: 27-4095 FFIEC 031
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue Page RC - 24
Minneapolis, MN 55479 Vendor ID: D CERT: 05208 34
</TABLE>
Transit Number: 91000019
SCHEDULE RC-R - Continued
<PAGE> 51
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Column A) (Column B)
Assets Recorded on the Credit Equivalent Amount
Balance Sheet of Off-Balance Sheet Items (1)
---------------------- ------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
5. Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items
assigned to the 20 percent risk category:
a. Assets recorded on the balance sheet:
(1) Claims conditionally guaranteed by the U.S. Government RCFD RCFD
and its agencies and other OECD central governments______________3798.. 769,044 ............ 5.a.1
(2) Claims collateralized by securities issued by the U.S.
Government and its agencies and other OECD central governments;
by securities issued by U.S. Government-sponsored agencies;
and by cash on deposit___________________________________________3799.. 0 ............ 5.a.2
(3) All other________________________________________________________3800.. 6,597,084 ............ 5.a.3
b. Credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet items__________________ ............ 3801.. 570,283 5.b
6. Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items
assigned to the 50 percent risk category:
a. Assets recorded on the balance sheet_________________________________3802.. 2,024,083 ............ 6.a
b. Credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet items__________________ ............ 3803.. 125,737 6.b
7. Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items assigned
to the 100 percent risk category:
a. Assets recorded on the balance sheet_________________________________3804.. 6,583,563 ............ 7.a
b. Credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet items__________________ ............ 3805.. 2,088,083 7.b
8. On-balance sheet assets values excluded from the calculation of
the risk-based capital ratio(2)_________________________________________3806.. 21,955 ............ 8.
9. Total assets recorded on the balance sheet (sum of items 4.a, 5.a, 6.a,
7.a, and 8, column A) (must equal Schedule RC, item 12 plus items 4.b
and 4.c)________________________________________________________________3807.. 16,734,502 ............ 9.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Memoranda Dollar Amounts in Thousands
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1. Current credit exposure across all off-balance sheet derivative RCFD
contracts covered by the risk-based capital standards___________________8764.. 22,275 M.1.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------With a remaining maturity of---------------------------------
(Column A) (Column B) (Column C)
Over one year
One year or less through five years Over five years
----------------------------- ---------------------------- -----------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
2. Notional principal amounts
of off-balance sheet
derivative contracts:(3) RCFD RCFD RCFD
a. Interest rate contracts_____3809.. 2,190,447 8766.. 1,451,188 8767.. 570,083 M.2a
b. Foreign exchange
contracts___________________3812.. 395,100 8769.. 36,627 8770.. N/A M.2b
c. Gold contracts______________8771.. N/A 8772.. N/A 8773.. N/A M.2c
d. Other precious metals
contracts___________________8774.. N/A 8775.. N/A 8776.. N/A M.2d
e. Other commodity contracts___8777.. N/A 8778.. N/A 8779.. N/A M.2e
f. Equity derivative contracts_A000.. N/A A001.. N/A A002.. N/A M.2f
</TABLE>
- ----------------
<PAGE> 52
(1) Do not report in column B the risk-weighted amount of assets reported in
column A.
(2) Include the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost of
available-for-sale securities in item 8 and report the amortized cost of
these securities in items 4 through 7 above. Item 8 also includes on-balance
sheet asset values (or portions thereof) of off-balance sheet interest rate,
foreign exchange rate, and commodity contracts and those contracts (e.g.
future contracts) not subject to risk-based capital. Exclude from item 8
margin accounts and accrued receivables as well as any portion of the
allowance for loan and lease losses in excess of the amounts that may be
included in Tier 2 capital.
(3) Exclude foreign exchange contracts with an original maturity of 14 days or
less and all futures contracts.
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 99.1
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
To Tender for Exchange
10.45% Senior Notes due 2004
of
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
Pursuant to the Prospectus dated July 25, 1996
================================================================================
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY
TIME, ON AUGUST 30, 1996 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS
EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM
"EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST DATE AND TIME TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE
OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW
YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
================================================================================
The Exchange Agent is:
Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
By Registered or Certified Mail: In Person:
Norwest Bank Minnesota, Northstar East Building
National Association 608 2nd Ave South
Corporate Trust Operations 12th Floor
P.O. Box 1517 Corporate Trust Services
Minneapolis, MN 55480-1517 Minneapolis, MN
By Hand or Overnight Courier: By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions only):
Norwest Bank Minnesota, (612) 667-4927
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations Confirm Receipt of Notice of
Norwest Center Guaranteed Delivery by Telephone:
Sixth and Marquette
Minneapolis, MN 55479-0113 (612) 667-9764
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR
TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED
ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
IS COMPLETED.
<PAGE> 2
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated July 25,
1996 (the "Prospectus"), of Ralphs Grocery Company, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which
together with the Prospectus constitutes the Company's offer (the "Exchange
Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004
(the "Exchange Notes") for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding
10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Private Notes"). Recipients of the Prospectus
should read the requirements described in such Prospectus with respect to
eligibility to participate in the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.
The undersigned hereby tenders the Private Notes described in the box
entitled "Description of Private Notes" below pursuant to the terms and
conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The
undersigned is the registered owner of all the Private Notes and the undersigned
represents that it has received from each beneficial owner of Private Notes
("Beneficial Owners") a duly completed and executed form of "Instruction to
Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner" accompanying this Letter of
Transmittal, instructing the undersigned to take the action described in this
Letter of Transmittal.
This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by a holder of Private Notes
(i) if certificates representing Private Notes are to be forwarded herewith,
(ii) if delivery of Private Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the
Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), pursuant to
the procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange
Offer -- Procedures for Tendering," or (iii) if a tender is made pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedures in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The
Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the information
received from the beneficial owners is accurately reflected in the boxes
entitled "Beneficial Owner(s) - Purchaser Status" and "Beneficial Owner(s) -
Residence."
Any beneficial owner whose Private Notes are registered in the name of
a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender should contact such registered holder of Private Notes promptly and
instruct such registered holder of Private Notes to tender on behalf of the
beneficial owner. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on its own behalf,
such beneficial owner must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of
Transmittal and delivering its Private Notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the Private Notes in such beneficial
owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder of Private Notes. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable
time.
In order to properly complete this Letter of Transmittal, a holder of
Private Notes must (i) complete the box entitled "Description of Private Notes,"
(ii) complete the boxes entitled "Beneficial Owner(s) - Purchaser Status" and
"Beneficial Owner(s) - Residence", (iii) if appropriate, check and complete the
boxes relating to book-entry transfer, guaranteed delivery, Special Issuance
Instructions and Special Delivery Instructions, (iv) sign the Letter of
Transmittal by completing the box entitled "Sign Here" and (v) complete the
Substitute Form W-9. Each holder of Private Notes should carefully read the
detailed instructions below prior to completing the Letter of Transmittal.
Holders of Private Notes who desire to tender their Private Notes for
exchange and (i) whose Private Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who
cannot deliver their Private Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other
documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration
Date, must tender the Private Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange
Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." See Instruction 2.
2
<PAGE> 3
Holders of Private Notes who wish to tender their Private Notes for
exchange must complete columns (1) through (3) in the box below entitled
"Description of Private Notes," complete the boxes entitled and sign the box
below entitled "Sign Here." If only those columns are completed, such holder of
Private Notes will have tendered for exchange all Private Notes listed in column
(3) below. If the holder of Private Notes wishes to tender for exchange less
than all of such Private Notes, column (4) must be completed in full. In such
case, such holder of Private Notes should refer to Instruction 5.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================================================================
DESCRIPTION OF PRIVATE NOTES
==========================================================================================================================
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Principal
Amount
Tendered
Private For
Note Aggregate Exchange
Number(s) Principal (must
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered (Attach Amount be in
Holder(s) of Private Note(s), exactly as name(s) signed List Represented integral
appear(s) on Private Note Certificate(s) if by multiples
(Please fill in, if blank) necessary) Certificate(s)(1) of $1,000)(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------
==========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
1. Unless indicated in the column "Principal Amount Tendered For
Exchange," any tendering Holder of 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 will be
deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount
represented by the column labelled "Aggregate Principal Amount
Represented by Certificate(s)."
2. The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of 10.45%
Senior Notes due 2004. All other tenders must be in integral multiples
of $1,000.
3
<PAGE> 4
/ / CHECK HERE IF TENDERED PRIVATE NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.
/ / CHECK HERE IF TENDERED PRIVATE NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC
AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS (AS
HEREINAFTER DEFINED) ONLY):
Name of Tendering Institution: ________________________________________
Account Number: ________________________________________
Transaction Code Number: ________________________________________
/ / CHECK HERE IF TENDERED PRIVATE NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND COMPLETE THE
FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):
Name of Registered Holder of Private Note(s): _________________
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: _________________
Window Ticket Number (if available): _________________
Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery: _________________
Account Number (if delivered by book-entry transfer): _________________
/ / CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL
COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS
THERETO.
Name: ______________________________________________________________
Address: ______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
4
<PAGE> 5
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
========================================================= ==========================================================
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 1, 6, 7 and 8) (See Instructions 1, 6, 7 and 8)
To be completed ONLY (i) if the Exchange To be completed ONLY if the Exchange
Notes issued in exchange for Private Notes, Notes issued in exchange for Private Notes,
certificates for Private Notes in a principal certificates for Private Notes in a principal
amount not exchanged for Exchange Notes, or amount not exchanged for Exchange Notes, or
Private Notes (if any) not tendered for exchange, Private Notes (if any) not tendered for
are to be issued in the name of someone other exchange, are to be mailed or delivered (i) to
than the undersigned or (ii) if Private Notes someone other than the undersigned or (ii) to
tendered by book-entry transfer which are not the undersigned at an address other than the
exchanged are to be returned by credit to an address shown below the undersigned's
account maintained at DTC. signature.
Issue to: Mail or delivered to:
Name___________________________________ Name__________________________________
(Please Print) (Please Print)
Address_________________________________ Address________________________________
________________________________________ _______________________________________
________________________________________ _______________________________________
(Include Zip Code) (Include Zip Code)
_______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________
(Tax Identification or Social Security No.) (Tax Identification or Social Security No.)
Credit Private Notes not exchanged and delivered by
book-entry transfer to DTC account set forth below:
_______________________________________________________
(Account Number)
========================================================= ==========================================================
</TABLE>
5
<PAGE> 6
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
========================================================================================================================
BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) - RESIDENCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
State of Domicile/Principal Place of Business of Principal Amount of Private Notes
Each Beneficial Owner of Private Notes Held for Account of Beneficial Owner(s)
- --------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=====================================================================================================================
BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) - PURCHASER STATUS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The beneficial owner of each of the Private Notes described herein is (check the
box that applies):
<S> <C>
/ / A "Qualified Institutional Buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act)
/ / An "Institutional Accredited Investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act)
/ / A non "U.S. person" (as defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act) that purchased the Private
Notes outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of the Securities Act
/ / Other (describe)___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
=====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
6
<PAGE> 7
SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:
Pursuant to the offer by Ralphs Grocery Company, a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Prospectus dated July 25, 1996 (the "Prospectus") and this Letter of Transmittal
(the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together with the Prospectus constitutes
the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount
of its 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Exchange Notes") for each $1,000
principal amount of its outstanding 10.45% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Private
Notes"), the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the Private
Notes indicated above.
By executing this Letter of Transmittal and subject to and effective
upon acceptance for exchange of the Private Notes tendered for exchange
herewith, the undersigned will have irrevocably sold, assigned, transferred and
exchanged, to the Company, all right, title and interest in, to and under all of
the Private Notes tendered for exchange hereby, and hereby will have appointed
the Exchange Agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full
knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as agent of the Company) of such
holder of Private Notes with respect to such Private Notes, with full power of
substitution to (i) deliver certificates representing such Private Notes, or
transfer ownership of such Private Notes on the account books maintained by DTC
(together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and
authenticity), to the Company, (ii) present and deliver such Private Notes for
transfer on the books of the Company and (iii) receive all benefits and
otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of beneficial ownership with respect
to such Private Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.
The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed to be
irrevocable and coupled with an interest.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned
is the owner; (ii) has a net long position within the meaning of Rule 14e-4
under the Securities Exchange Act as amended ("Rule 14e- 4") equal to or greater
than the principal amount of Private Notes tendered hereby; (iii) the tender of
such Private Notes complies with Rule 14e-4 (to the extent that Rule 14e-4 is
applicable to such exchange); (iv) the undersigned has full power and authority
to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Private Notes and (v) that when
such Private Notes are accepted for exchange by the Company, the Company will
acquire good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens,
restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims.
The undersigned will, upon receipt, execute and deliver any additional documents
deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to
complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Private Notes tendered for
exchange hereby.
By tendering, the undersigned hereby further represents to the Company
that (i) the Exchange Notes to be acquired by the undersigned in exchange for
the Private Notes tendered hereby and any beneficial owner(s) of such Private
Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer will be acquired by the undersigned
and such beneficial owner(s) in the ordinary course of business of the
undersigned, (ii) the undersigned have no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) the
undersigned and each beneficial owner acknowledge and agree that any person who
is a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act or is participating in the
Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired
by such person and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission
set forth in certain no-action letters, (iv) the undersigned and each beneficial
owner understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii)
above and any resales of Exchange Notes obtained by the undersigned in exchange
for the Private Notes acquired by the undersigned directly from the Company
should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling
securityholder information required by Item 507 or Item 508, as applicable, of
Regulation S-K of the Commission
7
<PAGE> 8
and (vi) neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner is an "affiliate," as
defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company. If the
undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own
account in exchange for Private Notes that were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it
will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that
it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company will be deemed to have
accepted for exchange, and to have exchanged, validly tendered Private Notes,
if, as and when the Company gives oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange
Agent. Tenders of Private Notes for exchange may be withdrawn at any time prior
to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Withdrawal -- of Tenders" in the Prospectus. Any Private Notes tendered
by the undersigned and not accepted for exchange will be returned to the
undersigned at the address set forth above unless otherwise indicated in the box
above entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" as promptly as practicable after
the Expiration Date.
The undersigned acknowledges that the Company's acceptance of Private
Notes validly tendered for exchange pursuant to any one of the procedures
described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer" and in
the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the
undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the
Exchange Offer.
Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Issuance
Instructions," please return any Private Notes not tendered for exchange in the
name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in the box
entitled "Special Delivery Instructions," please mail any certificates for
Private Notes not tendered or exchanged (and accompanying documents, as
appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's
signature(s). In the event that both "Special Issuance Instructions" and
"Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue the certificates
representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Private Notes
accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Private Notes not
tendered for exchange or not exchanged to, the person(s) so indicated. The
undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the
"Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer
any Private Notes from the name of the holder of Private Note(s) thereof if the
Company does not accept for exchange any of the Private Notes so tendered for
exchange or if such transfer would not be in compliance with any transfer
restrictions applicable to such Private Note(s).
IN ORDER TO VALIDLY TENDER PRIVATE NOTES FOR EXCHANGE, HOLDERS OF
PRIVATE NOTES MUST COMPLETE, EXECUTE, AND DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
Except as stated in the Prospectus, all authority herein conferred or
agreed to be conferred shall survive the death, incapacity, or dissolution of
the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be
binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the
undersigned. Except as otherwise stated in the Prospectus, this tender for
exchange of Private Notes is irrevocable.
8
<PAGE> 9
================================================================================
SIGN HERE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Signature(s) of Owner(s))
Date: , 1996
-----------
Must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Private Notes exactly as
name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) representing the Private Notes or on a
security position listing or by person(s) authorized to become registered
Private Note holder(s) by certificates and documents transmitted herewith. If
signature is by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, please provide the following information. (See
Instruction 6).
Name(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please Print)
Capacity (full title):
----------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Include Zip Code)
Principal place of business (if different from address listed above):
-----------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Include Zip Code)
Area Code and Telephone No.: ( )
--- ---------------------------------------------
Tax Identification or Social Security Nos.:
-------------------------------------
Please complete Substitute Form W-9
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(Signature(s) must be guaranteed if required by Instruction 1)
Authorized Signature:
-----------------------------------------------------------
Dated:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name and Title:
-----------------------------------------------------------------
(Please Print)
Name of Firm:
-------------------------------------------------------------------
================================================================================
9
<PAGE> 10
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. Except as otherwise provided below,
all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an
institution which is (1) a member firm of a registered national securities
exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (2) a
commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the Unites
States, or (3) an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which is a member of one of
the following recognized Signature Guarantee Programs (an "Eligible
Institution"):
a. The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP)
b. The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP)
c. The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP)
Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed (i) if this
Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Private Notes
tendered herewith and such registered holder(s) have not completed the box
entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery
Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) if such Private Notes are
tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. IN ALL OTHER CASES, ALL
SIGNATURES MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.
2. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND PRIVATE NOTES;
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by
holders of Private Notes (i) if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or
(ii) if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by
book-entry transfer or guaranteed delivery set forth in the section of the
Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer." Certificates for all physically
tendered Private Notes or any timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a
"Book-Entry Confirmation"), as well as a properly completed and duly executed
copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof, and any other documents
required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent
at its address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Holders of Private Notes
who elect to tender Private Notes and (i) whose Private Notes are not
immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver the Private Notes, this Letter
of Transmittal or other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, must tender their Private
Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the
Prospectus. Holders may have such tender effected if: (a) such tender is made
through an Eligible Institution; (b) prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent has received from such Eligible
Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery, setting forth the name and address of the holder of such Private
Notes, the certificate numbers(s) of such Private Notes and the principal amount
of Private Notes tendered for exchange, stating that tender is being made
thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days
after the Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof),
together with the certificate(s) representing such Private Notes (or a
Book-Entry Confirmation), in proper form for transfer, and any other documents
required by this Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by such Eligible
Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (c) a properly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or a facsimile hereof), as well as the certificate(s) for all
tendered Private Notes in proper form for transfer or a Book-Entry Confirmation,
together with any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, are
received by the Exchange Agent within five New York Stock Exchange trading days
after the Expiration Date.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF PRIVATE NOTES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND
ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK
OF THE HOLDER. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED
MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. INSTEAD OF
DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT
10
<PAGE> 11
HOLDERS USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE, PROPERLY INSURED. IN ALL
CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE
AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NEITHER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL NOR ANY
PRIVATE NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR
RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO
EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS.
No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be
accepted. All tendering holders of Private Notes, by execution of this Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile hereof, if applicable), waive any right to receive
notice of the acceptance of their Private Notes for exchange.
3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided in the box entitled
"Description of Private Notes" above is inadequate, the certificate numbers and
principal amounts of the Private Notes being tendered should be listed on a
separate signed schedule affixed hereto.
4. WITHDRAWALS. A tender of Private Notes may be withdrawn at any
time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date by delivery
of written or facsimile notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent at the
address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. To be effective, a
notice of withdrawal of Private Notes must (i) specify the name of the person
who tendered the Private Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify
the Private Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers
and aggregate principal amount of such Private Notes), and (iii) be signed by
the holder of Private Notes in the same manner as the original signature on the
Letter of Transmittal by which such Private Notes were tendered (including any
required signature guarantees). All questions as to the validity, form and
eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by
the Company in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and
binding on all parties. Any Private Notes so withdrawn will thereafter be deemed
not validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes
will be issued with respect thereto unless the Private Notes so withdrawn are
validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Private Notes may be retendered by
following one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus
entitled "The Exchange Offer --Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
5. PARTIAL TENDERS. Tenders of Private Notes will be accepted
only in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. If a tender for exchange
is to be made with respect to less than the entire principal amount of any
Private Notes, fill in the principal amount of Private Notes which are tendered
for exchange in column (4) of the box entitled "Description of Private Notes,"
as more fully described in the footnotes thereto. In case of a partial tender
for exchange, a new certificate, in fully registered form, for the remainder of
the principal amount of the Private Notes, will be sent to the holders of
Private Notes unless otherwise indicated in the appropriate box on this Letter
of Transmittal as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of
the Exchange Offer.
6. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, ASSIGNMENT AND
ENDORSEMENTS.
(a) The signature(s) of the holder of Private Notes on this Letter of
Transmittal must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the
Private Notes without alternation, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
(b) If tendered Private Notes are owned of record by two or more joint
owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
(c) If any tendered Private Notes are registered in different names on
several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many
separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any necessary or required
documents as there are different registrations or certificates.
11
<PAGE> 12
(d) When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the holder of the
Private Notes listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of Private Notes or
bond powers are required. If, however, Private Notes not tendered or not
accepted, are to be issued or returned in the name of a person other than the
holder of Private Notes, then the Private Notes transmitted hereby must be
endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, in a form
satisfactory to the Company, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the
holder of Private Notes appear(s) on the Private Notes. Signatures on such
Private Notes or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution
(unless signed by an Eligible Institution).
(e) If this Letter of Transmittal or Private Notes or bond powers are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the
Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must
be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.
(f) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder of Private Notes listed, the Private Notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by a properly completed bond power, in either case signed by such
registered holder exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder of Private
Notes appear(s) on the certificates. Signatures on such Private Notes or bond
powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an
Eligible Institution).
7. TRANSFER TAXES. Except as set forth in this Instruction 7, the
Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of
Private Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is
imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the Private Notes pursuant to
the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed
on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering
holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemptions
therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such
transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
8. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If the Exchange
Notes are to be issued, or if any Private Notes not tendered for exchange are to
be issued or sent to someone other than the holder of Private Notes or to an
address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of
Transmittal should be completed. Holders of Private Notes tendering Private
Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Private Notes not accepted be
credited to such account maintained at DTC as such holder of Private Notes may
designate.
9. IRREGULARITIES. All questions as to the validity, form,
eligibility (including time of receipt), compliance with conditions, acceptance
and withdrawal of tendered Private Notes will be determined by the Company in
its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Company
reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Private Notes not properly
tendered or any Private Notes the Company's acceptance of which would, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the
right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to
particular Private Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in the Letter of
Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any
defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Private Notes must be
cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company
intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders
of Private Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person
shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of
Private Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or
irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Private Notes received by the
Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or
irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange
Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of
Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.
12
<PAGE> 13
10. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The Company reserves the absolute right
to waive, amend or modify certain of the specified conditions as described under
"The Exchange Offer -- Conditions" in the Prospectus in the case of any Private
Notes tendered (except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus).
11. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED PRIVATE NOTES. Any
tendering Holder whose Private Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or
destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address listed below for
further instructions:
Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
Norwest Center
Sixth and Marquette
Minneapolis, MN 55479-0113
(612) 667-9764
12. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Requests for
information or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of
Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone
number set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal.
IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF, IF
APPLICABLE) TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES, OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY OR THE
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED
BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION
DATE.
IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION
Under current federal income tax law, a holder of Private
Notes whose tendered Private Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to
backup withholding unless the holder provides the Company (as payor), through
the Exchange Agent, with either (i) such holder's correct taxpayer
identification number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9 attached hereto, certifying
that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder of
Private Notes is awaiting a TIN) and that (A) the holder of Private Notes has
not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to
backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends
or (B) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of Private Notes
that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding; or (ii) an adequate
basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of Private Notes is
an individual, the TIN is such holder's social security number. If the Exchange
Agent is not provided with the correct taxpayer identification number, the
holder of Private Notes may be subject to certain penalties imposed by the
Internal Revenue Service.
Certain holders of Private Notes (including, among others, all
corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup
withholding and reporting requirements. Exempt holders of Private Notes should
indicate their exempt status on Substitute Form W-9. A foreign individual may
qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting to the Exchange Agent a properly
completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (which the Exchange Agent will
provide upon request) signed under penalty of perjury, attesting to the holder's
exempt status. See the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "Guidelines") for additional
instructions.
13
<PAGE> 14
If backup withholding applies, the Company is required to
withhold 31% of any payment made to the holder of Private Notes or other payee.
Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax. Rather, the federal
income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by
the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a
refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service.
The holder of Private Notes is required to give the Exchange
Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number)
of the record owner of the Private Notes. If the Private Notes are held in more
than one name or are not held in the name of the actual owner, consult the
enclosed Guidelines for additional guidance regarding which number to report.
14
<PAGE> 15
INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER
FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER
OF 10.45% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004 OF RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated
July 25, 1996 (the "Prospectus") of Ralphs Grocery Company, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the
"Letter of Transmittal"), that together constitute the Company's offer (the
"Exchange Offer"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
This will instruct you, the registered holder, as to the action to be
taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the 10.45% Senior
Notes due 2004 (the "Private Notes") held by you for the account of the
undersigned.
The aggregate face amount of the Private Notes held by you for the
account of the undersigned is (fill in amount):
$__________ of the Private Notes.
With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs
you (check appropriate box):
/ / To TENDER the following Private Notes held by you for the account
of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Private Notes to be tendered, if
any):
$__________ of the Private Notes.
/ / NOT to TENDER any Private Notes held by you for the account of the
undersigned.
If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Private Notes held by
you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized
(a) to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature
below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the
Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a
beneficial owner of the Private Notes, including but not limited to the
representations that (i) the undersigned's principal residence is in the state
of (fill in state) ____________________, (ii) the undersigned is acquiring the
Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned, (iii) the
undersigned has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate
in the distribution of Exchange Notes, (iv) the undersigned acknowledges that
any person who is a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act or is
participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange
Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with a secondary resale
transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the
position of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in
certain no-action letters (See the section of the Prospectus entitled "The
Exchange Offer -- Resale of the Exchange Notes"), (v) the undersigned
understands that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iv) above
and any resales of Exchange Notes obtained by the undersigned in exchange for
the Private Notes acquired by the undersigned directly from the Company should
be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling
securityholder information required by Item 507 or Item 508, if applicable, of
Regulation S-K of the Commission, (vi) the undersigned is not an "affiliate," as
defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company, and (vii) if the
undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own
account in exchange for Private Notes that were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it
will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that
it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
1
<PAGE> 16
Securities Act; (b) to agree, on behalf of the undersigned, as set forth in the
Letter of Transmittal; and (c) to take such other action as necessary under the
Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal to effect the valid tender of Private
Notes.
The purchaser status of the undersigned is (check the box that
applies):
/ / A "Qualified Institutional Buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act)
/ / An "Institutional Accredited Investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act)
/ / A non "U.S. person" (as defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act)
that purchased the Private Notes outside the United States in
accordance with Rule 904 of the Securities Act
/ / Other (describe)
-------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGN HERE
Name of Beneficial Owner(s):
----------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name(s) (please print):
---------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal place of business (if different from address listed above):
-----------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telephone Number(s):
------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number(s):
---------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
<PAGE> 17
<TABLE>
=============================================================================================================================
PAYER'S NAME:______________________________
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
SUBSTITUTE PART 1 - PLEASE PROVIDE
FORM W-9 YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT __________________________________
RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY Social Security Number
SIGNING AND DATING BELOW
Department of the Treasury OR
Internal Revenue Service
----------------------------------
Payer's Request for Taxpayer Employer Identification Number
Identification Number (TIN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART 2 - PART 3 -
Certification Under Penalties of Perjury, I certify
that: Awaiting
TIN / /
(1) The number shown on this form is my
current taxpayer identification number
(or I am waiting for a number to be
issued to me) and
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding
either because I have not been notified
by the Internal Revenue Service (the
"IRS") that I am subject to backup
withholding as a result of a failure to
report all interest or dividends, or the
IRS has notified me that I am no
longer subject to backup withholding.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certificate instructions - You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you have
been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of
underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified
by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding you receive another notification
from the IRS stating that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross
out item (2).
SIGNATURE___________________________________________ DATE _______________
NAME______________________________________________________________________
ADDRESS___________________________________________________________________
CITY ___________________________ STATE_______________ ZIP CODE ___________
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP
WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENT MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
<PAGE> 18
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU
CHECK THE BOX IN PART 3 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
================================================================================
PAYOR'S NAME: NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification
number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an
application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate
Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b)
I intend to mail or deliver such an application in the near future. I understand
that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number with sixty (60) days,
31% of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I
provide such a number.
- -------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
Signature Date
================================================================================
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 99.2
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
WITH RESPECT TO
10.45% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THIS FORM, OR ONE SUBSTANTIALLY EQUIVALENT HERETO, MUST BE USED BY ANY HOLDER OF
10.45% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004 (THE "PRIVATE NOTES") OF RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY, A
DELAWARE CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY"), WHO WISHES TO TENDER PRIVATE NOTES
PURSUANT TO THE COMPANY'S EXCHANGE OFFER, AS DEFINED IN THE PROSPECTUS DATED
JULY 25, 1996 (THE "PROSPECTUS") AND (i) WHOSE PRIVATE NOTES ARE NOT IMMEDIATELY
AVAILABLE OR (ii) WHO CANNOT DELIVER SUCH PRIVATE NOTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIRED BY THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE (AS
DEFINED IN THE PROSPECTUS) OR (iii) WHO CANNOT COMPLY WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER PROCEDURE ON A TIMELY BASIS. SUCH FORM MAY BE DELIVERED BY FACSIMILE
TRANSMISSION, MAIL OR HAND DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. SEE "THE EXCHANGE
OFFER--GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES" IN THE PROSPECTUS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RALPHS GROCERY COMPANY
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
To: Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, the Exchange Agent
By Registered or Certified Mail: In Person:
Norwest Bank Minnesota, Northstar East Building
National Association 608 2nd Ave South
Corporate Trust Operations 12th Floor
P.O. Box 1517 Corporate Trust Service
Minneapolis, MN 55480-1517 Minneapolis, MN
By Hand or Overnight Courier: By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions only):
Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association (612) 667-4927
Corporate Trust Operations
Norwest Center Confirm Receipt of Notice of
Sixth and Marquette Guaranteed Delivery by Telephone:
Minneapolis, MN 55479-0113
(612) 667-9764
DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN
AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET
FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
<PAGE> 2
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of
Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of
Private Notes specified below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" in
the Prospectus. By so tendering, the undersigned does hereby make, at and as of
the date hereof, the representations and warranties of a tendering Holder of
Private Notes set forth in the Letter or Transmittal. The undersigned hereby
tenders the Private Notes listed below:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATE NUMBERS
(IF AVAILABLE) PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TENDERED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the
death, incapacity, or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives,
successors and assigns of the undersigned.
If Private Notes will be tendered SIGN HERE
by book-entry transfer:
------------------------------------
Signature(s)
Name of Tendering Institution:
------------------------------------
- -----------------------------
------------------------------------
Name(s) (Please Print)
The Depository Trust Company
Account No.:
----------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
Address
------------------------------------
Zip Code
------------------------------------
Area Code and Telephone No.
Date:
--------------------------------
<PAGE> 3
GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
The undersigned, a participant in a Recognized Signature Guarantee
Medallion Program, guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the Private Notes tendered
hereby in proper form for transfer, or confirmation of the book-entry transfer
of such Private Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depository Trust
Company, pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in the
Prospectus, and any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the fifth New York Stock Exchange trading day following the Expiration
Date (as defined in the Prospectus).
SIGN HERE
--------------------------------------
Name of Firm
--------------------------------------
Authorized Signature
--------------------------------------
Name (Please print)
--------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
Address
---------------------------------------
Zip Code
---------------------------------------
Area Code and Telephone No.
Date:
----------------------------------
DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR PRIVATE NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF
CERTIFICATES FOR PRIVATE NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY,
A COPY OF THE PREVIOUSLY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
3
<PAGE> 4
INSTRUCTIONS
1. DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. A properly completed
and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other
documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the
Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth on the cover hereof prior to
the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the
election and risk of the Holder but, except as otherwise provided below, the
delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent.
Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that holders use an overnight or
hand delivery service, properly insured. If such delivery is by mail, it is
recommended that the Holder use properly insured, registered mail with return
receipt requested. For a full description of the guaranteed delivery procedures,
see the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures." In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely
delivery. No Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be sent to the Company.
2. SIGNATURE ON THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY; GUARANTEE OF
SIGNATURES. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered
Holder(s) of the Private Notes referred to herein, then the signature must
correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Private Notes without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than
the registered Holder(s) of any Private Notes listed, this Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery must be accompanied by a properly completed bond power signed as the
name of the registered Holder(s) appear(s) on the face of the Private Notes
without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor,
administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other
person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so
indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory
to the Company of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery.
3. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions relating to
the Exchange Offer or the procedure for consenting and tendering as well as
requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus, the Letter
of Transmittal and this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, may be directed to the
Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover hereof or to your broker,
dealer, commercial bank or trust company.
4
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.3
GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
WHAT NAME AND NUMBER TO GIVE THE REQUESTER
<TABLE>
<C> <S> <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------
GIVE THE NAME AND
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT: SOCIAL SECURITY
NUMBER OF --
- ---------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------
GIVE THE NAME AND
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT: EMPLOYER
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER OF --
- ---------------------------------------------------------
1. Individual The individual
2. Two or more individuals The actual owner of
(joint account) the account or, if
combined funds, the
first individual on
the account1
3. Custodian account of a minor The minor2
(Uniform Gift to Minors Act)
4. a. The usual revocable The grantor-
savings trust (grantor is trustee1
also trustee)
b. So-called trust account The actual owner1
that is not a legal or valid
trust under state law
5. Sole proprietorship The owner3
6. Sole proprietorship The owner3
7. A valid trust, estate, or Legal entity4
pension trust
8. Corporate The corporation
9. Association, club, The organization
religious, charitable,
educational, or other
tax-exempt organization
10. Partnership The partnership
11. A broker or registered The broker or nominee
nominee
12. Account with the Department The public entity
of Agriculture in the name
of a public entity (such as
a state or local government,
school district, or prison)
that receives agricultural
program payments
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
1 List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.
2 Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number.
3 Show the individual's name. See Item 5 or 6. You may also enter your business
name.
4 List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust.
(Do not furnish the identification number of the personal representative or
trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account
title.)
NOTE: If no name is circled when there is more than one name listed, the number
will be considered to be that of the first name listed.
------------------------
INSTRUCTIONS
(Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code.)
PURPOSE OF FORM. -- A person who is required to file an information return with
the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) must obtain your correct taxpayer
identification number (TIN) to report income paid to you, real-estate
transactions, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of
secured property, or contributions you made to an individual retirement
arrangement (IRA). Use Form W-9 to furnish your correct TIN to the requester
(the person asking you to furnish your TIN), and, when applicable, (1) to
certify that the TIN you are furnishing is correct (or that you are waiting for
a number to be issued), (2) to certify that you are not subject to backup
withholding, and (3) to claim exemption from backup withholding if you are an
exempt payee. Furnishing your correct TIN and making the appropriate
certifications will prevent certain payments from being subject to backup
withholding.
NOTE: If a requester gives you a form other than a W-9 to request your TIN, you
must use the requester's form.
HOW TO OBTAIN A TIN. -- If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To
apply, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card (SSN) (for
individuals), from your local office of the Social Security Administration, or
Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number (EIN) (for businesses
and all other entities) from your local IRS office.
Generally, you will then have 60 days to obtain a TIN and furnish it to the
requester. If the requester does not receive your TIN within 60 days, backup
withholding, if applicable, will begin and continue until you furnish your TIN
to the requester. For reportable interest or dividend payments, the payer must
exercise one of the following options concerning backup withholding during this
60-day period. Under option (1), a payer must backup withhold on any withdrawals
you make from your account after 7 business days after the requester receives
this form back from you. Under option (2), the payer must backup withhold on any
reportable interest or dividend payments made to your account, regardless of
whether you make any withdrawals. The backup withholding under option (2) must
begin no later than 7 business days after the requester receives this form back.
Under option (2), the payer is required to refund the amounts withheld if your
certified TIN is received within the 60-day period and you were not subject to
backup withholding during the period.
NOTE: Checking the box in Part II on the Substitute Form W-9 means that you have
already applied for a TIN or that you intend to apply for one in the near
future.
As soon as you receive your TIN, complete another Form W-9, include your
TIN, sign and date this form, and give it to the requester.
(continued on back)
<PAGE> 2
GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
PAGE 2
WHAT IS BACKUP WITHHOLDING? -- Persons making certain payments to you are
required to withhold and pay to the IRS 31% of such payments under certain
conditions. This is called "backup withholding." Payments that could be subject
to backup withholding include interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange
transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee compensation, and certain payments
from fishing boat operators, but do not include real estate transactions.
If you give the requester your correct TIN, make the appropriate
certifications, and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your tax
return, your payments will not be subject to backup withholding. Payments you
receive will be subject to backup withholding if:
(1) You do not furnish your TIN to the requester, or
(2) The IRS notifies the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN, or
(3) You are notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding
because you failed to report all your interest and dividends on your tax return
(for reportable interest and dividends only), or
(4) You fail to certify to the requester that you are not subject to backup
withholding under (3) above (for reportable interest and dividend accounts
opened after 1983 only), or
(5) You fail to certify your TIN. This applies only to reportable interest,
dividend, broker, or barter exchange accounts opened after 1983, or broker
accounts considered inactive in 1983.
Except as explained in (5) above, other reportable payments are subject to
backup withholding only if (1) or (2) above applies. Certain payees and payments
are exempt from backup withholding and information reporting. See Payees and
Payments Exempt From Backup Withholding, below, and Exempt Payees and Payments
under Specific Instructions, below, if you are an exempt payee.
PAYEES AND PAYMENTS EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING. -- The following is a list
of payees exempt from backup withholding and for which no information reporting
is required. For interest and dividends, all listed payees are exempt except
Item (9). For broker transactions, payees listed in (1) through (13) and a
person registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 who regularly acts
as a broker are exempt. Payments subject to reporting under sections 6041 and
6041A are generally exempt from backup withholding only if made to payees
described in Items (1) through (7), except that a corporation that provides
medical and health care services or bills and collects payments for such
services is not exempt from backup withholding or information reporting. Only
payees described in Items (2) through (6) are exempt from backup withholding for
barter exchange transactions, patronage dividends, and payments by certain
fishing boat operators.
(1) A corporation.
(2) An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an Individual
Retirement Plan (IRA), or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7).
(3) The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
(4) A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or
any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.
(5) A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies, or
instrumentalities.
(6) An international organization or any of its agencies or
instrumentalities.
(7) A foreign central bank of issue.
(8) A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the U.S.
or a possession of the U.S.
(9) A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission.
(10) A real estate investment trust.
(11) An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the
investment Company Act of 1940.
(12) A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).
(13) A financial institution.
(14) A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or listed in
the most recent publication of the American Society of Corporation Secretaries,
Inc., Nominee List.
(15) A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947.
Payments of dividends and patronage dividends generally not subject to
backup withholding include the following:
- Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under
section 1441.
- Payments to partnerships not engaged in trade or business in the U.S. and
that have at least one nonresident partner.
- Payments of patronage dividends not paid in money.
- Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
Payments of interest generally not subject to backup withholding include the
following:
- Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals.
NOTE: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more
and is paid in the course of the payer's trade or business and you have not
provided your correct TIN to the payer.
- Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under
section 852).
- Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.
- Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.
- Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
- Mortgage interest paid by you.
Payments that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to
backup withholding. For details, see sections 6041, 6041A(a), 6042, 6044, 6045,
6049, 6050A, and 6050N, and their regulations.
PENALTIES
FAILURE TO FURNISH TIN. -- If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a
requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your
failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING. -- If you make
a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup
withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.
CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. -- Willfully falsifying
certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including
fines and/or imprisonment.
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS
NAME. -- If you are an individual, you must generally provide the name shown on
your social security card. However, if you have changed your last name, for
instance, due to marriage, without informing the Social Security Administration
of the name change please enter your first name, the last name shown on your
social security card and your new last name.
If you are a sole proprietor, you must furnish your individual name and
either your SSN or EIN. You may also enter your business name on the business
name line. Enter your name(s) as shown on your social security card and/or as it
was used to apply for your EIN on Form SS-4.
SIGNING THE CERTIFICATION. --
(1) INTEREST, DIVIDEND, AND BARTER EXCHANGE ACCOUNTS OPENED BEFORE 1984 AND
BROKER ACCOUNTS CONSIDERED ACTIVE DURING 1983. -- You are required to furnish
your correct TIN, but you are not required to sign the certification.
(2) INTEREST, DIVIDEND, BROKER AND BARTER EXCHANGE ACCOUNTS OPENED AFTER 1983
AND BROKER ACCOUNTS CONSIDERED INACTIVE DURING 1983. -- You must sign the
certification or backup withholding will apply. If you are subject to backup
withholding and you are merely providing your correct TIN to the requester, you
must cross out part (2) in the certification before signing the form.
(3) REAL ESTATE TRANSACTIONS. -- You must sign the certification. You may cross
out part (2) of the certification.
(4) OTHER PAYMENTS. -- You are required to furnish your correct TIN, but you are
not required to sign the certification unless you have been notified of an
incorrect TIN. Other payments include payments made in the course of the
requester's trade or business for rents, royalties, goods (other than bills for
merchandise), medical and health care services, payments to a nonemployee for
services (including attorney and accounting fees), and payments to certain
fishing boat crew members.
(5) MORTGAGE INTEREST PAID BY YOU, ACQUISITION OR ABANDONMENT OF SECURED
PROPERTY, OR IRA CONTRIBUTIONS. -- You are required to furnish your correct TIN,
but you are not required to sign the certification.
(6) EXEMPT PAYEES AND PAYMENTS. -- If you are exempt from backup withholding,
you should complete this form to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding.
Enter your correct TIN in Part 1, write "EXEMPT" in the block in Part 2, sign
and date the form. If you are a nonresident alien or foreign entity not subject
to backup withholding, give the requester a completed FORM W-8, Certificate of
Foreign Status.
(7) "AWAITING TIN." -- Follow the instructions under How To Obtain a TIN, on
page 1, check the box in Part 3 of the Substitute Form W-9 and sign and date the
form.
SIGNATURE. -- For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in Part 1
should sign this form.
PRIVACY ACT NOTICE. -- Section 6109 requires you to furnish your correct TIN to
persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest,
dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the
acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt or
contributions you made to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA). The IRS
uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of
your tax return. You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to
file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 31% of taxable interest,
dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a TIN to a
payer. Certain penalties may also apply.
